Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Francesco Bandello, Marco Attilio Zarbin, Rosangela Lattanzio, Ilaria Zucchiatti, editors.
    Summary: Diabetic retinopathy (DR) and its dramatic and sight-threatening complications, such as diabetic macular edema, remain a leading cause of visual impairment among the working-age population. With the advent of effective treatments, a new era in the management of DR has been opened up: it is now possible for patients to regain a degree of visual acuity not previously expected. However, amid the deluge of approved treatments and promising new strategies, clinicians may find it difficult to choose the appropriate practice in each individual case. The purpose of this easy-to-use and richly illustrated manual is to assist ophthalmologists in making decisions in the entire management of DR based on the best available evidence. Practical and complete recommendations are provided to guide clinicians in diagnosis, decision-making, and treatment. The manual includes practical algorithms and case histories relating to all stages of DR that clearly explain the progression of the disease and will help the clinician to choose the best therapeutic approach. It will be an ideal resource for ophthalmologists aiming to provide optimal clinical management for this sight-threatening disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    J. Harold Walton, editor ; Frank H. Netter, illustrator.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC39 .C567
    5
  • Digital
    Hemanshu Prabhakar, Indu Kapoor, Charu Mahajan, editors.
    Summary: Corona virus disease or COVID-19 or SARS-CoV-2 infection is the latest pandemic that has affected humans globally. The disease has manifested itself in several forms and is now the focus of research worldwide. This book covers all the clinical aspects of the novel corona virus disease, COVID-19, which is one of the most contagious diseases ever known. It includes topics related to basic sciences, such as the virology and pathophysiology of the SARS-CoV-2 disease. It includes chapters related to symptomatology of the disease and making diagnosis, preparation of the health care workers to deal with this global pandemic. The book includes chapters on anesthetic and intensive care management of COVID-19 disease victims as these topics are of vast importance. Additionally, it includes a chapter giving insight in to the ethical aspects of the issues raised regarding disposal of bodies of the victims, as this pandemic has taken many lives across the world. It includes a chapter on special considerations to patient population such as geriatrics, pediatrics and pregnant women. The book serves as a useful resource for practitioners and clinicians in any field of medicine. It is also relevant for residents, trainees, fellows pursuing their courses in emergency medicine, anesthesia and critical care as well as postgraduates and even undergraduates. The book will serve as a ready-reckoner and useful guide for physicians from varied specialties during their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction - History of Corona Virus Disease Pandemic
    Basic Virology and Pathophysiology of Corona Virus Disease
    Clinical Manifestations of Corona Virus Disease
    Diagnostic Approach to a Patient with Corona Virus Disease
    Therapeutic Approach to Corona Virus Disease
    Anesthetic Consideration for Patients with Corona Virus Disease
    Intensive Care Management of Corona Virus Disease
    Complications of Corona Virus Disease
    Psychosocial Issues Related to Corona Virus Disease
    Trauma Care and Corona Virus Disease
    Special Considerations - Pregnant Patients
    Special Considerations - Pediatric Patients
    Special Considerations - Geriatric Patient
    Control of Spread of Corona Virus Disease
    Ethical Issues Related to Corona Virus Disease
    Webliography.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kenji Kansaku, Leonardo G. Cohen, Niels Birbaumer, editors.
    Summary: The impaired brain has often been difficult to rehabilitate owing to limited knowledge of the brain system. Recently, advanced imaging techniques such as fMRI and MEG have allowed researchers to investigate spatiotemporal dynamics in the living human brain. Consequently, knowledge in systems neuroscience is now rapidly growing. Advanced techniques have found practical application by providing new prosthetics, such as brain?machine interfaces, expanding the range of activities of persons with disabilities, or the elderly. The book?s chapters are authored by researchers from various research fields such as systems neuroscience, rehabilitation, neurology, psychology, and engineering. The book explores the latest advancements in neurorehabilitation, plasticity, and brain?machine interfaces among others, and constitutes a solid foundation for researchers who aim to contribute to the science of brain function disabilities and ultimately to the well-being of patients and the elderly worldwide.

    Contents:
    Brain-Machine Interfaces in Stroke Neurorehabilitation
    Practical Noninvasive Brain?Machine Interface System for Communication and Control
    How Many People Can Use a BCI System?
    Motor Control Theory and Brain Machine Interfaces
    Electrocorticographic Brain Machine-Interfaces for Motor and Communication Control
    Theoretical Basis for Closed-Loop Stimulation as a Therapeutic Approach to Brain Injury
    Large-Scaled Network Reorganization During Recovery from Partial Spinal Cord Injury
    Reconstruction and Tuning of Neural Circuits for Locomotion after Spinal Cord Injury
    The Cognitive Neuroscience of Incorporation: Body Image Adjustment and Neuroprosthetics
    Body Representation and Neuroprosthetics
    Using Image Adjustments for Producing Human Motor Plasticity
    Engineering Approach for Functional Recovery based on Body Image Adjustment by using Biofeedback of Electrical Stimulation
    Chronic Pain and Body Experience ? Neuroscientific Basis and Implications for Freatment
    Motor Control of the Hand Before and After Stroke
    Effects of Successful Experience and Positive Feedback on Learning and Rehabilitation
    Context-Dependent Formation and Retrieval of Human Motor Memories
    Real-Time Magnetoencephalography for Neurofeedback and Closed-Loop Experiments
    Changes in Human Brain Networks and Spontaneous Activity Caused by Motor and Cognitive Learning
    Visual Perceptual Learning and Sleep
    Testing Cognition and Rehabilitation in Unilateral Neglect with Wedge Prism Adaptation: Multiple Interplays Between Sensorimotor Adaptation and Spatial Cognition.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Marilyn H. Oermann, PhD, RN, ANEF, FAAN, Teresa Shellenbarger, PhD, RN, CNE, ANEF, Kathleen B. Gaberson, PhD, RN, CNOR, CNE, ANEF.
    Summary: "This book encompasses current trends in health care and nursing education with expanded content on ways to maximize the clinical learning experiences of nursing students, use new technologies in clinical teaching, teach and evaluate student performance, and address ethical and legal issues in clinical teaching. New content covers topics such as establishing and using dedicated education units, integrating simulation with clinical education, using new technologies for clinical learning, teaching and evaluating performance in distance education, promoting interprofessional education in clinical setting."-- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Contextual factors affecting clinical teaching
    Outcomes of clinical teaching
    Developing clinical learning sites
    Preparing for clinical learning activities
    Process of clinical teaching
    Ethical and legal issues in clinical teaching
    Crafting clinical learning assignments
    Clinical simulation
    Technologies for clinical teaching / Debra Hagler and Kimberly Day
    Cases for clinical learning
    Discussion and clinical conference
    Using preceptors as clinical teachers and coaches
    Interprofessional and collaborative practice in clinical settings / Elizabeth Speakman
    Written assignments
    Clinical evaluation and grading.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Klaus Buckup, MD ; Johannes Buckup, MD [Translator: Alan Wiser].
    Contents:
    Spine
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist, hand, and fingers
    Hip
    Knee
    Foot and ankle
    Posture deficiency
    Venous thrombosis
    Occlusive arterial disease and neurovascular compression syndromes
    Disturbances of the central nervous system.
  • Digital
    Jayashree Sood, Shikha Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of thoracic anesthesia to equip the anesthesiologist in dealing with patient care from the time of admission to discharge. Apart from an understanding of anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, and imaging in thoracic anesthesia this book provides important nuggets of patient examination to help in decision making. Chapters provide information on the interpretation of various tests and intra-operative data for successful conduct of the surgery. This book aims to be an efficient resource for anesthesia practitioners as well as trainees in learning about the full range of challenges faced while performing thoracic anesthesia.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Part I: Preoperative Considerations
    1: History of Thoracic Surgery and Anesthesia
    1.1 Negative Pressure, Positive Pressure Ventilation, and Endotracheal Tubes
    1.2 The Biggest Obstacle in the Way of Successful Thoracic Surgery
    1.3 Bronchoscopy
    1.4 The Problem of Cross-Contamination
    1.5 Patient Position and Lung Contamination
    1.6 Chest Tubes
    1.7 Role of Physiologists
    1.8 DLT in Clinical Use
    1.9 Bronchial Blockers
    1.10 Modification and Further Advancements 1.11 Evolution of Lung Isolating Devices
    1.12 Arrival of Fiberoptics
    References
    2: Ethical and Philosophical Considerations in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Philosophical Considerations of Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.3 Ethical Considerations
    2.3.1 Ethical Principles Governing Medical Ethics
    2.3.1.1 The Golden Four Principles of Ethics: [13]
    Principle of Respect for Patient Autonomy
    Principle of Beneficence
    Principle of Non-maleficence
    Principle of Justice
    2.3.2 The ICMR Twelve Principles of Ethics 2.4 Special Considerations in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.4.1 The Communication Challenge
    2.4.2 Managing Conflicts of Interest (COI)
    2.4.3 Research in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.4.4 Blood Transfusion Practices in Thoracic Anesthesia
    2.5 Conclusions
    References
    3: Functional Anatomy of Thorax
    3.1 Upper Airway
    3.2 Pharynx
    3.3 Larynx
    3.4 Trachea and Bronchial Tree
    3.4.1 Relations of Trachea
    3.4.2 Bronchus
    3.4.3 Innervation
    3.4.4 Circulation of the Tracheobronchial Tree
    3.5 Pleura and Lungs
    3.5.1 Clinical Implication
    3.6 Lungs 3.6.1 Lung Border
    3.6.2 Innervation of the Lungs
    3.6.3 Nutrition to the Lungs
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Lung Physiology Relevant to Thoracic Anesthesia
    4.1 Ventilation
    4.2 Compliance
    4.3 Resistance of the Respiratory System
    4.4 Distribution of Inhaled Air
    4.5 Closure of Airways
    4.6 Diffusion of Gas
    4.7 Distribution of Blood Flow
    4.8 Perfusion
    4.9 Hypoxic Pulmonary Vasoconstriction (HPV)
    4.10 Anesthesia and Lung Function
    4.11 Gas Exchange and Ventilation-Perfusion Inequality 4.12 Ventilation-Perfusion During One Lung Ventilation (OLV) and Anesthesia
    4.13 Lateral Position V/Q Mismatch
    4.13.1 Conscious Awake Patient
    4.14 Effect of Ventilation
    4.15 pH Manipulation
    4.16 Supine Position
    4.17 Prone Position
    4.18 Conclusion
    References
    5: Thoracic Anesthesia Equipment
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Double-Lumen Endotracheal Tubes
    5.3 Selection of the Proper Size of DLT (Refer Chap. 10 for Further Details)
    5.3.1 Margin of Safety (Fig. 5.1)
    5.3.1.1 Left-Sided Tube
    5.3.1.2 Right-Sided Tube
    5.3.2 Specific Tubes
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Julian Hughes, Philippa Lilford.
    Summary: "Chapter 1 Epidemiology and mental health in old age Philippa Lilford and Julian Hughes Introduction Epidemiology is the study of disease and its determinants in populations. Epidemiological studies investigate what the pattern of diseases are and why they develop in particular populations.[1] Epidemiology is important in improving our understanding of what causes disease. Similarly, understanding epidemiology and how to interpret observational data is crucial to avoid inaccurate causal inferences. Unfortunately, critically evaluating all of the data on mental health problems in old age was outside the scope of this chapter, but we try to highlight some important limitations and gaps in the literature. There are exciting developments in epidemiology that will guide our knowledge about the determinants of psychiatric disease. For example, genomic-wide association studies (GWAS) are increasing our understanding of genetic associations with psychiatric diseases. In Alzheimer's disease (AD), epidemiology has revealed genetic susceptibilities and identified modifiable environmental risk factors, as well as leading to improved diagnostic criteria through the use of biomarkers (see Chapter 10). It has been estimated that modifying risk factors could 'delay or prevent a third of dementia cases',[2] which has enormous implications for the information that clinicians give to their patients, as well as for public health policies"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Mental Health in Old Age / Philippa Lilford and Julian C. Hughes
    Vascular Dementia / Hugh Series and Margaret Esiri
    Young-Onset Dementias / Kate Jefferies and Niruj Agrawal
    Rare and Unusual Dementias / Susham Gupta, Olivia Fiertag, Thanakumar Thanulingam, Elena Ros, and James Warner
    Mania in Late Life / Felicity Richards and Martin Curtice
    Alcohol Misuse in Older People / Rahul Rao and Ilana B. Crome
    Drug Misuse in Older People : Old Problems and New Challenges / Ajay Wagle and Vellingiri Raja Badrakalimuthu
    Mental Health in Parkinson's Disease / Shoned Jones, Kelli M. Torsney, Lily Scourfield, Katie Berryman, Emily J. Henderson
    The Home Assessment in Old Age Psychiatry : A Practical Guide / Bradley Ng and Martin Atkins
    Driving in Dementia : A Clinician's Guide / Sarah Wilson and Gill Pinner
    Mini-Mental State Examination for the Detection and Prediction of Dementia in People With and Without Mild Cognitive Impairment and Dementia / Alex J. Mitchell
    Biomarkers and the Diagnosis of Preclinical Alzheimer's Disease / Philippa Lilford and Julian C. Hughes To Scan or Not to Scan : Neuroimaging in Mild Cognitive Impairment and Dementia / Victoria Sullivan, Biswadeep Majumdar, Anna Richman, Sobhan Vinjamuri
    Supporting Self-Management in Early Dementia : A Contribution Towards 'Living Well'? / Jo Cheffey, Laura Hill & Glenn Roberts
    What Can Person-Centred Care in Dementia Learn From the Recovery Movement? / Laura Hill, Glenn Roberts, Rachel Perkins
    Psychosocial Interventions in Dementia / Andrew Kiridoshi
    Palliative Care in Dementia : Issues and Evidence / Julian C. Hughes, David Jolley, Alice Jordan, Elizabeth L. Sampson
    Review of Treatment for Late-Life Depression / Katherine Hay, Will Stageman and Charlotte L. Allan
    Reducing the Healthcare Burden of Delirium : The Challenge of Developing More Cognitive-Friendly Services / David J. Meagher, Henry O'Connell, Walter Cullen, Dimitrios Adamis
    Controlling the Confusion : Using Barrier Analysis in the Care Home Sector / Robert Colgate, Alison Turner and Danika Rafferty
    Mental Health Laws from all UK Jurisdictions / Carole Burrell and Charlotte Emmett
    Deprivation of Liberty : Where Are We Now? / Nick Brindle and Christian Walsh
    Residence Capacity : Its Nature and Assessment / Julian C. Hughes, Marie Poole, Stephen J. Louw, Helen Greener and Charlotte Emmett
    Understanding the Person with Dementia : A Clinico-Philosophical Case Discussion / Julian C. Hughes and Aileen Beatty.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    by A.C. Crooke, W.R. Butt and P.V. Bertrand.
    Contents: <br/
    >3. Variation in sensitivity between patients and standardization of treatment.
    Access via Acta endocrinologica. 1966; 111
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Alex Dmitrienko, Erik Pulkstenis.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Pawlik, Julie A. Sosa, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition is a unique and portable handbook focusing on clinical trials in surgery. It includes new educational materials addressing the rapid evolution of novel research methodologies in basic science, clinical and educational research. The underlying principles of clinical trials, trial design, the development of a study cohort, statistics, data safety, data monitoring, and trial publication for device and drug trials are also discussed. Clinical Trials provides a comprehensive resource on clinical trials in surgery and describes all the stages of a clinical trial from generating a hypothesis through to trial publication and is a valuable resource for all practicing and trainee academic surgeons.

    Contents:
    History of Clinical Trials
    Ethics (COI, informed consent)
    Generating a Testable Hypothesis and Underlying Principles of Clinical Trials
    Trial Design: Overview of Study Designs (phase I, II, III, IV, factorial design)
    Defining the Study Cohort: Inclusion and Exclusion criteria (establishing eligibility and exclusion criteria, how should one define a cohort, balance between being inclusive versus selective / efficacy versus effectiveness trials)
    Building your Clinical Trial Research Team (how to assemble the team: database manager, research nurse)
    Clinical Trials: Ensuring Quality and Standardization (GCP, reporting of AEs, establishing SOPs, CRFs)
    Device versus Drug Clinical Trials: Similarities and Important Differences
    Statistics Setting the Stage (Sample Size, Power, Randomization, Type II error, Treatment allocation/stratification)
    Statistics Handling the Data (Intention to Treat analyses, Subgroups analyses, expressing the data (relative risk), handling missing data)
    Data Safety Monitoring Board: Interim Analyses, Stopping Rules
    Planning for Data Monitoring and Audit
    Clinical Trials: The Budget
    Regulatory Issues (compliance issues, IRB, FDA)
    Publishing your Clinical Trial (authorship, manuscript preparation, journal selection)
    Pragmatic clinical trials
    Cooperative trials
    International trials
    Inclusion of Patient Reported Outcomes
    Participation in clinical trials/as a clinical trialist for the community surgeon.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Steven Piantadosi.
    Contents:
    Preliminaries
    Clinical Trials as research
    Why Clinical Trials are ethical
    Context for Clinical Trials
    Context for clinicak tricals
    Measurement
    Random error and bias
    Statistical perspectives
    Experiment design in clinical trials
    The trial cohort
    Development paradigms
    Translational clinical trials
    Early development and dose-finding
    Middle Development
    Comparative trials
    Adaptive design features
    Sample size and power
    Treatment allocation
    Treatment effects monitoring
    Counting subjects and events
    Estimating clinical effects
    Prognostic factor analyses
    Factorial design
    Crossover Designs
    Meta-analyes
    Reporting and authorship
    Misconduct and fraud in clinical research
    Appendix A Data and programs
    Appendix B Abbreviations
    Appendix C Notation and Terminology
    Appendix D Nuremberg code
    References
    Index.
  • Digital
    Tom Brody.
    Contents:
    1. Origins of drugs
    2. Clinical trial design
    3. Run-in period
    4. Inclusion/exclusion criteria, stratification, and subgroups
    part I
    5. Inclusion/exclusion criteria, stratification, and subgroups
    part II
    6. Blinding, randomization, and allocation
    7. Placebo arm as part of clinical trial design
    8. Intent-to-treat analysis versus per protocol analysis
    9. Biostatistics
    part I
    10. Biostatistics
    part II
    11. Introduction to endpoints
    12. Oncology endpoint
    objective response
    13. Oncology endpoints : overall survival and progression-free survival
    14. Oncology endpoints : time to progression
    15. Oncology endpoint : disease-free survival
    16. Oncology endpoint : time to distant metastasis
    17. Neoadjuvant therapy versus adjuvant therapy
    18. Hematological cancers
    19. Biomarkers
    20. Endpoints for immune diseases
    21. Endpoints for infections
    22. Health-related quality of life tools
    oncology
    23. Health-related quality-of-life tools
    immune disorders
    24. Health-related quality-of-life tools
    infections
    25. Drug safety
    26. Mechanism of action of diseases and drugs
    part I
    27. Mechanism of action
    part II (cancer)
    28. Mechanism of action
    part III (immune disorders)
    29. Mechanisms of action
    part IV (infections)
    30. Consent forms
    31. Package inserts
    32. Warning letters
    33. Regulatory approval
    34. Patents.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Kamal M.F. Itaní, Domenic J. Reda, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this text is to provide the framework for building a clinical trial as it pertains to operative and non operative invasive procedures, how to get it funded and how to conduct such a trial up to publication of results. The text provides all details of building a scientifically and ethically valid proposal, including how to build the infrastructure for a clinical trial and how to move it forward through various funding agencies. The text also presents various types of clinical trials, the use of implantable devices and FDA requirements, and adjuncts to clinical trials and interaction with industry. Clinical Trials Design in Invasive Operative and Non Operative Procedures will be of interest to all specialists of surgery, anesthesiologists, interventional radiologists, gastroenterologists, cardiologists, and pulmonologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Michael O'Kelly, Bohdana Ratitch.
    Summary: "This book provides practical guidance for statisticians, clinicians, and researchers involved in clinical trials in the biopharmaceutical industry, medical and public health organisations. Academics and students needing an introduction to handling missing data will also find this book invaluable. The authors describe how missing data can affect the outcome and credibility of a clinical trial, show by examples how a clinical team can work to prevent missing data, and present the reader with approaches to address missing data effectively. The book is illustrated throughout with realistic case studies and worked examples, and presents clear and concise guidelines to enable good planning for missing data. The authors show how to handle missing data in a way that is transparent and easy to understand for clinicians, regulators and patients. New developments are presented to improve the choice and implementation of primary and sensitivity analyses for missing data. Many SAS code examples are included - the reader is given a toolbox for implementing analyses under a variety of assumptions"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Mirone, editor.
    Summary: Andrology is a discipline united in a mission to achieve and maintain the sexual health of men, and more broadly couples, over the entire lifespan. In this volume, undisputed leading experts from Europe and beyond come together to cover the field in its entirety, providing a guide that will be of value to urologists and other physicians in their daily clinical practice. It is designed for a wide audience, including both those coming into contact with andrological issues for the first time and more experienced readers requiring updated guidelines and advice on the most controversial and thorny issues. A wide range of topics is covered, including male genital abnormalities, disorders of pubertal development, gender identity disorders, Peyronieℓ́ℓs disease, sexual dysfunction, hypogonadism and infertility, urogenital infections, urogenital cancers, and andrological emergencies. Clinical Andrology will prove an invaluable quick consulting tool, rigorous in its scientific content but at the same time easy to read and rich in images and tables.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of male erectile function
    Male to femail transsexualism
    Female to male transsexualism
    Peyronie's disease
    Erectile dysfunction
    Editorial on erectile dysfunction as sentinel for cardiovascular disease
    Premature ejaculation
    Male sexual desire disorder
    Female sexual dysfunction
    Testosterone deficiency syndrome
    Testosterone and prostate safety
    Male Factors in couple's infertility
    Male urogenital infections
    HPV Infection in male
    Testicular cancer
    Penile cancer
    Emergencies in andrology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giovanni Mosiello, Giulio Del Popolo, Jian Guo Wen, Mario De Gennaro, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to impart all the practical knowledge required in order to evaluate and treat children with anatomical, neurological, and functional incontinence. It explains how appropriate choice of management in childhood depends first of all on a correct diagnosis, then on thorough urodynamic evaluation, and finally on sound assessment of the condition of the individual patient. The full range of relevant pathologies are considered and all of the treatment options are extensively discussed, including behavioral therapy, rehabilitation, physiotherapy, pharmacotherapy, neuromodulation, endoscopic procedures, and surgical reconstruction. Careful attention is paid to the impacts that treatments performed during childhood may have on later adult life, including on fertility and pregnancy, with a view to ensuring that the reader will be in a position to time treatments correctly, thereby avoiding adverse effects, and possess all the information needed to address the concerns of patients and their families. The book will be of value to pediatricians, urologists, nurses, physiotherapist, students, and all others with an interest in the field.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Diagnostic Evaluation
    1. Anatomy and Neurophysiology of the Lower Urinary Tract and Pelvic Floor
    2. Clinical Evaluation: History Taking and Urological, Gynecological, and Neurological Evaluation.-3. Diagnostic Scores: Questionnaires on Continence and Quality of Life
    4. Diaries
    5. Imaging: X-ray, Ultrasound, MRI
    6. Endoscopy
    7. Flowmetry and Noninvasive Evaluation
    8. Cystometry, Pressure-Flow Study, and Urethral Pressure Profile
    9. Videourodynamics
    10. Neurophysiological Testing
    11. Diagnostic Tests for Defecation Disorders: Anorectal Manometry, Ultrasound, Pelvic MRI, and Bowel Transit Time
    Part 2. Pathological Conditions
    12. Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunctions in Children and Young Adults: An Introduction
    13. Neurogenic Bladder: Myelomeningocele, Occult Spina Bifida, and Tethering
    14. Spinal Cord Injury and Iatrogenic Lesion
    15. Cerebral Palsy and Encephalopathies
    16. Learning Disabilities and Lower Urinary Tract Dysfunction
    17. Monosymptomatic Nocturnal Enuresis
    18. Nonmonosymptomatic Nocturnal Enuresis
    19. Overactive Bladder
    20. Daytime Lower Urinary Tract Conditions
    21. Congenital and Iatrogenic Incontinence: Ectopic Ureter, Ureterocele, Urogenital Sinus
    22. Congenital Incontinence: Exstrophy
    23. Po29, Sterior Urethral Valves
    24. Hypospadia and Urethral Stricture
    Part 3. Therapies
    25. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
    26. Rehabilitation and BFB
    27. Clean Intermittent Catheterization
    28. Pharmacological Therapy
    29. Sacral Neuromodulation
    30. Bowel Dysfunction Management
    31. PTNS e TENS
    32. Botulinum Toxin, Endoscopic and Minimally Invasive Treatment (IVS and TOT)
    33. Laparoscopic Treatment
    34. Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jonathan M Meyer, Stephen M Stahl ; with illustrations by Nancy Munter.
    Summary: "The use of antipsychotics to treat schizophrenia is fraught with many layers of complexity, as prescribers try to tailor the pharmacodynamic properties of an agent to a specific patient based primarily on subjective response. Variations in drug metabolism related to genetic polymorphisms, or to medication or environmental exposures (e.g. smoking), and variable adherence with oral medications lead to scenarios that confound even seasoned clinicians. Excluding the realization that up to one-third of schizophrenia patients may not respond adequately to non-clozapine antipsychotics, 60 years of antipsychotic research has demonstrated that dose is a poor correlate of response likelihood, whereas plasma drug levels represent the best clinically available tool that quantifies the relationship between drug exposure and central nervous system (CNS) activity.[1] The classic equation by psychopharmacologist Sheldon Preskorn illustrates the variables involved in clinical drug response (Figure 1.1)"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Sampling times for oral and long acting injectable agents
    The therapeutic threshold and the point of futility
    Level interpretation including laboratory reporting issues, responding to high plasma issues, responding to high plasma levels, special situations (hepatic dysfunction, renal dysfunction and hemodialysis, bariatric surgery)
    Tracking oral antipsychotic adherence
    What is an adequate antipsychotic trial-using plasma levels to optimize psychiatric response and tolerability
    Important concepts about first generation antipsychotics
    Haloperidol and haloperidol decanoate
    Fluphenazine and fluphenazine decanoate
    Perphenazine and perphenazine decanoate
    Zuclopenthixol and zuclopenthixol decanoate; flupenthixol and flupenthixol decanoate
    Chlorpromazine, loxapine, thiothixene, trifluoperazine
    Important concepts about second generation antipsychotics
    Clozapine
    Risperidone oral and long acting injectable, paliperidone oral and long acting injectable
    Olanzapine and olanzapine pamoate
    Aripiprazole, aripiprazole monohydrate and aripiprazole lauroxil
    Amisulpride, asenapine, lurasidone, brexpiprazole, cariprazine.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Peter W. Tuerk, Peter Shore, editors.
    Summary: Research findings and dissemination are making healthcare more effective. Electronic health records systems and advanced tools are making care delivery more efficient. Legislative reforms are striving to make care more affordable. Efforts still need to be focused on making healthcare more accessible. "Clinical Videoconferencing in Telehealth" takes a comprehensive and vital step forward in providing mental health and primary care services for those who cannot make traditional office visits, live in remote areas, have transportation or mobility issues, or have competing demands. Practical, evidence-based information is presented in a step by step format at two levels: for administrators, including information regarding selecting the right videoconferencing technology, navigating regulatory issues, policy temples, boilerplate language for entering into care agreements with other entities, and practical solutions to multisite programming; and for clinicians, including protocols for safe, therapeutically sound practice, informed consent, and tips for overcoming common technical barriers to communication in clinical videoconferencing contexts. Checklists, tables, templates, links, vignettes and other tools help to equip professional readers for providing safe services that are streamlined and relevant while avoiding guesswork, false starts, and waste. The book takes a friendly-mentor approach to communication in areas such as: Logistics for administrators: Clinical videoconferencing infrastructures and technologies; Policy development, procedures, and tools for responsible and compliant programming; Navigating issues related to providing services in multiple locations. Protocols for clinicians: The informed consent process in clinical videoconferencing; Clinical assessment and safety planning for remote services; Minimizing communication disruption and optimizing the therapeutic alliance. Clinical Videoconferencing in Telehealth aptly demonstrates the promise and potential of this technology for clinicians, clinic managers, administrators, and others affiliated with mental health clinical practices. It is designed to be the comprehensive one-stop tool for clinical videoconferencing service development for programs and individual clinicians.

    Contents:
    Part I: Clinic Managers and Administrators: A Sequential Guide to Establishing Sustainable Programming: Technologies and Clinical Videoconferencing Infrastructures: A guide to selecting appropriate systems
    Conducting a Telehealth Needs Assessment
    Common Elements of the Expert Consensus Guidelines or Clinical Videoconferencing
    Policy Development, Procedures and Tools for Navigating Regulations
    Pulling it All Together: Logistics of Program Implementation
    Program Evaluation and Modification: Supporting Pragmatic and Data-Driven Clinical Videoconferencing (CV) Services
    Part II: For Clinicians: Clinical Standards and Protocols to Support Effective and Safe Intervention: The Informed Consent Process for Therapeutic Communication in Clinical Videoconferencing
    Patient Safety Planning and Emergency Management
    Clinical Assessment in Clinical Videoconferencing
    Therapeutic Alliance in Clinical Videoconferencing: Optimizing the Communication Context.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Douglas D. Richman, Richard J. Whitley, Frederick G. Hayden.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Douglas D. Richman, Richard J. Whitley, and Frederick G. Hayden
    Section I: Viral syndromes and general principles
    Respiratory infections / John J. Treanor
    Viral central nervous system infections / Kevin A. Cassady and Richard J. Whitley
    Gastrointestinal syndromes / Eyal Leshem and Umesh Parashar
    Viral hepatitis / Zina S. Valaydon, Steven A. Locarnini, and Alexander J.V. Thompson
    Infections in organ transplant recipients / John A. Zaia
    Viral myocarditis / Bruce M. Mcmanus, Michael Seidman, Karin Klingel, and Honglin Luo
    Viral infections of the skin / Zeena Y. Nawas, and Stephen K. Tyring
    Viral hemorrhagic fevers / Daniel Bausch and Cathy Ellen Roth
    Viral disease of the eye / Howard M. Newman
    Antiretroviral agents / Scott M. Hammer
    Antiherpesvirus agents / Claire L. Gordon, Christine J. Kubin, and Scott M. Hammer
    Anti-hepatitis virus agents / Scott M. Hammer
    Anti-respiratory virus agents / Scott M. Hammer
    Diagnosis of viral infections / Guy Boivin, Tony Mazzsulli, and Martin Petric
    Immune responses to viruses / Hendrick Streeck, Todd J Suscovich, and Galit Alter
    Immunization against viral diseases / Julie E. Ledgerwood and Barney S. Graham
    Chronic fatigue and postinfective fatigue syndromes / Andrew R. Lloyd
    Section II: The agents
    Part A: DNA viruses
    Poxviruses / Stuart N. Issacs and R. Mark Buller
    Herpes simplex viruses / Richard J. Whitley and Bernard Roizman
    Cercopithecine herpesvirus 1 (B virus) / Richard J. Whitley
    Varicella-zoster virus / Anne A. Gershon and Michael D. Gershon
    Cytomegalovirus / Paul David Griffiths and Matthew Reeves
    Human herpesvirus 6 and human herpesvirus 7 / Koichi Yamanishi and Yasuko Mori
    Epstein-Barr virus / Joyce Fingeroth
    aposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV/HHV8) / Yuan Chang, Shou-Jiang Gao, and Patrick Moore
    Adenoviruses / Olli Ruuskanen, Jordan P. Metcalf, Matti Waris, and Göran Akusjärvi
    Polyomaviruses / John E. Greenlee and Hans H. Hirsch
    Papillomavirus / William Bonnez
    Human parvoviruses / Maria Söderlund-Venermo, Kevin E. Brown, and Dean D. Erdman
    TT Virus / Peter Simmonds and Colin P. Sharp
    Hepatitis B virus / Darren J. Wong, Steven A. Locarnini, and Alexander J.V. Thompson
    Part B: RNA viruses
    Human lymphotropic viruses: HTLV-1 and HTLV-2 / Roberta L. Bruhn, Renaud Mahieux, and Edward L. Murphy
    Human immunodeficiency virus / John C. Guatelli, Robert F. Siliciano, Daniel R. Kuritzkes, and Douglas D. Richman
    Colorado tick fever virus and other arthropod-borne reoviridae / Steven Yukl and Joseph K. Wong
    Rotaviruses / Manuel A. Franco, Juana Angel, and Harry B. Greenberg
    Respiratory syncytial virus, human metapneumovirus, and parainfluenza viruses / John V. Williams, Pedro A. Piedra, and Janet A. Englund
    Measles virus / William J. Moss and Diane E. Griffin
    Mumps virus / John W. Gnann
    Zoonotic paramyxoviruses / Danielle E. Anderson and Lin-Fa Wang
    Rhabdoviruses / Alan C. Jackson
    Filoviruses / Mike Bray and Daniel S. Chertow
    Influenza virus / Frederick G. Hayden and Peter Palese
    Bunyaviridae: bunyaviruses, phleboviruses, nairoviruses, and hantaviruses / Gregory J. Mertz, Clas Ahlm, and Colleen B. Jonsson
    Arenaviruses / Daniel G. Bausch
    Enteroviruses / José R. Romero
    Rhinovirus / Wai-Ming Lee and James E. Gern
    Hepatitis A virus / Sarah E. Williford and Stanley M. Lemon
    Human caliciviruses / Robert L. Atmar and Mary K. Estes
    Hepatitis E virus / David Anderson and Iswar Lal Shrestha
    Astrovirus / Carlos F. Arias and Tomás D. López
    Coronaviruses / Malik Peiris
    Arthropod-borne flaviviruses / Lyle R. Petersen and Alan D.T. Barrett
    Hepatitis C virus / Christopher Koh, Qisheng Li, and T. Jake Liang
    Alphaviruses / David W. Smith, John S. Mackenzie, Ilya V. Frolov, and Scott C. Weaver
    Rubella virus / David W. Kimberlin
    Bornaviruses / Ralf Dürrwald, Norbert Nowotny, Martin Beer, and Jens H. Kuhn
    Part C: Subviral agents
    Hepatitis D virus / Mario Rizzetto, Antonina Smedile, and Alessia Ciancio
    Transmissible spongiform encephalopathies / Christina Sigurdson, Mee-Ohk Kim, and Michael D. Geschwind.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    editor in chief, Michael J. Loeffelholz, Professor in the Department of Pathology, Director of the Clinical Microbiology Laboratory at the University of Texas Medical Branch (UTMB) at Galveston ; editors, Richard L. Hodinka, Professor in the Microbiology Department and Chair of the Department of Biomedical Sciences at the University of South Carolina School of Medicine, Stephen A. Young, Director of Research and Clinical Trials at TriCore Reference Laboratories, Benjamin A. Pinsky, Assistant Professor in the Departments of Pathology and Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases and Geographic Medicine, at the Stanford University School of Medicine.
    Contents:
    Section I: General topics in clinical virology
    Virus taxonomy / Steven J. Drews
    Quality control/quality assurance / Matthew J. Bankowski
    Regulatory compliance / Linoj Samuel
    Laboratory safety / Sue C. Kehl
    Laboratory Design / Matthew J. Binniker
    Section II: Laboratory procedures for detecting viruses
    Specimen selection, collection, transport, processing, and storage / Reeti Khare and Thomas E. Grys
    Primary isolation of viruses / Marie L. Landry and Diane S. Leland
    Antigen detection methods (IFA, solid-phase immunoassays) / Diane S. Leland and Ryan F. Rlich
    serologic methods (IFA, IA, WB, HA, HI, Neut, IgM-specific methods) / Dongxiang Xia, Debra A. Wadford, Christopher P. Preas, and David P. Schnurr
    Nucleic acid extraction in diagnostic virology / Raymond H. Widen
    Nucleic acid amplification by polymerase chain reaction / Ana María Cárdenas and Kevin Alby
    Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods / Harald H. Kessler and Evelyn Stelzl
    Quantitative molecular methods / Natalie N. Whitfield and Donna M. Wolk
    Signal amplification methods / Yun (Wayne) Wang
    Sequencing methods / Joanne Bartkus
    Phenotypic and genotypic antiviral susceptibility testing / Martha T. Van Der Beek and Eric C. J. Claas
    Point-of-care diagnostic virology / James J. Dunn and Lakshmi Chandramohan
    Future technology / Erin Mcelvania Tekipe and Carey-Ann D. Burnham
    Section III: Viral pathogens
    Respiratory viruses / Christine Robinson
    Enteroviruses and parechoviruses / M. Steven Oberste and Mark A. Pallansch
    Measles, mumps, and rubella viruses / William J. Bellini, Joseph P. Icenogle, and Carole J. Hickman
    Gastrointestinal viruses / Michael D. Bowen
    Hepatitis A and E viruses / Gilberto Vaughan and Michael A. Purdy
    Hepatitis B and D viruses / Rebecca T. Horvat
    Hepatitis C virus / David Hillyard and Melanie Mallory
    Herpes simplex viruses and Varicella-Zoster virus / Mark Prichard
    Cytomegalovirus / Preeti Pancholi and Stanley I. Martin
    Epstein-Barr virus / Derrick Chen and Belinda Yen-Lieberman
    Human herpesviruses 6, 7, and 8 / Sheila C. Dollard and Tim Karnauchow
    Human papillomaviruses / Susan Novak-Weekley and Robert Pretorius
    Human polyomaviruses / Rebecca J. Rockett, Michael D. Nissen, Theo P. Sloots, and Seweryn Bialasiewicz
    Parvovirus / Richard S. Buller
    Poxviruses / Ashley V. Kondas and Victoria A. Olson
    Rabies virus / Robert J. Rudd
    Arboviruses / Laura D. Kramer, Elizabeth B. Kauffman, and Norma P. Tavakoli
    Animal-borne viruses / Gregory J. Berry, Michael J. Loeffelholz, and Gustavo Palacios
    Human immunodeficiency virus and human T-lymphotropic viruses / Jörg Schüpbach
    Chlamydiae / Bobbie Van Der Pol and Charlotte A. Gaydos
    Human virome / Matthew C. Ross, Nadim J. Ajami, and Joseph F. Petrosino
    Human susceptibility and response to viral diseases / Ville Peltola and Jorma Ilonen
    Appendices: Reference virology laboratories
    A. Reference virology laboratories at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention / Roberta B. Carey
    B. U.S. state and local public health laboratories / Jane Getchell
    C. International reference laboratories/laboratory systems / Ariel Suarez and Cristina Videla.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    by Gunnar Schmidtmann.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and user-friendly guide to the most common and important numbers, laws and formulas in clinical vision science. Clinicians and trainees in ophthalmology, optometry, orthoptics, and ophthalmic dispensing, who are seeking an easy-to-use lab coat pocket size resource, will find this book to be an essential reference in clinical practice. Clinical Vision Science: A Concise Guide to Numbers, Laws, and Formulas is clearly structured into basics, physical optics, visual optics and ophthalmic lenses, optical instruments, photometry, visual perception, clinical procedures, and anatomy & binocular vision. Each chapter contains a range of tables, formulas, large illustrations and flow charts to allow readers to quickly and accurately find key facts for each type of examination procedure.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Trigonometry
    Angular Measures
    Degree to Radians
    Radians to Degree
    The Metric System
    International System of Units
    Important Units
    Physical Optics
    Nature of Light
    Reflection
    Reflection on plane surfaces
    Reflection on curved surfaces
    Important equations
    Refraction
    Refractive Index
    Snells Law
    Total Internal Reflection
    Refraction by Prisms
    Refraction on curved surfaces
    Important equations
    Step along method
    The power of a lens system
    Thick Lenses
    Photometry
    Flat angles
    Solid angles
    Inverse Square Law
    Cosine Law
    Optical Instruments
    Camera
    Magnification
    The Simple Magnifier
    Entrance and Exit Pupils
    Visual Optics & Ophthalmic Lenses
    Calculating the Sag
    Lens meter equation
    Toric Transposition
    Astigmatism & Cylindrical Lenses
    Toric Lenses
    Oblique Crossed Cylinders
    Accommodation & Vergence
    Accommodation
    Vergence
    Prisms
    Prism Dioptre
    Prism Notation
    Prentice Rule
    The prismatic effect of a sphero-cylindrical lens
    Ophthalmic Lenses
    Types of Lenses
    Lens Materials
    Dispersion and Abbe Number
    Transverse Chromatic Aberration
    Eye Models
    Gullstrands Reduced Schematic Eye
    Gullstrands Simplified Schematic Eye
    Gullstrands Exact Schematic Eye
    Retinal Blur Circle
    Spectacle Magnification
    Visual Perception
    Visual Acuity
    Contrast
    Weber Contrast
    Michelson Contrast
    Root Mean Square (RMS) Contrast
    Sensation & Perception
    Webers Law
    Fechners Law
    Stevens Power Law
    Riccos Law
    Blochs Law
    Pipers Law
    Ocular Anatomy
    The Anatomy of the Orbit
    The Anatomy of the Eye
    The external Eye & Eye Muscles
    The internal Eye & Retina
    Ocular Diseases & Ocular Pharmacology
    Summary of Common Ocular Diseases
    List of Common Drugs, Dosages, Indications & Contraindications
    Clinical Procedures
    Direct Ophthalmoscopy
    Retinoscopy
    Subjective Refrac tion
    Fan & Block
    Jackson Cross Cylinder Technique
    Near Vision & Accommodation
    Distance and Near Acuity Chart
    Binocular Vision & Orthoptics
    Definitions: Eso, Exo, Hypo, Hyper
    Phoria vs Tropia
    Extraocular Muscles
    Directions of maximal action for Extrocular Muscles
    Primary and secondary actions
    Adduction
    Abduction
    Incyclo
    Excyclo
    Herings Law
    Sherringtons Law
    Sheards Criterion
    Cranial Nerves and Eye Muscles
    Cover-Uncover & Alternate Cover Test
    Hess Chart interpretation
    Difference between Concomitance and Incomitance
    Order of Muscle Sequelae
    Assessment of Motor Fusion
    Prism Corrections
    Crossed and Uncrossed Diplopia
    Bielschowsky Head Tilt Test
    Diagnostic Techniques
    Slit Lamp Biomicroscopy
    Diffuse Illumination
    Sclerotic Scatter
    Direct Illumination
    Indirect Illumination
    Retro Illumination
    Specular Reflection
    Mire Reverse
    Van Hericks Technique
    Gonioscopy
    Keratometry
    Tonometry
    Perimetry
    Contact Lenses
    Keratometry and Contact lenses
    Contact Lens Materials
    Calculations
    Base Curve
    Diameter
    Back Vertex Power
    Fitting & Assessment of Contact Lenses
    Low Vision
    Assessment of Visual Function
    Assessment of Function Vision
    Magnification
    Field of View.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Musa Touray, Aisha Touray.
    Summary: Access to approved scientific medical literature is vital in the context of providing standard, evidence-based health care. Despite the abundance of medical information, ensuring that it is available to health care professionals in the field remains a challenge. Remote areas in economically disadvantaged sub-Saharan Africa often lack internet facilities or reference libraries. At the same time, the long-term storage of books and other documents is a problem due to climatic factors such as humidity and heat, the presence of pests like insects and rodents, as well as environmental hazards and the lack of trained staff to adequately manage, maintain and distribute literary material. Against this background and based on practical experience, this book compiles a series of common disease management protocols adapted for minimal-resource facilities, formulas for national healthcare schemes (vaccination, antenatal, child care) and other useful documents that can facilitate effective hospital management in low-resource countries. Primarily intended for healthcare workers in The Gambia and other nations with a similar socio-economical background, the book is also a valuable resource for international students and healthcare workers from regions like Europe and the Americas intending to do internships in economically underprivileged geographic areas.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    A clinical approach to diagnosis and treatment
    The periodic medical check-up: a clinical approach to preventive medical care
    Neurology
    Ear, nose, and throat (ENT) and stomatology
    Cardiovascular
    Respiratory diseases
    Gastroenterology
    Urology and nephrology
    Obstetrics, gynecology, and antenatal care
    Musculoskeletal
    Dermatology
    Hematology
    Endocrinology
    Ophthalmology
    Psychiatry
    Pediatric conditions and their treatment
    Palliative care
    Organization of regular standard healthcare
    The surgical unit: organization and management
    Behind the scenes: pharmacological services
    Adapted essential medicines list for a standard minimal-resource health facility
    Immunization and vaccines
    Basic clinical laboratory services in a standard minimal-resource facility
    Hospital administration and management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David K.C. Cooper, Guerard Byrne, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This title provides an illuminating examination of the current state of xenotransplantation - grafting or transplanting organs or tissues between members of different species - and how it might move forward into the clinic. To be sure, this is a critical topic, as a major problem that remains worldwide is an inadequate supply of organs from deceased human donors, severely limiting the number of organ transplants that can be performed each year. Based on presentations given at a major conference on xenotransplantation, this title includes important views from many leading experts who were invited to present their data and opinions on how xenotransplantation can advance into the clinic. Attention was concentrated on pig kidney and heart transplantation as it is in regard to these organs that most progress has been made.^Collectively, these chapters effectively highlight the many advantages of xenotransplantation to patients with end-stage organ failure, thereby encouraging the mapping of a concrete pathway to clinical xenotransplantation. The book is organized across 22 chapters, beginning with background information on clinical and experimental xenotransplantation. Following this are discussions addressing how pigs can be genetically engineered for their organs to be resistant to the human immune response through deletion of pig xenoantigens, and the insertion of 'protective' human transgenes. Subsequent chapters analyze complications that arise in practice, comparing allotransplant and xenotransplant rejection. The selection of the ideal patients for the first clinical trials is discussed.^Finally, the book concludes with an analysis on the regulatory, economic, and social aspects of this research, including FDA perspectives and the sensitive, psychosocial factors regarding allotransplantation and xenotransplantation. A major and timely addition to the literature, Clinical Xenotransplantation will be of great interest to all researchers, physicians, and academics from other disciplines with an interest in xenotransplantation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    taking xenotransplantation into the clinic 1. Xenotransplantation in nonhuman primates - the present position Kidney xenotransplantation Heart xenotransplantation 2. Donor genetics and potential infectious risks The optimal genetically-engineered organ-source pig Organ-source pig health status and potential infectious risks Regulatory requirements for the organ-source pig 3. Antibody-mediated allotransplant rejection: lessons for xenotransplantation The problem of anti-HLA antibodies The problem of ABO blood group-incompatibility 4. Patient evaluation and selection for first clinical trials Kidney transplantation Heart transplantation in adults Heart transplantation in infants and children Heart transplantation vs mechanical circulatory support 5. Social and religious aspects of xenotransplantation 6. Economic implications of xenotransplantation 7. Summary - closing in on clinical xenotransplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Keith L. Moore, M.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc. (Hon.), F.I.A.C. , F.R.S.M., F.A.A.A., Arthur F. Dalley II, Ph.D., Anne M.R. Agur, B.Sc. (OT), M.Sc., Ph.D.
    Summary: "Clinically Oriented Anatomy provides first-year medical students with the clinically oriented anatomical information as it relates to the practice of medicine, dentistry, and physical therapy. The 7th edition features a fully revised art program to ensure consistency and cohesiveness of imaging style"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Back
    Lower limb
    Upper limb
    Head
    Neck
    Summary of cranial nerves.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QM23.2 .M67 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Keith L. Moore, Arthur F. Dalley II, Anne M.R. Agur.
    Contents:
    Overview and basic concepts
    Back
    Upper limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Head
    Neck
    Cranial nerves.
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    1
  • Print
    edited by Laura Weiss Roberts.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Ed & Academ 101
    1
  • Digital
    Massimo Biondi, Angelo Picardi, Mauro Pallagrosi, Laura Fonzi, editors.
    Summary: The vast majority of mental health clinicians and researchers rely on diagnostic systems based on operational criteria. However, in their everyday practice, many clinicians also pay attention to their own feelings or intuitions about the patient. For an even greater number of clinicians, this process may occur inadvertently. Scholars from various fields are increasingly stressing the importance of complementing the emphasis on operational criteria with thoughtful attention to the subjective and intersubjective elements involved in a thorough psychopathological evaluation. This book aims at capturing the essence, implications and full potential of the clinician's subjective experience in the diagnosis and treatment of mental disorders. It gathers contributions from several different disciplines, such as phenomenology, neuroscience, the cognitive sciences, and psychoanalysis. It also presents the development, validation, and clinical application of a psychometric instrument that reliably investigates the clinician's feelings, thoughts, and perceptions related to the clinical encounter.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Joseph Sadek.
    Summary: The Clinicians Guide to ADHD combines the useful diagnostic and treatment approaches advocated in different guidelines with insights from other sources, including recent literature reviews and web resources. The aim is to provide clinicians with clear, concise, and reliable advice on how to approach this complex disorder. The guidelines referred to in compiling the book derive from authoritative sources in different regions of the world, including the United States, Canada, Australia, and Europe. After introductory discussion of epidemiology and etiology, guidance is provided on diagnosis in different age groups, differential diagnosis, assessment for potential comorbidities, and the issue of ADHD and driving. Advice is then given on the appropriate use of pharmacological and psychosocial treatment, the management of adverse events, and follow-up. A series of relevant scales, questionnaires, and websites are also included.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. History of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
    3. Epidemiology and Etiology of ADHD
    4. Impairment in Patients with ADHD
    5. How to Diagnose ADHD in Children and Adolescents
    6. How to Diagnose ADHD in Adults
    7. Differential Diagnosis
    8. ADHD Comorbidities
    9. ADHD and Driving
    10. Pharmacological Management of ADHD
    11. Management of Adverse Events
    12. Psychosocial Treatment of ADHD
    13. Follow-up of Patient with ADHD
    14. Books for the Public
    15. List of Scales: Children
    16. List of Scales: Adults
    17. Snap Scale: Children
    18. Weiss Functional Impairment Scale - Adults
    19. Weiss Scale - Parent Reporting
    20. Weiss Scale - Self Report
    21. Sadek Personal Adversity Questionnaire - Adults
    22. Sadek Personality Diffi culties Questionnaire - Adults
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joseph Sadek.
    Contents:
    ADHD comorbidity: Introduction
    ADHD and Anxiety: Should I treat Amy for ADHD first or Anxiety first
    ADHD and Depression
    ADHD and Bipolar Disorder
    ADHD and Substance Use
    ADHD and Borderline Personality Disorder
    ADHD and oppositional defiant disorder
    ADHD and Conduct Disorder
    ADHD and Seizure Disorder
    ADHD and Sleep Disorder
    ADHD and Tic Disorder.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Linda Dahl.
    Contents:
    1. Breastfeeding basics
    2. Anatomy and physiology of breastfeeding
    3. Milk supply and regulation
    4. The progression of nursing
    5. Breastfeeding evaluation: the history
    6. Breastfeeding evaluation: the physical exam
    7. Treatments
    8. Abnormal nursing case scenarios
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Steven James, Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego.
    Summary: "Plants have been a plentiful source of useful drugs and remedies throughout human history. In the early nineteenth century Friedrich Serturner isolated morphine from the opium plant. By 1827, morphine was marketed by Merck in Germany and the origins of the modern pharmaceutical industry began. Over the remainder of the nineteenth century further advances in organic chemistry led to identification of other drugs from plant material. Examples of important medicines developed from plants included quinine from the bark of the cinchona tree for the treatment of malaria and salicylic acid from the willow tree that eventually led to the development of aspirin (Anderson 2005)"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Eric A. Storch, Joseph F. McGuire, Dean McKay.
    Summary: The Clinician's Guide to Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Childhood Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder brings together a wealth of experts on pediatric and adolescent OCD, providing novel cognitive behavioral strategies and considerations that therapists can immediately put into practice. The book provides case studies and example metaphors on how to explain exposure models to children in a developmentally appropriate manner. The book also instructs clinicians on how to use symptom information and rating scales to develop an appropriate exposure hierarchy. The book is arranged into two major sections: assessment and treatment of childhood OCD and special considerations in treating childhood OCD. Each chapter is structured to include relevant background and empirical support for the topic at hand, practical discussion of the nature and implementation of the core component (such as exposure and response prevention, cognitive therapy, psychoeducation and more), and a case illustration that highlights the use of a particular technique.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Eric A. Storch, Joseph F. McGuire, and Dean McKay
    Diagnosing childhood OCD / Ella L. Oar, Carly Johnco, and Cynthia M. Turner
    Psychoeducation for children, parents, and family members about obsessive-compulsive disorder and cognitive behavioral therapy / Gudmundur Skarphedinsson and Bernhard Weidle
    Assessment of children with OCD / Michelle Rozenman and R. Lindsey Bergman
    Developing exposure hierarchies / Dean McKay
    Developing and implementing exposure treatment in youth obsessive-compulsive symptoms / Dean McKay
    Modifying cognitions in the treatment of OCD in young people / Tim I. Williams
    Involving family members of children with OCD in CBT / Allison Vreeland and Tara S. Peris
    Medication management of childhood OCD / Tord Ivarsson, Gudmundur Skarphedinsson, and Bernhard Weidle
    Relapse prevention strategies for young people with OCD (after CBT) / Georgina Krebs and Angela Lewis
    Addressing common myths and mistaken beliefs in the treatment of youth with OCD / Shannon M. Blakey, Benjamin E. Thomas, and Nicholas R. Farrell
    OCD in school settings / Michael L. Sulkowski, Cary Jordan, Stacey Rice Dobrinsky, and Rachel E. Mathews
    Addressing family accommodation in childhood obsessive-compulsive disorder / Eli R. Lebowitz
    Working with challenging young people and families / Amita Jassi and Georgina Krebs
    Working with young children with OCD / Jenny Herren and Joseph Berryhill
    Strategies to manage common co-occuring psychiatric conditions / Yolanda E. Murphy, Elle Brennan, Sarah Francazio, and Christopher A. Flessner
    Managing a child with OCD who is treatment refractory / Michael H. Bloch.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Paul I. Schneiderman, Marc E. Grossman.
    Summary: Over a decade has passed since the original edition of The Clinician's Guide to Dermatologic Differential Diagnosis first came out. This massive two volume, second edition undertaking features over 4,000 new photographs of rare and puzzingly symptoms, 98 new chapters, and presents a complete update on all references and new findings since the original publication. This two volume set is designed to assist in the diagnosis of skin disease by presenting a unique and comprehensive approach to differential diagnosis. Organized alphabetically by physical finding each book in the set is meticulously put together for utility and usability. Volume 1 features a comprehensive list of the variety of physical findings a patient might have. It is the text of the work. Volume 2 serves as the atlas with which to cross reference a physical finding. It includes over 10,000 patient photos and strives to feature the rarer, more difficult to encounter pictures to arm the reader with knowledge beyond the basic. Created purely with the reader in mind, The Clinician's Guide to Dermatologic Differential Diagnosis, 2nd Edition strives to enhance the learning and teaching of differential diagnosis within dermatology. These texts are for the patient that defies diagnosis, going through checklists of diseases ensures that no clue is missed in aiding the patient. The sincere hope is that these companion volumes will be helpful in all clinical setting from medical clinic and other specialty clinics to the Dermatology clinic, from medical students to attendings, and from the nurses to the physicians assistants, whether in the academic setting or in the community environment anywhere in the world.

    Contents:
    Table of Contents
    Volume 1: The Text
    Abdominal Pain, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Abscess (Sterile and Non-Sterile)
    Acanthosis Nigricans-Like Lesions
    Acidosis and Rash in the Newborn
    Acneiform Eruptions
    Acral Cyanosis
    Acral Erythema
    Acral Erythema and Scale With or Without Linear Cutoff
    Acral Papules and Nodules; Knuckle Papules; Papules, Digital
    Acrochordons (Skin Tags)
    Acromegalic Features
    Acro-osteolysis
    Adrenal Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Ainhum
    Alopecia
    Alopecia and Structural Abnormalities of the Nose and Hands
    Alopecia, Eyebrows
    Alopecia in Neonates, Infants, and Toddlers
    Alveolar Hemorrhage
    Angioedema
    Angiokeratoma Corporis Diffusum
    Annular Lesions of Penis with Surface Changes
    Annular Lesions with Surface Changes
    Annular Lesions Without Surface Changes
    Annular Scars
    Aortic Disease in the Young
    Aphthous Stomatitis
    Arthritis and Rash (Polyarthritis and Monoarthritis)
    Aseptic Meningitis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Atrichia and Nail Abnormalities
    Atrophic Glossitis
    Atrophic Lesions
    Autoinflammatory Diseases
    Bariatric Surgery, Cutaneous Signs of Nutrient Deficiency
    Basal Cell Carcinoma Syndromes
    Bioweapons
    Black Dermatologic Entities
    Black Oral Lesions
    Blaschko-esque Entities
    Blindness, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Blue Lunulae
    Blue Sclerae
    Blue Spots
    Blueberry Muffin Lesions, Neonate
    Breast Asymmetry
    Breast Cancer, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Breast Hypertrophy (Gynecomastia) and Breast Masses
    Breast Lesions
    Buffalo Hump (Cervicodorsal Lipodystrophy)
    Bullae and/or Vesicles
    Bullae, Hemorrhagic Bullae, Hemorrhagic, Septic
    Bullae in the Neonate
    Bullae in Infants and Children
    Bullae of the Fingers or Toes
    Bullae, Transient, in Infants
    Burning Tongue
    Butterfly Rash
    Café Au Lait Macules (CALMs), Associations
    Cardiac and/or Cardiovascular Disease and Skin Lesions
    CDKN2a with p14 LOSS
    Cellulitis in the Immunocompromised Host
    Cellulitis, Infections in the Immunocompetent Host
    Cellulitis (Pseudocellulitis), Non-infectious Etiologies
    Cerebriform Lesions
    Chalky Material Extruded From Lesions
    Cheilitis (Crusted Lips)
    Chemotherapy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Chest Wall Tumors
    Cleft Lip and/or Palate (Associated Skin Disorders)
    Coarse Facies and Coarse Facial Skin
    Cobblestone Appearance of Skin
    Cobblestone Appearance of the Oral Mucosa
    Cocaine Use, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Concentric Lesions
    Conjunctival Lesions, Pigmented
    Craniosynostosis
    Cutaneous Horns
    Cutis Laxa-like Appearance
    Cutis Verticis Gyrata
    Cysts With or Without Drainage
    Deafness or Hearing Impairment, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Dermatitis (Spongiotic), Differential Diagnosis
    Dermatitis, Facial, Pediatric
    Dermatitis, Periorbital
    Dermatitis, Periorificial
    Dermatographism
    Desmoplakin Mutations
    Diabetes Mellitus, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Diarrhea, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Dimples
    Doughy Skin
    Drug Abuse, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Dyschromatosis (Hypopigmentation and Hyperpigmentation)
    Dyshidrosis
    Ear Lesions
    Ear, Hard (Petrified Auricles)
    Ears, Red
    Edema
    Edema, Hands
    Edema, Head
    Edema, Legs
    Erosions (Superficial Ulcers)
    Erythroderma (Exfoliative Erythroderma)
    Erythrodermic Infant
    Eschars
    Esophageal and Cutaneous Disease
    Exanthem
    Exfoliation (Desquamation)
    Eyelid Lesions
    Eyes, Red and Rash
    Facial Asymmetry
    Facial Dermatitis, Scaly
    Facial Edema
    Facial Papules and Plaques
    Facial Papules
    Facial Plaques, Scarring and Non-scarring
    Facial Scars
    Facial Ulcers
    Facies
    Fetal Akinesia Deformation Sequence
    Fever and Rash, Noninfectious
    Fever, Arthritis, and Exanthem
    Fibromatoses in Children
    Fibrous Tumors, Differential Diagnosis
    Figurate Erythemas
    Fingertip Lesions
    Fingertip Necrosis
    Fingertip Ulcers
    Flushing Disorders
    Follicular Plugging
    Foot Ulcers
    Freckling of Hands
    Gastrointestinal Cancer and Skin Lesions
    Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage and Skin Lesions
    Gastrointestinal Polyposis and Skin
    Gingival Hyperplasia
    Gingivitis
    Glomerulonephritis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Granulomas
    Granulomatosis With Polyangiitis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Green Pigmentation
    Hair Abnormalities
    Hair Breakage
    Hair Shaft Nodules or Nits (Particulate Matter)
    Hair, Premature Graying
    Heart Block and Rash
    Heart Failure, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Heliotrope
    Hematologic Malignancies, Cutaneous Signs
    Hemihypertrophy (Asymmetric Overgrowth Syndromes) Herpetiform Lesions
    Heterochromia Iridum (Iridis)
    Hoarseness, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Human Papilloma Virus-Associated Immunodeficiency Syndromes
    Hyperhidrosis
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions of Feet
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions of Hands
    Hyperkeratotic Lesions of the Nipples
    Hyperpigmentation in Blaschko's Lines
    Hyperpigmentation, Diffuse
    Hyperpigmentation, Facial
    Hyperpigmentation, Flagellate
    Hyperpigmentation, Paronychial
    Hyperpigmentation, Patchy
    Hyperpigmentation, Segmental or Zosteriform
    Hyperpigmented Lesions, Discrete Annular
    Hypertrichosis, Generalized
    Hypertrichosis, Localized
    Hypohidrosis (Anhidrosis)
    Hypopigmented Patches or Plaques
    Hypoplasia of Distal Phalanges
    Hypotrichosis With Growth and Mental Retardation
    Ichthyosiform Eruptions
    Immune Deficiency Syndromes with Bacterial Infections
    Inguinal Lymphadenitis and Rash
    Intertrigo, Including Diaper Dermatitis
    Iris Lesions, Pigmented
    Islands of Sparing
    Kaposi's Sarcoma, Differential Diagnosis
    Kinky Hair
    Knuckle Papules
    Knuckles, Pebbly, With Scarring
    Lacrimal Gland, Enlarged
    Lentigines
    Leonine Facies
    Leukoderma, Guttate
    Leukonychia
    Leukoplakia
    Linear Erythronychia
    Linear Hypopigmentation
    Linear Lesions
    Linear Lesions Following Veins
    Lip Lesions, Pigmented
    Lip Papules
    Lip Pits
    Lips, Swollen
    Lipoma Syndromes
    Lithium, Cutaneous Side Effects
    Livedo Reticularis With or Without Necrosis
    Liver Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations and Hepatic Abnormalities of Skin Disease
    Lymphadenopathy for the Dermatologist
    Macrocephaly
    Macrodactyly (Enlarged Digit)
    Malodorous Skin Conditions
    Marfanoid Features
    Masses of the Head and Neck
    Melanoma, Clinical Simulators
    Melanonychia
    Microcephaly
    Micronychia and Anonychia
    Midline Facial Nodules of Children
    Midline Nasal Masses
    Milia or Milia-Like Lesions (Fine White Papules)
    Monoclonal Gammopathy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Mucinoses
    Mucocutaneous Candidiasis Syndromes
    Muscle Weakness and Rash
    Myocarditis, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Nail Abnormalities
    Nasal Infiltration or Enlargement
    Nasal Septal Ulceration/Perforations (Rhinophagic Ulceration)
    Neck Lesions
    Neck Papules
    Necrosis
    Neural Tube Dysraphism
    Nevi, Associated Syndromes
    Nipple Dermatitis
    Nipple Lesions
    No Fingerprint Syndromes (Adermatoglyphia, Absent Dermatoglyphics)
    Nodules, Congenital
    Nodules, Foot
    Nodules, Juxta-Articular
    Nodules, Knee
    Nodules, Multilobulated
    Nodules, Multiple, Subcutaneous
    Nodule, Red, Face
    Nodule, Red, Hand
    Nodule, Red, Extremities
    Nodules, Red or Violaceous, Vascular Appearance
    Nodules, Skin Colored
    Nodules, Ulcerated
    Nodules, Unspecified Location
    Normal Skin (Barely Perceptible Lesions)
    Obesity Syndromes/Protuberant Abdomen
    Onycholysis
    Oral Mucosa, Blue Pigmentation
    Oral Mucosa, Cysts
    Oral Mucosa, Hyperpigmentation
    Oral Mucosa, Nodules
    Oral Mucosa, Ulceration
    Oral Mucosa, Verrucous and Vegetating Lesions
    Osteoma Cutis
    Overgrowth Syndromes
    P63-Associated Disorders
    Painful Tumors
    Palatal Necrosis (Necrotic Ulcers of the Palate)
    Palmar and/or Plantar Erythema
    Palmar and/or Plantar Nodules
    Palmar Pits and Punctate Keratoses/Dyshidrosis-like Lesions
    Palmoplantar Keratodermas
    Palmoplantar Keratodermas With Atrichia or Hypotrichosis
    Papules, Crusted
    Papules, Digital
    Papules, Dirty Brown
    Papules, Distal Digital, White
    Papules, Facial, Solitary
    Papules, Flat-Topped
    Papules, Follicular (Folliculocentric, Including Folliculitis)
    Papules, Hyperkeratotic
    Papules and Nodules, Hyperpigmented (With or Without Hyperkeratosis)
    Papules, Hyperpigmented With Hypertrichosis
    Papules of the Nose
    Papules, Periorbital
    Papules, Red
    Papules, Skin Colored
    Papules, Unspecified
    Papulosquamous Eruptions
    Paraneoplastic Dermatoses
    Paraproteinemias, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Parathyroid Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Paronychia
    Parotid Gland Enlargement
    Particulate Matter/Exfoliation
    Pedunculated (Polypoid) Lesions
    Penile Edema, Acute and Chronic
    Penile Lesions
    Penile Ulcers
    Perianal Dermatitis and Hypertrophic Plaques
    Perianal Ulcers, Single or Multiple
    Periorbital Edema/Erythema (Dermatitis)
    Periorbital Facial Nodules, Pediatric
    Periostitis
    Peripheral Eosinophilia
    Peripheral Neuropathy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Phakomatoses
    Pharyngitis
    Photoeruption and Seborrheic Dermatitis-Like Eruption
    Pigmentary Retinopathy or Cone-Rod Dystrophy with Dermatologic Manifestations
    Pituitary Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Pityriasis Rosea-Like Eruptions
    Plantar Erythema
    Pneumonia and Pneumonia-associated Disease, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Poikilodermas of Adulthood
    Poikilodermas of Childhood
    Poliosis, Localized or Generalized (Canites)
    Polydactyly (PPD, PAP, and Complex Types)
    Pore
    Port Wine Stain
    Preauricular Sinuses (Ear Pits)
    Pregnancy, Cutaneous Manifestations
    Premature Aging Syndromes (Progeroid Syndromes)
    Primary Immunodeficiency and Granuloma Formation
    Proptosis
    Pruritic Tumors
    Pruritus, Anal
    P.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    John C. Norcross, Thomas P. Hogan, Gerald P. Koocher, and Lauren A. Maggio.
    Summary: "Everyone, it seems, is talking and arguing about Evidence-Based Practice (EBP). Those therapies and assessments designated as EBP increasingly determine what is taught, researched, and reimbursed in health care. But exactly what is it, and how do you do it? The second edition of Clinician's Guide to Evidence-Based Practices is the concise, practitioner-friendly guide to applying EBPs in mental health. Step-by-step it explains how to conduct the entire EBP process-asking the right questions, accessing the best available research, appraising the research, translating that research into practice, integrating that research with clinician expertise and patient characteristics, evaluating the entire enterprise, attending to the ethical considerations, and when done, moving the EBP process forward by teaching and disseminating it. This book will help you: · Formulate useful questions that research can address · Search the research literature efficiently for best practices · Make sense out of the research morass, sifting wheat from chaff · Incorporate patient values and diversity into the selection of EBP · Blend clinician expertise with the research evidence · Translate empirical research into practice · Ensure that your clients receive effective, research-supported services · Infuse the EBP process into your organizational setting and training methods · Identify and integrate ethics in the context of EBP Coauthored by a distinguished quartet of clinicians, researchers, and a health care librarian, the Clinician's Guide has become the classic for graduate students and busy professionals mastering EBP "-- Provided by publisher. "The second edition of Clinician's Guide to Evidence-Based Practices is the concise, practitioner-friendly guide to applying EBPs in mental health"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Defining Evidence-Based Practice
    Chapter 2. Asking the Right Questions
    Chapter 3. Locating the Best Available Research: Background and Filtered Sources
    Chapter 4. Locating the Best Available Research: Unfiltered Sources
    Chapter 5. Reading and Interpreting the Research: Research Designs
    Chapter 6. Reading and Interpreting the Research: Numbers and Measures
    Chapter 7. Appraising Research Reports
    Chapter 8. Translating Research into Practice
    Chapter 9. Integrating the Patient and the Clinician with the Research
    Chapter 10. Incorporating Evaluation and Ethics
    Chapter 11. Disseminating, Teaching, and Implementing Evidence-Based Practices
    Contents of the Online Resources
    Glossary
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Kylie O'Brien, Avni Sali.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1: The Ultimate Consultation- An Overview
    Ch. 2: Let's Talk About Stress
    Ch. 3: Nutrition
    Ch. 4: Sleep
    Ch. 5: Vitamin D and Sunshine
    Ch. 6: The Power of Movement: Integrating Exercise
    Ch. 7: Additional Therapies and Innovative Technologies
    Ch. 8: Bringing It All Together.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Carleen Franz, Lee Ascherman, Julia Shaftel.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. What are learning disabilities?
    3. Understanding the legal framework
    4. Learning disabillities in reading
    5. Learning disabilities in written expression
    6. Learning disabilities in mathematics
    7. Nonverbal learning disabilities
    8. The psychoeducational evaluation
    9. Intellectual assessment
    10. Academic assessment
    11. Interpretationof assessment results
    12. Preschool assessment
    13. Transition from school to college and career
    14. Collaboration and referral.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Ronica Mukerjee, Linda Wesp, Randi Singer, editors ; Dane Menkin, clinical content editor.
    Summary: "This unique text provides a framework for delivering culturally safe clinical care to LGBTQIA+ populations filtered through the lens of racial, economic, and reproductive justice. It focuses strongly on the social context in which we live, one where multiple historical processes of oppression continue to manifest as injustices in the health care setting and beyond. Encompassing the shared experiences of a diverse group of expert health care practitioners, this book offers abundant examples, case studies, recommendations, and the most up-to-date guidelines available for treating LGBTQIA+ patient populations. Rich in clinical scenarios that describe best practices for safely treating patients, this text features varied healthcare frameworks encompassing patient-centered and community-centered care that considers the intersecting and ongoing processes of oppression that impact LGBTQIA+ people every day--particularly people of color. This text helps health providers incorporate safe and culturally appropriate language into their care, understand the roots and impact of stigma, address issues of health disparities, and recognize and avoid racial or LGBTQIA+ microaggressions. Specific approaches to care include chapters on sexual health care, perinatal care, and information about pregnancy and postpartum care for transgender and gender-expansive people"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Cultural Safety Framework for LGBTQIA+ Communities / Ronica Mukerjee, Linda Wesp, Randi Singer
    Language and Communication with LGBTQIA+ Communities / Randi Singer, Linda Wesp, Dane Menkin, Paige Ricca, Sierra Bushe-Ribero, Kristin Keglovitz Baker
    Impact of Stigma / Danielle Boudreau, Robin D'Aversa, Julia Gelbort, Ronica Mukerjee, Randi Singer, Liz Velek
    Racial and LGBTQIA+ Microaggressions / Jaymee Campbell, Randi Singer, Ronica Mukerjee
    Trauma-Informed Care / Danielle Boudreau, Ronica Mukerjee, Linda Wesp
    Queerness and Sexualities / Ronica Mukerjee, D'hana Perry, Linda Wesp
    Asexual Patient Care / Ronica Mukerjee, Poonam Daryani
    Intersex Patient Care / Ronica Mukerjee
    Gender Identity / Dane Menkin, Linda Wesp, Kristin Keglovitz Baker, Ronica Mukerjee, Randi Singer
    Sexual Health Care for LGBTQIA+ Individuals / Linda Wesp, Danielle Boudreau, Ronica Mukerjee, Lazarus Nance Letcher
    Perinatal Care for Trans, Gender Expansive, and LGBQIA+ Populations / Simon Ellis, Danielle Boudreau, Randi Singer, Ronni Getz, Robin D'Aversa
    Afterword: A call to action / Ronica Mukerjee, Randi Singer, Linda Wesp, Pia Pauline Lenon
    Glossary.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Pooya Khan Mohammad Beigi.
    Summary: Complete with dozens of color clinical photos to aid readers in diagnosis and treatment, this book includes TNM staging, description of the histopathology, and a step-by-step guide through the diagnosis of the disease. It is the most common form of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, generally affecting the skin, though sometimes progressing internally over time. However, there is very little comprehensive information on this subject for dermatologists, dermatopathologists, and oncologists seeking deeper insight into this lymphoma in one all-inclusive text. Clinician's Guide to Mycosis Fungoidesmeets this need, covering the history, categories of disorder, molecular analysis, etiology, epidemiology, effect on body systems, disorder symptoms, and treatment. Additionally, the various recommended treatments of mycosis fungoides are explained, using clinical research and case studies as guidance.

    Contents:
    Introduction and History
    Epidemiology
    Etiology
    Diagnosis and Management
    Staging
    Treatment
    Variants of Mycosis Fungoides
    Background
    Literature Review
    Study Goals, Hypothesis, and Design
    Treatment Plan
    Study Results
    Discussion of Study Results
    Clinical Research Case Descriptions
    Patient One
    Patient Two
    Patient Three
    Patient Four
    Patient Five
    Patient Six
    Patient Seven
    Patient Eight
    Patient Nine
    Patient Ten.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Natalie D. Muth, Mary Tanaka
    Summary: This new reference provides primary care clinicians with essential nutrition information, guidance, tools, and resources that are needed to offer patients optimal care concerning nutrition in the primary care setting. In addition, it includes tables designed for at-a-glance reference throughout the chapters, case studies for further learning, nutritional recipes for daily meals, and a frequently asked questions section to address caregivers' and patients' questions. With this authoritative reference, clinicians will learn how to Take a nutrition history. Evaluate growth and development, weight and adiposity, and signs of nutritional deficiency or excess. Complete a nutrition assessment and provide a patient-specific nutrition treatment plan. Select and interpret findings from screening and laboratory tests and diagnostic procedures to assess and manage a patient's nutrition. Use behavioral change strategies and coaching techniques matched to a patient and family's readiness for change, including motivational interviewing, SMART goal setting, problem-solving, self-monitoring, stimulus control, and the 5 A's (ask, assess, assist, advise, arrange). Provide age-specific nutrition guidance for infants, toddlers, preschoolers, school-aged children, and adolescents based on the most up-to-date information, including the Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2020-2025. Effectively incorporate scientifically sound nutrition guidance into the treatment of common pediatric concerns, including anemia, reflux, constipation, underweight, childhood overweight and obesity, dyslipidemia, prediabetes, fatty liver disease, hypertension, disordered eating, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and autism spectrum disorder. Consult or refer to registered dietitians and other health care professionals and community resources as appropriate. Screen for food insecurity and connect families with public health resources. Confidently answer the most commonly asked nutrition questions from parents and patients. Advise patients and families on how to integrate nutrition principles into everyday life including through application of culinary medicine.

    Contents:
    Dietary Reference Intakes
    Carbohydrates
    Protein
    Fats
    Vitamins
    Minerals
    Water and Hydration
    Anthropometric Measures
    Clinical and Biochemical Evaluation
    Dietary History, Social History, and Food Insecurity Screening
    Dietary Guidelines and Principles of Healthy Eating
    Healthy Eating Plans
    Culinary Medicine and Strategies for Healthy Eating
    Theories of Behavior Change and Motivational Interviewing
    SMART Goals and Action Plans
    Nutrition in Infancy
    Nutrition in Childhood and Adolescence
    Sports and Athletic Performance
    Mental Health, Behavioral, and Developmental Conditions
    Obesity and Related Health Conditions
    Nutrition for Common Gastrointestinal, Autoimmune, and Inflammatory Conditions
    Frequently Asked Questions
    Case Studies
    Recipes.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks [2023]
  • Digital
    Joseph Sadek.
    Summary: This book employs a direct and clear approach to understanding the medications used in the treatment of psychiatric disorders. A range of areas, such as prescription errors, dosage modification in renal and hepatic dysfunction, augmentation strategies in treatment resistant patients, and recent findings from various clinical trials are addressed. Given its clear, straightforward approach, the book will be a valuable guide for all clinicians working with patients with psychiatric illness.

    Contents:
    General Pharmacology and Drug Interactions
    Antidepressants
    ECT
    Mood stabilizers
    Antipsychotics
    ADHD medications
    Sedatives and Hypnotics
    Drugs for treatment of cognitive disorders
    Drugs for Substance and Alcohol Use Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Armand Zini, Ashok Agrwal, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date text, which brings together the key practical elements of the rapidly evolving field of sperm DNA and chromatin abnormalities, is divided thematically into five main sections. Part I discusses human sperm chromatin structure and nuclear architecture, while part II presents laboratory evaluation of sperm DNA damage, including SCSA, SCD, TUNEL and Comet assays, and cytochemical tests. Biological and clinical factors in the etiology of sperm DNA damage are discussed in part III, including oxidative stress, abortive apoptosis, cancer, and environmental and lifestyle factors. Part IV presents clinical studies on the utility of sperm DNA damage tests, both with natural and ART-assisted pregnancies, and debates the clinical utility of such tests. Finally, part V discusses current treatment options, such as antioxidant therapy, varicocelectomy, advanced sperm processing techniques and the use of testicular sperm. We are now beginning to better understand the unique organization of the sperm chromatin, as well as the nature and etiology of sperm DNA damage. Written and edited by worldwide experts in andrology, A Clinician's Guide to Sperm DNA and Chromatin Damage is an excellent resource for reproductive medicine and REI specialists, urologists, reproductive biologists and any professional working with the infertile male .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Peter C. Belafsky, Maggie A. Kuhn.
    Summary: The Clinician's Guide to Swallowing Fluoroscopy is a comprehensive resource for all dysphagia clinicians. This beautifully-illustrated text is intended for SLP, ENT, radiology, GI, and rehabilitation specialists interested in swallowing and addresses the need for an up-to-date, all-inclusive reference. Topics covered include radiation safety and protection, fluoroscopic oral, pharygeal, and esophageal phase protocols and abnormalities, and objective measures of timing and displacement.

    Contents:
    1. Radiation Safety
    2. The Videofluoroscopic Swallow Study Technique and Protocol
    3. The Videofluoroscopic Esophagram Technique and Protocol
    4. Normal Oral and Pharyngeal Phase Fluoroscopy
    5. Normal Pharyngoesophageal Segment Fluoroscopy
    6. Normal Esophageal Fluoroscopy
    7. Objective Measures on Videofluoroscopic Swallow Studies
    8. Fluoroscopy and Dysphagia Outcome Measures
    9. Abnormal Oral and Pharyngeal Phase Fluoroscopy
    10. Abnormal Pharyngoesophageal Segment Fluoroscopy
    11. Abnormal Esophageal Fluoroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Adrienne Youdim.
    Contents:
    1. The disease of obesity
    2. The health burden of obesity
    3. Psychosocial morbidity and the effect of weight loss
    4. Dietary and lifestyle strategies for weight loss
    5. Physical activity and writing an exercise prescription
    6. The doctor's tool kit: pharmacolotherapy for the patient with obesity
    7. Roux-en-Y gastric bypass: procedure and outcomes --- 8. Sleeve gastrectomy: procedure and outcomes
    9. Laparoscopic adjustable gastric banding: procedure and outcomes
    10. Perioperative care of the surgical patient
    11. Surgical complications of weight loss surgery
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joseph E. Pizzorno, Jr., Michael T. Murray, Herb Joiner-Bey.
    Contents:
    Acne vulgaris and acne conglobata
    Affective disorders
    Alcohol dependence
    Alzheimer's disease
    Angina pectoris
    Aphthous stomatitis (aphthous ulcer / canker sore / ulcerative stomatitis)
    Asthma
    Atherosclerosis
    Atopic dermatitis (eczema)
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    Bacterial sinusitis
    Benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Bronchitis and pneumonia
    Cancer: Integrated naturopathic support
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Celiac disease
    Cervical dysplasia
    Chronic candidiasis
    Chronic fatigue syndrome
    Congestive heart failure
    Cystitis
    Dermatitis herpetiformis
    Diabetes mellitus
    Endometriosis
    Epilepsy
    Erythema multiforme
    Fibrocystic breast disease
    Fibromyalgia syndrome
    Gallstones
    Glaucoma: Acute (angle-closure) and chronic (open-angle)
    Gout
    Hair loss in women
    Hepatitis, viral
    Herpes simplex
    HIV / AIDS: Naturopathic medical principles and practice
    Hypertension
    Hyperthyroidism
    Hyperventilation syndrome / breathing pattern disorders
    Hypoglycemia
    Hypothyroidism
    Infectious diarrhea
    Infertility, female
    Infertility, male
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Insomnia
    Intestinal protozoan infestation and systemic illness
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Kidney stones
    Leukoplakia
    Lichen planus
    Macular degeneration
    Maldigestion
    Menopause
    Menorrhagia
    Migraine headache
    Multiple sclerosis
    Obesity
    Osteoarthritis
    Osteoporosis
    Otitis media
    Parkinson's disease
    Pelvic inflammatory disease
    Peptic ulcers
    Periodontal disease
    Porphyrias
    Pregnancy health and primary prevention of adult disease
    Premenstrual syndrome
    Proctologic conditions
    Psoriasis
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Rosacea
    Seborrheic dermatitis
    Senile (aging-related) cataracts
    Streptococcal pharyngitis
    Trichomoniasis
    Urticaria
    Uterine fibroids
    Vaginitis
    Varicose veins
    Index.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2016
  • Digital
    Antoinette Giedzinska, Aaron R. Wilson.
    Summary: "The Clinician's Handbook on Measurement-Based Care is a must read for behavioral health care and human services clinicians and leaders who aspire to lead their practice and organization into a successful and prosperous future. This book provides the "how to" information for using measurement based-care (MBC), the critical component to delivering high-quality, high-value care, treatment, and services. Utilizing advanced training and extensive experience in clinical psychology and program leadership to guide the reader through the journey of embracing MBC in a practical manner, the authors help readers to overcome their fear of implementing MBC by breaking it into steps that are easy to understand and presenting compelling reasons to use it, in partnership with each patient, to improve therapeutic alliance, reinforce patient progress, and improve clinical outcomes. The Clinician's Handbook outlines the steps necessary to aggregate clinical data and analyze this information to improve program fidelity, demonstrate value to third parties, and improve the overall quality and safety of the services provided to all the individuals served by the clinician or organization"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What Is Measurement-Based Care?
    Using Measures to Guide Clinical Practice and Improve Treatment Response
    Getting Started
    Operations Infrastructure
    Overview of Psychometrically Sound Measures
    Psychometric Test Access and User Qualifications
    Psychometrically Sound Scales
    Aggregating Patient Data for Program Fidelity
    From Personalized Patient-Centered Care to Practice-Based Evidence.
  • Digital
    editors: Evdokia Anagnostou, Jessica Brian.
    Summary: This concise, yet practical handbook will aid in supporting the diagnosis, treatment, and long-term management of autism, including behavioral therapies, current clinical trials, and emerging pharmaceutical treatments. Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disorder characterised by disturbance in language, perception, and social skills that affects an estimated 1-2 per 1,000 people worldwide (although the number is as high as 20 per 1000 in the US). While studies have suggested a disturbance in neural metabolism in patients with ADS, the exact cause of the ASD still remains unknown. In 2013, a single indication of ASD, which united several related conditions (ie, classical autism, Asperger's syndrome, Fragile X Syndrome, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Rett syndrome, childhood disintegrative disorder, and PDD-NOS), was included in the fifth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mood Disorders for the first time in order to support more standardized diagnoses.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Diagnosis : screening, surveillance, assessment, and formulation
    Common psychiatric comorbidities and their assessment
    Medical comorbidities in autism spectrum disorder
    Pharmacotherapy in autism spectrum disorder
    Behavioral and educational interventions
    Autism spectrum disorder and the family : examining impacts and the need for support
    Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joachim Sieper, Jürgen Braun.
    Summary: "A thorough guide for readers to quickly gain an update on standard diagnosis and treatment methods for axial spondyloarthritis. Approximately 80 illustrations and images are used throughout the text to exemplify the disease and diagnostic and treatment algorithms. Easily accessible text and tables review the current treatment recommendations and emerging treatment options based on recent clinical trials."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Todd A Smitherman.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Diagnosis and clinical evaluation
    3. Patient education and lifestyle recommendations
    4. Pharmacotherapy and other medical treatments
    5. Nonpharmacologic treatment of migraine.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mark J. Buchfuhrer.
    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of Restless Legs Syndrome
    2. Clinical Presentation of Restless Legs Syndrome
    3. Establishing a Diagnosis of Restless Legs Syndrome
    4. Comorbidities of Restless Legs Syndrome and Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
    5. Management of Restless Legs Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Matthew Z. Dudley, Daniel A. Salmon, Neal A.Halsey, Walter A. Orenstein, Rupali J. Limaye, Sean T. O'Leary, Saad B. Omer.
    Summary: This book provides clinicians and their staff with essential information on the vaccines that are recommended and not recommended for their patients, the diseases these vaccines prevent, and a broad range of potential vaccine safety issues that may be brought up by their patients. Each topic, from specific vaccines to safety concerns, is covered succinctly, based upon systematic reviews of the scientific literature, with talking points to be used with patients. The organization of the information makes it easy to reference specific topics and quickly find pertinent information, with the most practical details (such as recommendations and causality conclusions) highlighted at the very beginning of the respective sections. There are also sections outlining the vaccine safety system and evidence-based strategies for how to talk with patients about vaccines. This book aims to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of clinical vaccine discussions with patients, leading to more informed patients and timely vaccination. This is an ideal resource for all clinicians administering vaccines and their healthcare teams.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Introduction
    Introduction
    How to Talk with Patients About Vaccines
    Monitoring Vaccine Safety
    Vaccines and Pregnancy
    Vaccines and Breastfeeding
    SECTION II: Vaccine and Vaccine-Preventable Disease Information Summaries
    Vaccine and Vaccine-Preventable Disease Information Summaries
    Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib)
    Hepatitis A
    Hepatitis B
    Human Papillomavirus (HPV)
    Influenza
    Measles, Mumps and Rubella
    Meningococcal
    Pneumococcal
    Polio
    Rotavirus
    Tetanus, Diphtheria and Pertussis
    Varicella and Herpes Zoster
    SECTION III: Potential Adverse Events Following Immunization
    Potential Adverse Events Following Immunization: Summaries of the Evidence
    Do Combination Vaccines or Simultaneous Vaccination Increase the Risk of Adverse Events?
    Do Vaccine Ingredients Cause Adverse Events?
    Do Vaccines Cause Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis (ADEM)?
    Do Vaccines Cause Arthralgia or Arthritis?
    ^Do Vaccines Cause Asthma?
    Do Vaccines Cause Ataxia?
    Do Vaccines Cause Autism?
    Do Vaccines Cause Bell’s Palsy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Brachial Neuritis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Chronic Inflammatory Disseminated Polyneuropathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Complex Regional Pain Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Deltoid Bursitis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Diabetes?
    Do Vaccines Cause Disseminated Varicella Infection?
    Do Vaccines Cause Erythema Nodosum?
    Do Vaccines Cause Fibromyalgia or Chronic Fatigue Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Guillain-Barré Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Hearing Loss?
    Do Vaccines Cause Hepatitis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Herpes Zoster?
    Do Vaccines Cause Hypersensitivity Reactions (e.g. anaphylaxis, hives)?
    Do Vaccines Cause Immune Thrombocytopenic Purpura?
    Do Vaccines Cause Meningitis or Encephalitis/Encephalopathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Multiple Sclerosis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Myocardial Infarction or Stroke?
    ^Do Vaccines Cause Myocarditis or Myocardopathy/Cardiomyopathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Narcolepsy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Oculorespiratory Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Opsoclonus Myoclonus Syndrome?
    Do Vaccines Cause Optic Neuritis or Neuromyelitis Optica?
    Do Vaccines Cause Primary Ovarian Insufficiency?
    Do Vaccines Cause Seizures?
    Do Vaccines Cause Serum Sickness?
    Do Vaccines Cause Small Fiber Neuropathy?
    Do Vaccines Cause Spontaneous Abortion?
    Do Vaccines Cause Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)?
    Do Vaccines Cause Syncope?
    Do Vaccines Cause Systemic Lupus Erythematosus?
    Do Vaccines Cause Transverse Myelitis?
    Do Vaccines Cause Vasculitis or Polyarteritis Nodosa? .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Joaquín S. Lucena, Pablo García-Pavía, M. Paz Suarez-Mier, Luis A. Alonso-Pulpon.
    Summary: This atlas reviews the spectrum of pathologies affecting the structures of the cardiovascular (CV) system most frequently encountered in sudden cardiac deaths, and has been conceived as a first step for making CV pathology diagnoses. It is almost impossible to establish an accurate diagnosis based only on morphology, and therefore this atlas is to assemble knowledge and points of view from two medical specialties, cardiology and forensic pathology. It has been designed as a practical visual reference that includes a summary of clinical characteristics, many high quality images and clear tables containing the main morphological characteristics of each disease. Clinico-Pathological Atlas of Cardiovascular Diseases has been written by cardiologists and forensic pathologists and histopathologists, which enables a combination approach in each chapter, to produce a thorough resource that will be of relevance to a wide range of specialists, including cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, interventional cardiologists, forensic doctors, and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Methodology of cardiovascular autopsy
    Pulmonary Artery Pathology.- Pathology of Aorta
    Pathology of the pericardium.- Coronary atherosclerotic disease.- Non-atherosclerotic coronary disease
    Valve Pathology
    Cardiomyopathies
    Cardiac system pathology
    Cardiovascular pathology secondary to consumption of ethanol, drugs of abuse and medicaments
    Cardiac tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC952.A1 C55
    84
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    16
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    84
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    24
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    85
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    36
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    58
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Eric C. Eichenwald, Anne R. Hansen, Camilia R. Martin, Ann R. Stark.
    Contents:
    Sect. 1: Prenatal assessment and conditions
    Sect. 2: Assessment and treatment in the immediate postnatal period
    Sect. 3: General newborn condition
    Sect. 4: Fluid electrolytes nutrition, gastrointestinal, and renal issues
    Pt. 5: Respiratory disorders
    Pt. 6: Cardiovascular disorders
    Pt. 7: Hematologic disorders
    Pt. 8: Infectious diseases
    Pt. 9: Neurologic disorders
    Pt. 10: Bone conditions
    Pt. 11: Metabolism
    Pt. 12: Endocrinology
    Pt. 13: Surgery
    Pt. 14: Dermatology
    Pt. 15: Vascular anomalies
    Pt. 16: Auditory and ophthalmologic disorders
    Pt. 17: Common neonatal procedures
    Pt. 18: Pain and stress control.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
    Ovid
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ254 .J63 2017
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Eric C. Eichenwald, Anne R. Hansen, Camilia R. Martin, Ann R. Stark
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    Michael Wilson, Philippa J.K. Wilson.
    Summary: Microbes - can't live with them, can't live without them. Increasingly, we're finding out that our microbiota (the microbes that live on us) are essential for our wellbeing - they provide us with nutrients and vitamins and play a key role in developing our immune system. On the other hand, they are responsible for a great deal of misery, as they are major causes of death and debility around the world. As well as our own microbiota turning against us, there are lots of other microbes out in the wider world that can seriously damage, or even kill, those they infect. The current pandemic of COVID-19 shows the devastating effect that an infectious disease can have - our lives have been turned upside down. If you live in a developed country, you're not likely to get killer diseases such as ebola and cholera, but you do have a high chance of catching other infections that can have a significant impact on your wellbeing. This book focuses on those infections you're most likely to go down with, and supplies the answers to the following questions about them: Which infectious diseases are we likely to come across? How common are they? What microbes cause them? What happens to our bodies during an infection? How are the resulting illnesses treated? How can we avoid getting them? This book covers nearly 60 infectious diseases that people living in developed countries are likely to experience at some point during their life. It also has an introductory chapter that describes, in everyday language, the basic principles of microbiology and infectious diseases. Each chapter is lavishly illustrated, has interesting, relevant inserts, and provides a list of web-accessible suggestions for further reading.

    Contents:
    1. Microbes and infectious diseases
    2. Acne
    3. Skin abscesses (boils)
    4. Dandruff
    5. Fungal nail infections
    6. Fungal infections of the skin
    7. Chickenpox
    8. Shingles
    9. Common warts
    10. The common cold
    11. Influenza
    12. Sore throat
    13. Coronavirus disease-2019
    14. Acute sinusitis
    15. Chronic sinusitis
    16. Otitis media (middle ear infection)
    17. Otitis externa (swimmers ear)
    18. Acute bronchitis (chest cold)
    19. Conjunctivitis (pink eye)
    20. Tooth decay (caries)
    21. Gum disease
    22. Bad breath
    23. Oral thrush
    24. Oral herpes
    25. Cystitis (lower urinary tract infection)
    26. Vaginitis
    27. Chlamydia
    28. Gonorrhoea
    29. Genital herpes
    30. Genital warts
    31. Syphilis
    32. Gastroenteritis due to Campylobacter
    33. Gastroenteritis due to Salmonella
    34. Gastroenteritis due to Clostridium perfringens
    35. Gastroenteritis due to Norovirus
    36. Gastroenteritis due to Rotavirus.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Laurent Simon and Juan Ospina.
    Summary: "Covers the modeling of drug-delivery systems and provides mathematical tools to evaluate and build controlled-release devices"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Amy S. Gottlieb, Editor.
    Summary: Women now represent over half of medical school matriculants, almost half of residents and fellows, and over a third of practicing physicians nationally. Despite considerable representation among the physician workforce, women are paid 75 cents on the dollar compared with their male counterparts after accounting for specialty, geography, time in practice, and average hours per week worked. This pay gap is significantly greater than the one reported for US women workers as a whole and has shown little improvement over time. While much has been written about the problem, a robust discussion about how to rectify the situation has been missing from the conversation. Closing the Gender Pay Gap in Medicine is the first comprehensive assessment of how cultural expectations and compensation methodologies in medicine work together to perpetuate salary disparities between men and women physicians. Since the gender gap reflects a convergence of forces within our healthcare enterprises, achieving pay equity can be an overwhelming undertaking for institutions and their leaders. However, compensation is foremost a business endeavor. Therefore, a roadmap for operationalizing equity within the finance, human resources, and compliance structures of our organizations is critical to eliminating disparities. The roadmap described in this book breaks down the component parts of compensation methodology to reveal their unintentional impact on salary equity and lays out processes and procedures that support new approaches to generate fair and equitable outcomes. Additionally, the roadmap is anchored in change management principles that address institutional culture and provide momentum toward salary equity. The book begins with a review of the evidence on the gender pay gap in medicine. The following chapter discusses how gender-based differences in performance assessments, specialty choice, domestic responsibilities, negotiation, professional resources, sponsorship, and clinical productivity accumulate across womens careers in medicine and impact evaluation, promotion, and therefore compensation in the healthcare workplace. The next two chapters focus, respectively, on how compensation is determined - highlighting potential pitfalls for pay equity - and regulatory and legal considerations. Chapters 5 and 6 explore organizational infrastructure, salary data collection and analysis, and culture change strategies necessary to rectify compensation inequities. Chapter 7 offers a detailed account of one medical institutions successful journey to achieve salary equity. The books final chapter emphasizes that closing the gender pay gap is at its essence a business endeavor and recommends that organizations assess progress and cost with the same attention, rigor, and regularity as afforded other operating expenses. Closing the Gender Pay Gap in Medicine offers a detailed roadmap for healthcare organizations seeking to close the gender pay gap among their physician workforce. This first-of-its-kind book will assist institutions plan courses of action and identify potential pitfalls so they can be understood and mitigated. It will also prove a valuable resource for transformational leadership and systems-based change critical to attaining compensation equity.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Henning Sommermeyer, Jacek Pia̜tek.
    Summary: The book provides a comprehensive overview of the current knowledge about Clostridioides (C.) difficile (formerly known as Clostridium difficile) and Clostridioides difficile infections (CDI). The diseases caused by C. difficile range from mild diarrhea to fulminant and in some cases fatal colitis. Historically, CDI was considered mainly as a hospital-acquired problem. Today, a significant portion of CDI is community acquired. Triggered by the introduction of new antibiotics, hypervirulent and multi-drug resistant strains of C. difficile (e.g., C. difficile ribotype R027) have emerged and spread across the globe. The volume covers the microbiology, pathophysiology, epidemiology, risk factors for CDI, diagnosis, clinical pictures, treatment and prophylaxis. It includes an extensive reference list that allows an easy navigation through the original research publications. Clostridioides difficile helps the reader gain a better understanding of C. difficile, the challenges that may arise and the available treatment options. Given its broad coverage and features, it will appeal to a wide readership, from gastroenterologists through general physicians, nurses, and other healthcare providers, to students.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Abbreviations
    List of Figures
    List of Tables
    1: Introduction
    2: Microbiology
    2.1 Taxonomy
    2.2 Genome
    2.3 Epigenome
    2.4 Life Cycle of C. difficile During Infection
    2.4.1 Spore
    2.4.1.1 Spore Core
    2.4.1.2 Inner Membrane
    2.4.1.3 Germ Cell Wall
    2.4.1.4 Cortex
    2.4.1.5 Outer Membrane
    2.4.1.6 Coat and Exosporium
    2.4.2 Germination
    2.4.2.1 Germinosome Model
    2.4.2.2 Lock-and-Key Model
    2.4.3 Sporulation
    References 3: Pathophysiology of C. difficile
    3.1 Toxins TcdA and TcdB
    3.2 Genetics of TcdA and TcdB
    3.3 Pathogenicity Locus
    3.4 Toxinotypes of C. difficile Isolates
    3.5 Environmental Signals Regulating Toxin Expression
    3.6 Mechanism of Action and Functional Domains of TcdA and TcdB
    3.7 Cell Surface Receptors for TcdA and TcdB
    3.8 Receptor-Mediated Endocytosis and Membrane Translocation
    3.9 Modification of Small GTPase Proteins as Host Cell Targets of TcdA and TcdB
    3.10 Influence of TcdA and TcdB on Cell Physiology
    3.11 Impact on Cell Morphology 3.12 Impact on Small GTPase Signaling Pathways
    3.13 Role of TcdA and TcdB in Disease
    3.14 Other Toxins Produced by C. difficile
    3.15 Toxin Profiles of Clinical Isolates
    References
    4: Epidemiology
    4.1 Historical Perspective
    4.2 Hospital- and Community-Acquired CDI
    4.3 Hypervirulent C. difficile Strain Ribotype 027 (NAP1/BI)
    4.4 Other Strains of C. difficile
    4.5 Dual Strain Infections
    4.6 CDI in Children
    4.7 Recurrent CDI
    References
    5: Risk Factors for CDI
    5.1 Exposure to Healthcare Institutions
    5.2 Antibiotics 5.3 Proton Pump Inhibitors
    5.4 Advanced Age as Risk Factor for CDI
    5.5 Cancer Therapy as Risk Factor for CDI
    5.6 Other Risk Factors for CDI
    5.7 Risk Factors for Community-Acquired CDI
    5.8 Risk Factors for Recurrent CDI
    5.9 CDI Risk Factors in Children
    References
    6: Diagnosis of CDI
    References
    7: Clinical Picture of CDI
    7.1 From Asymptomatic Carriers to Life-Threatening Presentations
    7.2 Pseudomembranous Colitis
    References
    8: Treatment of CDI
    8.1 Antibiotics-Based Therapy
    8.1.1 Antibiotics Used for Treatment of CDI 8.1.2 AB-Treatment of an Initial, Non-severe CDI Episode in Adults
    8.1.3 AB-Treatment of a Fulminant Episode of CDI in Adults
    8.1.4 AB-Treatment of a First or Multiple Recurrence of CDI in Adults
    8.1.5 AB-Treatment of Non-severe Initial or First Recurrent CDI in Children
    8.1.6 AB-Treatment of an Initial Episode of Severe CDI in Children
    8.1.7 AB-Treatment of Second or Greater Episode of Recurrent CDI in Children
    8.2 Fecal Microbiota Transplantation as Treatment for CDI
    8.3 Probiotics and Synbiotics as Treatment for CDI
    8.4 Surgical Treatment of Complicated CDI
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Teena Chopra, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to fill knowledge gap among healthcare workers about Clostridium difficile (also known as C.difficile and CDI) among aging patients, especially those in long-term care facilities (LTCFs). Written by experts in infectious diseases and geriatric medicine, this book provides comprehensive information on all aspects of CDI pertaining to LTCF settings, including epidemiology, diagnosis, prevention, management and the unique challenges faced by LTCFs with regards to the CDI problem. The book begins by introducing the topic as it relates to aging patients before delving into the various aspects of CDI management. Topics include infection control and prevention, treatment of CDI, and the establishment of antibiotic stewardship programs to reduce inappropriate antibiotic use and reduce CDI rates. The book also features a chapter on probiotics for the prevention of CDI and new strategies to monitor environmental cleaning practices of CDI patient rooms that do not appear in any other resource. Clostridium Difficile Infection in Long-Term Care Facilities is an excellent resource for geriatricians, infectious diseases specialists, long-term care administrators, nurses, pharmacists, researchers, and all clinicians working with infections in long-term care settings.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology of C.difficile in LTCFs
    Risk factors and the role of acute care hospitals in LTCF CDI
    CDI surveillance in LTCF
    Diagnosis of CDI in LTCF
    Infection control of CDI in LTCFs
    Antibiotic stewardship in LTCF to reduce CDI
    Treatment of CDI in LTCF residents
    Use of probiotics for CDI prevention in LTCF residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jonathan M. Meyer, Stephen M. Stahl ; with illustrations by Nancy Muntner.
    Contents:
    Initiating clozapine
    Understanding hematologic monitoring and benign ethnic neutropenia
    Binding profile, metabolism, kinetics, drug interactions and use of plasma levels
    Managing constipation
    Managing sialorrhea
    Managing sedation, orthostasis and tachycardia
    Managing metabolic adverse effects
    Managing seizure risk and stuttering
    Fever, myocarditis, interstitial nephritis, DRESS, serositis and cardiomyopathy
    Eosinophilia, leukocytosis, thrombocytopenia, thrombocytosis, anemia, hepatic
    Function abnormalities
    Managing enuresis and incontinence, priapism, venous thromboembolism
    Neuroleptic malignant syndrome, tardive dyskinesia and obsessive compulsive disorder
    The efficacy story: treatment resistant schizophrenia, psychogenic polydipsia
    Treatment intolerant schizophrenia, suicidality, violence, mania and parkinson's disease psychosis
    Addressing clozapine positive symptom nonresponse in schizophrenia spectrum
    Patients
    Discontinuing clozapine and management of cholinergic rebound
    Special topics: child and adolescent patients, elderly patients, patients with
    Intellectual disability, pregnancy and risk for major congenital malformation, lactation, overdose, postmortem redistribution.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Owen Bowden-Jones, Central North West London NHS Foundation Trust ; Dima Abdulrahim, Central North West London NHS Foundation Trust.
    Summary: "Over the last decade the UK, Europe and beyond have seen a dramatic change in the patterns of illicit drug use, particularly in adolescents and those in their twenties for whom heroin and crack cocaine have steady lost popularity (Figure 1). While younger drug users continue to use established drugs such as powder cocaine and MDMA, some are attracted to a range of newly emerging drugs including so called club drugs and new psychoactive substances"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Manuel Nistal, Pilar González-Peramato, Álvaro Serrano.
    Summary: This book presents the morphology of different non-tumoral lesions of the testis. By showing the differential diagnosis of each lesion, it offers clinicians vital support with diagnosis and treatment. The book is divided into seven main parts: genetic and developmental pathology of the testis; infertility; vascular pathology of the testis; inflammatory pathology; pathology of the rete testis and epididymis; pathology of the vaginal tunic and paratesticular structures; and a final part dealing with miscellanea. Each chapter includes carefully selected figures and a variety of diagrams highlighting the main characteristics of a specific lesion to facilitate its diagnosis. Based on the authorsℓ́ℓ experience with hundreds of biopsies, surgical specimens and autopsies, the book presents material that has been gathered over the past 40 years, providing an essential tool for pathologists, urologists, andrologists and pediatricians who face diagnostic problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Richard J. Hayes, Lawrence H. Moulton.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Variability between clusters
    Choosing whether to randomise by cluster
    Choice of clusters
    Matching and stratification
    Randomisation procedures
    Sample size
    Alternative study designs
    Basic principles of analysis
    Analysis based on cluster-level summaries
    Regression analysis based on individual-level data
    Analysis of trials with more complex designs
    Ethical considerations
    Data monitoring
    Reporting and interpretation.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Hussein M. Tahan, PhD, RN, System Vice President, Nursing Professional Development and Workforce Planning, Medstar Health System Nursing, Columbia, Maryland, Teresa M. Treiger, RN-BC, MA, CHCQM-CM/TOC, CCM, CMSA Past National President (2010-2011), Principal, Ascent Case Management, LLC, Quincy, Massachusetts.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Summary: Prepare for your Certified Perioperative Nurse (CNOR®) exam with CNOR® Certification Practice Q & A. With 400 high-quality questions and comprehensive rationales based on the most recent Competency & Credentialing Institute (CCI) exam blueprint, this essential resource is designed to help you sharpen your specialty knowledge with practice Q & A organized by exam topic and strengthen your test-taking skills with the 200-question practice test. Combined, it gives you everything you need to pass the first time, guaranteed! Key Features *Includes 400 questions with in-depth rationales that address both correct and incorrect answers *Offers two study options--by exam topic area and full 200-question practice test *Provides key information about the CCI CNOR® certification exam *Boosts your confidence with a 100% pass guarantee (details inside) CNOR® is a registered certification mark of the Competency & Credentialing Institute ("CCI"), and CNOR® certification is offered exclusively by CCI. This publication is prepared by Springer Publishing Company, and neither this publication nor Springer Publishing Company is in any way affiliated with or authorized or endorsed by CCI. -- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access 2022
  • Print
    Contents:
    General examination information
    Pre and postoperative patient assessment and diagnosis
    Individualized plans of care and expected outcomes
    Intraoperative patient care and safety
    Intraoperative presonnel and services
    Communication and documentation
    Infection prevention and control of environment, instrumentation, and supplies
    Emergency situations
    Professional accountability
    Practice test questions
    Practice test answers
    Answers to pop quizzes and unfolding scenarios.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos García-Moncó, editor.
    Summary: "This clinically oriented book covers selected infections of the central nervous system which are of considerable current interest. Aspects that are less well documented, such as spinal cord infections, central nervous system infections in patients with cancer, tropical infections, healthcare-associated ventriculitis or meningitis, and immunological problems in the international traveler are also discussed, as these are all problems relevant to daily practice."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos García-Moncó, editor.
    Summary: This updated and expanded second edition covers selected infections of the central nervous system of considerable current interest. Aspects that are less well documented, such as spinal cord infections, central nervous system infections in patients with cancer, tropical infections, healthcare-associated ventriculitis or meningitis, and immunological problems in the international traveler are also discussed, as these are all problems relevant to daily practice. It is a multi-authored book written by experts in the field of neurological infection. A new section on infectious neuropathies is included. CNS Infections: A Clinical Approach is of value to the busy clinician; the neurological international community as well as all primary care doctors, internal medicine specialists and residents who take care of patients with suspected neurological infections.

    Contents:
    Lumbar Puncture and CSF Analysis and Interpretation
    Acute Community-Acquired Bacterial Meningitis
    Healthcare-Acquired Meningitis and Ventriculitis
    Acute Viral Meningitis
    Acute Viral Encephalitis: Herpesviruses and Enteroviruses
    Tropical Viral CNS Infections
    Fungal infections of the central nervous system
    CNS Tuberculosis and Other Mycobacterial Infections
    Parasitic Infections of the Central Nervous System
    Infections of the Spinal Cord
    The Human Borreliosis: Lyme Neuroborreliosis and Relapsing Fever
    Neurosyphilis
    Drug-Induced Aseptic Meningitis and Other Mimics
    Central Nervous System Infections in Patients Immunocompromised by Antineoplastic and Other Immune-Modulating Therapies
    The Neurological Spectrum of HIV Infection
    Neuropathies of Infectious Origin.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Picard.
    Contents:
    The living lab: a reality belonging to a collective history
    Running co-design: collaborative projects and co-design sessions
    Problems and methods of involving users in co-development projects
    Involving industrialists
    Co-design: methodologies for investigating, developing and sharing knowledge in view of new solutions for future use
    Co-design and health technology assessment: controlling and establishing reproducibility
    The purposes and reality of collective appropriation of social innovation
    Critique of the living lab approach
    Co-design methods
    Living lab approach and learning
    Other views
    LLSA solutions
    LLSA typologies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Geert Dom, Franz Moggi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state of the art overview covering both the diagnosis and the treatment of dual disorders ? joint psychiatric and substance use disorders ? in a way that is highly relevant to clinical work and the organization of care systems. It is designed to meet the real need for a European perspective on dual disorders, taking into account the realities of European treatment organization. All chapters have been written by European authors on the basis of existing European treatment programs or guidelines and European research. Dual disorders are increasingly encountered by health professionals working in mental health and addiction care, and they represent a formidable challenge for caregivers, care organizations, and society as a whole. During the past decade, various approaches and programs have been designed to challenge the traditional gap between addiction treatment and mental health care. The overwhelming majority of the programs, however, have emanated from the United States. Given the vast differences between the European and U.S. health contexts, it can be questioned whether these American-oriented treatment programs are of value in European countries. Co-occurring Addictive and Psychiatric Disorders ? A Practice-Based Handbook from a European Perspective therefore represents a timely and much-needed addition to literature on the subject.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Providing a rationale for change in treatment approach
    Explaining dual disorders: Neurobiological and genetic factors
    Psychological factors
    Social and economic factors
    Schizophrenia and addiction
    Mood disorders and addiction
    Personality disorders and addiction
    Anxiety disorders and addiction
    Developmental disorders and addiction: ADHD and Autism
    Triple Diagnosis: Mental handicap, addiction and behavioral disorders
    Non-pharmacological addictions and psychiatry: Gambling, Internet, sex, and gaming
    Diagnostic tips and tricks in dual disorders
    Psychosocial interventions in DD treatment
    Pharmacotherapy and dual disorders
    Cigarette smoking and psychiatry
    Forensic perspective
    Adolescent populations
    Gender issues and pregnancy
    Somatic problems and DD patients
    Dual Disorders, a sequel of the DSM paradigm?
    Towards a new model of care: integrating mental health, substance use and somatic care.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jann Blackstone, David L. Hill
    Summary: Co-Parenting Through Separation and Divorce offers a roadmap through one of life's most difficult challenges, with the goal of healthy, happy kids informing every decision along the way..

    Contents:
    Front Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    About This Book
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    How to Use This Book
    Chapter 1: Will I Get Through This?
    Chapter 2: How Do I Begin?
    Chapter 3: What Do Children Need to Be Healthy?
    Chapter 4: Helping Our Children Cope
    Chapter 5: Facing the Transition: Moving From We to Me
    Chapter 6: Co-parenting Our Children
    Chapter 7: Parenting Plans
    Chapter 8: Toxic Stress and Its Effect on Our Children
    Chapter 9: Is My Child Safe Over There?
    Chapter 10: Is There Someone New?
    Chapter 11: The Making of a Family
    Chapter 12: Visualize Your Future
    Index
    Back Cover.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    Miyuki Azuma, Hideo Yagita, editors.
    Summary: This book equips young immunologists and health professionals with a clear understanding of the fundamental concepts and roles of co-signal molecules and in addition presents the latest information on co-stimulation. The first part of the book is devoted to co-signal molecules and the regulation of T cells. Following an initial overview, subsequent chapters examine each co-signal molecule in turn and discuss the mechanisms by which co-signal molecules regulate the different types of T cell. The second part covers various clinical applications, including in autoimmune disease, neurological disorders, transplantation, graft-versus-host disease, and cancer immunotherapy. To date, co-stimulation blockade and co-inhibition blockade have shown beneficial effects and many additional clinical trials targeting co-signal molecules are ongoing. The mechanisms underlying these successful treatments are explained and the future therapeutic potential in the aforementioned diseases is evaluated. Co-signal Molecules in T Cell Activation will be a valuable reference guide to co-stimulation for basic and clinical researchers in the fields of both immunology and pharmaceutical science. .

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Understanding of Co-signal Molecules in T cell activation
    Chapter 1 Co-signal molecules in T cell activation
    Chapter 2 The CD28-B7 family of co-signaling molecules
    Chapter 3 The TNF YNFR family of co-signal molecules
    Chapter 4 Signal transduction via co-stimulatory and co-inhibitory receptors
    Chapter 5 Molecular dynamics of co-signal molecules in t cell activation
    Chapter 6 Role of co-stimulatory molecules in T helper cell differentiation
    Chapter 7 Control of regulatory T cells by co-signal molecules
    Part II: Co-signal Molecules in Health and Disease
    Chapter 8 Stimulatory and inhibitory co-signals in autoimmunity
    Chapter 9 Co-signaling molecules in neurological diseases
    Chapter 10 Costimulation blockade in transplantation
    Chapter 11 Immunotherapy targeting co-signal molecules.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert F. Hicks, PhD.
    Summary: "This book introduces a unique and practical coaching style as a way of interacting with colleagues, managing direct-reports, helping others solve problems, responding to change, making effective choices and developing professionally. It draws from four evidence-based models for interacting with others and facilitating change - solution-focused therapy, cognitive-behavioral therapy, motivational interviewing, and transactional analysis - and reframes them so that they are congruent with managerial and leadership terminology and provide a practical set of methods and tools for today's healthcare leader"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The mystique of leadership
    The nature of helping conversations
    The structure of coaching
    Support-for-thought: adult-to-adult communication
    Support-for-thought: intelligent listening
    Becoming a solution-focused leader
    Challenge-for-thought: designing the future
    Challenge-for-action: a path to doing
    Challenge-for-action: go slow to go fast
    Support-for-action: readiness for change
    Support-for-action: importance and confidence
    A coaching roadmap: putting it all together.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2014
  • Digital
    Alan Lichtin, John Bartholomew, editors.
    Summary: There have been many changes in the field of coagulation during the past decade. New concepts of epidemiology of risk factors for thrombosis now help clinicians predict who is more likely to form clots after surgery, or after being placed on oral contraceptives. New anticoagulants have the potential to redefine how patients with atrial fibrillation and venous thrombosis are managed. There are new forms of recombinant clotting factors which have changed our approach to hypofibrinogenemia and von Willebrand's disease. Newer antiplatelet agents are available and their use in patients receiving cardiac stents has mushroomed. The management of thrombosis in the setting of pregnancy has changed over the past decade, as well as the way clinicians approach women with multiple miscarriages. An entire new class of compounds, the thrombopoietins, are available to treat individuals with immune thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP). The Coagulation Consult covers major topics of interest to hematologists who are asked to consult on individuals with coagulation related diseases, and encompasses the field's most recent developments. This "case-directed" book describes state-of-the-art approaches to patients with bleeding and clotting disorders, as well as laboratory tests for coagulation. Chapters include different vignettes, focus on typical clinical consult questions, and lay out specific types of treatment. Practicing clinicians being confronted with a coagulation consult, students, residents, fellows and attending physicians will find this unique text an invaluable resource for some of the newer areas of coagulation science, therapy and pharmacology.

    Contents:
    Laboratory Analysis of Coagulation
    Easy Bruisability
    Prolonged PT
    Prolonged PTT
    Prolongation of Both PT and aPTT
    Excessive Bleeding with Normal Prothrombin Time, Partial Thromboplastin Time, and Platelet Count
    Diagnosing Thrombocytopenia in the Clinic
    Thrombocytopenia in the Intensive Care Unit and after Solid Organ Transplantation
    Thrombocytosis
    Prolonged Bleeding after Surgery
    The Excessively Clotting Cancer Patient
    Thrombotic Risk factors
    Clotting around Catheters and Other Devices
    Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia
    Surgery on Patients on Antiplatelet Agents
    Newer Oral Anticoagulants
    Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Marco Ranucci, editor.
    Summary: This book is devoted to COVID-19 associated coagulopathy, one of the main determinants of mortality. The volume, intended as a guide, will lead the reader in a pathway starting from pathophysiology and passing through laboratory data, clinical aspects, imaging, and therapeutic options. Written in the middle of the second wave, the book is the first addressing the topic and summarizing the results of studies and articles meanwhile published, thus representing a unique tool for clinicians fighting the disease. The Coagulation Labyrinth of Covid-19 is intended for clinicians working with acute and sub-acute ARDS cases: intensivists, anesthesiologists, cardiologists, hematologists, who will find in it an essential guide to manage the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Contents:
    Preface
    General Aspects of Sepsis-Associated Coagulopathy
    Standard Coagulation Tests in COVID-19
    Point-of-Care Coagulation Tests in COVID-19
    Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy: The Thrombin Burst
    Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy: Fibrinolysis
    Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy: Platelet Count and Function
    Endothelial Function and Microcirculation
    Clinical Manifestations of Covid-19-Associated Coagulopathy
    Imaging of Thromboembolic Complications in COVID-19
    Anticoagulation in COVID-19
    ECMO in COVID-19: Bleeding and Thrombosis
    The Overall Scenario.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Natalia Pirani Ghilardi-Lopes, Flavio Augusto de Souza Berchez, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a broad overview of how the promotion of ocean and coastal literacy is being planned, applied and evaluated in Brazil, a country of continental dimensions with a great diversity of cultural, educational and social realities. It discusses a range of target groups, from children to adults; formal and informal strategies; and various promoting players, such as groups/institutions. Researchers representing Brazilian academic institutions and NGOs share their environmental education (EE) experiences in Brazil and describe the main concerns regarding the marine and coastal environments as well as how they are addressing these concerns in their EE projects. This book is of interest to anyone who is looking for ways of designing and implementing EE activities with a robust theoretical background in different socio-cultural scenarios.

    Contents:
    1. The importance of "ocean literacy" in the Anthropocene and how environmental education can help in its promotion
    2. Environmental education policies applied to marine and coastal environments in Brazil : gaps and challenges
    3. Integration of marine and coastal geo-biodiversity in environmental education through earth system science and social learning approaches
    4. Integrating emerging pedagogies and technologies in environmental and formal basic education
    5. Evaluation of environmental education activities
    6. Emblematic coastal and marine environmental education projects in Brazil
    7. Opportunities and challenges to implement environmental education in Brazilian coastal and marine protected areas
    8. Didactic materials as resources for the promotion of coastal and marine environmental education.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Velmurugan Ayyam, Swarnam Palanivel, Sivaperuman Chandrakasan.
    Summary: The coastal areas of the tropics are rich in biodiversity, natural resources and place of intensive developmental activities as it provides livelihood to millions of people. At the same time evidences suggest that several unique coastal ecosystems viz., mangroves, wetlands, salt marshes, corals, estuaries, sand dunes and agro-ecosystem are vulnerable to natural disasters and events associated with global climate change. In recent times degradation of land, water and genetic erosion besides threat to native flora and fauna have been increasing due to unsustainable developmental activities. Therefore, a paradigm shift in deriving livelihood through conventional methods, developmental strategies, conservation practices are required for balanced and sustainable growth of the coastal areas. This publication strives to cover the status of different natural resources of the coastal region, various aspects of degradation process, production need and restorative methods besides new technological options and its socio-economic implications with case examples. Special focus is given to bring out the scope and potential of mangrove based farming, integrated and organic farming and its value addition besides the role of coastal vegetations as bioshield in protecting these regions from sea erosion, cyclones and tsunami. As the tropical coastal areas are vulnerable to climate change events, this book also covers the recent weather pattern, impacts of climate change and climate resilient technologies besides intuitional linkages and policy framework aimed at balancing development and environmental concerns.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; Part I: Overview;
    1: Coastal Regions of the Tropics: An Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Tropical Region; 1.3 Nature of Coastal Region in the Tropics; 1.3.1 What Constitute the Coastal Region?; 1.3.2 Coastal Formation; 1.3.3 Defining Coastal Areas; 1.3.4 Climate; 1.4 Coastal Countries: Demographic Features and Resource Use; 1.5 Ecosystems and Biodiversity; 1.6 Natural Resources and Food Production System; 1.7 Climate Change and Natural Disasters; 1.8 Problems and Management of Coastal Regions; 1.9 Conclusion; References 2.4.3.3 Global Distribution2.4.3.4 Significance; 2.4.4 Seagrass Ecosystem; 2.4.4.1 Seagrass Environment; 2.4.4.2 Distribution; 2.4.4.3 Significance; 2.4.5 Marshes; 2.4.5.1 Marsh Environment; 2.4.5.2 Types of Marshes; 2.4.5.3 Significance of Marshes; 2.4.6 Agro-ecosystem; 2.4.6.1 Resource Characterization; 2.4.6.2 Farming Systems; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Status of Natural Resources in the Coastal Ecosystem;
    3: Land Resources of the Tropics vis-a-vis the Hinterland; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Soil Formation in the Tropics; 3.2.1 Factors of Soil Formation
    2: Coastal Ecosystems and Services2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Coastal Ecosystems; 2.2.1 Nature of Coastal Environment; 2.2.2 Recognition of Different Coastal Ecosystems; 2.3 Ecosystem Services; 2.4 Major Coastal Ecosystem Types; 2.4.1 Mangrove Ecosystem; 2.4.1.1 Structure and Composition; 2.4.1.2 Distribution; 2.4.1.3 Significance of Mangrove Ecosystem; 2.4.2 Wetlands (Other Than Mangroves); 2.4.2.1 Wetland Environment; 2.4.2.2 Distribution; 2.4.2.3 Significance of Wetland Ecosystem; 2.4.3 Coral Reef Ecosystem; 2.4.3.1 Ecosystem Components; 2.4.3.2 Coral Reef Environment 3.2.1.1 Climate3.2.1.2 Vegetation; 3.2.1.3 Time; 3.2.1.4 Parent Material; 3.2.1.5 Relief/Topography; 3.2.2 Soil Processes; 3.3 Important Soil Groups of the Tropics; 3.3.1 Laterite Soils; 3.3.1.1 Factors Favouring Laterization; 3.3.1.2 The Process of Formation; 3.3.1.3 Soil Character and Agricultural Suitability; 3.3.2 Alluvial Soils; 3.3.2.1 Processes of Soil Formation; 3.3.2.2 Factors of Alluvial Soil Formation; 3.3.2.3 Soil Character and Agricultural Suitability; 3.3.3 Some Other Tropical and Subtropical Soils; 3.3.3.1 Lowland Tropical Podzols; 3.3.3.2 Organic Soils 3.3.3.3 Tropical Sandy Soils3.4 Land Degradation; 3.4.1 Global Assessment; 3.4.2 Hotspot Areas of Degradation; 3.5 Management of Tropical Soils; 3.5.1 Status of Soil Resources and Management Options; 3.5.2 Sandy Soils; 3.5.3 Waterlogged and Saline Soils; 3.5.4 Acid Sulphate Soils; 3.5.5 Policy Support; 3.6 Conclusion; References;
    4: Coastal Floral Diversity and Its Significance; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Importance of Coastal Flora; 4.3 Distribution of Coastal Flora; 4.3.1 Biodiversity of Coastal Flora; 4.3.2 Status of Coastal Flora
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Charles G. Wright, Peter S. Roland.
    Summary: This atlas focuses on selected aspects of cochlear anatomy as illustrated by material prepared by the microdissection technique, a three-dimensional perspective not possible with standard histological approaches. Although much of the material in this text was processed by the microdissection method, photomicrographs from conventionally cross sectioned inner ear tissues and scanning electron microscopy, are also presented. Taken together, these technical approaches provide different, complementary views of inner ear anatomy, and offer a more informative understanding than is possible with any of the methods used alone. While micrographs obtained from microdissected material appear sporadically in journal articles, there is no comprehensive collection of such images currently available. The illustrations assembled in this atlas are complementary to the more traditional histologic images and drawings available in standard texts, and aide in understanding the intricate anatomy of the cochlea. Cochlear Anatomy via Microdissection with Clinical Implications will be a useful resource for otolaryngologists, anatomists, audiologists, and neuroscientists. Those engaged in cochlear implantation, physicians and researchers in the growing fields of implantable hearing aids and drug delivery to the inner ear, and members of industry involved in designing, manufacturing, and marketing implantable hearing aids will also find this atlas of great value.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Yongxin Li, editor.
    Summary: Having been found in 3%-21% patients with congenital sensorineural deafness, cochlear nerve deficiency (CND) is defined by a small or absent cochlear nerve. This book describes the updated information on the embryology, pre- and post- operative auditory, electrophysiology and vestibular aspects of CND. Whats more, the cochlear implantation (CI) strategy and CI outcomes as well as comparison with normal patients will be discussed in details with selected cases and high resolution illustrations. It will be a valuable reference for otologists, audiologists and practitioners who would like to understand more about CND and choose optimal clinical strategy of CI surgery for CND.

    Contents:
    Phylogeny and Embryology of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Pathogen of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Radiological Aspect Progress in CND
    Preoperative Auditory and Electrophysiology Evaluation for CND
    Cochlear Implantation Strategy for CND
    Cochlear Implant Programming for Patients with Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Postoperative Electrophysiology Test for Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Cochlear Implantation Outcomes of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Balance and Vestibular Function of Cochlear Nerve Deficiency
    Special Cases Reports.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yongxin Li, editor.
    Summary: The common cavity deformity (CCD) of the inner ear is characterized by cochlea and vestibule forming a single cavity. It indicates cochlear implantation (CI) and about 15% to 25% of inner ear malformation. However, complications such as facial nerve injury, penetration of the electrode array into the internal auditory canal (IAC) and electrode displacement are common, leading to unsatisfied outcomes. This book describes the embryology of CCD, preoperative auditory, balance and vestibular evaluation, and electrophysiology and radiology aspect for CCD. In addition, the surgical technique and CI outcomes will be focused. The electrode array design is also a highlight for CCD surgery, and will be discussed in details. Last but not least, the balance and vestibular function research of CCD patients before and after surgery is also thoroughly reviewed. It will be a good reference for otologist and practitioners in related field to understand more about CCD.

    Contents:
    Embryology of Inner Ear Malformation Types and Radiologic Relevance
    Preoperative Auditory Evaluation of Patients with Common Cavity Deformity
    Radiology of Common Cavity Deformity
    Electrode Array Design in Common Cavity Deformity
    Cochlear Implantation Technique for Common Cavity Deformity
    Complications management of Common Cavity Deformity Surgery
    Outcomes of Common Cavity Deformity after Cochlear Implantation
    Vestibular Function of Patients with Common Cavity Deformity.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kimitaka Kaga, editor.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to contribute to basic and clinical medical research on cochlear implants for inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency. Cochlear implantation for children is performed worldwide, and the outcomes concerning speech and hearing acquisition are epoch-making. However, there are some difficulties associated with applying this operative treatment to patients who have complicated inner ear malformations or cochlear nerve deficiencies that have slowed the development of their speech, hearing, and/or sense of balance. The first part of the book outlines the fundamental aspects of inner ear maldevelopment to facilitate readers' understanding of cochlear implantation from the point of view of embryology, morphology, and genetics. In turn, the second part describes current clinical cases and presents successful clinical reports. The book offers a primary resource for otolaryngologists, neurologists, and pediatricians with an interest in this field.

    Contents:
    1. Overview
    Part I. Basic Researches
    2. Embryology of inner ear and its malformation
    3. Embryology of cochlear and vestibular nerve and its deficiency
    4. Morphology and molecular biology of spiral ganglion
    5. Genetics of inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency
    Part II. Clinical Researches
    6. New classification of inner ear malformations and cochlear nerve deficiency by temporal bone imaging
    7. Outcome of inner ear malformations and auditory neuropathy spectrum disorders after cochlear implantation in children
    8. EABR of inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency after cochlear implantation in children
    9. Vestibular neuropathy
    10. Vestibular development in children with inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency
    11. Vestibular myogenic potential after cochlear implant
    12. Speech and hearing in children with inner ear malformation and cochlear nerve deficiency.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Susan B. Waltzman, PhD, Marica F. Vilcek Professor of Otolaryngology, Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, Co-Director, NYU Cochlear Implant Center, New York University School of Medicine, NYU Langone Medical Center, New York, New York, J. Thomas Roland, Jr., MD, Professor of Otolaryngology and Neurosurgery, Mendik Foundation Professor and Chairman, Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, Co-Director, NYU Cochlear Implant Center, New York University School of Medicine, NYU Langone Medical Center, New York.
    Summary: "We have built on the previous edition by adding new chapters relating to genetics, neuroplasticity, expanding criteria for implantation, the application of implant technology to tinnitus and vestibular issues, music perception, intraoperative monitoring, device reliability and reimplantation, and the use of quality-of-life and outcome measures--areas that occupy the forefront of cochlear implantation. Other chapters have been revised to reflect current research and clinical applications and provide the most recent information related to the clinical and translational sciences that continue to advance this exciting technology and its implementation. Patient outcomes, candidacy criteria, technical design, surgical technique, and programming and processing concepts are constantly progressing, and increasing numbers of individuals are gaining significant benefit. Our goal was to create a book that will provide both experienced and new and budding otolaryngologists-head and neck surgeons, neurotologists, audiologists, neuroscientists, neurophysiologists, speech pathologists, teachers of the deaf, psychologists, and others interested in cochlear implants with an extraordinary resource for years to come"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    History of the cochlear implant / Marc D. Eisen
    Genetics of hearing loss and predictors of cochlear implant outcome / Robert W. Eppsteiner, Richard K. Gurgel, and Richard J.H. Smith
    Consequences of deafness and electrical stimulation on the peripheral and central auditory system / James B. Fallon, David K. Ryugo, and Robert K. Shepherd
    Auditory neuroplasticity / Robert C. Froemke, Selena E. Herman-Ackah, and Susan B. Waltzman
    Mimicking normal auditory functions with cochlear implant sound processing: past, present, and future / Ward R. Drennan, Mario A. Svirsky, Matthew B. Fitzgerald, and Jay T. Rubinstein
    Expanding criteria for the evaluation of cochlear implant candidates / Susan Arndt, Roland Laszig, Antje Aschendorff, and Rainer Beck
    Principles of cochlear implant imaging / Andrew J. Fishman and Selena E. Herman-Ackah
    Intraoperative monitoring during cochlear implantation / Maura K. Cosetti
    The history of cochlear implant electrode design / Maja Svrakic and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    Cochlear implant surgical technique / Peter S. Roland and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    New horizons in surgical technique / Theodore R. McRackan, Robert F. Labadie, J. Thomas Roland Jr., and David S. Haynes
    A global view of device reliability / Rolf-Dieter Battmer
    Revision cochlear implantation / David R. Friedmann, J. Thomas Roland Jr., and Susan B. Waltzman
    Advancement in cochlear implant programming / William H. Shapiro
    Auditory and linguistic outcomes in pediatric cochlear implantation / Gerard M. O'Donoghue and David B. Pisoni
    Auditory outcomes in the adult population / Oliver F. Adunka, Margaret T. Dillon, and Craig A. Buchman
    Therapeutic approaches following cochlear implantation / Warren Estabrooks, K. Todd Houston, and Karen MacIver-Lux
    Acoustic and electric speech processing / Bruce J. Gantz, Sarah E. Mowry, Rick F. Nelson, Sean O. McMenomey, Chris J. James, and Bernard Fraysse
    Music perception / Alexis Roy and Charles J. Limb
    Auditory brainstem implants / Shaun D. Rodgers, John G. Golfinos, and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    Applying cochlear implant technology to tinnitus and vestibular interventions / Justin S. Golub, James O. Phillips, and Jay T. Rubinstein
    The impact of cochlear implantation on the recipient's health-related quality of life / Selena E. Heman-Ackah
    Future technology / Susan B. Waltzman and J. Thomas Roland Jr.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Sandra DeSaSouza, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive illustration of content covering cochlear implants' past, present, and future perspectives. It delves into history, about how the first implant was conceived around 50 years ago and how modern cochlear implants provide better hearing and speech discrimination with the evolution of technology. This book discusses the basic working principles of cochlear implants, along with a review of their clinical use. The book also elaborates upon the various surgical techniques authored by clinicians who are pioneers. This book covers various important topics such as implantation in abnormal cochleas, bilateral implantation, implanting with acoustic and electric stimulation, and re-implantation. The book guides selecting the suitable candidates, describing preoperative evaluation and imaging techniques. This book will be an invaluable source of guidance for ENT surgeons, Audiologists, and Neurologists, along with undergraduate and postgraduate students in Audiology and ENT.

    Contents:
    A Historical Review of the Development of Cochlear Implants
    History of Cochlear Implants in India
    Evolution of Cochlear Plant Technology Over the last 35 Years
    Surgical Anatomy and Imaging of the Temporal Bone with Cochlear Implant Imaging
    Cochlear Implants in Clinical Use Worldwide Today
    Candidacy and Evaluation of a Potential Candidate for Cochlear Implantation
    Prognostic Modelling and Machine Learning in Cochlear Implantation
    Cochlear Implant surgery Using Posterior Tympanotomy and Cochleostomy
    Cochlear Implant Surgery Using the Veria Technique
    Cochlear Implantation Through the Round Window Approach
    Classification and Management of Inner Ear Malformations
    Bilateral Cochlear Implants
    Subtotal Petrosectomy and cochlear Implantation
    Cochlear Implants for Single-Sided Deafness
    Hearing Preservation and Electro-Acoustic Stimulation in Cochlear Implant
    Endoscopic Assisted Cochlear Implantation
    Robot-Assisted Cochlear Implantation
    Structure Preservation of the Inner Ear in Cochlear Implantation
    Candidacy Considerations and Other Medical and Surgical Issues for Cochlear Implantation in Children
    Explantation and Reimplantation of Cochlear Implants
    Surgical Complications Following Cochlear Implantation
    Recent Trends in Cochlear Implant Programming and (Re)habiliation
    Cochlear Implant Reliability
    Cochlear Implants - Recent Advances and New Horizons.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Steve Adkins, Mike Foale, Roland Bourdeix, Quang Nguyen, Julianne Biddle, editors.
    Summary: Widely known as the 'tree of life, coconut (Cocos nucifera L.) provides a bountiful source for making a wide variety of healthy foods and industrial items. Its cultivation, however, has been encountering seriously destructive issues including lethal diseases and natural adversities which are currently distressing livelihoods of millions of small-holder farmers around the world. There is an urgent mandate to resolve these issues by meeting sustainable seedling production, facilitating genetic conservation, as well as developing disease identification and modern breeding. This book introduces improvements in coconut biotechnology by covering the advances in micropropagation, germplasm conservation, and molecular pathogenic diagnosis. This comprehensive volume will be a useful source of information and references to researchers, graduate students, agricultural developers, and scholars in the plant sciences. In order to benefit general readers, the book also covers fundamental aspects of biology, diversity, and evolution of this marvelous palm species.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Towards the Sustainability of the 'Tree of Life: an Introduction
    Biology, Ecology and Evolution of Coconut
    Improving the Value of the Coconut with Biotechnology
    In situ and Ex situ Conservation of Coconut Genetic Resources
    Collecting Coconut Germplasm for Disease Resistance and other traits
    Diversity Studies Using Molecular Markers
    Genome Studies for Effective Management and Utilization of Coconut Genetic Resources
    Biotechnology Contributing to Integrated Pest Management: The Example of Two Major Coconut Pests, Oryctes rhinoceros and Brontispa longissima
    Dealing with Lethal Yellowing and Related Diseases in Coconut
    Germplasm Re-establishment and Seedling Production: Embryo Culture
    Coconut Micropropagation for Worldwide Replanting Needs
    Towards Innovative Coconut Breeding Programs
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    K.U.K. Nampoothiri, editor-in-chief ; V. Krishnakumar, P.K. Thampan, M. Achuthan Nair, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors; Editors and Contributors; Editor-in-Chief; Editors; Contributors; Abbreviations;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Uniqueness of the Palms; 1.3 Development Perspectives of the Coconut Sector; 1.4 The Poor State of Affairs of the Coconut; 1.5 Causes for Decline of Coconut; 1.6 Major Coconut-Growing/Coconut-Using Countries; 1.7 History of the Taxonomy of Coconut; 1.8 Brief History of Cocos Classification; Annexure I: Description of Coconut (Cocos nucifera) Given in Linnaeus C (1753); References 2.11.8 Premium Grade Monolaurin and HIV/AIDS2.11.9 Coir and Coir Pith; 2.12 Yield Gap in Coconut; 2.12.1 Causes for Low Productivity; 2.12.2 Strategic Solutions for Increasing Production; 2.12.3 Integrated Approach to Increase Productivity; 2.13 Approaches to Face Future Global Challenges; 2.14 Global Organizations Promoting Coconut Industry; 2.14.1 Asian and Pacific Coconut Community (APCC); 2.14.2 International Coconut Genetic Resources Network (COGENT); 2.14.3 Bureau for the Development of Research on Tropical Perennial Oil Crops (BUROTROP); 2.15 Future Strategy; References 2.9 Import of Coconut Products2.9.1 Copra; 2.9.2 Coconut Oil; 2.9.3 Copra Meal; 2.9.4 Desiccated Coconut; 2.9.5 Coir Fibre; 2.9.6 Coir Yarn; 2.10 Production of Major Oilseeds; 2.11 Emerging New Applications; 2.11.1 Organic Foods; 2.11.1.1 Organic Coconut Water: Global Market Dynamics; 2.11.1.2 Virgin Coconut Oil; 2.11.2 Functional Foods; 2.11.2.1 Functional Drinks from Coconut; 2.11.2.2 Neera; 2.11.2.3 Coconut Sugar; 2.11.3 Coconut Shell Charcoal and Activated Carbon; 2.11.4 Cosmeceuticals; 2.11.5 Oleochemicals; 2.11.6 Biofuel/Bio-Lubricants; 2.11.7 Biomass as Alternate Source for Fuel
    Chapter 2: International Scenario of Coconut Sector2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Global Coconut Scenario; 2.3 Coconut Industry: Supply-Value Chain; 2.4 Opportunities for Product Diversification, Value Addition and By-Product Utilization; 2.5 Demand for Coconut; 2.6 Domestic Consumption of Major Coconut Products; 2.7 Global Export of Coconut Products; 2.7.1 Coconut Oil; 2.7.2 Copra Meal/Copra Cake; 2.7.3 Fresh Coconut; 2.7.4 Desiccated Coconut; 2.7.5 Coconut Milk/Cream and Milk Powder; 2.7.6 Coconut Shell Charcoal and Activated Carbon; 2.7.7 Coir and Coir Products; 2.8 Price of Coconut Products
    Chapter 3: Botany, Origin and Genetic Resources of Coconut3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Origin and Distribution; 3.3 Varieties of Coconut; 3.3.1 Native Varieties and Classification Systems; 3.4 Botany and Morphology; 3.4.1 Root Growth and Development; 3.4.2 Stem; 3.4.3 Leaf; 3.4.4 Inflorescence; 3.4.4.1 Floral Morphology; 3.4.5 Pollen, Pollination and Fruit Set; 3.4.6 Fruit Development: Endosperm, Embryo; 3.4.6.1 Fruit Maturity; 3.4.6.2 Morphology; 3.4.7 Propagation; 3.4.7.1 Seed Germination, Growth and Development of Seedlings; 3.5 Cytology; 3.5.1 Karyomorphology; 3.5.2 Meiotic Studies
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Margaret O'Mara.
    Summary: "The epic human story of how, out of a small patch of land in Northern California, high tech re-created America in its image, for good and for ill. Long before Margaret O'Mara became one of our most consequential historians of the American-led digital revolution, she worked in the White House of Bill Clinton and Al Gore in the earliest days of the commercial Internet. There she saw firsthand how deeply intertwined Silicon Valley was with the federal government--and always had been--and how shallow the common understanding of the secrets of the Valley's success actually was. Now, after almost five years of pioneering research, O'Mara has produced the definitive history of Silicon Valley for our time, the story of mavericks and visionaries, but also of powerful institutions creating the framework for innovation, from the Pentagon to Stanford University. It is also a story of a community that started off remarkably homogeneous and tight-knit and stayed that way, and whose belief in its own mythology has deepened into a collective hubris that has led to astonishing triumphs as well as devastating second-order effects. Deploying a wonderfully rich and diverse cast of protagonists, from the justly famous to the unjustly obscure, across four generations of explosive growth in the Valley, from the Forties to the present, O'Mara has wrestled one of the most fateful developments in modern American history into magnificent narrative form. She is on the ground with all of the key tech companies, chronicling the evolution in their offerings through each successive era, and she has a profound fingertip feel for the politics of the sector and its relation to the larger cultural narrative about tech as it has evolved over the years. Perhaps most impressively, O'Mara has penetrated the inner kingdom of tech venture capital firms, the insular and still remarkably old-boy world that became the cockpit of American capitalism and the crucible for bringing technological innovation to market, or not. The transformation of big tech into the engine room of the American economy and the nexus of so many of our hopes and dreams--and, increasingly, our nightmares--can be understood, in Margaret O'Mara's masterful hands, as the story of one California valley. As her majestic history makes clear, its fate is the fate of us all."--Dust jacket. When O'Mara worked in the White House of Bill Clinton and Al Gore, she saw firsthand how deeply intertwined Silicon Valley was with the federal government, and how shallow the common understanding of the secrets of the Valley's success actually was. She tells the story of mavericks and visionaries, but also of powerful institutions creating the framework for innovation. It is a story of a community that started off remarkably homogeneous and tight-knit and stayed that way, and whose belief in its own mythology has deepened into a collective hubris that has led to astonishing triumphs as well as devastating second-order effects. -- adapted from jacket

    Contents:
    Introduction: The American revolution
    Act one: Start up. Arrivals ; Endless frontier ; Golden State ; Shoot the moon ; Networked ; The money men ; Arrivals ; Boom and bust
    Act two: Product launch. Arrivals ; The Olympics of capitalism ; Power to the people ; The personal machine ; Homebrewed ; Unforgettable ; Risky business
    Act three: Go public. Arrivals ; Storytellers ; California dreaming ; Made in Japan ; Big Brother ; War games ; Built on sand
    Act four: Change the world. Arrivals ; Information means empowerment ; Suits in the Valley ; Magna Carta ; Don't be evil ; Arrivals ; The internet is you ; Software eats the world ; Masters of the universe
    Departure: Into the driverless car. Introduction: The American revolution
    Act one: Start up
    ch. 1. Endless frontier
    ch. 2. Golden State
    ch. 3. Shoot the moon
    ch. 4. Networked
    ch. 5. The money men
    ch. 6. Boom and bust
    Act two: Product launch
    ch. 7. The Olympics of capitalism
    ch. 8. Power to the people
    ch. 9. The personal machine
    ch. 10. Homebrewed
    ch. 11. Unforgettable
    ch. 12. Risky business
    Act three: Go public
    ch. 13. Storytellers
    ch. 14. California dreaming
    ch. 15. Made in Japan
    ch. 16. Big Brother
    ch. 17. War games
    ch. 18. Built on sand
    Act four: Change the world
    ch. 19. Information means empowerment
    ch. 20. Suits in the Valley
    ch. 21. Magna Carta
    ch. 22. Don't be evil
    ch.23. The internet is you
    ch. 24. Software eats the world
    ch. 25. Masters of the universe
    Departure: Into the driverless car.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Bus & Mgt 104
    1
  • Digital
    Walter Isaacson.
    Summary: "When Jennifer Doudna was in sixth grade, she came home one day to find that her dad had left a paperback, titled The Double Helix, on her bed. She put it aside, thinking it was one of those detective tales she loved. When she read it on a rainy Saturday, she discovered she was right, in a way. As she sped through the pages, she became enthralled by the intense drama behind the competition to discover the building blocks of life. Even though her high school counselor told her girls didn't become scientists, she decided she would. Driven by a passion to understand how nature works and to turn discoveries into inventions, she would help to make what the book's author, James Watson, told her was the most important biological advance since his codiscovery of the structure of DNA. She and her collaborators turned their curiosity into an invention that will transform the human race: an easy-to-use tool that can edit DNA. Known as CRISPR, it opened a brave new world of medical miracles and moral questions. The development of CRISPR and the race to create vaccines for COVID-19 will hasten our transition to the next great innovation revolution. The past half-century has been a digital age, based on the microchip, computer, and internet. Now we are entering a life-science revolution: children who study digital coding will be joined by those who study the code of life. Should we use our new evolution-hacking powers to make us less susceptible to viruses? What a wonderful book that would be! And what about preventing depression? Hmm...should we allow parents, if they can afford it, to enhance the height or muscles or IQ of their kids? After helping to discover CRISPR, Doudna became a leader in wrestling with these moral issues and, with her collaborator Emmanuelle Charpentier, won the Nobel Prize in 2020. Her story is a thrilling detective tale that involves the most profound wonders of nature, from the origins of life to the future of our species"--From dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction. Into the breach
    Part one. The origins of life. Hilo ; The gene ; DNA ; The education of a biochemist ; The human genome ; RNA ; Twists and folds ; Berkeley
    Part two. CRISPR. Clustered repeats ; The Free Speech Movement Café ; Jumping in ; The yogurt makers ; Genentech ; The lab ; Caribou ; Emmanuelle Charpentier ; CRISPR-Cas9 ; Science, 2012 ; Dueling presentations
    Part three. Gene editing. A human tool ; The race ; Feng Zhang ; George Church ; Zhang tackles CRISPR ; Doudna joins the race ; Photo finish ; Doudna's final sprint ; Forming companies ; Mon amie ; The heroes of CRISPR ; Patents
    Part four. CRISPR in action. Therapies ; Biohacking ; DARPA and anti-CRISPR
    Part five. Public scientist. Rules of the road ; Doudna steps in
    Part six. CRISPR babies. He Jiankui ; The Hong Kong summit ; Acceptance
    Part seven. Moral questions. Red lines ; Thought experiments ; Who should decide? ; Doudna's ethical journey
    Part eight. Dispatches from the front. Quebec ; I learn to edit ; Watson revisited ; Doudna pays a visit
    Part nine. Coronavirus. Call to arms ; Testing ; The Berkeley lab ; Mammoth and Sherlock ; Coronavirus tests ; Vaccines ; CRISPR cures ; Cold Spring Harbor virtual ; The Nobel Prize.
    Digital Access OverDrive 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    V. Anne Smith.
    Summary: Carolyn's parents did not, after all, make genomics history by synthesizing her genome in a lab. She has known she is the "Human Hoax" ever since a high school genetics exercise revealed she has trisomy X--a chromosomal abnormality--yet no synthetically constructed genome would have such clear traces of natural conception. Many years later, as molecular biologist, she hopes her colleagues never learn of her embarrassing origins. But when someone ransacks her office and lab, she finds professional embarrassment is the least of her worries. Someone believes she has the results of her parents' last, secret experiments, and is willing to kill to get them. But all she has from her parents are their genes--can she find what else they may have left her before somebody else does? In a not-so-distant society, where corporations wield as much power as nations and the line between corporate employee and state authority is blurred, the chase is on. Carolyn may have just too little time at hand to unravel the mystery of her parents' final days and to realize the deep consequences for the future of mankind. This fast-paced novel is followed by an extensive science chapter where the author provides a non-technical primer on modern genetics and on the speculative biology behind Carolyn's code.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Part I: The Novel;
    1: A Code for Carolyn: A Genomic Thriller; Chapter One; Chapter Two; Chapter Three; Chapter Four; Chapter Five; Chapter Six; Chapter Seven; Chapter Eight; Chapter Nine; Chapter Ten; Chapter Eleven; Chapter Twelve; Chapter Thirteen; Chapter Fourteen; Chapter Fifteen; Chapter Sixteen; Chapter Seventeen; Chapter Eighteen; Chapter Nineteen; Chapter Twenty; Chapter Twenty-One; Chapter Twenty-Two; Chapter Twenty-Three; Chapter Twenty-Four; Chapter Twenty-Five; Chapter Twenty-Six; Chapter Twenty-Seven; Chapter Twenty-Eight; Chapter Twenty-Nine; Chapter Thirty Chapter Thirty-OneChapter Thirty-Two; Chapter Thirty-Three; Chapter Thirty-Four; Chapter Thirty-Five; Chapter Thirty-Six; Chapter Thirty-Seven; Chapter Thirty-Eight; Chapter Thirty-Nine; Chapter Forty; Chapter Forty-One; Chapter Forty-Two; Chapter Forty-Three; Chapter Forty-Four; Chapter Forty-Five; Chapter Forty-Six; Chapter Forty-Seven; Chapter Forty-Eight; Epilogue; Part II: The Science Behind the Fiction;
    2: The Biology Behind Carolyn's Code; Introduction: The Complexity of Genomes; From Gene to Protein; "It's Not Junk"; Chromosomes and the Human Hoax The Code: Synthetic Biology and Synthetic Genomes The Rise of Genetic Engineering; Synthetic Genomes; Carolyn's Code; The Two Axes of Aging; Mitochondria and Free Radicals; Telomeres and Cellular Senescence; A Longevity Treatment; Some Final Words
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    author, Committee on Coding and Nomenclature (COCN), American Academy of Pediatrics ; Edward A. Liechty, MD, editor ; Cindy Hughes, CPC, CFPC, consulting editor ; Becky Dolan, MPH, CPC, CPEDC, staff editor.
  • Digital
    author, Committee on Coding and Nomenclature (COCN), American Academy of Pediatrics ; Edward A. Liechty, editor ; Cindy Hughes, consulting editor ; Becky Dolan, staff editor.
    Summary: "For beginners and advanced coders alike, this is the first place to look for pediatric-specific coding solutions! A widely used American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) exclusive, this essential resource complements standard coding manuals with proven documentation and billing solutions. This year's completely updated 23rd edition includes all changes in Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes -- complete with expert guidance for their application as well as ICD-10-CM updates for pediatric-related conditions. There is also an increased focus on compliant electronic health record administration. The book's many clinical vignettes and examples, as well as the many coding pearls throughout, provide added guidance needed to ensure accuracy and payment. This great resource continues to be approved for 4 continuing education units from the American Academy of Professional Coders"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    New and revised CPT® codes for 2018
    Diagnosis coding: ICD-10-CM
    Modifiers and coding edits
    Evaluation and management documentation guidelines
    Time-based coding
    Preventive services
    Evaluation and management services in the office, outpatient, home, or nursing facility setting
    Managing chronic and complex conditions
    Pre-birth counseling and care of the newborn
    Noncritical hospital evaluation and management services
    Emergency department services
    Critical and intensive care
    Telemedicine
    Allied health and clinical staff services
    Common surgical procedures and sedation
    Common testing and therapeutic services
    Coding to demonstrate quality and value
    Preventing fraud and abuse: compliance, audits, and paybacks
    The business of medicine: working with current and emerging payment systems
    Continuing education units (CEUs) for American Academy of Professional Coders
    Appendixes. Sample assessment/testing tools
    Vaccine products: commonly administered pediatric vaccines
    Chronic care management worksheet
    Care plan oversight encounter worksheet
    Global per diem critical care codes: direct supervision and reporting guidelines
    Effective health plan appeals: the ins and outs
    Sample denial tracking tool.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    author, Committee on Coding and Nomenclature (COCN), American Academy of Pediatrics.
    Summary: This year's completely updated 24th edition includes all changes in Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes - complete with expert guidance for their application.

    Contents:
    Quick reference to 2019 ICD-10-CM pediatric code changes
    Quick reference to 2019 CPT® pediatric code changes
    Part I. Coding basics and business essentials. The basics of coding
    Modifiers and coding edits
    Coding to demonstrate quality and value
    The business of medicine: working with current and emerging payment systems
    Preventing fraud and abuse: compliance, audits, and paybacks
    Evaluation and management documentation guidelines
    Part II. Primarily for the office and other outpatient settings. Evaluation and management services in the office and outpatient clinics
    Evaluation and management services in home or nursing facility settings
    Preventive services
    Surgery, infusion, and sedation in the outpatient setting
    Common testing and therapeutic services in office settings
    Managing chronic and complex conditions
    Allied health and clinical staff services
    Mental and behavioral health services
    Part III. Primarily for hospital settings. Hospital care of the newborn
    Noncritical hospital evaluation and management services
    Emergency department services
    Critical and intensive care
    Common surgical procedures and sedation in facility settings
    Part IV. Digital medicine services. Digital medicine services: technology-enhanced care delivery
    Part v. Coding education quiz/continuing education units (CEUs) for American Academy of Professional Coders
    Appendixes. Sample assessment/testing tools
    Vaccine products: commonly administered pediatric vaccines
    Chronic care management worksheet
    Care plan oversight encounter worksheet
    Global per diem critical care codes: direct supervision and reporting guidelines
    Coding for pediatrics 2019 resource list.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Print
    Johnny Saldaña.
    Summary: Johnny Saldana's unique and invaluable manual demystifies the qualitative coding process with a comprehensive assessment of different coding types, examples and exercises. The ideal reference is essential reading across the social sciences and neatly guides you through the multiple approaches available for coding qualitative data. An array of strategies, from the straightforward to the more complex, are skillfully explained and carefully exemplified, providing an complete repertoire of codes and skills that can be applied to any research project. For each code Saldaña provides information about the method's origin, gives a detailed description of the method, demonstrates its practical applications, and sets out a clearly illustrated example with analytic follow-up. Now with a companion website, the book is supported by: examples of the approach being applied in real research; multidisciplinary case studies showcasing pros and cons; links to digital content; links to relevant data sets; practical student exercises; glossary flash cards. This international bestseller is an extremely usable, robust manual and is a must-have resource for qualitative researchers at all levels--From back cover.

    Contents:
    1 An introduction to codes and coding
    Chapter summary
    Purposes of the manual
    What is a code?
    Codifying and categorizing
    What gets coded?
    Coding techniques
    The numbers of codes
    Manual and CAQDAS coding
    Solo and team coding
    Necessary personal attributes for coding on method
    2 Writing analytic memos about narrative and visual data
    Chapter summary
    The purposes of analytic memo writing
    What is an analytic memo?
    Examples of analytic memos
    Coding and categorizing analytic memos
    Grounded theory and its coding canon
    Analyzing visual data
    3 First cycle coding methods
    Chapter summary
    The coding cycles
    Selecting the appropriate coding method(s)
    Two common coding errors
    Overview of first cycle coding methods
    The coding methods profiles
    Grammatical methods
    Elemental methods
    Affective methods
    Literary and language methods
    Exploratory methods
    Procedural methods
    Themeing the data
    Forms for additional first cycle coding methods
    4 After first cycle coding
    Chapter summary
    Post-coding transitions
    Eclectic coding
    Code mapping and landscaping
    Operational model diagramming
    Additional transition methods
    Transitioning to second cycle coding methods
    5 Second cycle coding methods
    Chapter summary
    The goals of second cycle methods
    Overview of second cycle coding methods
    Second cycle coding methods
    Forms of additional second cycle coding methods
    6 After second cycle coding
    Chapter summary
    Post-coding and pre-writing transitions
    Focusing strategies
    From coding to theorizing
    Formatting matters
    Writing about coding
    Ordering and reordering
    Assistance from others
    Closure
    Appendices: A glossary of methods ; A glossary of analytic recommendations ; Field note, interview transcript, and document samples for coding ; Exercises and activities for coding and qualitative data analytic skill development.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R853.Q34 S253 2016
    1
  • Print
    Johnny Saldaña.
    Summary: "This classic manual provides the comprehensive guide to coding qualitative data. It introduces a broad array of approaches to qualitative coding, presenting the advantages and disadvantages of each to empower you to make an informed decision when choosing the appropriate option for your research project. Drawing on multiple detailed, real-world examples, the book: · Shows the step-by-step processes involved in different coding approaches · Demonstrates clearly how to apply each method of coding in a systematic way · Highlights the core skills involved in making sense of and identifying patterns in your data. This invaluable manual from world-renowned expert Johnny Saldaña illuminates the process of qualitative coding and provides clear, insightful guidance for qualitative researchers at all levels. Johnny Saldaña is Professor Emeritus of Theatre from the Herberger Institute for Design and the Arts' School of Film, Dance, and Theatre at Arizona State University"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    An introduction to codes and coding
    Fundamental coding methods and techniques
    Writing analytic memos about narrative and visual data
    Selection first cycle coding methods
    Grammatical coding methods
    Elemental coding methods
    Affective coding methods
    Literary and language coding methods
    Exploratory coding methods
    Procedural coding methods
    Methods of themeing in data
    Tranisitioning from first to second cycle coding methods
    Second cycle grounded theory coding methods
    Second cycle cumulative coding methods
    After first and second cycle coding methods.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R853.Q34 S318 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Thierry Aubin, Nicolas Mathevon, editors.
    Summary: Information is a core concept in animal communication: individuals routinely produce, acquire, process and store information, which provides the basis for their social life. This book focuses on how animal acoustic signals code information and how this coding can be shaped by various environmental and social constraints. Taking birds and mammals, including humans, as models, the authors explore such topics as communication strategies for "public" and "private" signaling, static and dynamic signaling, the diversity of coded information and the way information is decoded by the receiver. The book appeals to a wide audience, ranging from bioacousticians, ethologists and ecologists to evolutionary biologists. Intended for students and researchers alike, it promotes the idea that Shannon and Weavers Mathematical Theory of Communication still represents a strong framework for understanding all aspects of the communication process, including its dynamic dimensions.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Acoustic Coding Strategies Through the Lens of the Mathematical Theory of Communication
    References
    Chapter 2: To Shout or to Whisper? Strategies for Encoding Public and Private Information in Sound Signals
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Active Space of a Propagating Sound Signal
    2.3 Coding Constraints and Possibilities
    2.3.1 Constraints Imposed by Sender Anatomy and Vocal Physiology
    2.3.2 Potential Active Space Regulation by Sender Behavior 2.3.3 Coding Constraints and Possibilities by Sound Propagation Through the Noisy Environment
    2.3.4 Coding Constraints Imposed by Receiver Auditory Physiology
    2.3.5 Potential Active Space Regulation by Receiver Behavior
    2.4 Predictions on Encoding of Public and Private Sound Signals
    2.5 Observed Soft Private and Loud Public Calls and Songs
    2.5.1 Observed Soft and Loud Vocalizations
    2.5.2 Observed Source Levels of Soft and Loud Vocalizations
    2.5.3 Other Coding Parameters Observed in Soft and Loud Vocalizations 2.5.4 Observed Behavioral Choices of Soft and Loud Calls and Songs
    2.6 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: The Bird Dawn Chorus Revisited
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 The Bird Dawn Chorus
    3.3 Song Function Versus Dawn Chorus Function: Why at This Time Precisely?
    3.4 Factors Affecting the Dawn Chorus and Related Functional Hypotheses
    3.4.1 Hormones and Other Internal Drivers: Proximal Causation of the Dawn Chorus
    3.4.2 Breeding Cycle
    3.4.3 Social Interactions
    3.4.4 Individual Differences
    3.4.5 Foraging
    3.4.6 Predation
    3.4.7 Weather
    3.4.8 Light
    3.4.9 Noise 3.5 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Coding Human Languages for Long-Range Communication in Natural Ecological Environments: Shouting, Whistling, and Dr...
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Environmental Constraints and Their Impact on Modal Speech
    4.3 Different Strategies of Adaptation for Distant Dialogs
    4.3.1 Shouted Speech
    4.3.2 Whistled Speech
    4.3.3 Drummed Speech
    4.3.4 Some Important Elements of Comparison Between These Three Registers
    4.4 Discussion and Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Coding of Static Information in Terrestrial Mammal Vocal Signals 5.1 The Source-Filter Model of Vocal Production
    5.2 The Source
    5.2.1 Information Encoded by F0
    5.2.2 Function of F0
    5.2.3 Departures from F0/Size Allometry
    5.3 The Filter
    5.3.1 Information Encoded by Formant Frequencies
    5.3.2 Function of Formants
    5.3.3 Adaptations for Producing Lower Formants
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Coding for Dynamic ́Information: Vocal Expression of Emotional Arousal and Valence in Non-human Animals
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Mechanisms: Vocal Expression of Emotions
    6.3 Evidence: Vocal Expression of Emotions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by E. Neil G. Marsh.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew Molodynski, Consultant Psychiatrist, Oxford Health NHS Foundation Trust, UK, Honorary Clinical Senior Lecturer, Oxford University, UK, Jorun Rugkåsa, Senior Researcher, Health Services Research Unit, Akershus University Hospital, Lørenskog, Norway, Senior Researcher, Social Psychiatry Group, Department of Psychiatry, University of Oxford, Warneford Hospital, UK, Tom Burns, Professor Emeritus of Social Psychiatry, University of Oxford, Department of Psychiatry, Warneford Hospital, UK, Fellow Emeritus of Kellogg College, University of Oxford, UK.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Introduction / Tom Burns
    pt. 1 Coercion in the community: origins and extent
    2. Compulsion in community mental health care: historical developments and current provisions / Tom Burns
    3. Community treatment order legislation in the Commonwealth / John Dawson
    pt. 2 The evidence
    4. Descriptive and epidemiological studies / Stephane Morandi
    5. Assessing the effectiveness of compulsory community treatment / Steve Kisely
    6. Informal coercion: current evidence / Ksenija Yeeles
    7. Community coercion in mental health: where to for service-user-led research? / Diana Rose
    pt. 3 The experience
    8. Coercion contexts
    how compliance is achieved in interaction / Stefan Sjostrom
    9. Patient experiences and perceptions of coercion: universal meaning, individual experiences? / Krysia Canvin
    10. Family carers and coercion in the community / Jorun Rugkasa
    11. Clinician attitudes, experiences, and use of coercion / Beth Angell
    pt. 4 The context
    12. Psychiatric coercion: some sociological perspectives / David Pilgrim
    13. Human rights in community psychiatry / Genevra Richardson
    14. The ethics of coercion in community mental health care / George Szmukler
    pt. 5 International perspectives
    15. Coercion in community mental health treatment in the Americas / John Gray
    16. Coercion and mental health services in the Indian subcontinent and the Middle East / Soumitra Pathare
    17. Southeast Asia / Andrew Molodynski
    18. Coercion in Europe / Thomas Marcacci
    19. Coercion in community mental health care: African perspectives / Catherine Manning
    20. Compulsory community mental health care: Oceania / Anthony J. O'Brien
    21. Regional themes / Andrew Molodynski
    22. Conclusions / Jorun Rugkasa.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    symposium organziers and proceedings editors: Cori Bargmann, Daphne Bavelier, Terrance Sejnowski and David Stewart and Bruce Stillman.
  • Digital
    edited by Nandakumar S. Narayanan, Roger L. Albin.
    Summary: Cognition in Parkinson's Disease, Volume 269 in the Progress in Brain Research series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on a variety of timely topics, including Cognition in Prodromal Parkinson's disease, The epidemiology of cognitive function in Parkinson's disease, Real-life consequences of cognitive dysfunction in Parkinson's disease, Animal models of cognition in Parkinson's disease, Functional neuroanatomy of cognition in Parkinson's disease, Neuroimaging approaches to cognition in Parkinson's disease, Cognitive dysfunction and neuropsychiatric aspects of Parkinson's disease, Neuropsychology of Parkinson's disease, Cholinergic Systems, Attentional-Motor Integration, and Cognitive Control in Parkinson Disease, and much more.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Michael W. Hoffmann.
    Contents:
    Cognitive archeology, cognitive neurology and the unraveling of the connectome: Divulging brain function from fractured skulls and fractured minds
    Neurochemistry
    Vision: elementary and complex visual processing
    Temporal lobe syndromes
    Memory Syndromes
    Left Hemisphere Syndromes ? Apraxias
    Parietal lobe syndromes
    Right Hemisphere Syndromes
    Language, aphasias and related disorders
    Acquired Cultural Circuits
    Frontal System Syndromes
    Neuroimaging and treatments perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    John R. Hodges.
    Contents:
    1. Distributed cognitive functions
    2. Delirium and dementia
    3. Localized cognitive functions
    4. Cognitive and neuropsychiatric history taking and tips on physical examination
    5. Testing cognitive functions at the bedside
    6. Standardized mental test schedules: their uses and abuses
    7. The Addenbrooke's cognitive examination: revised and supplementary test suggestions
    8. Illustrative cases.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ann Vernon and Kristene A Doyle.
    Contents:
    What is cognitive behavioral therapy? / Raymond DiGiuseppe, Rachael Venezia, and Roseanne Gotterbarn
    Behavior therapy / Mark Terjesen, Michal Barnea, Tara Rooney, and Victoria Nicosia
    Cognitive therapy / Silviu Matu
    Rational-emotive behavior therapy / Michael Hickey and Kristene A. Doyle
    Multimodal therapy / Gary B. Kelley
    Acceptance and commitment therapy / Ioana Podina and Daniel David ; case study contributed by Christina Mogoase
    Dialectical behavior therapy / Chris Kelly and Diana Robinson ; case study contributed by Nora Gerardi
    Mindfulness / Anthony Pantaleno and Mark Sisti
    Case study applications.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mark Dana Muse.
    Contents:
    Evidence-Based Biopsychosocial Treatment through the Integration of Pharmacotherapy and Psychosocial Therapy / Mark D Muse
    Psychoses / David Shearer, Bret A Moore, Christopher Brown
    Mood Disorders / Mikel Merritt
    Mood Disorders / Randon Welton, Brenda J B Roman
    Mood Disorders / Kevin McGuinness, Samuel Dutton, Peter Smith
    Anxiety Disorders / Mark D Muse, Stephen M Stahl
    Personality Disorders / Donald Black, Joel Paris, Charles Schulz
    Sleep Disorders / Taylor Bos, Helene A Emsellem
    Somatoform Disorders / Douglas E DeGood, Robert M Julien, Catherine A DeGood
    Eating Disorders / Marla Sanzone
    Childhood and Adolescent Disorders / George Kapalka, Ronald T Brown, David F Curtis, Tony C Wu, Mario Marquez
    Geriatric Disorders / Robert E McCue, Mary Kelleher
    Behaviorally Prescribed Psychopharmacology / Mark D Muse.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    Sarah J. Egan, Tracey D. Wade, Roz Shafran, Martin M. Antony.
    Summary: This practical resource provides an evidence-based framework for treating clients struggling with perfectionism, whether as the main presenting problem or in conjunction with depression, eating disorders, anxiety disorders, or obsessive-compulsive disorder. Using a case formulation approach, the authors draw on their extensive cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) experience to present specific techniques and interventions. Coverage spans treatment planning, the therapeutic alliance, key obstacles that may arise, relapse prevention, and emerging research. Reproducible assessment scales and 36 pat.

    Contents:
    Cover; Half Title Page; Title Page; Copyright Page; About the Authors; Preface; Contents; 1. Nature and Causes of Perfectionism; 2. Research on the Treatment of Perfectionism; 3. Perfectionism across Psychopathology; 4. Perfectionism as a Transdiagnostic Process; 5. Assessment of Perfectionism; 6. Treatment Planning, Homework, and Supervision; 7. The Cognitive-Behavioral Model of Perfectionism and Collaborative Formulation; 8. The Therapeutic Alliance and Engagement; 9. Self-Monitoring, Psychoeducation, and Surveys; 10. Thinking Errors; 11. Cognitive Strategies; 12. Behavioral Experiments. 13. Self-Evaluation and Self-Criticism14. Procrastination and Time Management; 15. Relapse Prevention; 16. Emerging Approaches in Treatment of Perfectionism;
    Appendix 1. Resources;
    Appendix 2. Handouts;
    Appendix 3. Self-Report Measures; References; Index.
  • Digital
    Victoria Bream, Fiona Challacombe, Asmita Palmer, Paul Salkovskis.
    Summary: Obsessive-compulsive disorder can be a very disabling and distressing problem. Cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) has been shown to be very effective in helping people to overcome OCD. This book provides the reader with an understanding of the background to and principles of using CBT for OCD in a clear practical 'how to' style.

    Contents:
    Before you meet someone with obsessive-compulsive disorder: understanding the problem
    When you meet: assessing obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Cognitive-behaviour therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Beyond the fundamentals.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Andrew Severn, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews current knowledge about cognitive dysfunction in surgical patients to provide a common knowledge base and terminology. It covers the topic in a way that considers all points of view, and enables the reader to be better equipped to manage cognitive dysfunction in all its manifestations in surgical patients. This book will hopefully also be a source of generating future ideas for research. Cognitive Changes after Surgery in Clinical Practice has an internationally renowned group of authors, and is aimed firstly at the perioperative team: surgeon, anaesthetist and surgical ward nurses; secondly, the researcher or geriatrician; and thirdly, public health specialists and hospital managers.

    Contents:
    Dementia and the Health of the Nation
    Assessment of Cognitive Function
    Dementia: the Conduct of Anaesthesia
    Management of Delirium on the Surgical Ward
    Delirium in Critical Care
    Consent and Capacity in Cognitively Impaired Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Kenneth M. Heilman, Stephen E. Nadeau.
    Summary: "In America today, there are 46 million people over the age of 65 and there will be over 98 million by 2060. With aging, there are many neurological diseases that can adversely affect the brain, such as Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body dementia, and Parkinson's disease. These diseases are common and a major cause of disability and suffering. Although, in a small percentage of patients, these diseases can be related to a genetic defect, for the most part we do not fully understand their causes. Perhaps that is why they are called "degenerative diseases." Several decades ago, the diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease was made only in those who were below the age of 65 and had signs of progressive dementia. If a person had cognitive deterioration and was above the age of 65, their disorder was called "senile dementia." One of the reasons this term was used is that many clinicians thought memory loss and cognitive decline were part of normal aging. Fortunately, we have learned that disorders such as Alzheimer's disease are associated with specific pathological changes in the brain, such as neurofibrillary tangles, and that normal aging does not cause this disease. Although the origins of these degenerative brain diseases are still unclear, much progress has been made in understanding their pathophysiology and paving the way for preventative, ameliorative, and curative treatments"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomic and Histological Changes of the Aging Brain / Anthony T. Yachnis
    Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms for Age-Related Cognitive Decline / Jolie D. Barter and Thomas C. Foster
    Neuroimaging of the Aging Brain / Ronald. A. Cohen, Eric Porges, and Joseph M. Gullett
    Changes in Visuospatial, Visuoperceptual, and Navigational Ability in Aging / Gabrielle A. Hromas and Russell M. Bauer
    Chemosensory Function during Neurologically Healthy Aging / Jennifer J. Stamps
    Memory Changes in the Aging Brain / Glenn J. Larrabee
    Aging-Related Alterations in Language / Stephen E. Nadeau
    Changes in Emotions and Mood with Aging / Erin Trifilio, John B. Williamson, and Kenneth M. Heilman
    Aging and Attention / Ian H. Robertson and Paul M. Dockree
    Changes in Motor Programming with Aging / Kenneth M. Heilman
    Alterations in Executive Functions with Aging / Donald T. Stuss and Fergus I. M. Craik
    Brain Aging and Creativity / Ira S. Fischler and Kenneth M. Heilman
    Attractor Network Dynamics, Transmitters, and Memory and Cognitive Changes in Aging / Edmund T. Rolls
    Mechanisms of Aging-Related Cognitive Decline / Stephen E. Nadeau
    The Influence of Physical Exercise on Cognitive Aging / Jamie C. Peven, Chelsea M. Stillman, and Kirk I. Erickson
    Pharmacological Cosmetic Neurology / Erin C. Conrad and Anjan Chatterjee
    Cognitive Rehabilitation in Healthy Aging / Nicole D. Anderson and Gordon Winocur
    Preventing Cognitive Decline and Dementia / Yat-Fung Shea and Steven T. DeKosky.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Fran C. Blumberg, Patricia J. Brooks.
    Summary: Cognitive Development in Digital Contexts investigates the impact of screen media on key aspects of children and adolescents' cognitive development. Highlighting how screen media impact cognitive development, the book addresses a topic often neglected amid societal concerns about pathological media use and vulnerability to media effects, such as aggression, cyber-bullying and Internet addiction. It addresses children and adolescents' cognitive development involving their interactions with parents, early language development, imaginary play, attention, memory, and executive control, literacy and academic performance.

    Contents:
    1. Screen media and the youngest viewers: implications for attention and learning
    2. Early digital literacy: learning to watch, watching to learn
    3. The effects of parent-child interaction and media use on cognitive development in infants, toddlers, and preschoolers-- 4. Plugging into world learning: the role of electronic toys and digital media in language development
    5. Parasocial relationships with media characters: imaginary companions for young children's social and cognitive development
    6. Young mids on video games
    7. Playing with virtual blocks: Minecraft as a learning environment for practice and research
    8. The impact of digital media on executive planning and performance in children, adolescents, and emerging adults
    9. Immersive virtual reality and the developing child
    10. Digital childhoods and literacy development: is textspeak of special case of an "efficient orthography"?
    11. Bridging theory and practice: applying cognitive and educational theory to the design of educational media
    12. Understanding the technical and social complexity of the internet: a cognitive developmental resource perspective
    13. Measuring the digital and media literacy competencies of children and teens
    14. Risks, opportunities, and risky opportunities: how children make sense of the online environment
    15. Children's learning in a mobile media environment: policies, practices, and possibilities
    16. How parents mediate children's media consumption
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Kathleen M. Kantak, Joseph G. Wettstein, editors.
    Summary: "This book highlights the behavioral and neurobiological issues relevant for drug development, reviews evidence for an innovative approach for drug discovery and presents perspectives on multiple special topics ranging from therapeutic drug use in children, emerging technologies and non-pharmacological approaches to cognitive enhancement."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic approaches and perspectives
    Part II. Cognitive domains for pharmacological intervention: implications for neuropsychiatric and neurological illnesses
    Part III. Developmental disorders, alternative approaches, and emerging technologies.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Richard S.E. Keefe, Abraham Reichenberg, Jeffrey Cummings.
    Contents:
    Promise and challenges in drug development and assessment for cognitive enhancers / Jeffrey Cummings and Kate Zhong
    The neuroscience of cognition and cognitive enhancing compounds / Amy F.T. Arnsten, Min J. Wang, and Constantinos D. Paspalas
    Cognitive enhancers for Alzheimer's disease / Po-Heng Tsai
    Cognitive enhancement in non-Alzheimer dementias / Babak Tousi
    Cognitive interventions in Parkinson's disease / Sarah Banks
    Cognitive enhancement in traumatic brain injury / Tessa Hart
    Cognitive enhancement in epilepsy / Beth A. Leeman-Markowsky and Kimford J. Meador
    Cognitive enhancement at the mild cognitive impairment stage of Alzheimer's disease / Zara Melikyan, Heather Romero, and Kathleen A. Welsh-Bohmer
    Cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia / James Gilleen
    Cognitive enhancement in major depressive disorder / André F. Carvalho, Gilberto S. Alves, Cristiano A. Köhler, and Roger S. McIntyre /
    Cognitive enhancement in bipolar disorder / Katie Mahon, Manuela Russo, M. Mercedes Perez-Rodriguez
    Autism, ADHD, and cognitive enhancement / Iulia Dud, Louise Brennan, and Dene Robertson
    Targeted treatment for cognitive impairment associated with cancer and cancer treatment / Shelli R. Kesler and Jeffrey S. Wefel
    Current progress and future potential in the evaluation and treatment of age-related cognitive declines / Keith A. Wesnes and Helen J. Brooker
    Ethical considerations in cognitive enhancement: clinical responsibilities and duties / Jalayne J. Arias, Bryan Kibbe, and Paul J. Ford
    Regulatory issues in cognitive enhancement / Nicholas Kozauer and Karl Broich.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Matcheri Keshavan, Harvard Medical School, Shaun Eack, University of Pittsburgh.
    Summary: "Preface: Schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders are among the most disabling illnesses in all of medicine. While acute psychotic symptoms are manageable by current medication treatments, the persistent deficits in cognition which underlie functional disability remain poorly addressed. Psychotherapeutic treatments remain the mainstay of our efforts in addressing these roadblocks to recovery. The authors of this volume came together with their abiding interests in contributing to this serious treatment gap and in no small measure due to the important influence and mentorship of Gerard E. Hogarty (1935-2006), who pioneered the field of cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia and who continues to inspire our own thinking on the topic. In our decade-long collaborations both as clinicians and researchers we have come to appreciate the substantial advances as well as challenges in understanding cognition, brain plasticity and therapeutic interventions in neuropsychiatry, notably in schizophrenia. We are also optimistic for the advances that the future holds in this field and felt that a summary of the current state of cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia and related disorders would be a valuable contribution to practitioners, educators, and researchers"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Martin Steinberg, Paul B. Rosenberg.
    Contents:
    Cognitive impairment and depression / Martin Steinberg, and Paul B. Rosenberg
    The office assessment of depression and cognitive impairment / Martin Steinberg, and Paul B. Rosenberg
    What are the first signs and symptoms of dementia? / Paul B. Rosenberg
    The role of neuropsychological examination / Martin Steinberg, Nicholas Bienko, and Cynthia Munro
    Medical conditions that may cause cognitive impairment / Kanwal Awan, and Martin Steinberg
    Treatment of depression / Martin Steinberg
    Treatment of cognitive impairment / Paul B. Rosenberg
    'Driving considerations' in cognitive impairment and depression in older patients / Christopher M. Marano
    Capacity and decision-making / Eitan Kimchi
    Afterword : future directions / Paul B. Rosenberg.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Kai Zheng, Johanna Westbrook, Thomas G. Kannampallil, Vimla L. Patel, editors.
    Summary: This timely book addresses the gaps in the understanding of how health information technology (IT) impacts on clinical workflows and on how the effective implementation of these workflows are central to the safe and effective delivery of care to patients. It features clearly structured chapters covering a range of topics, including aspects of clinical workflows relevant to both practitioners and patients, tools for recording clinical workflow data techniques for potentially redesigning health IT enabled care coordination. Cognitive Informatics: Reengineering Clinical Workflow for More Efficient and Safer Care enables readers to develop a deeper understanding of clinical workflows and how these can potentially be modified to facilitate greater efficiency and safety in care provision, providing a valuable resource for both biomedical and health informatics professionals and trainees.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Section I Clinical Workflow and Health Information Technologies
    Chapter 1 Clinical Workflow in the Health IT Era
    Chapter 2 Cognitive Behavior and Clinical Workflows
    Chapter 3 Unintended Adverse Consequences of Health IT Implementation: Workflow Issues and Their Cascading Effects
    Section II The State of the Art of Workflow Research
    Chapter 4 A Review of Clinical Workflow Studies and Methods
    Chapter 5 A Workflow Perspective in Aviation
    Chapter 6 Characterizing Collaborative Workflow and Health Information Technology
    Chapter 7 Interruptions and Multitasking in Clinical Work: A Summary of the Evidence
    Chapter 8 Reengineering Approaches for Learning Health Systems: Applications in Nursing Research to Learn from Safety Information Gaps and Workarounds to Overcome Electronic Health Record Silos
    Chapter 9 Patient-Oriented Workflow Approach
    Chapter 10 Workflow at the Edges of Care
    Section III Research Methods for Studying Clinical Workflow
    Chapter 11 Computer-based Tools for Recording Time and Motion Data for Assessing Clinical Workflow
    Chapter 12 Understanding Clinical Workflow through Direct Continuous Observation: Addressing the Unique Statistical Challenges
    Chapter 13 Clinical Workflow and Human Factors
    Chapter 14 Automated Location Tracking in Clinical Environments: A Review of Systems and Impact on Workflow Analysis
    Section VI Applications and Case Studies
    Chapter 15 Examining the Relationship Between Health IT and Ambulatory Care Workflow Redesign
    Chapter 16 Health IT-Enabled Care Coordination and Redesign in Ambulatory Care
    Chapter 17 Turning "Night into Day": Challenges, Strategies, and Effectiveness of Re-engineering the Workflow to Enable Continuous Electronic ICU Collaboration between Australia and U.S.
    Chapter 18 Encoding Clinical Pathways: A New Gap between Theory and Practice
    Chapter 19 Cognitive Disconnect and Information Overload: Electronic Health Record Use for Rounding and Handover Communications in a Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Chapter 20 Clinical Workflow: The Past, Present, and Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vimla L. Patel, Thomas G. Kannampallil, David R. Kaufman, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Vimla L. Patel, David R. Kaufman, Trevor Cohen, editors.
    Summary: "Enormous advances in information technology have permeated essentially all facets of life in the past two decades. Formidable challenges remain in fostering tools that enhance productivity but are sensitive to work practices. Cognitive Informatics (CI) is the multidisciplinary study of cognition, information and computational sciences that investigates all facets of human computing including design and computer-mediated intelligent action, thus is strongly grounded in methods and theories from cognitive science. As an applied discipline, it has a close affiliation with human factors and human-computer interaction, and provides a framework for the analysis and modeling of complex human performance in technology-mediated settings and contributes to the design and development of better information systems. In recent years, CI has emerged as a distinct area with special relevance to biomedicine and health care. In addition, it has become a foundation for education and training of health informaticians, the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology initiating a program including CI as one of its critical elements to support health IT curriculum development. This book represents a first textbook on cognitive informatics and will focus on key examples drawn from the application of methods and theories from CI to challenges pertaining to the practice of critical-care medicine (CCM). Technology is transforming critical care workflows and re-organizing patient care management processes. CCM has proven to be a fertile test bed for theories and methods of cognitive informatics. CI, in turn, has contributed much to our understanding of the factors that result in complexity and patient errors. The topic is strongly interdisciplinary and will be important for individuals from a range of academic and professional backgrounds, including critical care specialists, psychologists, computer scientists, medical informaticians, and anthropologists"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cognition and errors
    Part II. Communication
    Part III. Clinical workflow
    Part IV. Looking into the future.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vimla L. Patel, Jose F. Arocha, Jessica S. Ancker, editors.
    Summary: As health care is moving toward a team effort with patients as partners, this book provides guidance on the optimized use of health information and supporting technologies, and how people think and make decisions that affect their health and wellbeing. It focuses on investigations of how general public understand health information, assess risky behaviors, make healthcare decisions, and how they use health information technologies. e-health technologies have opened up new horizons for promoting increased self-reliance in patients. Although information technologies are now in widespread use, there is often a disparity between the scientific and technological knowledge underlying health care practices and the cultural beliefs, mental models, and cognitive representations of illness and disease. Misconceptions based on inaccurate perceptions and mental models, and flawed prior beliefs could lead to miscommunication as well as to erroneous decisions about individuals' own health or the health of their family members. Cognitive Informatics in Health and Biomedicine: Understanding and Modeling Health Behaviors presents state of the art research in cognitive informatics for assessing the impact of patient behavior. It is designed to assist all involved at the intersection of the health care institution and the patient and covers contributions from recognized researchers and leaders in the field.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Michael S. Gazzaniga, Richard B. Ivry, George R. Mangun.
    Contents:
    A brief history of cognitive neuroscience
    Structure and function of the nervous system
    Methods of cognitive neuroscience
    Hemispheric specialization
    Sensation and perception
    Object recognition
    Attention
    Control of action
    Memory
    Emotion
    Language
    Cognitive control
    Social cognition
    Consciousness, free will, and the law.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP360.5 .C643 2014
    1
  • Print
    David Kemmerer.
    Summary: "Cognitive Neuroscience of Language provides an up-to-date, wide-ranging, and pedagogically practical survey of the most important developments in the field. It guides students through all of the major areas of investigation, beginning with fundamental aspects of brain structure and function, and then proceeding to cover aphasia syndromes, the perception and production of speech, the processing of language in written and signed modalities, the meanings of words, and the formulation and comprehension of complex expressions, including grammatically inflected words, complete sentences, and entire stories"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2023
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Vijay K. Maker ; Edgar D. Guzman-Arrieta, co-author.
    Summary: It is now more than ever critical to have a reference to highlight the applicable embryology, anatomy, histology, and pathophysiology of surgical diseases and how these relate to critical tissue planes, surgical pitfalls, and technical pearls. This text is organized by organ system and the illustrations highlight surgical pearls borne of experience and polished by the study of pertinent references. Hand-drawn and illustrated figures show exact anatomical relationships as we see them in-vivo. A question/answer format augments the images to allow the reader to actively reflect on the topic and to appraise his/her knowledge in that area. The discussion sections strive to explain not only what the correct answer is, but also why the distractors are wrong, in order to motivate discussion and self-reflection. Cognitive Pearls in General Surgery details the explicit thought processes and associations that underlie the understanding of the topics at hand, with the intent of enhancing the fun and enjoyment that only an informed and well-grounded practice of surgery can provide.

    Contents:
    Neck
    Thoracic Wall and Pleura
    Breast
    Larynx and Respiratory System
    Mediastinum, Heart and Great Vessels in the Thorax
    Diaphragm
    Abdominal Pain
    Abdominal Wall and Hernias
    Peritoneum, Omentum and Internal Hernias
    Retroperitoneum and Great Vessels in the Abdomen
    Pharynx and Esophagus
    Stomach
    Small Bowel
    Appendix
    Large Intestine and Anorectum
    Liver
    Extrahepatic Biliary Tract and Gallbladder
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Urinary System
    Gential System
    Adrenals
    Lymphatic System.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Gianna Locascio, Beth S. Slomine.
    Contents:
    I: Evidence-based cognitive rehabilitation
    Interventions for attention and working memory
    Memory interventions
    Interventions for hemispatial neglect
    Executive function interventions
    Family-based interventions
    Language, cognitive-communication, and social-communication interventions
    Pharmacological interventions
    II: Special considerations
    School-based interventions
    Transition to adulthood
    Current challenges in billing practices
    Advocacy in service delivery.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Alice Medalia, Tiffany Herlands, Alice Saperstein, Nadine Revheim.
    Summary: "Individuals with serious and persistent mental illnesses, including schizophrenia and affective disorders, often experience cognitive deficits that make it challenging to perform everyday tasks. For example, they may have difficulty paying attention, remembering and learning, thinking quickly, and solving problems, and this may interfere with functioning at work, school, and in social and living situations. Cognitive remediation is an evidence-based behavioral treatment for people who are experiencing cognitive impairments that interfere with role functioning. Cognitive Remediation for Psychological Disorders contains all the information therapists need to set up a cognitive remediation program that helps clients strengthen the cognitive skills necessary for everyday functioning. The program described is called Neuropsychological and Educational Approach to Remediation (NEAR), an evidence-based approach that utilizes carefully crafted instructional techniques which promote learning. The goals of NEAR are to provide a positive learning experience and to promote independent learning and optimal cognitive functioning in daily life. The second edition of this popular Therapist Guide provides step-by-step instructions on how to implement NEAR techniques with patients. Guidelines for setting up and running a successful cognitive remediation program are laid out in an easy-to-follow format. Therapists will learn how to choose appropriate cognitive exercises, recruit and work with clients, perform intakes, and create treatment plans. This Guide comes complete with all the tools necessary for facilitating treatment, including program evaluation forms and client handouts."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1 Introductory Information for Clinicians
    Chapter 2 Treatment Principles
    Chapter 3 Setting up a Cognitive Remediation Program
    Chapter 4 How to Assess and Choose Computerized Cognitive Exercises
    Chapter 5 Intake and Assessment
    Chapter 6 Treatment Planning
    Chapter 7 Strategies for Treating Specific Cognitive Deficits and Working with Clients
    Chapter 8 Phases of Treatment
    Chapter 9 Bridging Groups
    Chapter 10 Dealing with Difficult Clinical Situations
    Chapter 11 Program Evaluation
    Appendix
    References
    About the Authors.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Alice Medalia, Christopher R. Bowie.
    Summary: "Cognitive Remediation to Improve Functional Outcomes provides mental health practitioners with the background knowledge, hands-on methods, and tools they need to provide CR to patients in a way that maximizes the transfer of cognitive gains to everyday functioning"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Cognitive remediation for psychological disorders: an overview / Matthew M. Kurtz
    Chapter 2: Assessment as it relates to functional goals / Philip D. Harvey and Richard S.E. Keefe
    Chapter 3: Treatment planning / Alice Saperstein and Alice Medalia
    Chapter 4: Bridging groups / Christopher R. Bowie and Alice Medalia
    Chapter 5: A metacognitive approach to cognitive remediation: why we need to attend to it to produce functional outcomes / Til Wykes, Adam Crowther, and Clare Reeder
    Chapter 6: Implementation and dissemination of evidence-based mental health practices / Frances Dark
    Chapter 7: Addressing cognitive distortions, dysfuctional attitudes, and low engagement in cognitive remediation / Christopher R. Bowie and Maya Gupta
    Chapter 8: How to assess and choose computerized cognitive exercises / Tiffany Herlands and Alice Medalia
    Chapter 9: Compensatory approaches to improving functioning / Elizabeth W. Twamley
    Chapter 10: Integrating social cognitive training / William P. Horan, David L. Roberts, and Katherine Holshausen.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    A.J. Larner, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Cognitive Screening Instruments
    1. Introduction to cognitive screening instruments: rationale and desiderata
    2. Assessment of the utility of cognitive screening instruments
    Part II. Patient Performance-Related Tests
    3. The mini-mental state examination (MMSE): update on its diagnostic accuracy and clinical utility for cognitive disorders
    4. MMSE variants and subscores
    5. Clock drawing test
    6. Addenbrooke's cognitive examinations: ACE, ACE-R, ACE-III, ACEapp, and M-ACE
    7. Montreal cognitive assessment (MoCA): concept and clinical review
    8. DemTect
    9. TYM (test your memory) testing
    10. The general practitioner assessment of cognition (GPCOG)
    11. Six-item cognitive impairment test (6CIT)
    12. The quick mild cognitive impairment screen (Qmci)
    Part III. Informant-Related Scales
    13. The IQCODE: using informant reports to assess cognitive change in the clinic and in older individuals living in the community
    14. Brief informant interviews to screen for dementia: the AD8 and quick dementia rating system
    Part IV. Conclusion
    15. The usage of cognitive screening instruments: test characteristics and suspected diagnosis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jack Bush, Daryl M. Harris, Richard J. Parker.
    Summary: "This book draws on the latest literature to highlight a fundamental challenge in offender rehabilitation; it questions the ability of contemporary approaches to address this challenge, and proposes an alternative strategy of criminal justice that integrates control, opportunity, and autonomy"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Edmond Cohen, MD, FASA.
    Summary: Ideal for clinicians at all levels of experience--from the resident to the subspecialist--Cohen's Comprehensive Thoracic Anesthesia compiles the many recent advances in thoracic anesthesiology into one convenient, easy-to-use reference. Concise, clinically focused chapters written by international authorities in the field cover all facets of anesthesia practice for thoracic procedures, logically organized by preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative considerations.

    Contents:
    I. Preoperative assessment: The development of thoracic anesthesia and surgery / Marcelle Blessing, Kei Satoh and Edmond Cohen
    Anatomic correlates of physiologic function / Theodore C. Smith and Edmond Cohen
    Radiology of the thorax / Javier H. Campos and Archit Sharma
    Intrathoracic tumors : current status and classification / Dong-Seok Lee and Raja Flores
    Pulmonary pathophysiology and lung mechanics in anesthesiology / Jamie L. Sparling and Marcos F. Vidal Melo
    Physiology of the lateral position and one-lung ventilation / Edmond Cohen
    Modulating the pulmonary circulation : nitric oxide and beyond / Thomas Schilling and Astrid Bergmann. II. Preoperative preparation: Preoperative evaluation : assessment of preoperative risk / Allen Ninh and David Bronheim
    Prehbilitation for thoracic surgery / Michael Charlesworth and Richard Templeton. III. Intraoperative preparation: Positioning in thoracic surgery / Alessia Pedoto and Nicole Ginsberg
    Monitoring of oxygenation and ventilation / Benjamin M. Hyers and James B. Eisenkraft
    Hemodynamic monitoring in thoracic surgical patients / Karl D. Hillenbrand and Robert H. Thiele
    Flexible and rigid bronchoscopy in thoracic anesthesia / Manuel Granell Gil, Elena Biosca Pérez and Ruth Martínez Plumed
    High-frequency ventilation : applications in thoracic anesthesia / Jakob Wittenstein and Marcelo Gama de Abreu. IV. Intraoperative management: Anesthesia, mechanical ventilation, and hypoxic pulmonary vasoconstriction / Andres Hagerman and Marc Licker
    Separation of the lung : double-lumen endotracheal tubes and endobronchial blockers / Javier H. Campos
    Lung isolation in patients with a difficult airway in thoracic anesthesia / Javier H. Campos
    Pathophysiology of perioperative lung injury / Alexander White and Andrew C. Steel
    Intraoperative lung injury during one-lung ventilation : causes and prevention / Waheedullah Karza
    Management of one-lung ventilation : protective lung ventilation / Marcelo Gama de Abreu and Jakob Wittenstein
    Fluid management during lung resection / Felice Eugenio Agrò and Chiara Piliego
    Perioperative arrhythmias during thoracic surgery / Spencer P. Walsh and David Amar
    Anesthesia for pediatric thoracic surgery / Cesar Rodriguez-Diaz. V. Postoperative management: Postoperative management of acute pain / Jeffrey J. Mojica, Eric S. Schwenk, Eugene R. Viscusi et al.
    Postthoracotomy chronic pain / Paul Ryan Haffey, Neal Rakesh, Amitabh Gulati et al.
    Postoperative care of the thoracic patient / Evren Şentürk, Funda Gök and Mert Şentürk
    Postthoracotomy complications / Thomas Hachenberg and Torsten Loop
    Extracorporeal ventilatory therapies / Steven P. Keller. VI. Specific anesthetic considerations: Lung volume reduction surgery / Edmond Cohen
    The patient with cardiovascular disease for lung resection surgery / Anahita Dabo-Trubelja and Gregory W. Fischer
    Video-assisted thoracoscopy : multiportal uniportal / Zerrin Sungur and Mert Şentürk
    Endoscopic treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease / Timothy J. Harkin and John Pawlowski
    Thoracic trauma / Alf Kozian and Moritz A. Kretzschmar
    Thoracic trauma / Alf Kozian and Moritz A. Kretzschmar
    Mediastinal mass and superior vena cava syndrome / Daniel Kalowitz and Menachem M. Weiner
    Mediastinoscopy / Elizabeth May Vue, Nicole Morikawa and Jonathan Leff
    Lung resection and pulmonary hypertension / Leila Hosseinian and Benjamin S. Salter
    Tubeless thoracic procedures / Jiaxi He, Diego Gonzalez-Rivas, Edmond Cohen et al.
    Thoracic anesthesia for the geriatric patient / Maria Castillo
    Thoracic aortic aneurysm resection / George Silvay and Jacob Michael Lurie
    Wedge resection, lobectomy, pneumonectomy / Travis Schisler, Patrick Hecht and Jens Lohser
    Repair of pectus excavatum / Jo Mourisse and Stefan van der Heide
    Tracheal resection and reconstruction / Elizabeth Cordes Behringer and Roger S. Wilson Lung transplantation / Jessica Spellman and Lauren Sutherland
    Esophageal procedures / Wolfgang Baar, Johannes Hell and Torsten Loop
    Airway fistulas in adults / Dawn P. Desiderio and Jacob C. Jackson
    Thoracic approach to spine procedures / David M. Shapiro, Baron Lonner, Jonathan Gal et al.
    Myasthenia gravis and thymectomy / Daniel Blech and James B Eisenkraft
    Hemoptysis, empyema / Mohamed R. El Tahan
    Thoracic anesthesia in the morbidly obese patient : obstructive sleep apnea / George W. Kanellakos and Jay B. Brodsky
    Cystic fibrosis / Giorgio Della Rocca and Alessandra Della Rocca
    Tracheal stents / Karen McRae
    Robotic thoracic surgery / Laszlo L. Szegedi
    Enhanced recovery after thoracic surgery / Emily G. Teeter, Anoushka M. Afonso and Wanda M. Popescu
    Ultrasound of the lung : clinical applications / Massimiliano Meineri
    Transesophageal echocardiography in noncardiac thoracic surgery / Breandan Sullivan and Eric Leiendecker.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Shabir Hussain Wani, Venura Herath, editors.
    Summary: Cold stress is one of the prevalent environmental stresses affecting crop productivity, particularly in temperate regions. Numerous plant types of tropical or subtropical origin are injured or killed by non-freezing low temperature, and display a range of symptoms of chilling injury such as chlorosis, necrosis, or growth retardation. In contrast, chilling tolerant species thrive well at such temperatures. To thrive under cold stress conditions, plants have evolved complex mechanisms to identify peripheral signals that allow them to counter varying environmental conditions. These mechanisms include stress perception, signal transduction, transcriptional activation of stress-responsive target genes, and synthesis of stress-related proteins and other molecules, which help plants to strive through adverse environmental conditions. Conventional breeding methods have met with limited success in improving the cold tolerance of important crop plants through inter-specific or inter-generic hybridization. A better understanding of physiological, biochemical and molecular responses and tolerance mechanisms, and discovery of novel stress-responsive pathways and genes may contribute to efficient engineering strategies that enhance cold stress tolerance. It is therefore imperative to accelerate the efforts to unravel the biochemical, physiological and molecular mechanisms underlying cold stress tolerance in plants. Through this new book, we intend to integrate the contributions from plant scientists targeting cold stress tolerance mechanisms using physiological, biochemical, molecular, structural and systems biology approaches. It is hoped that this collection will serve as a reference source for those who are interested in or are actively engaged in cold stress research.

    Contents:
    Cold-induced injuries and signaling responses in plants
    Molecular genetic approaches for the identification of candidate cold stress tolerance genes
    Redox regulation of cold stress response
    Hormonal regulation of cold stress response
    CBF-dependent and CBF-independent transcriptional regulation of cold stress responses in plants
    Cross talk between cold stress response signaling pathway and other stress response pathways
    Proteomic reponses to cold stress
    What can small moleculas tell us about cold stress tolerance in plants?
    breeding cold-tolerant crops
    Genetically engineering cold stress-tolerant crops : approaches and challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anne Jouret-Mourin, Gavino Faa, Karel Geboes, editors.
    Summary: This revised and updated second edition explains how to analyze endoscopic mucosal biopsies of the ileum and colon. As in the first edition, the diagnosis and follow up of colitis in general and inflammatory bowel diseases in particular is covered and this edition also includes new chapters on ileitis and optimal biopsy procedures. The basic lesions are described using multiple drawings together with an explanatory text and endoscopic and histological photographs. A review of various differential diagnostic issues and types of colitis is also included. Colitis: A Practical Approach to Colon and Ileum Biopsy Interpretation is aimed at general pathologists and pathologists in training and also gastroenterologists to help them understand how a precise diagnosis can be reached.

    Contents:
    The normal biopsy: mucosa and submucosa, ileum and colon
    Endoscopic procedure
    How to look at a biopsy
    Elementary lesions of inflammation
    Infectious colitis
    IBD
    Ileitis
    Dysplasia
    Treatment-related disease
    Drug-induced colitis
    Diverticular disease
    associated colitis
    Ischemic colitis
    Microscopic colitis
    Eosinophilic colitis
    Solitary rectal ulcer
    Scoring of activities.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Karel Geboes, Sonia Nemolato, Maria Leo, Gavino Faa.
    Contents:
    The Normal Biopsy: Mucosa And Submucosa
    The Endoscopic Biopsy
    Elementary Lesions Of Inflammation
    Dysplasia
    Infections
    Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Treatment Related Diseases
    Ischemic Colitis
    Diverticular Disease-Associated Colitis
    Eosinophilic Colitis
    Microscopic Colitis
    Drug-Induced Colitis
    Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome
    The Role Of Biopsies In The Treatment Of Colitis: Scoring Of Disease Activity.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rodolfo Andrade de Gouveia Vilela [and more], editors.
    Summary: This book presents an innovative method to improve workers health and prevent occupational accidents: the Change Laboratory, a method of formative intervention that enables the organization's participants to identify, with the help of facilitators, the historical and systemic origins of work processes anomalies (environmental problems, work safety and health, quality and productivity problems, problems related to labor relations, etc). It proposes a cycle of expansive learning that evolves from recognition of the problem to the visualization, testing and consolidation of solutions. The Change Laboratory method was first developed by Finnish researchers in the 90s and has been improved since then by an international network of research centers in ten countries. This volume presents the results of the experiences conducted by the Brazilian research group to apply the methodology to workers health programs. It adopts a translational approach and seeks to elaborate a method of intervention that goes beyond the mere diagnostics to present solutions to concrete problems based on systematized and participatory research. Collaborative Development for the Prevention of Occupational Accidents and Diseases - Change Laboratory in Worker's Health will be of interest to both researchers and professionals engaged in developing intervention programs to improve safety and health at work, such as occupational health professionals and researchers, organizational psychologists, safety engineers and public agents working with workers health regulations. The book will also be of interest to occupational health students interested in learning how the Change Laboratory method can be applied to this field of research and activity.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Change Laboratories Facing the Future; References; Foreword; In the Current Economy, Preserving Occupational Safety and Health Calls for Expansive Learning; References; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations; From the Portuguese; Part I: Introduction;
    Chapter 1: Workers' Health: From Diagnosis to Formative Intervention; 1.1 Brief History of Our Group and Reasons to Study Interventions on Workers' Health; 1.2 Brief History of the Conceptual Evolution of Workers' Health in Brazil 1.3 From Diagnosis to Intervention, the Search for Systemic and Formative Intervention MethodsReferences;
    Chapter 2: The Theoretical and Methodological Basis of the Change Laboratory; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Cultural Mediation of Human Actions and Agency; 2.3 An Activity as Unit of Analysis; 2.4 Networks of Activity Systems; 2.5 Contradictions as a Force of Development; 2.6 Expansive Learning; 2.7 The Double Stimulation Method; 2.8 Methodological Model of the Change Laboratory; 2.9 Planning, Tools, and Content of the Change Laboratory Sessions; 2.10 Variations of the Change Laboratory 2.11 The Expected Outcomes of a CLReferences;
    Chapter 3: Work and Health and Contemporary Capitalism: Economics as a Social Disease; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Work in the Twentieth Century: Classic Forms of Work Organization and Their Limits; 3.3 "Immaterial" Work: Automation, Innovation, Services; 3.3.1 Mental Suffering in the CPI; 3.3.2 The Pressure of Innovation; 3.4 Financialization of Productive Systems and Its Consequences to Work; 3.5 It Is Possible to Come Out of the Market: Towards a New Economy and Regulation of Production-Consumption-Health; 3.6 Final Remarks; References Part II: Change Laboratories
    Chapter 4: Is it Possible to Run a Change Laboratory if the Company Does not Recognize its Demand as Legitimate?; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Research Context and Negotiation Process; 4.3 The Process of Collecting Ethnographic Data; 4.4 Main Difficulties of the Ethnographic Data Collection Phase; 4.5 Formative Workshops as a Strategy to Deal with Difficulties During Fieldwork; 4.6 Final Considerations; References;
    Chapter 5: One Activity, Two Objects: Preparatory Phase of Change Laboratory at an Assistance Center for Adolescents in Conflict with the Law; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Social Construction of the Demand5.3 Negotiation for Workplace Access; 5.4 Data Collection Methods; 5.5 Results and Discussion of the Pre-diagnosis; 5.6 Final Considerations; References;
    Chapter 6: Conflict in a Formative Intervention at a Public School: Lessons for Researcher-Interventionists; 6.1 Brazilian Educational System and Context of Intervention; 6.2 Making Conflicts Visible: From Negotiation to Testing New Ideas; 6.2.1 Development and Negotiation of the Demand; 6.2.2 Preparing Intervention and Collecting Ethnographical Data; 6.2.3 Mapping the Situation: What Is the Problem?; 6.2.4 Analysis of Exhaustion and the Different Points of View of Teachers and Local Managers.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Rathnam Chaguturu, iDDPartners, Princeton Junction, NJ, USA.
    Contents:
    Perspectives on collaborative innovation
    Governmental initiatives accelerate precompetitive collaboration
    A game changer for averting future pharma cliff
    Nonprofits drive bench-to-bedside innovation
    Academic screening centers come of age
    Intellectual property and technology transfer
    The final frontier.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Print
    Charlene Lobo, Rachel Paul, Kenda Crozier.
    Summary: "The World Health Organisation declared 2020 the year of the Nurse and Midwife and in December 2019 the Nursing and Midwifery Council acknowledged 100 years of nursing registration in the United Kingdom. The model of hospital based 'training' of nursing and the instigation of a register for qualified nurses in the 1919 Nurses Act, may have been the beginning of the professionalisation of nurses but according to Davies (1977) was also responsible for nursing shortages by restricting training places. In the century that followed we have seen changes to the nurses and midwives act, the 'training' evolving from hospital control into higher education and the registration of nurses moving from the responsibility of the General Nursing Council to the United Kingdom Central Council (with four country boards) to the current Nursing and Midwifery Council. The 1902 Midwives Act (England and Wales) established the Central Midwives Board to oversee the education and practice of midwives, thus beginning the route to professionalisation of midwifery. Today nurses and midwives in UK practice under rules laid down in government legislation in The Health Act 1999 (UK) and Nursing and Midwifery Order 2001 (UK) and subsequent amendments as statutory instruments. The need to educate more nurses to replace an ageing workforce and the requirement for clinical practice experience to support this poses a difficult problem for educators to reconcile"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Collaborator Biographies Foreword Acknowledgements Abbreviations About the Companion Website Introduction; Kenda Crozier, Charlene Lobo and Rachel Paul PART I: Evolution of CLiP
    Chapter 1: Changes in Practice Learning; Kenda Crozier and Charlene Lobo
    Chapter 2: Models of Practice Learning; Kenda Crozier
    Chapter 3: The CLiPTM Model; Charlene Lobo and Jonty Kenward
    Chapter 4: System Wide Approaches to CLiP 4.1: The South West Collaborative Learning in Practice Community Cluster Project; Jane Bunce 4.2: Lancashire Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust Implementation of the Collaborative Learning in Practice Model of Supervision; Jonty Kenward 4.3: James Paget University NHS Foundation Trust Implementing the CLiP Model in Maternity Care; Kenda Crozier, Jodie Yerrell and Kirsty Tweedie
    Chapter 5: Coaching Theory and Models; Rachel Paul
    Chapter 6: Evaluation 6.1: Plymouth University; Graham Williamson, Adele Kane, and Jane Bunce 6.2: University of East Anglia; Antony Arthur, Rebekah Hill, and Michael Woodward PART II: Coaching Application
    Chapter 7: Introduction to Coaching in Practice; Rachel Paul and Charlene Lobo
    Chapter 8: 'A Coaching Day'; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo and Jonty Kenward
    Chapter 9: Acute Adult Care - Orthopaedic and Trauma Ward; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo and Helen Bell
    Chapter 10: Community Nursing Case Study; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo and Theresa Walker
    Chapter 11: Maternity Case Study; Kenda Crozier, Rachel Paul and Charlene Lobo
    Chapter 12: Mental Health; Rachel Paul, Charlene Lobo, Ronald Simpson and Helen Bell Conclusion Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Alisha R. Pollastri, J. Stuart Ablon, Michael J.G. Hone, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first to systematically describe the key components necessary to ensure successful implementation of Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) across mental health settings and non-mental health settings that require behavioral management. This resource is designed by the leading experts in CPS and is focused on the clinical and implementation strategies that have proved most successful within various private and institutional agencies. The book begins by defining the approach before delving into the neurobiological components that are key to understanding this concept. Next, the book covers the best practices for implementation and evaluating outcomes, both in the long and short term. The book concludes with a summary of the concept and recommendations for additional resources, making it an excellent concise guide to this cutting edge approach. Collaborative Problem Solving is an excellent resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, and all medical professionals working to manage troubling behaviors. The text is also valuable for readers interested in public health, education, improved law enforcement strategies, and all stakeholders seeking to implement this approach within their program, organization, and/or system of care. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface Chapter 1
    What is Collaborative Problem Solving and Why Use the Approach?
    J. Stuart Ablon Chapter 2
    CPS as a Neurodevelopmentally Sensitive and Trauma-Informed Approach
    Bruce D. Perry and J. Stuart Ablon Chapter 3
    How to Apply Implementation Science Frameworks to Support and Sustain Change
    Michelle A. Duda, Alexia Jaouich, Trevor W. Wereley and Michael Hone Chapter 4
    Implementing CPS in Clinical Settings
    Robert E. Lieberman, Whitney Vail and Kevin George Chapter 5
    Implementing CPS in Educational Settings
    Erica A. Stetson and Amy E. Plog Chapter 6
    CPS in a Large Multi-Service Organization: A Case Study
    Katherine G. Peatross and Kathleen A. McNamara Chapter 7
    Implementing and Practicing Collaborative Problem Solving with Integrity
    Alisha R. Pollastri and Arielle Wezdenko Chapter 8
    Research and Evaluation of CPS Outcomes
    Alisha R. Pollastri and Lu Wang Chapter 9
    Using CPS to Foster Employee Success
    Michael Hone Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Giorgio Pajardi, Marie A. Badalamente, Lawrence C. Hurst, editors.
    Summary: This book offers detailed guidance on the use of collagenase, or enzymatic fasciotomy, as a nonsurgical treatment for Dupuytren's contracture and explains its role in relation to the other forms of treatment, including open fasciectomy, needle aponeurotomy, and lipofilling. Clear guidance is provided on technique, current indications, and off-label usage. With the help of tips and tricks from leading experts, the reader will learn how to personalize the procedure to meet the needs of individual patients. Advice is also provided on all aspects of rehabilitation, which is a key determinant of treatment outcome. Collagenase treatment of Dupuytren's disease has the benefits of low invasiveness and rapid patient recovery and achieves reasonable recurrence-free periods. It is especially valuable in patients with rapid recurrence following surgery. In documenting and appraising every aspect of its use, this book will be of value for all who treat patients with Dupuytren's disease, including hand surgeons, orthopedists, plastic surgeons, physiatrists, and physiotherapists.

    Contents:
    1 Biochemistry and mechanism of action of collagen
    2 Pre-Clinical evaluation and early clinical trials in USA
    3 Dupuytren's Disease: topographic anatomy of lesions
    4 Experimental phase in Europe: protocol and first results
    5 Preparation, injection and traction procedures (Pearls and Tips & Tricks): technical evolution
    6 First web space, thumb, and nodules
    7 Rehabilitation after treatment
    8 Collagenase today: follow-up studies, recurrence, dosage, drug safety
    9 American and European Regulations
    10 Collagenase: future perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Todd R. Lookingbill, Peter D. Smallwood, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the unanticipated benefits that may arise after wars and conflicts, showing how the preservation of battlefields and the establishment of borderlands can create natural capital in the former landscapes of war. The editors call this Collateral Value, in contrast to the collateral damage that war inflicts upon infrastructure, natural capital, and human capital. The book includes case studies recounting successes and failures, opportunities and risks, and ambitious proposals. The book examines state-of-the-art applications of landscape ecology, including methods for change detection, connectivity analysis, and the quantification of ecosystem services. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    Collateral Values: The Natural Capital Created by Landscapes of War / Todd R. Lookingbill and Peter D. Smallwood
    Rethinking Resources in Our National Battlefields / Justin Madron and Lauren Tilton
    Registering English Battlefields: The Constructive Conservation of Historic Environments / Carly D. Sibilia, Geoffrey Carter, and Todd R. Lookingbill
    Old Forts and New Amenities in the Southern Plains / Jason P. Julian
    The Conflict Landscape of Verdun, France: Conserving Cultural and Natural Heritage After WWI / Rémi de Matos Machado and Joseph P. Hupy
    The Ecosystem Servic Impacts from Invasive Plants in Antietam National Battlefield / Todd R. Lookingbill, Emily S. Minor, and Lisa A. Wainger
    Valuing the Wounds of War: Korea's DMZ as Nature Preserve / Lisa M. Brady
    A Casualty of Peace? Lessons on De-militarizing Conservation in the Cordillera del Condor Corridor / Saleem H. Ali
    Legitimizing Militarization of Legitimate Conservation? Collateral Value and Landscapes of the Iron Curtain Borderlands / David G. Havlick
    From Buffer Zone to National Park: Afghanistan's Wakhan National Park / Peter D. Smallwood and Chris C. Shank
    Guantánamo 2.0: Transforming Gitmo into a Peace Park and Ecological Research Center / Joe Roman
    Battlefields and Borderlands: The Past, Present and Future of Collateral Values / Peter D. Smallwood and Todd R. Lookingbill.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    general editors Lesley Caldwell and Helen Taylor Robinson ; assistant editor Robert Adès ; managing editor Amal Treacher Kabesh.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. 1911-1938
    Volume 2. 1939-1945
    Volume 3. 1946-1951
    Volume 4. 1952-1955
    Volume 5. 1955-1959
    Volume 6. 1960-1963
    Volume 7. 1964-1966
    Volume 8. 1967-1968
    Volume 9. 1969-1971
    Volume 10. Therapeutic consultations in child psychiatry
    Volume 11. Human nature and The Piggle
    Volume 12. Appendices and bibliographies.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Oxford
    v. 1 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 2 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 3 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 4 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 5 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 6 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 7 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 8 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 9 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 10 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 11 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Oxford
    v. 12 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Uday Kishore, Taruna Madan, Robert B. Sim, editors.
    Summary: The topic of this book, Collectins, is a family of proteins whose major function is in innate immunity, where Collectins act as pattern recognition receptors (PRRs). In general they recognize targets such as microbial surfaces and apoptotic cells, and once bound to a target, Collectins promote the clearance of microorganisms and damaged host tissue. New cell-surface proteins and glycoproteins, which act as Collectin receptors, are currently being identified. Some Collectins, particularly MBL, activate the complement system, which enhances the ability of antibodies to fight pathogens, via three MBL-associated proteases, the MASPs. Additionally, recent research has begun to show wider-ranging activities of Collectins, such as: Their role in metabolism, and therefore their involvement in lifestyle diseases such as obesity and cardiovascular disease. Their ability to modulate the adaptive immune response, as well as to recognize and trigger apoptosis of cancer cells, which makes them effective in the annihilation of cancer cells with multiple mutations. The regulation of their expression by gonadal steroid hormones implicates them with critical roles in both male and female fertility. Altered levels of Collectins have been associated with various autoimmune diseases. This book brings together current knowledge of the structure, functions and biological activities of Collectins, to describe their integral role in human health.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Discovering the Role of Mannose-Binding Lectin (MBL) in Innate Immunity: The Early History
    Introduction
    Early Studies on Defective Opsonisation
    A Question of Nomenclature
    A Decade of Biochemical Studies
    Microbiological Studies in the 1980s
    Determination of the Underlying Cause of the Opsonic Deficiency
    Some Concluding Thoughts
    References
    Mannose-Binding Lectin in Human Health and Disease
    Introduction
    MBL Structure
    Various Functions of MBL
    Binding of MBL with Ligands and Pathogens Cross-Talk Between the Lectin Pathway and Coagulation
    Endothelial Cell Activation by MASP-1
    Regulation of MASPs
    Conclusion and Perspectives
    References
    Structures of the MASP Proteases and Comparison with Complement C1r and C1s
    Common Protease Modular Structure and Mode of Interaction with Defence Collagens
    Central CUB1-EGF Interactions in LP and CP Proteases Assembly: A Marked Similarity
    Similar Interaction Properties Mediate Protease Association with Defence Collagens
    Opposite Binding Orientations for CUB1 and CUB2 Modules with Collagen: A Structural View How Details of CUB-Collagen Interactions Explain the Differences in Orientation
    CUB1-EGF-CUB2 Homodimer (LP) Versus Heterodimer (CP) Interactions: Common Features and Differences
    How CCP1 and CCP2 Modulate LP and CP Catalytic Activities
    CCP1-CCP2 as Elongated Arms or Handles
    CCP1-CCP2 Include a C4 Binding Exosite in MASP-2 and C1s
    CCP Modules Potentially Restricting Spontaneous Activation: A C1r Exception
    Structural Similarities in the C-Terminal Trypsin-Like SP Domain
    Structural Differences Shaping Protease Specificity, an Opportunity to Design Specific Inhibitors Physiological Role of MBL
    MBL-Associated Serine Proteases
    Serum MBL Levels
    MBL Genetics and Deficiency
    Organization of the Human MBL2 Gene
    Deficiency
    MBL Associated with Diseases
    MBL and Infection
    Neonatal Sepsis
    Autoimmune Diseases
    MBL Replacement Therapy
    Conclusions and Perspectives
    References
    Activities of MASPs, The Complement Proteases Associated with Collectins and Ficolins
    Brief History
    The Role of MASPs in Lectin Pathway Activation
    Role of the MASPs in the Alternative Pathway Activation Structural Uncertainties Beyond Common Principles in the LP and CP Activation Mechanism
    LP and CP Protease Enzymatic Activities Out of the Complement System
    General Comments and Conclusion
    References
    Biological Activities of SP-A and SP-D Against Extracellular and Intracellular Pathogens
    Introduction
    Protective Effects of SP-A and SP-D Against Viral Pathogens
    Influenza A Virus
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus-1 (HIV-1)
    Herpes Simplex Viruses (HSV)
    Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV)
    Human Papillomavirus (HPV)
    SARS Coronavirus (SARS CoV)
    Other Viruses
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Patricia Bouvard, Hervé Suzanne.
    Contents:
    Relevance and Foundations of Collective Intelligence
    People: The Heart of the Collective Intelligence Development Process
    Developing Collective Intelligence: Understanding People and Diversity
    What is Leadership? A Note on Works about Leadership and a Tentative Definition of Leadership
    Postures and Roles of a Leader to Develop Collective Intelligence
    The Skills of a Leader in the Service of Collective Intelligence
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Index
    Other titles from iSTE in Cognitive Science and Knowledge Management.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Summary: "The College of American Pathologists (CAP), the leading organization of board-certified pathologists, serves patients, pathologists, and the public by fostering and advocating excellence in the practice of pathology and laboratory medicine worldwide."--Publisher's website.
  • Digital
    Laurie Leventhal-Belfer ; foreword by Tony Attwood.
    Summary: Covering social issues, independent living, academic challenges, student services and emotional wellbeing, this is the one-stop shop for advice on the transition from school to college or university. The book examines the skills that students need to live and function at college, and the skills parents need to let their teens navigate college without a parent as intermediary. It offers ways to combat common problems that affect the mental health of people on the spectrum, such as keeping up with homework, fast-paced classes, and complex social expectations.

    Contents:
    Being on the spectrum
    The transition to college: how parents can help
    College freshman basics
    Emotional challenges
    Mental health issues
    Mental health services in today's colleges
    Lessons learned and looking forward.
  • Digital
    Michelle B. Riba, Meera Menon, editors.
    Summary: This book explores the practical strategies outlined by national thought leaders to improve access to mental health care in the practice of college psychiatry. It addresses the escalating need for mental health services on college and university campuses. Concise yet comprehensive, the book considers the college experience for the increasingly diverse student body, including non-traditional college students, first-generation college students, and students with a history of mental illness. Beginning with a discussion on the current national health trends in college mental health, chapter one explores the current epidemiology of student mental health problems, the systemic challenges in recruitment, and funding psychiatric services. Subsequent chapters then delve into the various systems and models of psychiatric care for college students, including differing parental involvement levels and the importance of collaborative care to short term management and referral of students at risk. Chapters five and six examine mental health considerations for LGBTQ, Black, Indigenous, and People of Color students. Further chapters analyze the critical nature of successfully navigating a leave of absence, as well as the consideration of threat assessment on college campuses. The book closes with a highly relevant evaluation of telemental health and telepsychiatry in the College Setting as it pertains to the ongoing barriers to care caused by COVID-19. Socially conscious and timely, College Psychiatry is an indispensable text for all mental health professionals.

    Contents:
    National Trends in College Mental Health
    2. Systems and Models of Psychiatric Care for College Students
    3. The Parent Factor: Collaborating with Parents to Promote Mental Health
    4. No Wrong Door: Improving Access Through Collaboration
    5. Working with LGBTQ Students
    6. Mental Health considerations for Black, Indigenous, and People of Color: Trends, barriers and recommendations for collegiate mental health
    7. Taking Care of Our Own: Shoring Up Resilience and Preventing Suicide in Mental Health Professionals
    8. Navigating A Leave of Absence
    9. Threat Assessment on College Campuses
    10. Preventing suicide and promoting mental health among college students: The Jed Foundation
    11. Telemental Health and Telepsychiatry in the College Setting.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andreas Böhler.
    Summary: In this thesis, a tracking system was developed by modifying an add-on collimator, the Siemens Moduleaf, for realtime applications in radiotherapy. As the add-on collimator works almost completely autonomously of the linear accelerator (LinAc), no modifications to the latter were necessary. The adaptations to the Moduleaf were mainly software-based. In order to reduce the complexity of the system, outdated electronic parts were replaced with newer components where practical. Verification was performed by measuring the latency of the system as well as the impact on applied dose to a predefined target volume, moving in the leaf's travel direction. Latency measurements in software were accomplished by comparing the target and current positions of the leaves. For dose measurements, a Gafchromic EBT2 film was placed beneath the target 4D phantom, in between solid water plates, and moved alongside with it. Based on the results, a tracking-capable add-on collimator seems to be a useful tool for reducing the margins for the treatment of small, slow-moving targets. Radiotherapy is one of the most important methods used for the treatment of cancer. Irradiating a moving target is also one of the most challenging tasks to accomplish in modern radiotherapy.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Literature Overview
    3 Hypothesis & Goals
    4 Materials & Methods
    5 Results
    6 Discussion
    7 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Colloquium series on the developing brain to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Carlo Ratto, Angelo Parello, Lorenza Donisi, Francesco Litta, editors.
    Contents:
    1. A surgeon for the pelvic floor: dream or reality?
    2. Surgical anatomy of the colon, rectum, and anus
    3. Topographic anatomy of the colon and rectum: tips and tricks in laparoscopic and robotic surgery
    4. Topographic anatomy in proctologic surgery
    5. Physiology of the colon
    6. Physiology of the rectum and anus
    7. Factors affecting the intestinal physiology
    8. Factors affecting defecation and anal continence
    9. Anal surgery: organ and function preservation
    10. Patient's history data collection in coloproctology
    11. Visiting a coloproctology patient: rules and suggestions
    12. Signs and symptoms in coloproctology: data collection and scores
    13. Diagnosis in coloproctology: from the general practitioner to the tertiary referral center
    14. Instruments for the in-office diagnosis
    15. Colonic and rectal endoscopy
    16. Colonic and rectal endosonography
    17. Radiologic Imaging of colo-recto-anal dysfunctions: procedures and indications
    18. Ultrasound of the colon and rectum: procedures and indications
    19. Anorectal manometry
    20. Electrophysiological study of the pelvic floor
    21. Integration of diagnostics in proctology: assessment, choice of treatment, and evaluation of results
    22. Pathologic evaluation of colo-recto-anal samples: procedures and clinical significance
    23. Specifics and pitfalls in diagnosis of inflammation bowel diseases
    24. Diagnostic algorithm for constipation and obstructed defacation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Steven D. Wexner, James W. Fleshman.
    Contents:
    Part I: Right colon
    Part II: Left colon
    Part III: Low anterior resection
    Part IV: Total colectomy with Ileorectal anastomosis
    Part V: Open total proctocolectomy with Ileostomy
    Part VI: Restorative proctocolectomy
    Part VII: Abdominoperineal resection
    Part VIII: Pelvic exenteration
    Part IX: Colostomy
    Part X: Ileostomy
    Part XI: Stomal complications
    Part XII: Hartmann's reversal
    Part XIII: Abdominal operations for rectal prolapse
    Part XIV: Ventral hernia repair
    Part XV: Small bowel strictureplasty
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Steven D. Wexner, James W. Fleshman.
    Contents:
    Hemorrhoidectomy
    Anal fistula
    Rectovaginal fistula
    Operations for fecal incontinence
    Perineal prolapse repair
    Sphincterotomy-lateral
    Presacral tumors
    Local excision of rectal carcinoma
    Rectocele
    Muscle flaps
    Anal and pilonidal flaps.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Facciorusso, Nicola Muscatiello, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of current polypectomy techniques and describes new perspectives in the field. A wide variety of topics are covered, including classification of colon polyps, established polypectomy techniques and related controversies, advanced endoscopic resection, endoscopic submucosal dissection, the use of submucosal injection solutions, management of complications, management of anticoagulant and antiplatelet medications, and post-polypectomy endoscopic surveillance. Information is also provided on a novel risk calculation score for adenoma recurrence after polypectomy, developed by the editors of the book and their colleagues. In acquainting readers with the state of the art in the field, Colon Polypectomy will serve as a valuable reference and practical tool for all who perform the procedure, which is of ever-increasing importance given the recent success of colon cancer screening campaigns in leading to earlier detection of colon polyps.

    Contents:
    Classification of Colon Polyps and Risk of Neoplastic Progression
    Non-polypoid Colorectal Neoplasms: Characteristics and Endoscopic Management
    Colonoscopic Polypectomy: Current Techniques and Controversies
    Advanced Endoscopic Resection of Colorectal Lesions
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
    Submucosal Injection Solutions for Colon Polypectomy
    Management of Complications after Endoscopic Polypectomy
    Management of Anticoagulant and Antiplatelet Medications
    Endoscopic Surveillance After Polypectomy
    Conclusive Remarks and New Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Omer Engin, editor.
    Summary: This book, now in a thoroughly revised and extended second edition, clearly explains the nature of colon polyps and their relationship to colorectal cancer. On this basis, it goes on to provide up-to-date guidance on disease prevention and treatment. The book opens by describing the anatomy and histology of the colon and all aspects of the use of colonoscopy, including in the presence of infectious disease and in pregnant patients. The histopathological features of colon polyps and their endoscopic and surgical treatment are then discussed in depth. Risk factors for the development of colorectal cancer are identified, with advice on preventive measures, and detailed clinical information is presented on the treatment options for colorectal cancer, from open surgery, laparoscopic resection, and robotic surgery to neoadjuvant and adjuvant radiotherapy and chemotherapy. In addition, the different potential approaches in patients with liver metastases are fully described. The book will be invaluable for medical specialists and students, and the clear style ensures that it will also be accessible for other interested persons, including patients.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the colon, rectum and anus
    Anesthesia in colonoscopy
    Colonoscopy
    Colon Polyps, Colonoscopy and Colorectal Cancer in Pregnancy
    Colonoscopy and infectious diseases
    Information on colon polyps in terms of gastroenterology
    Role of imaging in colorectal cancers
    Surgical Management of Colorectal Polyps
    Colon polyps and their pathologic characteristics
    Trends, Risk Factors and Preventions In Colorectal Cancer
    Anesthesia practices in colorectal cancer surgery
    Cardiac assessment in non-cardiac surgery
    Surgical treatment approaches to the colorectal cancers in the light of the current guidelines
    Appendix tumors
    Surgical Treatment of Colon Cancer (open and laparoscopic surgery)
    Open and laparoscopic surgery in rectal cancers
    Robotic surgery in colorectal patologies
    Complications of Colorectal Surgery
    Intestinal Ostomies
    Cytoreductive surgery with hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy (hipec) in the treatment of colorectal peritoneal carcinomatosis
    Follow-up of patients with surgical colorectal cancer resection
    Infectious diseases approach to colorectal surgery
    Pathologic Features of Colorectal Carcinomas
    Genetic Knowledge of Colorectal Cancer
    Pediatric surgical perspective to colon polyps and colorectal carcinomas
    Surgical anatomy of the liver and biliary tree
    Management of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Liver resections in Metastatic Colorectal Cancer
    Liver transplantation for non resectable colorectal cancer liver metastasis
    Interventional radiology in general practice of colorectal cancer
    Interventional radiology in management of colorectal carcinoma metastasis
    Radiotherapy in Early Stage and Local Advanced Rectal Cancer
    Radiotherapy in recurrent and metastatic rectal cancer
    Systemic chemotherapy in colorectal cancer
    Urological manifestations of colorectal malignancies and surgical management of urological complications during colorectal cancer surgeries
    Gynecology for metastatic colorectal cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Omer Engin, editor.
    Summary: This book explains clearly the nature of colon polyps and their relationship with colorectal cancer, which is among the three most common cancers in both men and women. Up-to-date information is provided on anatomy, pathology, types of polyp and their treatment, and the performance of colonoscopy. Particular attention is devoted to the risk factors for development of colorectal cancer, with detailed guidance on its prevention and early diagnosis and treatment. While the book is primarily intended for medical specialists and students, a deliberate and consistent effort has been made to use plain language that will enable other interested persons, including patients, to understand all aspects of the subject.

    Contents:
    Colorectal embryology and anatomy / Ersin Gurkan Dumlu, Mehmet Tokac, and Derya Karakoc
    Preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative management of colonscopic procedure / Oguzhan Sunamak, Serdal Mutan, and Ali Shahin
    Colonscopy and cardiovascular system / Ozkan Duman
    Pre-operative pulmonary system evaluation / Mesut Subak and Fatma Topbas Subak
    Colonoscopy / Omer Engin, Mebrure Evnur Uyar, Oguzhan Sunamak, and Fuat Ipekci
    Colonoscopy and infectious disease / Serpil Ertem and Mebrure Evnur Uyar
    Lower gastrointestinal tract endoscopy in pregnant women / Ulas Urganci
    Follow-up of a pregnant patient during colonoscopy / Ibrahim Uyar
    Colorectal polyps / Nalan Gülșen Ünal and Ali Ozturk
    Surgical management of colon polyps / Okan Demiray and Dogan Gonullu
    Colon polyps and pathologic features / Fatmagul Kusku Cabuk, Culen Bulbul Dogusoy, Nuray Bassullu, and Elvin Kusku
    Colon polyps and radiologic approach / Ali Tosun
    Colon cancer risk and prevention / Omer Engin, Mebrure Evnur Uyar, Oguzhan Sunamak, and Fuat Ipeckci.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Antonio Tursi, Mauro Bafutto, Giovanni Brandimarte, Enio Chaves de Oliveira, editors.
    Summary: The book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of colonic diverticular disease, particularly common in Western countries. Most people suffering from it remain asymptomatic, while about 20% develop symptoms without complications, experiencing the so-called "Symptomatic Non-Complicated Diverticular Disease" (SUDD). 10-25% of this last group eventually develop diverticulitis, with or without complications. The incidence of diverticulitis and diverticular colon disease is increasing worldwide, and is becoming a significant burden for national health systems in terms of direct and indirect costs, also because its prevalence increases with age. Unfortunately, the disease pathogenesis is relatively unknown and several aetiological factors may play a role in its onset. The first parts of the book will deal with the disease epidemiology and etiopathogenesis, focusing on the roles of inflammation and dysbiosis as part of the pathophysiology of diverticular disease. The clinical spectrum, the diagnostic approach and differential diagnosis, medical and surgical treatments are described in the following sections. Written by experts in the field, the volume will be a unique and valuable resource for all clinicians, residents, and physicians involved in the management of this disease.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Epidemiology: 1- history of the disease
    2 -anatomy of the colon and colonic diverticula
    3- epidemiology of diverticular disease
    4 -economic burden of diverticular disease
    5 colorectal cancer and diverticular disease
    6 myth and evidence
    - Part 2: Etiopatogenesis: 7- motility in diverticular disease
    8- enteric nervous system and diverticular disease
    9 - hypersensibility, visceral perception
    10- role of mucosal inflammation
    11- molecular basis of diverticular disease
    12 - the colonic fibrosis
    13 - genetic aspects
    14 -the microbiome and diverticular disease
    15 - obesity and diverticular disease
    16- lifestyles and diverticular disease
    Part 3 - Clinical spectrum of diverticular disease: 17 - symptomatic uncomplicated diverticular disease (SUDD)
    18 - uncomplicated diverticulitis
    19 - complicated diverticulitis
    20. bleeding
    21 - segmental colitis associated diverticular disease (SCAD)
    22 - diverticular disease in the immunocompromised patient
    Part 4: Diagnostic approach: 23- investigation of patient with suspect diverticular disease
    24- laboratory in diverticular disease
    25- imaging of diverticular disease
    26- colonoscopy in diverticular disease
    27- DICA classification
    28- complicated forms of diverticular disease
    29- differential diagnosis in diverticular disease
    30- pathology of diverticular disease
    Part 5: Differential diagnosis: 31- irritable bowel syndrome vs SUDD
    32- SIBO and diverticular disease
    33- segmental colitis associated to diverticulosis vs IBD
    Part 6: Medical treatment: 34- prevention of diverticular disease
    35- nutritional approach to diverticular disease
    36- fibers
    37- probiotics
    38- aminosalicylates 39- antibiotics
    40- medical treatment of acute diverticulitis
    41- treatment of recurrent diverticulitis
    42- treatment of non-complicated diverticular disease
    43- evidence-based medical treatment in preventing acute diverticulitis recurrence
    - Part 7 Endoscopic and surgical treatment: 44 - current management of diverticular bleeding
    45- surgical treatment of acute diverticulitis
    46- evidence based surgical treatment of diverticular disease
    47- laparoscopic surgery for Hinchey III and IV acute diverticulitis
    48- open surgery for Hinchey III and IV acute diverticulitis
    49-robotic surgery for diverticular disease
    50 - colostomy in diverticular disease
    51 - symptoms recurrence and management after surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alexander Herold, Paul-Antoine Lehur, Klaus E. Matzel, P. Ronan O'Connell, editors.
    Contents:
    1. History of the Division of Coloproctology / Klaus E. Matzel
    2. Anatomy of the Colon, Rectum, Anus, and Pelvic Floor / Thilo Wedel
    3. Physiology of Colon, Rectum, and Anus / Klaus Krogh and Soeren Laurberg
    4. Hemorrhoids / Felix Aigner
    5. Anal Fissure / Eloy Espin
    6. Anorectal Abscess and Fistula / Alexander Herold
    7. Perianal Skin Conditions / Brian Kirby
    8. Pilonidal Disease / Peter Dawson
    9. Fecal Incontinence / Klaus E. Matzel
    10. Constipation / Charles H. Knowles
    11. Defecation Disorders / Laurent Siproudhis and Paul-Antoine Lehur
    12. Rectal Prolapse, Intussusception, Solitary Rectal Ulcer / André D'Hoore
    13. Irritable Bowel Syndrome / Heiner Krammer, Franka Neumer, and Laura Gruner
    14. Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Ulcerative Colitis / P.J. Conaghan and N.J. Mc C. Mortensen
    15. Crohn's Disease / Peter Kienle
    16. Indeterminate Colitis / Tom Øresland
    17. Diverticular Disease / Christoph Holmer and Martin E. Kreis
    18. Other Colitides / Adam Dziki
    19. Medical Treatment of Inflammatory Bowel Disease / Florian Poullenot and David Laharie
    20. Endometriosis / Gian Andrea Binda, Alberto Serventi, and Alessandro Fasciani
    21. Appendicitis / P. Ronan O'Connell
    22. Benign Tumors / Christian Gingert and Franc H. Hetzer
    23. Principles of Tumor Classification / Kieran Sheahan
    24. Genetics / Malika Bennis, Jérémie H. Lefevre, and Emmanuel Tiret
    25. Colon Cancer / Thomas H.K. Schiedeck and Klaus E. Matzel
    26. Rectal Cancer / Christian Buchli and Anna Martling
    27. Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasia and Anal Cancer / Daniel Dindo and Friederike Remmen
    28. Peritoneal Malignancies and Colorectal Peritoneal Metastases / Sanjeev Dayal, Lily Maguire, and Brendan Moran
    29. Retrorectal Tumors / N. Chéreau and Y. Parc
    30. Stomas and Stomatherapy / Harald R. Rosen
    31. Endoscopy: Diagnostics, Therapeutics, Surveillance, New Techniques / Søren Meisner and Evangelos Kalaitzakis
    32. Anal and Rectal Trauma / Donato F. Altomare
    33. Colonic and Rectal Obstruction / J. Pimentel
    34. Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding: Diagnosis and Management / Eric Frampas and Paul-Antoine Lehur
    35. Chronic Pelvic and Perineal Pain / Guillaume Meurette and Jean-Jacques Labat
    36.Perioperative Management / Martin Hübner and Dieter Hahnloser
    37. Intestinal Failure / Mattias Soop and Gordon Carlson
    38. Abdominal Wall Reconstruction / Neil J. Smart and Ian R. Daniels
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John Beynon, Dean Anthony Harris, Mark Davies, Martyn Evans, editors.
    Summary: The topics covered in this book have been specifically chosen to give guidance to surgeons established in practice and those embarking on their careers. Examples include the changing management in the treatment of the catastrophic abdominal wall, perianal Crohn's disease in the biological era, decision making in rectal cancer that responds to radiotherapy, and the assessment of outcomes in colorectal cancer surgery. Recent years have seen the introduction of technical advances with respect to robotics in colorectal surgery and trans-anal total meso-rectal excision, and which are rapidly becoming established in clinical practice. Chapters also cover those aspects of colorectal practice, which are common to all, and provide guidance on management of topics including complications of radiotherapy, management of pouch dysfunction and iatrogenic complications in pelvic cancer surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Management of perianal Crohn's disease in the biologic era
    2. The Catastrophic Abdominal Wall
    3. Colorectal Complications of Radiotherapy
    4. Robotics in Colorectal Surgery
    5. The Dysfunctional Pouch
    6. The iatrogenic complications of pelvic cancer surgery
    7. Assessment of bowel vascularity and adjuncts to anastomotic healing
    8. Transanal Total Mesorectal Excision
    9. Anal cancer and sentinel node biopsy
    10. Rectal Cancer that responds to radiotherapy
    11. The advanced primary or recurrent rectal cancer: pushing the boundaries
    12. Personalized genomics and molecular profiles in colorectal cancer: towards precision cancer care
    13. Assessing outcomes in colorectal cancer surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alvaro Della Bona, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in color science and explains its application to dental structures and materials, using high-quality illustrations to ensure ease of learning. Most people seek a bright smile with a natural appearance. This goal often poses a great clinical challenge for the dentist, and its achievement is dependent on a good knowledge of color science and optical properties relevant to dentistry. Further, if a smile is to be esthetically improved to the patients satisfaction, the dentist must be able to extract the best from dental materials and techniques, must understand all aspects of facial harmony, and must communicate effectively with both the patient and lab technicians. All of these aspects are thoroughly explored in the book, with detailed coverage of such topics as visual and instrumental shade matching, color management, and avoidance of complications and pitfalls. Color and Appearance in Dentistry will be of high value to all who are engaged in the daily practice of esthetic dentistry.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Color Science and Its Application in Dentistry
    1.1 Color Measurements and Whiteness Indexes
    1.1.1 CIE Standard Observers
    1.1.1.1 CIE 1931 Standard Colorimetric Observer
    1.1.1.2 CIE [2] Standard Colorimetric Observer
    1.1.2 CIE Color Space
    1.1.2.1 CIE 1976 (L*a*b*) Color Space-CIELAB
    1.1.3 Color-Difference Formulas
    1.1.4 Whiteness Indexes
    1.2 Optical Properties and Measuring Methods
    1.2.1 Optical Properties
    1.2.1.1 Scattering
    1.2.1.2 Absorption
    1.2.1.3 Transmittance Absorption (K) and Scattering (S) Coefficients, Transmittance (T), and Reflectivity (RI) According to the Kubelka-Munk Theory
    Further Readings
    2: Teaching and Training Color Determination in Dentistry
    2.1 Teaching and Training Color Science in Dentistry
    2.2 Applying Methodologies to Dental Students and Dentists
    2.3 Teaching and Learning Methods
    2.4 Scientific Communication
    Further Readings
    3: Visual Shade Matching
    3.1 Physiology of the Eye and Vision
    3.1.1 Anatomical Structure of the Human Eye
    3.1.1.1 Equivalent Power and Focal Lengths
    3.1.1.2 Cornea 3.1.1.3 Anterior Chamber
    3.1.1.4 Iris and Pupil
    3.1.1.5 Lens
    3.1.1.6 Retina
    3.1.2 Field of Vision
    3.1.3 Accommodation
    3.1.4 Depth of Focus and Depth of Field
    3.1.5 Evaluation of the Amount of Light
    3.1.5.1 Luminous Efficiency Curve
    3.1.5.2 Scopic Vision
    3.2 Color Perception
    3.2.1 Color Vision
    3.2.2 Subjectivity of Color Vision Determination in Dentistry
    3.3 Description of Available Dental Shade Guides and Shades Matching Procedures
    3.3.1 VITA Classical and Lumin Vacuum Shade Guides
    3.3.2 VITA System 3D-Master 3.4 Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds
    3.4.1 Color Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds (PT and AT) Apply to Dentistry
    3.4.2 Whiteness Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds in Dentistry
    3.4.3 Translucency Perceptibility and Acceptability Thresholds in Dentistry
    Further Readings
    4: Instrumental Shade Matching
    4.1 Science and Technology of Instruments to Measure Color, Color Coordinates, and Optical Properties
    4.2 Reliability of Dental Color-Measuring Devices
    4.3 Reproducibility and Inter-Device Agreement for Dental Color Measurement Devices
    4.4 Agreement Between Visual and Instrumental Shade Matching.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kay Shou-Mei Kane, Vinod E. Nambudiri, Alexander J. Stratigos.
    Summary: "Color Atlas & Synopsis of Pediatric Dermatology provides large, detailed full-color photographs of skin lesions in children, along with the latest management and treatment recommendations. Modeled after Fitzpatrick's Color Atlas & Synopsis of Clinical Dermatology, this essential point-of-care companion delivers everything you need to confidently assess, diagnose, and manage diseases of the skin, hair, and nails in pediatric patients encountered in a busy clinical environment." --Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Cutaneous findings in the newborn
    Eczematous dermatitis
    Diaper dermatitis and rashes in the diaper area
    Disorders of epidermal proliferation
    Primary bullous dermatoses
    Disorders of the sebaceous and apocrine glands
    Disorders of melanocytes
    Disorders of blood and lymph vessels
    Benign epidermal proliferations
    Benign appendageal proliferations
    Benign dermal proliferations
    Disorders of pigmentation
    Neurocutaneous disorders
    Miscellaneous inflammatory disorders
    Hypersensitivity reactions
    Photosensitivity and photoreactions
    Autoimmune connective tissue diseases
    Endocrine disorders and the skin
    Skin signs of reticuloendothelial disease
    Cutaneous bacterial infections
    Cutaneous fungal infections
    Rickettsial infection
    Cutaneous viral infections
    Aquatic infestations
    Insect bites and infestations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessDermatology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    Curt J Daniels, Ali N Zaidi.
    Summary: More than 500 state-of-the-art radiographic and clinical images span the full spectrum of congenital diseases in adults and children.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: the Adult With Intracardiac Shunt Lesions: Asd, Vsd, and Avsd
    Chapter 3: the Adult With Coarctation of the Aorta
    Chapter 4: the Adult With Repaired Tetralogy of Fallot
    Chapter 5: the Adult With D-transposition of the Great Arteries (D-tga)
    Chapter 6: the Adult With Congenitally Corrected Transposition of the Great Arteries: (Cc-tga or L-tga)
    Chapter 7: the Adult With a Single Ventricle and Fontan Palliation
    Chapter 8: the Adult With Ebstein's Anomaly of the Tricuspid Valve
    Chapter 9: Pulmonary Hypertension in Adults With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 10: Eisenmenger Syndrome in the Adult With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 11: Pregnancy and Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 12: Aortopathies in the Adult With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 13: Arrhythmias in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 14: Common Percutaneous Structural Interventions in Adults With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 15: Heart Failure in Achd Patients.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2015
  • Digital
    David A Orsinelli.
    Summary: "A complete visual guide to the interpretation of ultrasound images in cardiology, Color Atlas and Synopsis of Echocardiography fills the field of cardiology's need for a synoptic text that offers management guidance along with a comprehensive collection of images. The book focuses on normal anatomy, radiographic anatomy, indications, contraindications, interpretations, and patient management. Each topic discussed begins with a case scenario and includes evidence ratings from the combined ACC/AHA guidelines. The books clinical, synoptic text provides guidance to the diagnosis and management of patients, making this far more than a radiology text. Includes more than 500 state-of-the-art cardiac ultrasound images. The companion DVD includes image bank that can be used for PowerPoint ® presentations."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: An Atlas To Explore The Current Use Of Echocardiography In Clinical Medicine
    Chapter 2: Echocardiography In The Evaluation And Management Of The Patient With Known Or Suspected Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 3: Echocardiographic Assessment Of Valvular Heart Disease
    Chapter 4: Echocardiographic Assessment Of The Patient With Known Or Suspected Congestive Heart Failure
    Chapter 5: Echocardiographic Assessment Of Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 6: Echocardiographic Assessment Of Pericardial Disease
    Chapter 7: Echocardiographic Evaluation Of Aortic Pathology
    Chapter 8: Echocardiographic Assessment Of The Patient With Stroke Or Tia: A Neurologist's Perspective
    Chapter 9: Echocardiography In The Evaluation Of Intracardiac Masses
    Chapter 10: Echocardiography In The Evaluation And Management Of Patients With Atrial Dysrhythmias
    Chapter 11: Echocardiographic Assessment In Pulmonary Hypertension And Right Heart Failure
    Chapter 12: Echocardiography In Systemic Disease
    Chapter 13: Echocardiography In Interventional Procedures.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Richard P. Usatine, Mindy A. Smith, E.J. Mayeaux, Jr., Heidi S. Chumley.
    Summary: The Color Atlas and Synopsis of Family Medicine is written for family physicians and all healthcare providers involved in primary care. It can also be invaluable to medical students, residents, internists, pediatricians, and dermatologists.

    Contents:
    Learning with images and digital photography
    The essence of family medicine
    Physicial and sexual abuse
    Ophthalmology
    Ear, nose, and throat
    Oral health
    The heart and circulation
    The lungs
    Gastrointestinal
    Genitourinary
    Women's health
    Musculoskeletal problems
    Dermatology
    Podiatry
    Infectious diseases
    Endocrine
    The brain and nervous system
    Substance abuse.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessDermatology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    R.R. Baliga, William T. Abraham.
    Summary: A comprehensive clinical collection of state of the art images--matched with synoptic text describing patient management. Perfect for busy clinicians needing wide coverage in a speedy format.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Economics of Heart Failure -- Chapter 2: Stage A Heart Failure: Dyslipidemia -- Chapter 3: Hypertensive Heart Disease -- Chapter 4: Obesity and the Obesity Paradox -- Chapter 5: Genetic Testing for Cardiomyopathy -- Chapter 6: Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction -- Chapter 7: Kidney in Heart Failure -- Chapter 8: Depression in Heart Failure -- Chapter 9: Athletic Heart Syndrome -- Chapter 10: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy -- Chapter 11: Amyloid Heart Disease -- Chapter 12: Heart Failure in Minorities -- Chapter 13: Peripartum Cardiomyopathy -- Chapter 14: Heart Failure in the Elderly -- Chapter 15: Valvular Heart Disease -- Chapter 16: Cardiotoxicity -- Chapter 17: Adult Congenital Heart Disease -- Chapter 18: Venous Thromboembolic Disease in Heart Failure -- Chapter 19: Assessment of Volume Overload in Acute Decompensated Heart Failure -- Chapter 20: Biomarkers in Heart Failure -- Chapter 21: Echocardiography in Congestive Heart Failure -- Chapter 22: Cardiopulmonary Stress Testing in Heart Failure -- Chapter 23: Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging -- Chapter 24: Right Heart Catheterization in Heart Failure -- Chapter 25: Diet in Heart Failure -- Chapter 26: Digoxin Use in Heart Failure -- Chapter 27: Diuretic Therapy in Heart Failure -- Chapter 28: Neurohormonal Blockade in Heart Failure -- Chapter 29: Autonomic Modulation in Heart Failure -- Chapter 30: Cardiac Cardioverter Defibrillators (ICDs) in Heart Failure -- Chapter 31: Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in the treatment of Heart Failure -- Chapter 32: Percutaneous Ventricular Support for Acute Heart Failure -- Chapter 33: Ultrafiltration in Heart Failure -- Chapter 34: Inotropic Therapy in Heart Failure -- Chapter 35: Role of Revascularization to Improve Left Ventricular Function -- Chapter 36: Venoarterial Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation for the Treatment of Acute Heart Failure -- Chapter 37: Role of Echocardiography in Selection, Implantation, and Management of Patients Requiring Left Ventricular Assist Device Therapy -- Chapter 38: Evaluation of Hemodynamics in Patients Supported by Continuous LVADs -- Chapter 39: Left Ventricular Assist Devices -- Chapter 40: Cardiac Transplantation -- Chapter 41: Total Artificial Heart -- Chapter 42: Heart-Lung Transplantation -- Chapter 43: Perioperative Heart Failure -- Chapter 44: Palliative Care in Heart Failure.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    R R Baliga, Scott M Lilly.
    Contents:
    Part 1: The Hemodynamic Study
    Chapter 1: Hemodynamics: Normal and Valvular Heart Disease
    Chapter 2: Right Heart Catheterization in Heart Failure
    Chapter 3: Intracardiac Shunts
    Chapter 4: Hemodynamics of Pericardial Disease
    Chapter 5: The Hemodynamics of Right Ventricular Function
    Chapter 6: Diastolic Heart Failure
    Part 2: Percutaneous Coronary Interventions
    Chapter 7: Transradial Coronary Procedures
    Chapter 8: Non-ST-Segment Elevation Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 9: Primary Percutaneous Coronary Intervention in ST-Segment Elevation Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 10: Coronary Revascularization in Stable Angina
    Chapter 11: Invasive Testing for Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 12: Percutaneous Coronary Intervention in Chronic Total Occlusions
    Chapter 13: Saphenous Vein Graft Lesions
    Chapter 14: Heavily Calcified Coronary Lesions
    Chapter 15: Bifurcation Lesions
    Chapter 16: Left Main Coronary Artery Disease: Approach to Percutaneous Intervention
    Chapter 17: In-Stent Restenosis
    Chapter 18: Supported Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    Chapter 19: Spontaneous Coronary Artery Dissection
    Chapter 19A: Percutaneous Treatment of Aorto-Ostial Lesions
    PART 3: Non-coronary Cardiac Interventions
    Chapter 20: Balloon Aortic Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 21: Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Chapter 22: Mitral Balloon Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 23: Interventional Treatment of Mitral Regurgitation
    Chapter 24: Pulmonary Valve Stenosis and Pulmonary Valvuloplasty
    Chapter 25: Transcatheter Pulmonary Valve Implantation
    Chapter 26: Defects of the Atrial Septum
    Chapter 27: Mitral Paravalvular Leak Closure
    Chapter 28: Alcohol Septal Ablation
    Chapter 29: Catheter-Directed Therapy for Severe Pulmonary Embolism
    Chapter 30: Left Atrial Appendage Closure
    Part 4: Peripheral Interventions
    Chapter 31: Carotid Artery Disease
    Chapter 32: Subclavian Artery Stenosis
    Chapter 33: Renal Artery Stenosis
    Chapter 34: Endovascular ­Intervention of ­Aortoiliac Occlusive Disease
    Chapter 35: Femoropopliteal Revascularization
    Chapter 36: Infrapopliteal Disease
    Chapter 37: Mesenteric Ischemia
    Chapter 38: Endovascular Approaches to Hypertension Management: Renal Artery Denervation and Carotid Sinus Modification
    Chapter 39: Stenting Options for Coarctation of the Aorta.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Steven M. Dean, Bhagwan Satiani.
    Contents:
    Lower extremities: miscellaneous diseases
    Aortic and upper extremity arterial disease
    Carotid artery occlusive disease
    Aneurysmal disease
    Non-atherosclerotic disorders
    Arterial and venous visceral disease
    Venous diseases
    Limb swelling
    Vasospastic and vasculitic diseases
    Environmental diseases
    Limb ulcerations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessSurgery
  • Digital
    Martha Gulati.
    Summary: Color Atlas and Synopsis of Women's Health delivers a comprehensive collection of state-of-the-art clinical images combined with concise, synoptic text detailing proper patient management.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Heart Disease In Women
    Chapter 2: Risk Factors For Cardiovascular Disease
    Chapter 3: Assessment Of Risk Of Cardiovascular Disease In Women
    Chapter 4: Coronary Artery Disease In Women
    Chapter 5: Cardiac Surgery In Women
    Chapter 6: Screening Procedures And Tests For The Diagnosis Of Cad In Women
    Chapter 7: Cardiac Rehabilitation In Women
    Chapter 8: Heart Failure In Women
    Chapter 9: Arrhythmias In Women
    Chapter 10: Heart Disease And Pregnancy
    Chapter 11: Arterial Vascular Disease In Women
    Chapter 12: Pulmonary Hypertension In Women: Gender Matters.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2014
  • Digital
    Leslie P. Gartner, James Hiatt.
    Summary: This atlas provides medical, dental, allied health, and biology students with an outstanding collection of histology images for all of the major tissue classes and body systems. This is a concise lab atlas with relevant text and consistent format presentation of photomicrograph plates. With a handy spiral binding that allows ease of use, it features a full-color art program comprising over 500 high-quality photomicrographs, scanning electron micrographs, and drawings. Didactic text in each chapter includes an Introduction, Clinical Correlations, Overview, and Chapter Summary.

    Contents:
    The cell
    Epithelium and glands
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage and bone
    Blood and hemopoiesis
    Muscle
    Nervous tissue
    Circulatory system
    Lymphoid tissue
    Endocrine system
    Integument
    Respiratory system
    Digestive system I
    Digestive system II
    Digestive system III
    Urinary system
    Female reproductive system
    Male reproductive system
    Special senses.
  • Digital
    Leslie P. Gartner, PhD, Professor of Anatomy (Retired), Department of Biomedical Sciences, Baltimore College of Dental Surgery, Dental School, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Contents:
    The cell
    Epithelium and glands
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage and bone
    Blood and hemopoiesis
    Muscle
    Nervous tissue
    Circulatory system
    Lymphoid tissue
    Endocrine system
    Integument
    Respiratory system
    Digestive system I
    Digestive system II
    Digestive system III
    Urinary system
    Female reproductive system
    Male reproductive system
    Special senses
    Histological techniques.
  • Print
    W. Kahle, H. Leonhardt, W. Platzer ; translated by H.L. and A.D. Dayan ; 170 colorplates with 584 drawings by Gerhard Spitzer.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Locomotor system / by Werner Platzer
    v. 2. Internal organs / by Helmut Leonhardt
    v. 3. Nervous system and sensory organs / Werner Kahle.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QM25 .K3413
    1
  • Digital
    Robert F. Spetzler, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Peter Nakaji, Kaan Yagmurlu.
    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Safe entry zones
    Tenets of brainstem surgery
    Approaches to thalamic, pineal, and brainstem lesions
    Case studies.
  • Print
    Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh ; [editors, D.E.C. Mekie, Sir James Fraser ; editorial board, F.J. Gillingham, chairman ... [et al.]].
    Contents:

    v. 1. The alimentary system.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    RD57 .C719
    1
  • Digital
    Michael S. Block.
    Contents:
    Surgery of the anterior mandible
    Surgery of the posterior mandible
    Implants for the maxillary edentulous patient
    Surgery of the partially edentulous maxilla
    Zygomaticus implants and angled implants for the edentulous maxilla
    Maxillary sinus grafting
    Techniques for grafting and implant placement for the extraction site
    Immediate provisionalization of implant restorations
    Esthetic anterior implant restorations: surgical techniques for optimal results
    Soft tissue manipulation around implants in the esthetic zone.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Mario Sanna, Alessandra Russo, Antonio Caruso, Abdelkader Taibah, Gianluca Piras ; with the collaboration of Fernando Mancini [and five others].
    Summary: "Despite the many advances in diagnostic technologies and imaging modalities in recent years, otoscopy remains the first diagnostic option in the diagnosis of otologic disease. This is an easy-to-consult book for residents and specialists, featuring brilliant diagnostic images from the newest generation of endoscopic otoscopes. Written by a renowned team of experts with 30 years of experience, this book helps readers obtain proficiency in otoscopy and in the interpretation of findings. Readers will learn what clinical consequences the diagnoses may have through case examples and treatment suggestions. Key Features: Richly illustrated with over 1000 mostly full-color photographs and many radiological studies. Shows a vast range of common and rare pathologies that can be visualized and assessed via endo-otoscopy. Juxtaposes, when appropriate, the clinical picture, radiological diagnosis, and intraoperative findings with the endo-otoscopic findings of the patient. In each chapter, a surgical summary lists various approaches that may be used to optimally plan treatment of the patient. A special final chapter covers the assessment of postsurgical findings as seen in otoscopy, so as to distinguish between normal healing and changes that may require further intervention. Color Atlas of Endo-Otoscopy, produced with the support of Mario Sanna Foundation, is certain to become a valuable tool for all physicians involved in the care of patients with ear ailments"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Methods of otoscopy
    The normal tympanic membrane
    Diseases affecting the external auditory canal
    Otitis media
    Cholesterol granuloma
    Atelectasis, adhesive otitis media
    Noncholesteatomatous chronic otitis media
    Chronic suppurative otitis media with cholesteatoma
    Congenital cholesteatoma of the middle ear
    Petrous bone cholesteatoma
    Temporal bone paragangliomas
    Rare retrotympanic masses
    Meningoencephalic herniation
    Postsurgical conditions.
  • Digital
    Pranab Dey.
    Summary: This color atlas covers etiology, incidence, clinical features, diagnostic features, immunochemistry, molecular biology and important differential diagnosis of various lesions of the body. It includes large number of microphotographs, around 1500 of all the common and uncommon lesions of the body that can be diagnosed by aspiration cytology. It also includes images of immunocytochemistry and other important ancillary tests of the lesions. Additionally, it includes a review chapter on interesting cases of fine needle aspiration cytology (FNAC) along with multiple choice questions. This book provides necessary information to the readers for the diagnosis and differential diagnosis of the body lesions with the help of FNAC.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Introduction and Basic Techniques of Aspiration Cytology in Superficial and Deep Lesions
    1.1 Advantages [1-5]
    1.2 Needle Tract Seeding
    1.3 The Basic Technique of FNAC
    1.4 Post FNAC
    1.4.1 Fine-Needle Sampling Technique
    1.4.2 Fixatives
    1.4.3 Staining
    1.5 Deep-Seated FNAC
    1.5.1 Indications of Deep-Seated Lesions
    1.6 USG Guided FNAC (Fig. 1.5)
    1.7 CT Guided FNAC
    1.8 Endoscopic Ultrasound Guided
    1.9 Magnetic Resonance Image Guided
    1.10 Mammographic Guided
    References 2: Interpretation of Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology Smear
    2.1 Malignant Cells
    2.1.1 Cell
    2.1.2 Nucleus
    2.2 Interpretation of FNAC Smear
    2.3 Evaluation of the Cytological Features
    2.3.1 Cellular Arrangement
    2.4 Individual Cells
    2.4.1 Cell Shape
    2.4.2 Cytoplasm
    2.4.3 Cytoplasmic Area
    2.4.4 Vacuolation in Cytoplasm
    2.5 Nucleus
    2.5.1 Nuclear Pleomorphism
    2.5.2 Nuclear Margin
    2.5.3 Nucleoli
    2.5.4 Background of the Smear
    2.5.5 False-Positive Cases
    2.6 False-Negative Smear
    References 3: Aspiration Cytology of Head, Neck and Orbital Lesions
    3.1 Cysts in the Neck Region
    3.1.1 Branchial Cyst [1-4]
    3.1.2 Thyroglossal Cyst [5, 6]
    3.1.3 Cystic Hygroma [7]
    3.1.4 Acquired Cyst
    3.1.4.1 Non-neoplastic
    3.1.5 Mucocele [9]
    3.2 Lymph Node Lesion in Head-Neck Region
    3.2.1 Difficulties
    3.3 Paraganglioma [10-12]
    3.3.1 Carotid Body Tumour [11, 13]
    3.3.2 Differential Diagnosis (Figs. 3.34, 3.35, and 3.36)
    3.3.3 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma (NPC) [14-16]
    3.3.4 Parathyroid Neoplasm [17-20]
    3.3.5 Meningioma [21-27] 3.3.6 Olfactory Neuroblastoma [28, 29]
    3.4 Lesions in the Base of the Skull
    3.4.1 Orbital lesion
    3.4.2 Lesions of the Eyelid
    3.4.3 Tumours of the Eyelid
    3.4.3.1 Basal Cell Carcinoma (BCC) [30, 31]
    3.4.3.2 Sebaceous Carcinoma [32-34]
    3.5 Lacrimal gland
    3.5.1 Pleomorphic Adenoma [35]
    3.5.2 Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma (ADC)
    3.5.3 Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
    3.5.4 Intraorbital Tumours
    3.5.4.1 Retinoblastoma [36-38]
    3.5.5 Malignant melanoma [39-41]
    3.5.6 Rhabdomyosarcoma
    3.5.7 Acute Leukaemia Infiltration
    3.5.8 Lymphoma [35, 42-44] 3.5.9 Metastatic Malignancy [35, 45-49]
    References
    4: Aspiration Cytology of Salivary Gland
    4.1 The Major Advantages of FNAC [1-4]
    4.1.1 Complications of FNAC
    4.1.2 Anatomy and Histology of the Salivary Glands
    4.1.3 Parotid Gland
    4.1.4 Submandibular Gland
    4.1.5 Sublingual Gland
    4.1.5.1 Histology of the Salivary Gland
    4.1.6 Cytology of the Salivary Gland (Figs. 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5)
    4.2 Diagnostic Accuracy
    4.2.1 Causes of False-Positive FNAC
    4.2.2 Causes of False-Negative FNAC [10]
    4.2.3 The Major Difficulties in the Diagnosis [10]
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eberhard Passarge ; with 186 color plates prepared by Jürgen Wirth.
  • Print
    David H. Lees, Albert Singer.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Vaginal operations, 1978
    v. 2. Abdominal operations for benign conditions, 1978
    v. 3. Operations for malignant disease, 1979
    v. 4. Surgery of the vulva and lower genital tract, 1980
    v. 5. Infertility surgery
    v. 6. Surgery of conditions complicating pregnancy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: Oversize (Downstairs)
    RG79 .L487
    6
  • Digital
    Siba P. Dubey, Charles P. Molumi.
    Contents:
    1. Nose and paranasal sinus
    2. Larynx and trachea
    3. Thyroid
    4. Salivary glands
    5. Repair of external nose defects
    6. Axial and free flaps
    7. Mandible
    8. Lips and face
    9. Temporal bone malignancy
    10. Head and neck
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Siba P. Dubey.
    Contents:
    1: Axial Flaps
    1.1 Deltopectoral Flap
    1.1.1 Operative Steps
    1.1.2 Potential Problems
    1.1.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.2 Facial Artery Musculomucosal Flap
    1.2.1 Operative Steps
    1.2.2 Potential Problems
    1.2.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.3 Latissimus Dorsi Myocutaneous Flap
    1.3.1 Operative Steps
    1.3.2 Potential Problems
    1.3.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.4 Inferiorly Based Nasolabial Flap
    1.4.1 Operative Steps
    1.4.2 Potential Problems 1.4.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.5 Superiorly Based Nasolabial Flap
    1.5.1 Operative Steps
    1.5.2 Potential Problems
    1.5.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.6 Pectoralis Major Myocutaneous Flap
    1.6.1 Operative Steps
    1.6.2 Potential Problems
    1.6.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.7 Pedicled Calverial Bone Graft
    1.7.1 Operative Steps
    1.7.2 Potential Problems
    1.7.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.8 Palatal Flap
    1.8.1 Operative Steps
    1.8.2 Potential Problems
    1.8.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.9 Platysma Myocutaneous Flap
    1.9.1 Operative Steps
    1.9.2 Potential Problems 1.9.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.10 Submental Artery Island Flap
    1.10.1 Operative Steps
    1.10.2 Potential Problems
    1.10.3 Suggested Solutions
    1.11 Temporoparietal Fascial Flap (TPFF)
    1.11.1 Operative Steps
    1.11.2 Potential Problems
    1.11.3 Suggested Solutions
    2: External Nasal Defects Repair
    2.1 Island Forehead for External Nose Defects
    2.1.1 Operative Steps
    2.1.2 Potential Problems
    2.1.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.2 Modified Rieger Glabellar Rotation Flap
    2.2.1 Operative Steps
    2.2.2 Potential Problems
    2.2.3 Suggested Solution 2.3 Repair of Alar Defect with Nasal Dorsum Turn Over Flap and Superiorly Based Nasolabial Flap
    2.3.1 Operative Steps
    2.3.2 Potential Problems
    2.3.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.4 Repair of Alar Defect with Full-Thickness Skin Graft
    2.4.1 Operative Steps
    2.4.2 Potential Problems
    2.4.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.5 Schmid-Meyer Frontotemporal Flap
    2.5.1 Operative Steps
    2.5.2 Potential Problems
    2.5.3 Suggested Solutions
    2.6 Total Nose Reconstruction with Anterior Scalping Flap
    2.6.1 Operative Steps
    2.6.2 Potential Problems
    2.6.3 Suggested Solutions 3: Free Flap in Head and Neck Reconstruction
    3.1 Anterolateral Thigh (ALT) Free Flap
    3.1.1 Operative Steps
    3.1.2 Potential Problems
    3.1.3 Suggested Solutions
    3.2 Maxillary Reconstruction with Parascapular Free Flap
    3.2.1 Operative Steps
    3.2.2 Potential Problems
    3.2.3 Suggested Solutions
    3.3 Osteocutaneous Vascularized Fibula Free Flap
    3.3.1 Operative Steps
    3.3.2 Potential Problems
    3.3.3 Suggested Solutions
    3.4 Reconstruction of Oral Cavity and Oropharynx with Radial Forearm Free Flap
    3.4.1 Operative Steps
    3.4.2 Possible Problems
    3.4.3 Suggested Solutions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Helga Fritsch, Wolfgang Kuehnel ; illustrations by Gerhard Spitzer.
  • Digital
    Werner Platzer ; illustrations by Gerhard Spitzer.
    Contents:
    The body
    The Cell
    Tissues
    General features of the skeleton
    General features of the muscles
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Trunk
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Upper Limb
    Bones, ligaments and joints
    Muscles, fascias, and special features
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Lower Limb
    Bones, ligaments, joints
    Muscles, fascias, and special features
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Head and Neck
    Skull
    Muscles and fascias
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents
    Topography of peripheral nerves and vessels
    Head and neck
    Upper limb
    Trunk
    Lower limb
    Anatomical terms and their Latin equivalents.
  • Digital
    Helga Fritsch, Wolfgang Kuehnel.
    Contents:
    Vescera at a glance
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Alimentary system
    Urinary system
    Male genital system
    Female genital system
    Pregnancy and human development
    Endocrine system
    Blood and lymphatic systems
    The integument.
  • Digital
    Werner Kahle, Michael Frotscher ; illustrations by Gerhard Spitzer.
    Contents:
    Basic elements of the nervous system
    Spinal cord and spinal nerves
    Brain stem and cranial nerves
    Cerebellum
    Diencephalon
    Telencephalon
    Cerebrovascular and ventricular sytstems
    Autonomic nervous system
    Functional systems
    The eye
    The ear.
  • Digital
    Linda M. Ernst, Eduardo D. Ruchelli, Chrystalle Katte Carreon, Dale S. Huff, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive atlas of the developmental history of the major organs includes numerous color photomicrographs and covers the time from 15 weeks' gestation to the neonatal period, explaining all the basic embryological processes that influence development.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Gamal Dawood.
    Summary: This pathology atlas includes information on all the body systems in one book with high quality photos of some of the rarest cases in pathology, e.g. dermatofibrosarcoma of toes, APKD in horseshoe kidney, extensive bilharzial polyposis of colon, and many other cases. The book is structured systematically to cover all body systems. Each system is organized to cover inflammatory and medical conditions, benign tumours, and ends with malignant tumours. Each photo is accompanied by a concise legend outlining the gross features important to notice during grossing. Emphasis is placed on how such patterns may aid in the correct diagnosis of the gross pathology. Gross pathology is an important part of studying pathology for medical and dental students. Any studied disease process must demonstrate the effects of this disease on the organ as observed by the naked-eye examination. So; this book will aid in the medical study of diseases. As for specialized surgical pathologists, the book will be a reference for them to describe or to aid in the diagnosis of some difficult cases, which may be faced during their work in the lab.

    Contents:
    Cardiovascular System
    Respiratory System
    Gastrointestinal System
    Liver and Gall Bladder
    Urinary System
    Male Genital System
    Female Genital System
    Breast
    Lymphoreticular System
    Endocrine System
    Osseous System
    Skin and Soft Tissues
    Central Nervous System. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ho-Seong Han, Jai Young Cho.
    Summary: This atlas describes and illustrates in detail the surgical procedures employed in laparoscopic anatomical liver resection, according to tumor location. The surgical approach and techniques are explained for each type of laparoscopic liver resection based on the involved anatomical segment, section, and hemi-liver. Attention is also drawn to potential complications and the means of preventing and managing them. Beyond anatomical liver resection, guidance is provided on non-anatomical resections that do not pay regard to segmental, sectional, or lobar anatomy. The coverage is completed by the inclusion of useful information on instruments and energy devices as well as the basic skills required for laparoscopic liver resection. In presenting a clear practical approach to each laparoscopic anatomical major and minor resection, the Color Atlas of Laparoscopic Liver Resection will be an invaluable guide for trainees. In addition, it will equip more experienced surgeons with much useful information that will enable them to further improve their technique.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Instruments and energy devices for laparoscopic liver resection
    3. Basic skills for laparoscopic liver resection
    4. Anatomical liver resection
    5. Non-anatomical liver resection
    6. Others.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gordon L. Love, Julie A. Ribes
    Summary: Color Atlas of Mycology is an up-to-date resource designed to assist pathologists and medical technologists in the laboratory identification of fungi using the most recent taxonomic classifications. The text includes more than 15 years of proficiency testing data to highlight diagnostic clusters of incorrect identifications and address conceptual classification issues. Building on the popular Mycology Benchtop Reference Guide, it is more comprehensive and complete, merging in vitro mycology (colonies on plated media/LPAB preparations) with in vivo mycology (histology/cytology). Contents include collection, transport, and culturing of clinical specimens for fungi Yeast and yeast-like fungi Hyaline molds Dermatophytes Dimorphic fungi Mucormycetes Dematiaceous fungi Identification methods for fungi Colonial and microscopic morphology, taxonomy, and disease characteristics essential facts, including potential look-alikes, key differentiating features, ecology, and MALDI-TOF In-depth A Closer Look At discussions on subjects such as germ tube testing
  • Digital
    George Laskaris.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Stefan Silbernagl, Florian Lang ; 195 color plates by Rüdiger Gay and Astried Rothenburger ; translator, Geraldine O'Sullivan.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals / S. Silbernagl and F. Lang
    Temperature, energy / S. Silbernagl
    Blood / S. Silbernagl
    Kidney, salt and water balance / F. Lang
    Stomach, intestines, liver / S. Silbernagl
    Heart and circulation / S. Silbernagl
    Metabolic disorders / S. Silbernagl
    Hormones / F. Lang
    Neuromuscular and sensory systems / F. Lang.
  • Digital
    Merrill McHoney, Edward M. Kiely, Imran Mushtaq, editors.
    Summary: This atlas of anatomy and operative techniques provides a thorough outline of the procedures commonly used in laparoscopic and thoracoscopic pediatric surgery. Step-by-step operative photographs are accompanied by explanatory text, and line diagrams are used to highlight the important anatomy as seen endoscopically. Alternative techniques, instruments, and steps are described when appropriate, and attention is drawn to highlights and pitfalls. While each chapter includes some basic background on the condition in question, the focus is very much on the operative procedures. Color Atlas of Pediatric Anatomy, Laparoscopy, and Thoracoscopy is ideal for those establishing a laparoscopic practice as well as for those in training who wish to embark on minimally invasive surgery. It also serves as a supplementary atlas of anatomy and surgical technique for younger surgeons and medical students. .

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and General Principles
    2. Equipment and Ergonomics
    3. Thoracoscopic Debridement of Empyema
    4. Spontaneous Pneumothorax
    5. Thoracoscopic Lung Biopsy and Segmentectomy
    6. Thoracic Sympathectomy
    7. Thymectomy
    8. Mediastinal Cysts.-9. Thoracoscopic Nuss Procedure
    10. Oesophageal Atresia and Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    11. Thorascopic Aortopexy
    12. Thoracoscopy for Congenital Lung Malformations
    13. Thoracic Neuroblastoma
    14. Thoracoscopic Placation for Eventration of the Diaphragm
    15. Laparoscopic Repair of Morgani Hernia
    16. Primary Button Gastrostomy
    17. Laparoscopic Thal Fundoplication
    18. Pyloric Stenosis
    19. Duodenal Atresia Repair
    20. Meckel Diverticulum
    21. Laparoscopy for Intussusception
    23. Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    24. Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    25. Laparoscopic Surgery for Choledochal Cysts
    26. Laparoscopic Colectomy
    27. Laparoscopic Duhamels Pullthrough for Hirschprung Disease
    28. Laparoscopy-Assisted Soave Pullthrough for Hirschprung Disease.-29. Laparoscopy-Assisted Swenson-like Transanal Pullthrough for Hirschprung Disease
    30. Inguinal Herniotomy
    31. Undescended Testis: Laparoscopic Fowler-Stephens Orchidopexy
    32. Laparoscopic Varicocelectomy
    33. Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy
    34. Laparoscopic Nephrectomy
    35. Retroperitoneoscopic Nephrectomy/Heminephrectomy
    36. Pyeloplasty.-
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Richard P. Usatine, MD, Professor of Family and Community Medicine, Professor of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery, Assistant Director, Medical Humanities Education, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, Medical Director, Skin Clinic, University Health System, San Antonio, Texas, Camille Sabella, MD, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Vice Chair for Education, Pediatric Institute, Center for Pediatric Infectious Diseases, Cleveland Clinic Children's, Cleveland, Ohio, Mindy Ann Smith, MD, Clinical Professor, Department of Family Medicine, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan, E.J. Mayeaux, Jr., MD, Professor and Chairman, Department of Family and Preventive Medicine, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Carolina School, of Medicine, Columbia, South Carolinia, Heidi S. Chumley, MD, Executive Dean and Chief Academic Officer, American University of the Caribbean, Elumalai Appachi, MD, MRCP (UK), Department of Pediatric Critical Care, Cleveland Clinic Children's, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Contents:
    Learning with images and digital photography.
    The Essence of Pediatrics.
    Physical and Sexual Abuse.
    Ophthalmology.
    Ear, nose, and throat.
    Oral Health.
    The Heart and the Circulation.
    The Lungs.
    The Gastrointestinal Tract and Nutritional Disorders.
    The Genitorurinary System and Kidneys.
    Newnorn.
    Adolescent Problem.
    Musculoskeletal Problems.
    Dermatology.
    Rheumatology.
    Infectious Disease.
    Endocrinology.
    Neurology.
    Hematology-Oncology.
    Allergy and Immunology.
    Genetic Disorders.
    Substance Abuse.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015
  • Digital
    Heinz Luellmann, Klaus Mohr, Lutz Hein ; with 174 color plates by Juergen Wirth.
  • Digital
    Shamus, Eric; Shamus, Eric.
    Summary: The Color Atlas of Physical Therapy delivers a high-quality visual presentation of the disorders a physical therapist would most likely encounter in daily practice. Enhanced by more than 1,000 full-color illustrations and concise, evidence-based treatment recommendations, the book features a consistent design that makes information retrieval at the point of care fast and easy.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Associated medical disorders
    Neurological disorders
    Orthopaedic disorders
    Pediatric disorders
    Vestibular disorders
    Women's/men's health disorders.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2015
  • Digital
    Stefan Silbernagl, Agamemnon Despopoulos ; color plates by Ruediger Gay and Astried Rothenburger ; translator: Geraldine O'Sullivan.
    Contents:
    Fundamentals and cell physiology
    Nerve and muscle, physical work
    Autonomic nervous system (ANS)
    Blood
    Respiration
    Acid-base homeostasis
    Kidneys, salt, and water balance
    Cardiovascular system
    Thermal balance and thermoregulation
    Nutrition and digestion
    Hormones and reproduction
    Central nervous system and senses.
  • Digital
    Jörg Klekamp.
    Summary: This atlas provides a selection of operations for intra- and extradural pathologies of the spinal cord and its nerve roots. Pathologies involving the spinal cord threaten the patients mobility, independence or even life. Fortunately, the overwhelming majority are of benign nature, so that surgery plays an important role or even represents their treatment of choice. With modern imaging and microsurgical techniques neurological functions can be maintained or even improved for the majority of patients. The content is presented in a standardized fashion: the preoperative history is followed by preoperative images leading to a preoperative diagnosis and surgical strategy. The intraoperative images intend to illustrate individual surgical steps one after the other to guide the reader through each of these operations. Each case is concluded with postoperative images and information on clinical outcome. The atlas features extradural soft tissue tumors, intradural extramedullary and intramedullary tumors, malformations of the craniocervical junction and spinal canal, spinal arteriovenous malformations and pathologies of spinal meninges. The operations selected are meant to provide an overview covering different aspects of each pathology. With more than 1400 intraoperative images this atlas may serve as a reference for neurosurgeons dealing with spinal cord pathologies.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy
    1.1. Cervical Spine
    1.2. Thoracic Spine
    1.3. Lumbar Spine and Sacrum
    1.4. Spinal Meninges
    1.5. Spinal Cord and Nerve Roots
    2. Standard Approaches
    2.1. Posterolateral Approach
    2.2. Posterior Midline Approach
    3. Spinal Tumors
    3.1. Extradural Tumors
    3.2. Extramedullary Tumors
    3.3. Intramedullary Tumors
    4. Malformations
    4.1. Malformations at the Craniocervical Junction
    4.2. Malformations in the Spinal Canal and Spinal Hamartomas
    5. Spinal Arteriovenous Malformations 5.1. Surgical Technique
    5.2. Cavernomas
    5.3. Arteriovenous Fistulas
    6. Pathologies of Spinal Meninges
    6.1. Pathologies of the Spinal Dura Mater
    6.2. Pathologies of the Spinal Arachnoid.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kenneth W. Wright, Yi Ning J. Strube.
    Summary: Strabismus can be devastating to patients, yet often difficult to treat, even for the most seasoned veteran. The Atlas of Strabismus Surgery, Fourth Edition clearly and succinctly shares with the reader strategies and surgical techniques to improve the care of patients, starting with the simple basics and progressing to more complicated procedures. Updated from the successful third edition, the atlas is designed for resident ophthalmologists and experienced strabismologists alike. Complete with hundreds of color illustrations, as well as updated surgical videos not found in the previous edition, The Atlas of Strabismus Surgery, Fourth Edition covers the management of a wide range of strabismus disorders, from the relatively simple horizontal strabismus, to the complex cyclo-vertical deviations.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yeo-Kyu Youn, Kyu Eun Lee, June Young Choi.
    Summary: This color atlas is a detailed guide on how to perform open, endoscopic, and robotic thyroidectomy techniques safely and effectively. Each chapter offers step-by-step descriptions of essential surgical procedures and techniques. Relevant information is included on surgical anatomy, and clear guidance is provided on preoperative set-up, draping, instrumentation, and complications and their treatment. The description of endoscopic thyroidectomy techniques focuses on the bilateral axillo-breast approach (BABA), while in the case of robotic thyroidectomy both BABA and the bilateral axillo-postauricular approach are described. In each case, the evidence supporting the technique is carefully examined. In the closing chapter, the role of new energy sources in thyroid surgery is discussed. The lucid text is supported by more than 200 full-color illustrations clarifying surgical anatomy, instrumentation, and procedures, and surgical video clips are also available to readers via a website. This atlas will be invaluable in enabling surgeons to achieve optimal outcomes when performing thyroid surgery.

    Contents:
    I. Surgical Anatomy of the Thyroid Gland
    1. The Thyroid Gland
    2. Vasculature of the Thyroid Gland
    3. Nerves
    4. Parathyroid glands
    5. Lymphatic Drainage
    II. Open Thyroidectomy
    1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Open Thyroidectomy
    2. Patient Preparation
    3. Procedures of Open Thyroidectomy
    4. Postoperative Care
    III. Endoscopic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach (BABA)
    1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Endoscopic Thyroidectomy
    2. Patient Selection: Indications and Contraindications
    3. Procedures of Endoscopic Thyroidectomy with Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach
    4. Postoperative Care
    5. Complications and Their Treatment
    6. Comparison between Open and Endoscopic Thyroidectomy
    IV. Robotic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach (BABA)
    1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Robotic Thyroidectomy
    2. Advantages and Disadvantages of Robotic Surgery
    3. Patient Selection: Indications and Contraindications
    4. Procedures of Robotic Thyroidectomy with Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach
    5. Postoperative Care
    6. Complications and Their Treatment
    7. Comparison between Endoscopic and Robotic Thyroidectomy
    V. Robotic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Postauricular Approach (BAPA)
    VI. New Energy Sources In Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Berthold Block ; [translators, Terry C. Telger and Karen Leube].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Kirk N. Gelatt and Caryn E. Plummer.
    Contents:
    Ocular anatomy
    Eye exam and diagnostics
    Clinical signs and interpretations
    Canine orbit
    Canine eyelids
    Canine tear and nasolacrimal systems
    Canine conjunctiva and nictitating membrane (nictitans)
    Canine cornea and sclera
    Canine glaucomas
    Canine anterior uvea
    Canine lens and cataract formation
    Canine vitreous
    Canine ocular fundus and optic nerve
    Feline ophthalmology
    Equine ophthalmology
    Food and fiber animal ophthalmology
    Pet exotic animal ophthalmology
    Systemic diseases with ophthalmic manifestations
    Neuro-ophthalmic syndromes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Ying-Kun Huang, Wen-Feng Li, Rong-Yue Zhang, Xiao-Yan Wang ; In collaboration with: Hong-Li Shan [and 4 more].
    Summary: This book systematically presents 40 pests, 7 natural pest enemies, and 20 diseases and weeds commonly encountered in sugarcane production, combining clear colour photos with detailed scientific descriptions. It covers a range of related topics, including morphological identification, habits and frequency of occurrence, prevention and control measures, symptom identification, characteristics of infections and epidemics, parasitic (predator) characteristics, ways of utilising natural pest enemies, main species and distribution, fluctuation in the field, and chemical control of weeds.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and control of sugarcane important diseases
    Diagnosis and control of sugarcane main pests
    Dominant natural enemies of sugarcane pest and their protection and utilization
    Diagnosis and control of sugarcane weeds
    Integrated control of sugarcane diseases and pests.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Jemar Tisby.
    Summary: Churches remain racially segregated and are largely ineffective in addressing complex racial challenges. In The Color of Compromise, Jemar Tisby takes us back to the root of this injustice in the American church, highlighting the cultural and institutional tables we have to flip in order to bring about progress between black and white people.

    Contents:
    Foreword / by Lecrae
    The color of compromise
    Making race in the colonial era
    Understanding liberty in the age of revolution and revival
    Institutionalizing race in the Antebellum era
    Defending slavery at the onset of the Civil War
    Reconstructing white supremacy in the Jim Crow era
    Remembering the complicity in the North
    Compromising with racism during the civil rights movement
    Organizing the religious right at the end of the twentieth century
    Reconsidering racial reconciliation in the age of Black Lives Matter
    The fierce urgency of now
    Conclusion : be strong and courageous.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.615 .T595 2019
    1
  • Print
    Richard Rothstein.
    Summary: "Richard Rothstein explodes the myth that America's cities came to be racially divided through de facto segregation -- that is, through individual prejudices, income differences, or the actions of private institutions like banks and real estate agencies. Rather, The Color of Law incontrovertibly makes it clear that it was de jure segregation -- the laws and policy decisions passed by local, state, and federal governments -- that actually promoted the discriminatory patterns that continue to this day."--Jacket.

    Contents:
    If San Francisco, then everywhere?
    Public housing, Black ghettos
    Racial zoning
    "Own your own home"
    Private agreements, government enforcement
    White flight
    IRS support and compliant regulators
    Local tactics
    State-sanctioned violence
    Suppressed incomes
    Looking forward, looking back
    Considering fixes
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.61 .R8185 2018
    1
  • Print
    Mehrsa Baradaran.
    Summary: "When the Emancipation Proclamation was signed in 1863, the black community owned less than one percent of the United States' total wealth. More than one hundred and fifty years later, that number has barely budged. The Color of Money seeks to explain the stubborn persistence of this racial wealth gap by focusing on the generators of wealth in the black community: black banks. With the civil rights movement in full swing, President Nixon promoted "black capitalism," a plan to support black banks and minority-owned businesses. But the catch-22 of black banking is that the very institutions needed to help communities escape the deep poverty caused by discrimination and segregation inevitably became victims of that same poverty. In this timely and eye-opening account, Baradaran challenges the long-standing belief that black communities could ever really hope to accumulate wealth in a segregated economy"--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Forty acres or a savings bank
    Capitalism without capital
    The rise of black banking
    The new deal for white America
    Civil rights dreams, economic nightmares
    The decoy of black capitalism
    The free market confronts black poverty
    The color of money matters.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.8 .B37 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Dayane Oliveira, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide to color science and shade selection in Dentistry presents all the theory and clinical guidance required in order to achieve consistent clinical success. The book opens by reviewing color and its dimensions and discussing color perception, drawing attention to the various phenomena that impact upon it. Shade selection in Operative Dentistry is then explained in detail with the aid of copious illustrations. The coverage encompasses shade selection methods for resin-based composite restorations and for bleaching procedures, with presentation of the latest evidence on their accuracy and reliability. Guidance is then provided on how to achieve predictable color harmony between the natural tooth and the composite restorative material in the context of biomimetic Dentistry, with discussion of special effects, pigments, layering techniques, surface texture, and finishing and polishing. Changes in color over time and responses to such changes are also outlined. The book will be of value for practitioners in Restorative and Esthetic Dentistry as well as for dental students and researchers.

    Contents:
    Color Science
    Natural Tooth Color
    Color Selection in Operative Dentistry
    Biomimetics of the Natural Tooth using Composites
    Color Mismatch between the Restoration and the Natural Tooth
    Tooth Color Change over Time.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by John H. Scholefield, Cathy Eng.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology / Mala Pande and Marsha L. Frazier
    Screening for colorectal cancer / Robert J.C. Steele and Paula MacDonald
    Management of adenomas / Sunil Dolwani, Rajvinder Singh, Noriya Uedo and Krish Ragunath
    How histopathology affects the management of the multidisciplinary team / Dipen Maru
    Radical colonic resection / Kenichi Sugihara, Yusuke Kinugasa, Shunsuke Tsukamoto
    Extralevator abdominoperineal excision (ELAPE) for advanced low rectal cancer / Brendan J. Moran and Timothy J. Moore
    Neoadjuvant therapy without surgery for early stage rectal cancer? / Thomas D. Pinkney, Simon P. Bach
    Minimally invasive surgery for rectal cancer and robotics / David Jayne & Gregory Taylor
    Surgery for anal cancer / John H. Scholefield
    Controversies in adjuvant chemotherapy / Stephen Staal, Carmen Allegra
    Long versus short course radiotherapy for rectal cancer / Manisha Palta, Christopher Willett & Brian Czito
    More treatment is not necessarily better, limited options for chemotherapeutic radiosensitization / Daedong Kim
    Controversies in advanced disease/surgical approaches for metastatic resection / Amanda B. Cooper, Thomas A. Aloia, Jean-Nicolas Vauthey, Steven A. Curley
    Controversies in chemotherapy in advanced colorectal cancer / Ludmila Katherine Martin and Tanios Bekaii-Saab
    What is the role of surveillance for colorectal cancer? / Daedong Kim
    The younger patient with colorectal cancer : genetic counseling discussion / Sarah A. Bannon, Maureen E. Mork and Miguel A. Rodriguez-Bigas
    Best practices of supportive care while receiving chemotherapy : anti-emetics, diarrhea, anorexia, dermatologic recommendations / Maura Polansky
    Palliative care vignettes / Jenny Wei and Egidio Del Fabbro.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Mauro Monteiro Correia, Michael A. Choti, Flavio G. Rocha, Go Wakabayashi, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Surgical Treatment of Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases (CRLM)
    Historical Aspects
    References
    2: The Biology of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Introduction
    Colorectal Carcinogenesis
    Colon Cancer Stem Cells and the Hierarchical Organization Model
    CRC Molecular Classification Subtypes and the Role of Stroma
    Endothelial Cells and Angiogenesis
    Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition (EMT) and Colorectal Cancer (CRC): Extravasation
    Circulating Tumor Cells (CTCs)
    Extravasation and Metastatic Dormancy
    Immune System Conclusion
    References
    3: Molecular Biomarkers for the Management of Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases
    Introduction
    KRAS
    BRAF
    TP53
    PIK3CA
    APC
    SMAD4
    Microsatellite Instability
    Circulating Tumor Cells
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Diagnosis of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Definition
    Follow-Up After Treatment of the Primary Tumor
    Clinical Diagnosis
    Laboratory Diagnosis
    Biological Diagnosis
    Imaging Diagnosis
    Methods
    Ultrasonography
    Contrasted Ultrasonography
    Computed Tomography
    Positron Emission Computed Tomography (PET-CT) Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Magnetic Resonance with Specific Hepatobiliary Contrast
    Intraoperative Ultrasound
    Typical Presentation of Hepatic Colorectal Metastases
    Particular Situations
    Small Hepatic Lesions
    Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Imaging Workup
    Final Recommendation
    References
    5: Role of Imaging in the Management of Patients with Potentially Resectable CRLM
    Introduction
    Role of Imaging in Detection of CRLM
    Ultrasound
    Computed Tomography (CT)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Positron Emission Tomography (PET) Role of Imaging in Surgical Planning for CRLM
    Vascular Assessment
    Liver Volumetry
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Staging Classifications of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    Introduction
    Prognostic Factors for CRLM Patients Undergoing Liver Resection
    Staging System for CRLM
    TNM Cancer Staging System for Colon and Rectum Cancer
    Japanese Staging System for CRLM
    Risk Scoring Systems for CRLM Patients Undergoing Liver Resection
    Validation Study of Risk Scoring Systems for CRLM Patients Treated with Liver Resection
    New Aspects of the Prognostic Score System Nomogram to Predict Prognosis of Resected CRLM
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Prognostic Factors of Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastasis
    Introduction
    Factors Related to the Patient
    Factors Related to Primary Tumor
    Factors Related to Liver Tumor
    Conclusion
    References
    8: Clinical Scoring Systems for Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases
    9: What Is the Impact of Positive Margins in the Liver?
    Introduction
    Early Scoring Systems
    Contemporary Scoring Systems
    Validation and Comparison of Existing Scoring Systems
    Should I Use a Scoring System? If So, Which One? When Should I Use a Scoring System?
    Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Han-Mo Chiu, Hsiu-Hsi Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a self-contained review of the theoretical and practical basis of colorectal cancer screening. Colorectal cancer is currently the fourth leading cause of cancer deaths worldwide and represents a significant burden for both public health and health care systems. However, colorectal cancer deaths can be prevented using effective screening, and many countries and regions have launched population colorectal cancer screening programs. This book covers various essential aspects of colorectal cancer screening, including the epidemiology of colorectal cancer, the various screening and diagnostic tests or exams, quality issues in colorectal cancer screening, necessary infrastructures, the evaluation of effectiveness, and economic appraisals of screening programs. Focusing on organized screening, in which various quality indicators can easily monitored and effectiveness is more likely to be evaluated, it discusses the basics of screening theory and the natural history of colorectal neoplasms, to help readers understand the rationale behind cancer screening. Lastly, it features international consensus and guidelines on colorectal cancer screening to highlight the current trends in the field. This comprehensive book on recent technological developments and conceptual advances in colorectal cancer screening is a valuable resource for public health workers and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Epidemiological Trends and Risk Factors of Colorectal Cancer: Implications for Population-Based Organized Service Screening
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Role of Population-Based Screening in Reducing Disease Burden of Colorectal Cancer
    1.1.2 Decomposition of Epidemiologic Indicators for the Disease Burden of Colorectal Cancer
    1.2 Socioeconomic Status and CRC
    1.3 Colorectal Cancer in Asian Countries
    1.4 Risk Factors for CRC
    1.5 Family History of Colorectal Cancer
    1.6 Lifestyle and Exposures
    1.6.1 Cigarette Smoking 1.6.2 Obesity
    1.6.3 Physical Activity
    1.7 Metabolic Syndrome and Components Associated with CRC
    References
    2: Population-Based Organized Service Screening for Colorectal Cancer
    2.1 Evidence-Based for Population-Based CRC Screening
    2.2 Opportunistic Versus Organized Screening
    2.3 Existing Screening Programs Worldwide
    2.4 Periodical Population-Based Organized Service Screening for CRC
    2.5 Basic Elements in a Population-Based CRC Organized Service Screening
    2.5.1 National Health Policy
    2.5.2 Financial Support
    2.5.3 Health Care Resources 2.5.4 Community Resources
    2.5.5 Supporting System Outside Ordinary Health Care System
    2.5.6 Information System
    2.5.7 Evidence-Based Evaluation
    References
    3: Options of Colorectal Cancer Screening: An Overview
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Stool-Based Tests for Screening
    3.2.1 The Fecal Occult Blood Test
    3.2.2 The Role of Fecal Hemoglobin Concentration
    3.2.3 Stool DNA Test
    3.2.4 Fecal Microbiota as a Potential Biomarker for CRC Screening
    3.3 Blood-Based Tests for Screening
    3.3.1 Plasmic Methylated Septin-9 3.4 Estimation of CRC Risk Based on Screening Test Results
    3.5 Direct Visualizing Examinations for CRC Screening
    3.5.1 Double-Contrast Barium Enema
    3.5.2 Computed Tomographic Colonography
    3.5.3 Colon Capsule Endoscopy
    3.5.4 Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    3.5.5 Colonoscopy
    3.6 Options for CRC Screening in Primary Care Setting
    3.7 Summary
    References
    4: Endoscopy-Based Colorectal Cancer Screening
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Effectiveness of Lower Endoscopy Screening
    4.2.1 Colonoscopy
    4.2.2 Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    4.3 Safety of Screening Lower Endoscopy 4.3.1 Colonoscopy
    4.3.2 Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
    4.4 Current Situation and Future Perspectives on the Global Implementation of Screening Colonoscopy
    4.5 Methods to Increase Effectiveness of Screening Colonoscopy
    4.5.1 Add-on Devices
    4.5.2 Image-Enhanced Endoscopy
    4.5.3 Bowel Cleansing
    4.6 Conclusions
    References
    5: Noninvasive Screening Test
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Stool-Based Tests
    5.2.1 Guaiac FOBT
    5.2.2 Fecal Immunochemical Test
    5.2.3 Multi-target Stool DNA Test
    5.2.4 Other Stool Biomarkers
    5.3 Blood-Based Tests
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jean-Nicholas Vauthey, Yoshikuni Kawaguchi, René Adam, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to the management of liver metastases in cases of colorectal cancer. It features detailed reviews of the latest diagnostic and therapeutic options. Instruction on how to appropriately apply surgical techniques including two stage hepatectomy as well as both laprascopic and open resection in a variety of scenarios is covered. The use of systemic therapies involving oxaliplatin, immunotherapy and infusional therapy are also described along with a range of surveillance strategies. Vauthey and Adam Colorectal Liver Metastasis comprehensively covers the latest advances in how to successfully diagnose and treat colorectal liver metastases and is an indispensable resource for all trainee and practicing medical professionals who encounter these patients within their clinical practice. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: History of Treatment of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Early Liver Surgery for Colorectal Liver Metastases
    1.2.1 Anatomy
    1.2.2 Intraoperative Hemorrhage Control
    1.2.3 Tumour Identification
    1.3 Surgical Outcomes
    1.4 Cytotoxic and Biologic Agents
    1.5 Improved Patient Selection Based on Tumour Biology
    1.6 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Surgery
    2: Liver Anatomy
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Functional "Unit" of the Liver
    2.2.1 Liver Segment and Terminology
    2.2.2 Liver Segmentation and Portal Territory
    2.2.3 Intersegmental Plane
    2.3 Portal Vein and Hepatic Vein
    2.3.1 Symmetrical Configuration of Portal and Venous Ramification Patterns
    2.3.2 Variation of Portal Vein and Hepatic Vein
    2.3.3 Venous Drainage Map
    2.4 Biliary Tract, Hepatic Artery, and Glissonian Pedicle
    2.4.1 Biliary Tract
    2.4.2 Hepatic Artery
    2.4.3 Glissonian Pedicle, Plate Systems, and Laennec's Capsule
    2.5 Caudate Lobe (Segment 1)
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    3: Exposure for Hepatectomy
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Incisions
    3.2.1 Midline Laparotomy
    3.2.2 J Incision (Makuuchi Incision)
    3.3 "Inverted-L" or Modified Makuuchi Incision
    3.4 Other Incisions
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    4: Parenchymal Preservation in the Operative Management of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Perioperative Outcomes
    4.2.1 Perioperative Morbidity
    4.2.2 Perioperative Mortality
    4.3 Oncologic Outcomes
    4.3.1 Margins
    4.3.2 Recurrence and Survival
    4.3.3 Salvageability
    4.4 Special Considerations
    4.4.1 Genomic Profiling
    4.4.2 Minimally Invasive Surgery
    4.5 Conclusion
    References. 5: Simulation and Navigation
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Simulation
    5.2.1 Three-Dimensional Simulation Software and Virtual Hepatectomy
    5.3 Navigation
    5.3.1 Intraoperative Ultrasound
    5.3.2 Indocyanine Green Fluorescent Imaging
    5.3.3 Real-Time Virtual Sonography
    5.3.4 Navigation Software and Augmented Reality
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    6: Advanced Techniques in Multiple Metastases: Fiduciary Markers and Completion Ablation
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Fiducial Marker Placement
    6.2.1 Indication
    6.2.2 Procedure
    6.2.3 Results
    6.3 Completion Ablation (Planned Incomplete Resection and Postoperative Completion Ablation)
    6.3.1 Definition of Completion Ablation
    6.3.2 Indication
    6.3.3 Procedure
    6.3.4 Results
    6.4 Conclusions
    References
    7: Two-Stage Hepatectomy for Bilateral Colorectal Liver Metastases: Experience of MD Anderson Cancer Center
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 The MD Anderson Cancer Center Approach
    7.3 The MD Anderson Cancer Center "Fast-Track" Approach
    7.4 Outcomes After Two-Stage Hepatectomy
    7.5 Conclusion and Future Aims
    References
    8: Two-Stage Hepatectomy for Bilobar Colorectal Liver Metastases: Experience of Hôpital Paul-Brousse
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Two-Stage Hepatectomy
    8.2.1 Indication
    8.2.2 Surgical Procedures of TSH
    8.2.3 Chemotherapy
    8.2.4 Dropout from the TSH Strategy
    8.2.5 Short-Term Outcome
    8.2.6 Long-Term Outcome
    8.2.7 Surgery for Recurrence
    8.2.8 Case Presentation
    8.3 Conclusion
    References
    9: One-Stage Hepatectomy for Bilateral Colorectal Liver Metastases: Experience of the University of Tokyo
    9.1 Introduction
    9.2 Preoperative Evaluation
    9.2.1 Diagnostic Approach
    9.2.2 Evaluation of Liver Function and Future Liver Remnant Volume
    9.3 Intraoperative Inspection of CLMs. 9.4 Outcomes after One-Stage Hepatectomy
    9.5 Future Perspective of One-Stage Hepatectomy
    9.6 Conclusion
    References
    10: Associating Liver Partition and Portal Vein Ligation for Staged Hepatectomy (ALPPS) for Colorectal Liver Metastasis
    10.1 Introduction
    10.2 Evolution of ALPSS as a New Surgical Strategy
    10.3 ALPPS for Colorectal Liver Metastases
    10.4 When Is ALPPS for CLM Functionally Indicated?
    10.4.1 Where Do We Come From? Functional Resectability in the Pre-ALPPS Era
    10.4.2 Functional Resectability With ALPPS
    10.5 ALPPS for CLM in a Curative Intention
    10.6 ALPPS in a Multimodal Treatment of CLM
    10.7 Conclusion
    References
    11: Open Resection Technique
    11.1 Introduction
    11.2 Anaesthesia
    11.3 General Principles
    11.4 Access-Incision, Retraction, and Mobilization
    11.5 Intra-Operative Ultrasound
    11.6 Laparoscopy
    11.7 Pringle Manoeuvre
    11.8 Liver Dissection/Transection
    11.9 Inflow Control
    11.10 CUSA
    11.11 Intrahepatic Ligation
    11.12 Outflow Control
    11.13 Sealing the Parenchyma
    11.14 Wound Closure
    11.15 Special Situations
    11.16 Conclusion
    References
    12: Laparoscopic Liver Resection Technique: The Norwegian Experience
    12.1 Introduction
    12.2 Laparoscopic Liver Resection for Colorectal Liver Metastases
    12.2.1 Selection and Limitations
    12.2.2 Surgical Techniques
    12.2.2.1 Laparoscopic Nonanatomic Resection (Cauliflower Technique)
    12.2.2.2 Left Lateral Sectionectomy
    12.2.2.3 Laparoscopic Left Hemihepatectomy
    Liver Mobilization
    Control of Vascular Inflow
    Parenchymal Transection
    Outflow Control
    12.2.2.4 Laparoscopic Right Hemihepatectomy
    Liver Mobilization
    Vascular Inflow Control
    Parenchymal Transection
    Hepatic Venous Outflow Control
    12.3 Conclusion/Personal Opinion
    References. 13: Laparoscopic Liver Resection Technique: French Experience
    13.1 Introduction
    13.2 Perioperative and Short-Term Outcomes
    13.3 Oncologic and Long-Term Outcomes
    13.4 Repeat Liver Resection
    13.5 Synchronous Resection of CLM
    13.6 Two-Stage Hepatectomy (TSH)
    13.7 Associating Liver Partition with Portal Vein Ligation (ALPPS)
    13.8 Technical Tips and Tricks
    13.8.1 Positioning
    13.8.2 Incisions, Exploration, and Exposure
    13.8.3 Transection Techniques
    13.8.4 Extraction, Drainage, and Closure
    13.9 Conclusions
    References
    14: Laparoscopic Anatomical Liver Resection Technique: The Japanese Experience
    14.1 Introduction
    14.2 Techniques Based on the Anatomical Landmarks for LALR
    14.2.1 Glissonean Approach
    14.2.1.1 Anatomical Landmarks for Glissonean Approach
    14.2.1.2 Techniques of Glissonean Approach for LAR at Ageo Central General Hospital
    Left Hepatectomy
    Right Anterior Sectionectomy
    Laparoscopic Parenchymal-Sparing Anatomical Liver Resection (Lap-PSAR)
    14.2.2 Parenchymal Transection on the Intersegmental Planes
    14.2.2.1 Anatomical Landmarks for the Hepatic Veins
    Inferior Phrenic Vein (IPV)
    Arantius Ligament
    14.2.2.2 Approaches for Exposing the HVs
    14.2.2.3 Parenchymal Transection under Indocyanine Green (ICG) Fluorescence Image Guidance at Ageo Central General Hospital
    14.3 Future Prospects (The Long-Term Advantages of LLR for CRLM)
    14.4 Conclusion
    References
    15: Is There a Place for Robotic Resection?
    15.1 Introduction
    15.2 Rationale for Minimally Invasive Resection of Colorectal Liver Metastases
    15.2.1 Laparoscopic Hepatectomy
    15.2.2 Theoretical Advantages of a Robotic Approach
    15.3 Learning Curve
    15.4 Robotic Hepatectomy Outcomes
    15.4.1 Robotic Versus Open Perioperative Outcomes. 15.4.2 Robotic Versus Laparoscopic Perioperative Outcomes
    15.4.3 Oncologic Outcomes
    15.4.4 Cost
    15.5 Limitations of Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.6 Robotic Surgery in Practice: Our Approach
    15.6.1 Patient Selection for Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.6.2 Technical Aspects of Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.1 Positioning and Setup
    15.6.2.2 Intraoperative Ultrasound
    15.6.2.3 Instrumentation and General Principles
    15.6.2.4 Right Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.5 Left Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.6 Partial Hepatectomy
    15.6.2.7 Perioperative Management for Robotic Hepatectomy
    15.7 Future Directions
    15.8 Conclusion
    References
    16: Advanced Resection Technique with Vascular Reconstruction
    16.1 Introduction
    16.2 Rational for Resection and Reconstruction
    16.3 Advanced Technique for Resection of CLM
    16.3.1 Tumours Located in the Posterosuperior Segments
    16.3.2 Resection of Tumours Located at Central Upper Segments with Reconstruction of Hepatic Veins Confluence
    16.3.3 Central Lower Tumours with Portal and Biliary Reconstruction
    16.4 R1 Resection by Necessity Versus Complex Resection with Vascular Reconstruction
    16.5 Oncological Results of Complex Resection with Vascular Reconstruction in CLM
    16.6 Conclusion
    References
    17: Resection Margins
    17.1 Introduction
    17.2 Resection Margins in Colorectal Liver Metastases
    17.2.1 Resection Margins Status as a Predictor of Tumour Recurrence and Overall Survival
    17.2.2 Resection Margins and Perioperative Chemotherapy
    17.2.3 Resection Margins and Parenchymal-Sparing Hepatectomy
    17.2.4 Resection Margins and Minimally Invasive Hepatectomy
    17.2.5 Resection Margins and Somatic Gene Mutations
    17.2.6 R1 Resection as a Predictor of Recurrence at the Hepatic Resection Margin
    17.3 Conclusion
    References
    18: R1 Vascular Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sue Clark.
    Summary: "Colorectal Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the balance of probabilities"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anorectal investigation
    Colonoscopy and flexible sigmoidoscopy
    Colorectal cancer
    Colorectal cancer and genetics
    Surgery for colon cancer
    Surgery for rectal cancer
    Perioperative chemotherapy and radiotherapy for colorectal cancer
    Advanced and recurrent colorectal cancer
    Anal cancer
    Diverticular disease
    Ulcerative colitis
    Crohn's disease
    Intestinal failure
    Incontinence
    Functional problems and their surgical management
    Functional problems and their medical management
    Anal fistula: evaluation and management
    Minor anorectal conditions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robin K.S. Phillips, Sue Clark.
    Summary: Colorectal Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the bala.

    Contents:
    Anorectal investigation / Alexis M.P. Schizas and Andrew B. Williams
    Colonoscopy and flexible sigmoidoscopy / Adam Haycock and Siwan Thomas-Gibson
    Inherited bowel cancer / Sue Clark and Andrew Latchford
    Colonic cancer / Robert J.C. Steele
    Rectal cancer / A. Zia Janjua and Brendan J. Moran
    Adjuvant therapy for colorectal cancer / Ganesh Radhakrishna and David Sebag-Montefiore
    Anal cancer / John H. Scholefield
    Diverticular disease / Des Winter
    Ulcerative colitis / Scott R. Kelley and Eric J. Dozois
    Crohn's disease / Mark W. Thompson-Fawcett and Neil J. McC. Mortensen
    Incontinence / Paul-Antoine Lehur and Mark T.C. Wong
    Functional problems and their surgical management / Nicola S. Fearnhead
    Functional problems and their medical management / Anton V. Emmanuel
    Anal fistula : evaluation and management / Peter J. Lunniss and Robin K.S. Phillips
    Minor anorectal conditions / Jit-Fong Lim and Francis Seow-Choen
    Sexually transmitted diseases and the anorectum / Lester Gottesman and Josef A. Shehebar
    Minimally invasive surgery and enhanced recovery programmes in colorectal disease / Ian Jenkins and Robin Kennedy
    Intestinal failure / Carolynne Vaizey and Janindra Warusavitarne.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce George, Richard Guy, Oliver Jones, Jon Vogel.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Sang W. Lee, Scott R. Steele, Daniel L. Feingold, Howard M. Ross, David E. Rivadeneira, editors.
    Summary: This book provides clear surgical options when the cases are not "routine". It follows both a "how to" manual as well as an algorithm-based guide to allow the reader to understand the thought process behind the proposed treatment strategy. In each chapter, international experts address how to avoid being in tough surgical situations through preoperative planning, how to better deal with commonly encountered intra-operative findings, how to deal with difficult laparoscopic, open, endoscopic, and anorectal cases, and how to avoid medico-legal issues. Colorectal Surgery Consultation is simple and succinct and provides pragmatic advice and reproducible techniques that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems through endoscopic and endoluminal approaches that may make the difference in patient outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    A.G. Tyers, J.R.O. Collin.
    Summary: "Known for its superb, step-by-step photo sequences, Colour Atlas of Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery, 4th Edition, by Drs. A. G. Tyers and J. R. O. Collin, remains your first choice for gaining essential knowledge in oculoplastic surgery. Ideal for both novices and experienced surgeons, this award-winning title offers comprehensive coverage of ophthalmic plastic surgery including eyelids, brows, and mid-face - all highlighted by unsurpassed photographic sequences and explanatory text that depict key stages of each procedure. New photos and new operative series, as well as major updates throughout the book, make this an invaluable resource for your practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Basic techniques in ophthalmic plastic surgery
    Preoperative evaluation
    Anaesthesia
    Instruments
    Entropion
    Ectropion
    Eyelash abnormalities
    Ptosis
    Blepharoplasty
    Eyelid retraction
    Evisceration, enucleation, exenteration
    The anophthalmic socket
    Eyelid reconstruction: eyelid margin closure
    Eyelid reconstruction: anterior lamella
    Eyelid reconstruction: posterior lamella
    Eyelid reconstruction: anterior and posterior lamellae combined
    Miscellaneous conditions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Sumita Mehta, Poonam Sachdeva, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to promote awareness of and highlight the screening modalities and various treatment options available for the management of cervical pre-invasive lesions. Cervical cancer is the leading cause of malignancy among women worldwide, and deaths due to cervical cancer represent a global health problem. Yet the risk of cervical malignancy can be decreased substantially if the premalignant conditions of the cervix are recognized and treated in a timely manner. Colposcopy is the gold standard for the diagnosis of cervical dysplasia. Accordingly, the book details the fundamentals of colposcopy and colposcopic assessment of the normal and abnormal cervix. With preventive oncology taking front stage, colposcopy has become one of the most important diagnostic tools available. With chapters contributed by respected experts in this field, the book offers vital insights into colposcopy and an essential guide to comprehensive strategies for the early detection of cervical cancer. The main text is complemented by ample illustrations for clarity and a better understanding of the subject. Case discussions on various clinical scenarios will further ensure good clinical practices, which will in turn translate into reduced risk of cervical cancer.

    Contents:
    Part I: Cervix
    Anatomy & physiology of cervix
    Pathology of pre-invasive lesions of cervix
    Part II: Screening for Cervical cancer
    Visual inspection methods for cervical cancer prevention
    Cytology as a screening tool
    Management recommendations in abnormal cytology
    HPV detection and clinical implications
    HPV Vaccination
    Part III: Colposcopy
    Colposcopy: The scientific basis
    Colposcopic technique, scoring and documentation
    Colposcopic appearance of normal cervix
    Colposcopic evaluation of pre-invasive & early cervical cancer
    Pre-invasive lesions in pregnancy & menopause
    Colposcopic examination in pregnancy
    CIN: Ablative Therapies
    Excisional procedures for treatment of intraepithelial lesions
    Colposcopy of vulva & vagina
    Part IV: Case discussions
    Cases. Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel S. Casper, George A. Cioffi.
    Summary: This unique resource is a practical, easy-to-use guide for the non-ophthalmologist healthcare provider as they encounter patients with eye complaints and other concerning ophthalmic conditions. The Columbia Guide to Basic Elements of Eye Care is specifically designed with the non-ophthalmologist in mind, and provides a foundation of basic eye anatomy and physiology, functional analysis, pathology, and concepts in eye care. Each chapter delivers an accessible summary of various ophthalmic diseases and conditions, all of which are frequently encountered in everyday practice. These chapters provide in-depth discussions on a wide range of topics, from testing and examination procedures to management protocols, referral guidelines and expected frequency of follow-up for each disorder. Complete with hundreds of high-quality, descriptive illustrations and clinical photographs, The Columbia Guide to Basic Elements of Eye Care presents clear, understandable explanations of basic eye anatomy, physiology, disease and treatment for non-ophthalmic practitioners and students. In doing so, this guide provides a framework for determining the normal versus the abnormal, helping the reader recognize which patients require referral, and identify which conditions are developing, require urgent treatment, or can be routinely followed. Non-ophthalmologist healthcare providers and students alike will find this book, written by leaders in the field, a practical resource to consult as they encounter patients with treatable but potentially sight-threatening conditions.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contributors
    Orbital and Ocular Anatomy
    Adult Eye Examination Techniques
    The Pediatric Eye Examination
    Sudden Vision Loss
    Floaters and Flashes
    Ocular Emergencies
    The Refractive State of the Human Eye
    The Red Eye
    Blepharitis and Conjunctivitis
    Dry Eye Syndrome
    Cataract
    Corneal Trauma, Infection, and Opacities
    Corneal Dystrophies
    Cornea Transplantation
    Glaucomatous Optic Neuropathy
    Classification of the Glaucomas
    Pediatric Glaucoma
    Visual Fields and Imaging in Glaucoma
    Medical Treatment of Glaucoma
    Glaucoma: Surgical Therapies
    Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Diabetic Eye Disease
    Other Retinal Vascular Diseases
    Retinal Detachment
    Posterior Segment Trauma
    Inherited Retinal Dystrophies
    Diagnosis and Management of Ocular Inflammatory Disease
    Infectious and Inflammatory Chorioretinopathies
    Thyroid Eye Disease
    Eyelid Lesions
    Eyelid and Eyelash Malpositions
    Orbital Infections
    Orbital Tumors
    Orbital Trauma
    Headache
    Optic Neuropathy
    Diplopia
    The Neurology of Vision
    Amblyopia
    Strabismus
    Intraocular Tumors
    Retinoblastoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Caroline Schnakers, Steven Laureys, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eelco F.M. Wijdicks, MD, PhD, FACP, FNCS, FANA, Professor of Neurology, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Chair, Division of Critical Care Neurology, Consultant, Neurosciences Intensive Care Unit, Mayo Clinic Hospital, Saint Marys Campus, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    A history of coma : evolution of ideas
    The neuroscience of the awake state
    Neurological examination of the comatose patient and localization principles
    Prolonged impaired consciousness
    Brain death
    Neuroimaging, neurophysiology and neuropathology
    Clinical diagnosis and decisions
    Medical care of the comatose patient
    Recovery and rehabilitation
    Law and bioethics
    Media and popular culture
    The clinical vignettes.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Sheila LoboPrabhu, Richard F. Summers, H. Steven Moffic.
    Summary: "Combating Physician Burnout: A Guide for Psychiatrists aims to educate psychiatrists about three key concepts: stress, burnout, and physician impairment. Five sections lay out the scope of the challenge and outline potential interventions. The introduction discusses the history and social context of burnout and provides psychiatrists who may be struggling with burnout with much-needed perspective. Subsequent sections discuss the potential effects of burnout on clinical care, contextual elements that may contribute to burnout, potential systemic and individual interventions, and the moral challenge burnout poses to psychiatry"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The History of Burnout in Society, Medicine, and Psychiatry
    The Social Context of Physician Burnout
    Identifying the Continuum of Stress and Burnout
    Understanding Burnout and its Potential Effects on Clinical Care
    From Burnout to Impairment : The Slippery Slope
    Physician Depression and Suicide
    U.S. Physicians and Work-Home Conflict
    Electronic Health Records and Physician Burnout
    Physician Satisfaction and Burnout at Various Career Stages
    Burnout among Medical Students and Residents
    A Model for Maintaining Well-Being and Preventing Burnout for Psychiatrists
    Psychiatrist Burnout : Prevention and Intervention
    The Role of Health System Innovation in Preventing Psychiatrist Burnout
    Establishing and Maintaining Proportional Authority, Responsibility, and Expertise to Prevent Burnout
    Well-being, Professionalism, and the Ethics of Resilience.
  • Digital
    Maciej Banach, editor.
    Summary: Comprising contributions from leading lipidologists from around the world, this book presents the latest and most comprehensive knowledge on the different options for combination therapy of dyslipidemia, and includes discussion of future therapies that are currently in late stages of clinical evaluation. Dyslipidemia is a leading cause of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality and most patients with this condition fail to achieve adequate control of their serum lipid levels with monotherapy. However, recent US and European guideline recommendations, based on randomized, controlled trials, fail to discuss combination therapy options for patients with dyslipidemia. Statins remain the mainstay of drug therapy for hyperlipidemia and chapters in this book specifically examine the role of add-on therapy with different agents modulating the different lipid fractions in the blood, e.g. bile acid sequestrants, fibric acid derivatives (fibrates), omega-3 fatty acids (fish oils), inhibitors of Niemann-Pick C1 like 1 (NPC1L1) protein, cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP), apolipoprotein B-100 and microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (MTP), and the emerging proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) inhibitors. There is additional discussion of the role of non-drug therapy options such as nutraceuticals, functional foods and lipoprotein apheresis. The book also discusses the combination of antihypertensive drugs with lipid-lowering drugs in the management of cardiovascular risk in patents with dyslipidemia.

    Contents:
    Statins and bile acid resins
    is there a place for such a combination?
    Statins and fibrates
    should it be recommended?
    Statins and ezetimibe
    doubts or bright future?
    Statins and niacin
    the end of residual risk therapy?
    Statins and omega-3 fatty acids
    what more do we need?
    Statins and CETP inhibitors
    anacetrapib and evacetrapib
    the last hope?
    Statins and mipomersen
    the issue of tolerability?
    Statins and lomitapide
    a suitable response for HoFH
    Statins and PCSK9 inhibitors
    defining the correct patients
    Other possible drug combination for dyslipidaemia
    Statins and nutraceuticals/functional food
    Could be they combined?
    Lipid lowering therapy and apheresis
    indications and outcomes
    Combination of lipid lowering agents with antihypertensive drugs
    a joint fight against the two most important risk factors?
    Not only dyslipidaemia therapy
    the time for polypills
    Drug Evaluation: Fenofibrate + simvastatin for the treatment of dyslipidemia: When and for whom?
    Drug Evaluation: Olmesartan medoxomil + rosuvastatin for the treatment of dyslipidemia and concomitant risk factors: A chance for better compliance?
    Conclusions and Take Home Message.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alexander E. Filippov, Stanislav N. Gorb.
    Summary: Basic laws of nature are rather simple, but observed biological structures and their dynamic behaviors are unbelievably complicated. This book is devoted to a study of this "strange" relationship by applying mathematical modeling to various structures and phenomena in biology, such as surface patterns, bioadhesion, locomotion, predator-prey behavior, seed dispersal, etc. and revealing a kind of self-organization in these phenomena. In spite of diversity of biological systems considered, two main questions are (1) what does self-organization in biology mean mathematically and (2) how one can apply this knowledge to generate new knowledge about behavior of particular biological system? We believe that this kind of "biomimetics" in computer will lead to better understanding of biological phenomena and possibly towards development of technical implications based on our modeling.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Various methods of pattern formation
    Chapter 3. Clusterization of biological structures with high aspect ratio
    Chapter 4. Contact between biological attachment devices and rough
    Chapter 5. Anisotropic friction in biological systems
    Chapter 6. Mechanical interlocking of biological fasteners
    Chapter 7. Biomechanics at the microscale
    Chapter 8. Nanoscale pattern formation in biological surfaces
    Chapter 9. Ecology and evolution.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yong-Whee Bahk.
    Contents:
    Introduction and fundamentals of pinhole scintigraphy
    Dual-head planar pinhole scan, pinhole SPECT, and gamma correction pinhole scan of the bone
    Clinical applications
    Normal pinhole scintigraphic anatomy of bones and joints
    Normal variants and artifacts
    Infective and inflammatory diseases of the bone
    Noninfective osteitides
    Diseases of joints and soft-tissue infections
    Degenerative joint diseases
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Seronegative spondyloarthropathies
    Other rheumatic osteoarthropathies and soft-tissue rheumatism syndromes
    Osteochondroses and related diseases
    Vascular bone disorders
    Metabolic bone diseases and drug-induced osteoporosis
    Traumatic, surgical, and sports injuries of the skeleton
    Malignant tumors of the bone
    Benign tumors and tumorous conditions of the bone
    Soft-tissue tumors and tumor-like conditions
    Otorhinological disorders
    PET-CT in bone and joint diseases
    A genetic consideration of skeletal disorders
    Gamma correction pinhole bone scan diagnosis
    Trabecular Microfracture and Micro contusion
    Appendix: Basic physics of pinhole scintigraphy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Patrick M. Johnson.
    Summary: "Coming Out Queer Online argues that social media is a dominant force in the lives of LGBTQ individuals. Through examining archives, talking with individuals, and analyzing social media feeds, the author highlights the many ways that social media acts as both a freeing as well as an oppressive environment for many within the LGBTQ community"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Identity in the digital age
    Creation of a hegemonic LGBT*Q+ culture
    Testing the waters : coming out in a hypermediated age
    Let' get political : the important of political speech in LGBT*Q+ media
    A safe space online? : discrimination, persecution, and self-policing
    Conclusion: The more things, change, the more they remain the same
    Afterword: A "Kindr" online environment?
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Mustafa Suleyman ; with Michael Bhaskar.
    Summary: "We are approaching a critical threshold in the history of our species. Everything is about to change. Soon you will live surrounded by AIs. They will organise your life, operate your business, and run core government services. You will live in a world of DNA printers and quantum computers, engineered pathogens and autonomous weapons, robot assistants and abundant energy. None of us are prepared. As co-founder of the pioneering AI company DeepMind, part of Google, Mustafa Suleyman has been at the centre of this revolution. The coming decade, he argues, will be defined by this wave of powerful, fast-proliferating new technologies. In The Coming Wave, Suleyman shows how these forces will create immense prosperity but also threaten the nation-state, the foundation of global order. As our fragile governments sleepwalk into disaster, we face an existential dilemma: unprecedented harms on one side, the threat of overbearing surveillance on the other. Can we forge a narrow path between catastrophe and dystopia? This groundbreaking book from the ultimate AI insider establishes "the containment problem"-the task of maintaining control over powerful technologies-as the essential challenge of our age"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    T174 .S85 2023
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Goran Štrkalj, Nalini Pather.
    Summary: "A major component of many modern human anatomy programs is commemorating people who have donated their body for education and research. In addition, some institutions have also organized memorial places to honor the body donors. This book is an edited volume which explores the phenomena of commemorations and memorials in anatomy. It includes both descriptive papers focusing on the content of the ceremonies and theoretical papers contextualizing and examining these within the broader ethical, scientific, medical and educational frameworks. Building up on the idea of a community of practice, the main objective of the volume is to enhance the exchange of ideas and sharing of experiences. The concepts of "commemoration" and "memorial" in anatomy programs are presented as emerging. They are seen as phenomena that will continue to evolve and ramify within different cultural and educational contexts, and this volume is expected to facilitate these processes. Indeed, meager literature on the topic indicates potentially enormous practical value in sharing and combining practices from different cultural and teaching/research traditions."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    4
  • Digital
    Aparna Tiwari.
    Summary: Plant breeding has the potential to improve quality of life for millions of people, and to harmoniously link agriculture, societies and ecosystems. Global efforts have been made to improve awareness and create a better and brighter future for plant breeding worldwide. Though substantial international research funding is available, and tremendous efforts have been made to achieve food security and sustainability in agriculture, their success can only be ensured when they are complemented by counterparts at the national level. India is ideally poised to reap the benefits of plant breeding by integrating various parameters like adaptation, uncertainty, vulnerability and resilience into agriculture research strategies. Priorities include making agriculture more appealing to young talents, formulating farmer-friendly policies, combining advanced technologies with conventional plant breeding practices, and building the competencies needed to address emerging challenges in agriculture. This book provides an essential overview of modern plant breeding, and demonstrates how education, entrepreneurship training and professional approaches can help transform the image of agriculture from a poor and unattractive domain into a lucrative and business-oriented one. In addition, it presents strategies to help achieve sustainable, accessible and affordable outcomes with breeding programs. The book's primary goal is to encourage policymakers, academics, private institutions and non-profit organizations to combine their efforts in order to achieve a major transition in plant breeding activities in Asia. Accordingly, it highlights the importance of partnerships and collaborations for making breeding programs more comprehensive and meaningful. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Plant breeding and Indian agriculture
    Plant breeding and seed industry in India
    Role of education to strengthen the plant breeding capacity
    Strategies to strengthen plant breeding status in India.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors Jonathan N. Johnson, MD, FACC, FAAP, Deepak M. Kamat, MD, PhD, FAAP.
    Summary: Pediatric cardiac evaluation, monitoring, and care strategies for primary care physicians and medical staff.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng.
    Summary: This fourth volume describes 256 species of medicinal plants from 5 families, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Agrimonia pilosa, Amygdalus persica, Armeniaca mume, Armeniaca vulgaris, Armeniaca sibirica, Chaenomeles sinensis, Eriobotrya japonica of Rosaceae; Chimonanthus praecox of Calycanthaceae;Albizia julibrissin, Archidendron clypearia, Entada phaseoloides, Bauhinia championii of Mimosoideae; Caesalpinia sappan, Cassia tora, Gleditsia sinensis of Caesalpiniaceae; Abrus cantoniensis, Astragalus membranaceus, Astragalus membranaceus, Dalbergia odorifera, Desmodium caudatum, Desmodium styracifolium, Erythrina variegata, Euchresta japonica, Flemingia prostrata, Glycyrrhiza uralensis, Glycyrrhiza inflata, Glycyrrhiza glabra, Lablab purpureus, Sophora japonica and Spatholobus suberectus of Butterflyaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Agrimonia pilosa
    Amygdalus persica
    Armeniaca mume
    Armeniaca vulgaris
    Armeniaca sibirica
    Chaenomeles sinensis
    Eriobotrya japonica of Rosaceae; Chimonanthus praecox of Calycanthaceae;Albizia julibrissin
    Archidendron clypearia
    Entada phaseoloides
    Bauhinia championii of Mimosoideae; Caesalpinia sappan
    Cassia tora
    Gleditsia sinensis of Caesalpiniaceae; Abrus cantoniensis
    Astragalus membranaceus
    Astragalus membranaceus
    Dalbergia odorifera
    Desmodium caudatum
    Desmodium styracifolium
    Erythrina variegata
    Euchresta japonica
    Flemingia prostrata
    Glycyrrhiza uralensis
    Glycyrrhiza inflata
    Glycyrrhiza glabra
    Lablab purpureus
    Sophora japonica and Spatholobus suberectus of Butterflyaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This first volume describes 78 species of medicinal plants in 44 families, in which 7 families and 13 species are algae and fungi, 28 families and 52 species are ferns, 9 families and 13 species are gymnosperms. The algae include Laminaria japonica, Sargassum fusiforme, Ulva lactucam, Uiva pertusa et al.; the fungi include Calvatia lilacina, Calvatia lilacina, Cordyceps sobolifera, et al.; the gymnosperms include Ginkgo biloba, Pinus massoniana, Thuja orientalis, Ephedra sinica, Ephedra intermedia, Ephedra equisetina, et al. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, herbal medicine names, characteristics, habitats, distributions, Acquisition and processing methods, medicinal traits, tastes, functions, use and dosages, and other information of medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines for each species. This book series has totally 10 volumes, which covers 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly seen or used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy, function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This second volume contains 231 species of 40 families of medicinal plants. The most important family of which are Magnoliaceae, such as Magnolia officinalis and Magnolia officinalis subsp. biloba; Schisandra chinensis of Schisandraceae; Cinnamomum aromaticum of Lauraceae, Coptis chinensis Franch., Coptis omeiensis and Coptis teeta of Berberidaceae; Isatis indigotica, Lepidium apetalum and Raphanus sativus of Cruciferae; Rheum palmatum, Rheum officinale and Rheum taguticum of Polygonaceae, etc. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, herbal medicine names, characteristics, habitats, distributions, Acquisition and processing methods, medicinal traits, tastes, functions, use and dosages, and other information of medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines for each species. This book series has totally 10 volumes, which covers 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly seen or used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy, function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This third volume describes 226 species of 32 families of medicinal plants, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Aquilaria sinensis and Daphne genkwa of Thymelaeaceae; Benincasa hispida, Siraitia grosvenorii, Trichosanthes kirilowii and Trichosanthes rosthornii of Cucurbitaceae; Camellia sinensis of Theaceae; Cleistocalyx operculatus, Eugenia caryophyllata and Rhodomyrtus tomentosa of Myrtaceae; Osbeckia chinensis of Melastomataceae; Quisqualis indica and Terminalia chebula of Combretaceae; Hypericum japonicum of Hypericaceae; Microcos paniculata of Tiliaceae; Hibiscus mutabilis of Malvaceae; Croton crassifolius, C. lachnocarpus, C. tiglium, Euphorbia humifusa, E. lathyris, E. pekinensis, Phyllanthus emblica and Sauropus spatulifolius of Euphorbiaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Participating Units
    Preface
    Abstract
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Medicinal Angiosperms of Onagraceae, Trapaceae, Haloragidaceae, Thymelaeaceae, Nyctaginaceae, Proteaceae, Dilleniaceae, and Pittosporaceae
    1.1 Family: Onagraceae
    1.1.1 Epilobium hirsutum
    1.2 Family: Onagraceae
    1.2.1 Epilobium pyrricholophum
    1.3 Family: Onagraceae
    1.3.1 Ludwigia adscendens
    1.4 Family: Onagraceae
    1.4.1 Ludwigia hyssopifolia
    1.5 Family: Onagraceae
    1.5.1 Ludwigia octovalvis
    1.6 Family: Onagraceae
    1.6.1 Ludwigia prostrata
    1.7 Family: Trapaceae 1.7.1 Trapa bispinosa
    1.8 Family: Haloragidaceae
    1.8.1 Haloragis chinensis
    1.9 Family: Haloragidaceae
    1.9.1 Haloragis micrantha
    1.10 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.10.1 Aquilaria sinensis [1]
    1.11 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.11.1 Daphne genkwa
    1.12 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.12.1 Daphne papyracea
    1.13 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.13.1 Edgeworthia chrysantha
    1.14 Family: Thymelaeaceae
    1.14.1 Wikstroemia indica [2]
    1.15 Family: Nyctaginaceae
    1.15.1 Boerhavia diffusa
    1.16 Family: Proteaceae
    1.16.1 Helicia cochinchinensis [3]
    1.17 Family: Proteaceae 1.17.1 Helicia reticulata
    1.18 Family: Dilleniaceae
    1.18.1 Tetracera asiatica
    1.19 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.19.1 Pittosporum brevicalyx
    1.20 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.20.1 Pittosporum glabratum
    1.21 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.21.1 Pittosporum pauciflorum
    1.22 Family: Pittosporaceae
    1.22.1 Pittosporum tobira
    References
    Chapter 2: Medicinal Angiosperms of Flacourtiaceae, Tamaricaceae, Passifloraceae, and Cucurbitaceae
    2.1 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.1.1 Flacourtia rukam
    2.2 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.2.1 Hydnocarpus hainanensis
    2.3 Family: Flacourtiaceae 2.3.1 Idesia polycarpa
    2.4 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.4.1 Xylosma controversa
    2.5 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.5.1 Xylosma longifolia
    2.6 Family: Flacourtiaceae
    2.6.1 Xylosma racemosum
    2.7 Family: Tamaricaceae
    2.7.1 Tamarix chinensis
    2.8 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.8.1 Adenia chevalieri
    2.9 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.9.1 Passiflora caerulea
    2.10 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.10.1 Passiflora cupiformis
    2.11 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.11.1 Passiflora foetida
    2.12 Family: Passifloraceae
    2.12.1 Passiflora kwangtungensis
    2.13 Family: Passifloraceae 2.13.1 Passiflora moluccana var. teysmanniana
    2.14 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.14.1 Actinostemma tenerum
    2.15 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.15.1 Benincasa hispida [1]
    2.16 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.16.1 Gynostemma pentaphyllum
    2.17 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.17.1 Lagenaria siceraria
    2.18 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.18.1 Luffa acutangula [2]
    2.19 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.19.1 Luffa aegyptiaca [3]
    2.20 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.20.1 Momordica charantia
    2.21 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    2.21.1 Momordica cochinchinensis
    2.22 Family: Cucurbitaceae
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This fifth volume contains 253 species of medicinal plants from 25 families, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Stachyurus himalaicus of Stachyuraceae; Liquidambar formosana, Semiliquidambar cathayensis of Hamamelidaceae; Broussonetia papyrifera, Cudrania cochinchinensis, Cudrania tricuspidata, Ficus carica, Morus alba of Moraceae; Boehmeria nivea and Pouzolzia zeylanica of Urticaceae; Cannabis sativa of Cannabaceae; Ilex asprella, Ilex cornuta, Ilex latifolia, Ilex pubescens of Aquifoliaceae; Euonymus alatus, Tripterygium wilfordii of Celastraceae; Taxillus chinensis, Viscum liquidambaricola of Loranthaceae; Santalum album of Santalaceae; Berchemia lineata, Ventilago leiocarpa, Ziziphus jujuba, Ziziphus jujuba var. Spinosa, Elaeagnus pungens of Rhamnaceae; Citrus aurantium, Citrus grandis var. tomentosa, Citrus medica var. sarcodactylis, Citrus reticulata, Evodia rutaecarpa, Phellodendron chinense and Zanthoxylum bungeanum of Rutaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Stachyurus himalaicus of Stachyuraceae
    Liquidambar formosana, Semiliquidambar cathayensis of Hamamelidaceae
    Broussonetia papyrifera, Cudrania cochinchinensis, Cudrania tricuspidata, Ficus carica, Morus alba of Moraceae
    Boehmeria nivea and Pouzolzia zeylanica of Urticaceae
    Cannabis sativa of Cannabaceae
    Ilex asprella, Ilex cornuta, Ilex latifolia, Ilex pubescens of Aquifoliaceae
    Euonymus alatus, Tripterygium wilfordii of Celastraceae
    Taxillus chinensis, Viscum liquidambaricola of Loranthaceae
    Santalum album of Santalaceae
    Berchemia lineata, Ventilago leiocarpa, Ziziphus jujuba, Ziziphus jujuba var. Spinosa, Elaeagnus pungens of Rhamnaceae
    Citrus aurantium, Citrus grandis var. tomentosa, Citrus medica var. sarcodactylis, Citrus reticulata, Evodia rutaecarpa, Phellodendron chinense and Zanthoxylum bungeanum of Rutaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Participating Units
    Preface
    Abstract
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Medicinal Angiosperms of Rubiaceae
    1.1 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.1.1 Adina pilulifera
    1.2 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.2.1 Adina rubella
    1.3 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.3.1 Catunaregam spinosa
    1.4 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.4.1 Cephalanthus tetrandrus
    1.5 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.5.1 Chassalia curviflora
    1.6 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.6.1 Coffea arabica
    1.7 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.7.1 Coptosapelta diffusa
    1.8 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.8.1 Damnacanthus indicus [1]
    1.9 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.9.1 Diplospora dubia 1.10 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.10.1 Emmenopterys henryi
    1.11 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.11.1 Galium aparine [2]
    1.12 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.12.1 Galium bungei
    1.13 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.13.1 Galium trifidum
    1.14 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.14.1 Gardenia jasminoides [3]
    1.15 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.15.1 Gardenia stenophylla
    1.16 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.16.1 Hedyotis acutangula
    1.17 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.17.1 Hedyotis auricularia
    1.18 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.18.1 Hedyotis cantoniensis
    1.19 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.19.1 Hedyotis caudatifolia
    1.20 Family: Rubiaceae 1.20.1 Hedyotis chrysotricha
    1.21 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.21.1 Hedyotis costata
    1.22 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.22.1 Hedyotis corymbosa
    1.23 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.23.1 Hedyotis diffusa
    1.24 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.24.1 Hedyotis hedyotidea
    1.25 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.25.1 Hedyotis mellii
    1.26 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.26.1 Hedyotis pinifolia
    1.27 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.27.1 Hedyotis tenelliflora
    1.28 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.28.1 Hedyotis verticillata
    1.29 Family:Rubiaceae
    1.29.1 Ixora chinensis
    1.30 Family: Rubiaceae
    1.30.1 Lasianthus chinensis
    References Chapter 2: Medicinal Angiosperms of Rubiaceae (Cont. I)
    2.1 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.1.1 Morinda officinalis [1]
    2.2 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.2.1 Morinda parvifolia [2]
    2.3 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.3.1 Morinda umbellata
    2.4 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.4.1 Mussaenda esquirolii
    2.5 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.5.1 Mussaenda kwangtungensis
    2.6 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.6.1 Mussaenda pubescens [3]
    2.7 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.7.1 Nauclea officinalis
    2.8 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.8.1 Neanotis hirsuta
    2.9 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.9.1 Ophiorrhiza cantoniensis
    2.10 Family: Rubiaceae 2.10.1 Ophiorrhiza japonica
    2.11 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.11.1 Ophiorrhiza pumila
    2.12 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.12.1 Ophiorrhiza sichuanensis
    2.13 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.13.1 Paederia foetida
    2.14 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.14.1 Paederia scandens
    2.15 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.15.1 Paederia scandens var. tomentosa
    2.16 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.16.1 Pavetta hongkongensis
    2.17 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.17.1 Psychotria asiatica
    2.18 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.18.1 Psychotria serpens
    2.19 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.19.1 Rubia cordifolia
    2.20 Family: Rubiaceae
    2.20.1 Rubia podantha
    2.21 Family: Rubiaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This eighth volume describes 272 species of 13 families of medicinal plants, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Adenophora stricta, Adenophora tetraphylla, Codonopsis pilosula, Codonopsis tangshen and Platycodon grandiflorus of Campanulaceae; Lobelia chinensis of Lobeliaceae; Hyoscyamus niger, Lycium barbarum and Lycium ruthenicum of Solanaceae; Cuscuta australis, Cuscuta chinensis, Erycibe obtusifolia of Convolvulaceae; Lagotis brevituba, Rehmannia glutinosa, Scrophularia ningpoensis of Scrpophulariaceae; Aeginetia indica, Cistanche deserticola, Cistanche of Orobanchaceae; Campsis grandiflora, Oroxylum indicum of Bignoniaceae; Andrographis paniculata, Strobilanthes cusia of Acanthaceae; Callicarpa formosana, Callicarpa kwangtungensis, Clerodendrum cyrtophyllum, Clerodendrum fortunatum, Verbena officinalis, Vitex trifolia of Verbenaceae; Agastache rugosa, Ajuga decumbens, Clerodendranthus spicatus, Clinopodium chinense, Glechoma longituba, Lamiophlomis rotata, Leonurus japonicus, Lycopus lucidus var. Hirtus, Mesona chinensis, Perilla frutescens, Pogostemon cablin, Prunella vulgaris, Salvia bowleyana, Salvia miltiorrhiza, Schizonepeta tenuifolia, Scutellaria baicalensis of Lamiaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Adenophora stricta
    Adenophora tetraphylla
    Codonopsis pilosula
    Codonopsis tangshen and Platycodon grandiflorus of Campanulaceae; Lobelia chinensis of Lobeliaceae; Hyoscyamus niger
    Lycium barbarum and Lycium ruthenicum of Solanaceae; Cuscuta australis
    Cuscuta chinensis
    Erycibe obtusifolia of Convolvulaceae; Lagotis brevituba
    Rehmannia glutinosa
    Scrophularia ningpoensis of Scrpophulariaceae; Aeginetia indica
    Cistanche deserticola
    Cistanche of Orobanchaceae; Campsis grandiflora
    Oroxylum indicum of Bignoniaceae; Andrographis paniculata
    Strobilanthes cusia of Acanthaceae; Callicarpa formosana
    Callicarpa kwangtungensis
    Clerodendrum cyrtophyllum
    Clerodendrum fortunatum
    Verbena officinalis
    Vitex trifolia of Verbenaceae; Agastache rugosa
    Ajuga decumbens
    Clerodendranthus spicatus
    Clinopodium chinense
    Glechoma longituba
    Lamiophlomis rotata
    Leonurus japonicus
    Lycopus lucidus var. Hirtus
    Mesona chinensis
    Perilla frutescens
    Pogostemon cablin
    Prunella vulgaris
    Salvia bowleyana
    Salvia miltiorrhiza
    Schizonepeta tenuifolia
    Scutellaria baicalensis of Lamiaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This ninth volume describes 285 species of medicinal plants of 30 families, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Alisma orientale of Alismaceae; Commelina communis of Commelinaceae; Eriocaulon buergerianum of Eriocaulaceae; Alpinia galanga, Alpinia hainanensis, Alpinia officinarum, Alpinia oxyphylla, Amomum compactum, Amomum kravanh, Amomum villosum, Amomum villosum var. xanthioides, Amomum longiligulare, Amomum tsao-ko, Costus speciosus, Curcuma aromatica, Curcuma kwangsiensis, Kaempferia galanga, Zingiber officinale of Zingiberaceae; Anemarrhena asphodeloides, Asparagus cochinchinensis, Disporum cantoniense, Fritillaria cirrhosa, Fritillaria delavayi, Fritillaria unibracteata, Lilium brownii, Lilium brownii, Liriope muscari, Ophiopogon japonicus, Polygonatum kingianum, Polygonatum sibiricum, Polygonatum odoratum of Liliaceae; Paris polyphylla of Trilliaceae; Smilax glabra and Smilax riparia of Smilacaceae syorus calamus, Acorus tatarinowii, Aglaonema modestum, Alocasia macrorrhiza, Arisaema amurense, Homalomena occulta, Lasia spinosa, Pinellia pedatisecta, Pinellia ternata, Pistia stratiotes, Typhonium giganteum of Araceae; Sparganium stoloniferum of Sparganiaceae; Typha angustifolia of Typhaceae; Allium chinense , Allium sativum, Allium tuberosum of Amaryllidaceae; Crocus sativus, Belamcanda chinensis of Iridaceae; Dioscorea opposita of Dioscoreaceae; Areca catechu of Palmae; Bletilla striata, Dendrobium aduncum, Dendrobium loddigesii, Dendrobium nobile, Dendrobium officinale, Gastrodia elata of Orchidaceae; Juncus effusus of Juncaceae; Cyperus rotundus of Cyperaceae; Coix lacryma-jobi var. ma-yuen of Gramineae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Medicinal angiosperms of Hydrocharitaceae
    Alismataceae
    Potamogetonaceae
    Commelinaceae
    Eriocaulaceae
    Musaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This tenth volume records 5 species of resin, 74 species of animals, 41 species of minerals and fossils. There are resins such as Liquidambar orientalis, Commiphore myrrha, Boswellia carterii, Garcinia hanburyi; animals such as Solenognathus hardwickii, , Cervus nippon, Scolopendra subspinipes, Cryptotympana pustulata, Agkistrodon acutus, Bombyx mori, Collocalia esculenta, Moschus moschiferus, Hippocampus kelloggi, Gekko gekko; minerals and fossils such as mercury, gypsum, alum, mirabilite, cinnabar, actinolite, calomel, keel, dens draconis, lithodes, fossilia spiriferis. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Liquidambar orientalis
    Commiphore myrrha
    Boswellia carterii
    Garcinia hanburyi; animals such as Solenognathus hardwickii, Cervus nippon, Scolopendra subspinipes, Cryptotympana pustulata, Agkistrodon acutus, Bombyx mori, Collocalia esculenta, Moschus moschiferus, Hippocampus kelloggi, Gekko gecko
    minerals and fossils such as mercury, gypsum, alum, mirabilite, cinnabar, actinolite, calomel, keel, dens draconis, lithodes, fossilia spiriferis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Huagu Ye, Chuyuan Li, Wencai Ye, Feiyan Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This sixth volume describes 226 species of 32 families of medicinal plants, which are commonly used in Chinese medicine. The most important species are Aquilaria sinensis and Daphne genkwa of Thymelaeaceae; Benincasa hispida, Siraitia grosvenorii, Trichosanthes kirilowii and Trichosanthes rosthornii of Cucurbitaceae; Camellia sinensis of Theaceae; Cleistocalyx operculatus, Eugenia caryophyllata and Rhodomyrtus tomentosa of Myrtaceae; Osbeckia chinensis of Melastomataceae; Quisqualis indica and Terminalia chebula of Combretaceae; Hypericum japonicum of Hypericaceae; Microcos paniculata of Tiliaceae; Hibiscus mutabilis of Malvaceae; Croton crassifolius, C. lachnocarpus, C. tiglium, Euphorbia humifusa, E. lathyris, E. pekinensis, Phyllanthus emblica and Sauropus spatulifolius of Euphorbiaceae. In each specie, it introduces the scientific names, medicinal names, morphologies, habitats, distributions, acquisition and processing methods of these medicinal plants, the content of medicinal properties, therapeutic effects, usage and dosage of these medicinal plants, and attaches unedited color pictures and pictures of part herbal medicines of each species. This book series has 10 volumes in total, which covers over 2000 kinds of Chinese medicines that are commonly used. These volumes not only introduce the efficacy function and some prescriptions of the medicines, but also introduce the biological characteristics of them in detail with clear photos of the habitats, so that readers can identify them in the field. Apart from the growing environment, the books expound the distribution areas and other information to facilitate researches and other applications. The volumes are targeted at readers of general interests and it is also of high referential value for scientific researcher and teachers. It can be used as a guide to researchers, clinical doctors, and students in the department of pharmaceutics and traditional Chinese medicine.

    Contents:
    Aquilaria sinensis and Daphne genkwa of Thymelaeaceae
    Benincasa hispida, Siraitia grosvenorii, Trichosanthes kirilowii and Trichosanthes rosthornii of Cucurbitaceae
    Camellia sinensis of Theaceae
    Cleistocalyx operculatus, Eugenia caryophyllata and Rhodomyrtus tomentosa of Myrtaceae
    Osbeckia chinensis of Melastomataceae
    Quisqualis indica and Terminalia chebula of Combretaceae
    Hypericum japonicum of Hypericaceae
    Microcos paniculata of Tiliaceae
    Hibiscus mutabilis of Malvaceae
    Croton crassifolius, C. lachnocarpus, C. tiglium, Euphorbia humifusa, E. lathyris, E. pekinensis, Phyllanthus emblica and Sauropus spatulifolius of Euphorbiaceae.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Victor C. Strasburger, Donald E. Greydanus.
    Summary: "Adolescent Medicine: State of the Art Reviews (AM:STARs) is the official publicaton of the AAP Section on Adolescent Health. This issue consists of 80 questions on a wide range of topics in the field of Adolescent Medicine. Each question, along with the correct answer, is followed by a discussion of the pertinent topics, including why the correct answer is right and the incorrect answers are wrong. The PREP Adolescent Medicine questions were chosen to follow the format of the Content Specifications outlined by the American Board of Pediatrics, which delineates the areas of study that are covered in the examination that is required for subspecialty Board Certification in Adolescent Medicine. This is a helpful resource to assess knowledge in Adolescent Medicine practice and study for the Board Examination"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017
  • Digital
    John J. Russell, Edward F. Ryan Jr., editors.
    Summary: This book offers a guide to common dermatologic conditions most often treated by primary care providers. Most dermatologic disorders in the United States are treated by primary care physicians, and yet primary care training programs do not prioritize dermatology. This easy-to-use reference answers that need with practical recommendations for diagnosing and treating these common diseases along with a number of illustrative color images. Throughout, chapters are either organized by population and the dermatologic conditions common to those groups or diseases commonly encountered in primary care. Populations covered include children, pregnant women, and athletes, and common diseases covered include dermatitis, warts, herpes, psoriasis, and some skin cancers. This is an essential resource for primary care physicians, physician assistants, and nurse practitioners who treat dermatologic conditions in their daily practice. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Approach to a Dermatologic Condition in Primary Care
    Common Newborn Dermatologic Conditions
    Childhood Exanthems
    Atopic Dermatitis
    Contact Dermatitis
    Acne Vulgaris
    Cutaneous Warts
    Herpes Infections Cutaneous Manifestations
    Skin and Soft Tissue infections
    Seborrheic Dermatitis
    Tinea Infections: From Head to Toe
    Scabies and Head Lice
    Common Nail Disorders
    Psoriasis
    Diagnostic evaluation using biopsy and dermoscopy
    Benign Cutaneous Lesions
    Skin Cancer for Primary Care
    Rosacea
    Skin condition in Athletes
    Gynecologic Dermatology
    Dermatoses in Pregnancy
    The Diagnosis and Treatment of Common Wounds Encountered in Primary Care
    Geriatric Dermatologic Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Adebowale J. Adeniran, David Chhieng.
    Contents:
    Aspirates with Macrophages and/or Colloid Only
    Usefulness of Sub-Classification of Follicular Lesion of Undetermined Significance
    Cytologic Atypia in Toxic Goiter
    Hurtle Cell Lesions
    Pitfalls in the Diagnosis of Hashimoto Thyroiditis
    Lymphocyte-only Aspirates
    Molecular Testing
    Pitfalls In Evaluating Cystic Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Challenges in the Diagnosis of Follicular Variant of Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Variants of Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Medullary Carcinoma
    Challenges in the Diagnosis Hyalinizing Trabecular Tumor
    Poorly Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma
    Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    Metastatic Neoplasms to the Thyroid
    Thyroglobulin Detection in Fine-Needle Aspiration of Nodal Metastases from Differentiated Thyroid Cancers
    Pediatric Thyroid FNA
    Ectopic Thyroid Tissue Versus Nodal Metastasis
    Parathyroid Tissue versus Thyroid Tissue
    Evaluation of Thyroid Bed Sampling.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Galloway, N. R.; Amoaku, W. M. K.; Browning, Andrew C.; Galloway, Peter.
    Summary: Since the last edition of this book, there have been a number of advances in the fields of glaucoma, corneal disease, medical retina and genetics. This new edition discusses these developments while also providing an introduction to the specialty of clinical ophthalmology for medical students, trainee ophthalmologists, optometrists, general practitioners, and anyone with a special interest in the subject. Common Eye Diseases and their Management, 5th Edition contains a brief introduction and outline of the anatomy of the eye and orbit, with emphasis placed on the efficacy of modern treatments in later chapters. References are deliberately kept to a minimum to engage readers with a conversational approach and each chapter ends with a concise summary to assist the reader with remembering the key points for each topic.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Introducing the Eye
    The Scope of Ophthalmology
    Basic Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye
    Examination of the Eye
    Section 2 Primary Eye care Problems
    Long Sight, Short Sight
    Common Disease of the Eyelids
    Common Diseases of the Conjunctiva and Cornea
    The Red Eye
    Failing Vision
    Headache
    Contact Lenses
    Section 3. Problems of the Eye Surgeon
    Cataract
    Glaucoma
    Retinal Detachment
    Squint
    Tumours of the Eye and Adnexae
    Ocular Trauma
    Section 4. Problems of the Medical Ophthalmologist
    Testing Visual Acuity
    The Inflamed Eye
    The Ageing Eye
    The Childs Eye
    Systemic Disease and the Eye
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    Genetics and the Eye
    Drugs and the Eye
    Section 5 Visual Disability
    Blindness
    Further Reading. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gretchen G. Kimmick, Rebecca A. Shelby, Linda M. Sutton, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a clinically useful resource for evaluation and management of the symptoms and issues that burden survivors of breast cancer. Improvements to breast cancer screening and treatment have resulted in more patients than ever before having been cured after local definitive and systemic therapies. Primary care providers and specialists must be increasingly familiar with the issues that breast cancer survivors routinely face. This is the first book to provide a single resource for common issues faced by breast cancer survivors from a truly multidisciplinary perspective; each chapter of this text is coauthored by at least one oncologist and one specialist outside the field of oncology in order to include the perspectives of relevant disciplines. User-friendly and clinically applicable to all specialties, individual chapters also include tables and figures that describe how best to conduct initial evaluation of the given symptom as well as an algorithm, where applicable, outlining the optimal management approach. Common Issues in Breast Cancer Survivors: A Practical Guide to Evaluation and Management empowers non-cancer specialists and practitioners who care for breast cancer survivors to address common issues that impact patient quality of life.

    Contents:
    Overview of the National and International Guidelines for Care of Breast Cancer Survivors
    Breast Imaging in Breast Cancer Survivors: Screening for New Breast Cancers and for Cancer Recurrence
    Hot Flashes
    Management of Genital Symptoms in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Sexual and Reproductive Health Concerns in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Arthralgias
    Persistent Breast Pain (PBP)
    Common Issues in Breast Cancer Survivors A Practical Guide to Evaluation and Management of Neuropathy
    Cancer-related Cognitive Impairment
    Cancer-Related Fatigue
    Sleep Issues and Insomnia
    Depressive and Anxiety Symptoms and Disorders in Women with Breast Cancer
    Obesity, Weight Gain and Weight Management in Women with Early Breast Cancer
    Breast Cancer-Related Lymphedema and Shoulder Impairments Physical Therapy and Plastic Surgery
    Bone Loss in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Cardiovascular Health in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Diabetes and Breast Cancer
    Hair Loss in Breast Cancer Survivors
    Skin Reactions Associated with Breast Cancer Treatment
    Hereditary Cancer Counseling and Germline Genetic Testing
    Common Considerations in Male Breast Cancer Survivors: A Practical Guide to Evaluation and Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    James M. Daniels, editor.
    Contents:
    1.Introduction
    2.The Cervical Spine
    3.The Shoulder
    4.The Elbow
    5.The Hand and Wrist
    6.The Fingers
    7.The Lumbosacral Spine
    8.The Hip
    9.The Knee
    10.The Ankle
    11.The Foot
    12.Common Pediatric Musculoskeletal Problems
    13.The Acutely Painful, Swollen Joint
    14.Musculoskeletal Radiology
    15.Splinting and Soft Tissue Issues
    16.Pre-Participation Evaluation
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jeffrey P. Greenfield, Caroline B. Long, editors.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Development of the Brain and Spine
    1 Normal Development of the Skull and Brain
    2 The Neurologic Exam in Neonates and Toddlers
    Section 2: Newborn through Infancy
    3 Birth Trauma to the Scalp and Skull
    4 Brachial Plexus Injuries during Birth
    5 Neonatal Brain Injury
    6 Evaluation of Head Shape in the Pediatric Practice: Plagiocephaly vs. Craniosynostosis
    7 Neurocutaneous Disorders
    8 Cutaneous Markers of Spinal Dysraphism
    9 Tethered Cord
    10 Lumps and Bumps: Scalp and Skull Lesions
    Section 3: Hydrocephalus Primer
    11 Intraventricular Hemorrhage in the Premature Infant
    12 Neuro-ophthalmic Presentation of Neurosurgical Disease in Children
    13 Hydrocephalus and Ventriculomegaly
    14 Neurosurgical Considerations in Macrocephaly
    15 Evaluation and Classification of Pediatric Headache
    Section 4: Imaging of the Pediatric Brain and Spine
    16 Prenatal Imaging of the Fetal Brain and Spine
    17 Prenatal Counseling for Fetal Diagnoses
    18 Imaging of the Pediatric Brain
    19 Radiographic Evaluation of Suspected Scoliosis
    20 Image Gently: Radiation Exposure in Children
    Section 5: Beyond Hydrocephalus: What Pediatric Neurosurgeons Treat Most
    21 Chiari Malformation
    22 Pediatric Brain Tumors
    23 Pediatric Neurovascular Disease
    24 Pediatric Seizures
    25 Approach to Spasticity in the Pediatric Patient
    26 Assessment and Management of Minor Head Injuries in Toddlers and Adolescents
    27 Non-Accidental Head Trauma
    28 A Pediatrician?s Guide to Concussion Management
    29 Pathophysiology and Diagnosis of Concussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nailah Coleman, editor.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book is designed as a practical and quick reference guide on the evaluation and management of common pediatric knee injuries for those who provide clinical care to children and adolescents, including pediatricians, family practitioners, pediatric nurse practitioners, and trainees in these fields. It focuses on the important findings on evaluation and considerations for management of common knee injuries and is arranged in three general sections, as follows: general evaluation of the pediatric knee, specific injuries in the pediatric knee and injury prevention. Concise and practical, this book adds and improves on current academic offerings in the field, while providing an easy-to-read reference for both common and concerning pediatric knee issues. It contains cases to aid understanding, as well as helpful pearls and pitfalls along with a chapter summary for each condition. All chapters are structured in a similar way to ensure that this remains a well-organized quick resource for the clinician in a hurry. This book appeals to the pediatrician, and the sports medicine specialist alike, interesting all clinicians that work with the pediatric athlete and with pediatric knee injuries.

    Contents:
    General Mechanisms of Injury and Associated Problems
    history
    physical exam
    what to do and when
    GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF PEDIATRIC KNEE INJURIES
    Patellar Subluxation and Dislocation
    Patellar Contusion
    Sinding-Larsen-Johansson Syndrome
    Patellar Sleeve Fracture
    Patellofemoral Pain Syndrome
    Osgood Schlatter's Disease
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
    Patellar Tendon Injury
    Quadriceps Tendon Injury
    Infrapatellar (Hoffa's) Fat Pad Conditions
    PCL Tear
    Popliteus Injury
    hamstring injury
    Gastrocnemius Injury
    Posterolateral Corner Injury
    Popliteal Cyst
    Medial Collateral Ligament Injury
    Pes Anserine Pain Syndrome
    Fibular Injury (Proximal)
    Lateral Collateral Ligament Injury
    Iliotibial Band Syndrome
    Femoral Injury (Distal)
    Tibial Injury (Proximal)
    Meniscus injury
    Osteochondritis Dessicans of the Knee (Femoral and PatellaR)
    Community Outreach
    Education.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dieter Schmidt, William O. Tatum, Steven C. Schachter.
    Summary: Epilepsy is amongst the most frequently encountered of neurological disorders, yet its diagnosis and management is fraught with pitfalls. Issues surrounding differential diagnosis, seizure type, underlying causes, EEG interpretations, treatment options and prognoses can often trip-up clinicians. Common Epilepsy Pitfalls: Case-Based Learning, is a comprehensive guide to anticipating and managing the pitfalls in the diagnosis and management of epilepsy. Real-life cases are presented along with pragmatic recommendations for courses of action that guide the reader through accurate and effective epilepsy diagnosis and treatment. Cases have been chosen to answer key questions such as: the first seizure - is it epilepsy? Which drug? When should stopping treatment be considered? What to do in an epileptic emergency? Containing detailed coverage of psychiatric, social and family issues - and authored by world experts in epilepsy management - this text is invaluable for neurologists, internists, family practitioners and advanced medical students.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Efstathios Karamanos, editor.
    Summary: There are about 1,300 general surgery residency spots a year in the US alone. In addition, 20,000 medical students rotate through surgery a year. With medical students and residents routinely scrubbing into surgeries that they've never seen or have only seen a handful of times, an easy, practical, to the point, user friendly reminder of the major steps of an operation is vital. It is not uncommon to see medical students and residents watching videos or searching online frantically to understand a common operation. This book serves as a practical guide for the resident to easily carry in their pocket, quickly skim through, and have the basic steps of every major operation at their fingertips. Common Surgeries Made Easy is written in a bullet point format with clear illustrations to provide an easy to read, quick overview of the "core" surgeries encountered during residency with some added advanced operations for extended use in the beginning stages of a medical career. Geared towards quick review for the oral board exams, this study guide caters specifically to the resident.

    Contents:
    Esophagus
    Laparoscopic nissen fundoplication
    Minimally invasive heller myotomy
    Laparoscopic transabdominal paraesophageal hernia repair
    Minimally invasive Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
    Stomach
    The Graham patch
    Billroth 1 gastroduodenostomy
    Billroth 2 gastroenterostomy
    Subtotal gastrectomy with D2 lymphadenectomy
    Total gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic roux-en-y gastric bypass
    Sleeve gastrectomy
    Small bowel
    Loop ileostomy- laparoscopic
    Loop ileostomy/colostomy reversal
    Stricturoplasty
    Colon
    Laparoscopic right hemicolectomy (medial-to-lateral approach)
    Laparoscopic left hemicolectomy (medial-to-lateral approach)
    Laparoscopic low anterior resection
    Abdominoperineal resection
    Total abdominal colectomy
    Open partial colectomy with end ileostomy and distal stump creation: Hartmann's procedure
    End colostomy takedown
    Laparoscopic appendectomy
    Open appendectomy
    Liver
    Right hepatectomy
    Left hepatectomy
    Pancreas
    Open distal pancreatectomy
    Laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy
    Pancreaticoduodenectomy (Whipple procedure)
    Biliary system
    Laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    Open cholecystectomy
    Hernia
    Inguinal hernia repair - open tissue repair (Bassini)
    Open inginual hernia repair
    Lichtenstein repair
    Open femoral hernia repair: McVay
    Laparoscopic totally extraperitoneal (TEP) inguinal hernia repair
    Laparoscopic inguinal hernia repair: TAPP
    Rives-stopa ventral hernia repair
    Anterior component separation
    Posterior component separation
    Breast
    Simple mastectomy
    Lumpectomy and sentinel lymph node biopsy
    Axillary lymph node dissection
    Endocrine
    Thyroidectomy
    Thyroid lobectomy
    Parathyroidectomy
    Skin
    Split thickness skin graft (STSG)
    Amputations
    Above knee amputation (AKA)
    Below knee amputation (BKA)
    Toe/ray amputation
    Miscellaneous
    Percutaneous dilatational tracheostomy
    Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy (PEG) tube placement
    Abdominal access for laparoscopic surgery
    Facial lacerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    T.J. Saclarides, J.A. Myers, K.W. Millikan (eds.).
    Contents:
    Cardiac Clearance for Non-Cardiac Surgery
    Preoperative Evaluation of Bleeding
    Managing Patient's Medications (Diabetes, Beta Blockers, NSAIDS, Anticoagulants)
    The Carotid Bruit
    DVT Prophylaxis
    Initial Trauma Assessment and Resuscitation
    Head Trauma
    Management of the Difficult Airway
    Penetrating Neck Trauma
    Penetrating Chest Trauma
    Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
    Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    Pelvic Fractures
    Traumatic Hematuria
    Extremity Fractures
    Burns
    Chronic Lower Extremity Ischemia
    Algorithmic Approach to the Acute Cold Leg
    Myocardial Infarction
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Dialysis Access
    Thyroid Nodules and Malignancy
    Cushing?s Syndrome
    Hyperthyroidism
    Hypercalcemia
    Insulinoma
    Gastrinoma
    Surgical Hypertension: Evaluation and Treatment
    Incidentalomas
    Upper Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Dysphagia
    Esophageal Cancer
    Gastroesophageal Reflux
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Chronic Pancreatitis
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Ulcer Disease and Helicobacter Pylori
    Ischemic Bowel
    Crohn's Disease
    Ulcerative Colitis
    Acute Appendicitis
    Diverticulitis
    Large Bowel Obstruction
    Colon Cancer
    Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Genetic Predisposition to Colorectal Cancer
    Rectal Cancer
    Anal Cancer
    Anorectal Pain- Rectal Bleeding
    Rectal Bleeding
    Jaundice
    Liver Mass
    Portal Hypertension
    Carcinoid Disease
    Inguinal Hernia
    Abdominal Wall Defects
    Indications for Renal Transplantation
    Indications for Liver Transplantation and Pre-transplant Evaluation
    Palpable Breast Mass
    Abnormal Mammogram
    Invasive Breast Cancer
    Nipple Discharge
    Ductal Carcinoma in Situ
    Genetic Predisposition to Breast Cancer
    Melanoma
    Solitary Pulmonary Nodules
    Evaluation of the Suspicious Neck Mass
    Hypertrophic Pyloric Stenosis
    Jaundice in the Pediatric Patient
    Pediatric Abdominal Masses
    Esophageal Atresia/Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    Intussusception
    Hirschsprung?s Disease
    Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Hematuria
    Testicular Mass
    Painful Scrotum
    Acute Gynecologic Pelvic Pain
    Evaluation and Management of Adnexal Masses
    Pelvic Inflammatory Diseases
    Postoperative Glucose Management
    Oliguria
    Postoperative Fever
    Postoperative Chest Pain
    Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections
    Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome (SIRS) and Sepsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    by JD Schramm, with Kara Levy.
    Summary: "Approaching Mastery in Business Communication: a guide for leaders to speak and write with influence. This book will provide readers with a rich treasure of frameworks and tools for leadership communication as developed and taught over the past decade at Stanford's Graduate School of Business. Designed for the business leader on the go the book will provide quick access to helpful approaches to vexing communication problems leaders face today in speaking and writing to various audiences. It will address the pain point that leaders are often selected for their technical skills, but advance because of their communication skills. Projects often fail not because of the vision, but in the articulation of that vision. Promising start-ups wither without funding, while less viable ventures are funded, simply due to the strength of the communicators. This book will place in leaders' hands the exact frameworks and strategies developed at one of the world's top business schools. While firmly grounded in proven approaches, the book will be designed in a practical and accessible style for easy reference and use"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 130
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Eric Shamus, Debra Stern, William F. McGehee, Kara Gainer.
    Summary: In a changing healthcare environment, physical therapists and physical therapist assistants need to be paid for services rendered. Therapists cannot afford third-party payer denial for services they provide. This textbook will help lay the foundation on what, how, and why to document. Clinical decision-making, evidence-based practice, legal issues, coding, and utilization review are just a few of the content areas covered.

    Contents:
    How to write patient care notes
    How to document clinical decision-making
    Payment and coding
    Steps and framework for coding and documentation
    Appendix A. Abbreviations
    Appendix B. OASIS D
    Appendix C. CMS Form 1500 with instructions
    Appendix D. ICD-10 guidelines
    Appendix E. APTA guidelines: physical therapy documentation of patient/client management
    Appendix F. APTA documentation review checklist.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Angela Cooke-Jackson and Valerie Rubinsky.
    Summary: "Communicating Intimate Health offers a collection of original research and theoretical work showcasing advances in intimate health scholarship from the field of communication studies, with a focus on the intersection of intimate health, gender, and race"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Cover
    Communicating Intimate Health
    Series
    Communicating Intimate Health
    Copyright
    Contents
    Introduction
    Part I: Absence as a Theme of Intimate Health Communication
    Chapter 1
    Sweet Nothings
    Sweet Nothings
    Wrapping It Up
    References
    Chapter 2
    "Why Don't All Parents Talk about This Stuff"
    Methods
    Findings
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 3
    The Sex Talk was Taboo ... So was Wearing a Tampon
    Methods
    Findings and Implications
    Conclusion
    Note
    References
    Chapter 4
    Intimate Conversations about Sex and Sexuality Reflection on a Decade of Studying Purity Pledges
    Lessons Learned
    Final Thoughts
    References
    Chapter 5
    Intimate Communication Guidelines for Transformative Sexual Education
    Starting the Conversation
    Alternative Approaches to Sexual Health Education
    Guiding Principles for Transformative Sexual Health Education
    References
    Chapter 6
    The (S)lack of Queer Healthcare in Appalachia
    Methods
    Results
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Interpersonal Communication and Health Intimacies
    Chapter 7
    Theory of Memorable Messages Theory of Memorable Messages, Absent Messages, and Disruption
    Why This Matters: The Applications of ToMM
    Future Research and Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 8
    Beyond the Binaries of Sexual Consent
    Exploring Consent and Diverse Sexualities: A Case Study
    Conceptions of Consent
    The Sexual Consent Education-to-Practice Gap
    A Path Forward for Consent Identities in Practice
    References
    Chapter 9
    Disrupting Sexual Communication
    Boundary-Setting and Interpersonal Skills in Intimate Communication
    Boundary Setting in Diverse Communities Conclusion: Applying Boundary-Setting Research
    References
    Chapter 10
    "But I Can't Talk to My Doctor about That!"
    Preparing to Talk to Your Doctor
    Preparing for Responses from your Doctor
    References
    Chapter 11
    Technology and Sexual Health Communication among Black and Latinx Young Women
    Sexual Health Communication of Black and Latinx Young Women
    Technology-Based Sexual Health Communication
    Future Directions and Conclusions
    References
    Part III: Maternal Health and Motherhood
    Chapter 12
    Interpersonal Communication Surrounding Infertility and Miscarriage Communication Surrounding Infertility
    Communication Surrounding Miscarriage
    References
    Chapter 13
    From "Breast Is Best" to "Your Choice"
    Breastfeeding and Intimate Health: Information Seeking and Memorable Messages
    The Current Study
    Findings and Implications
    References
    Chapter 14
    Caregiving throughout Herstory
    Doulas as a Feature of Maternal Healthcare
    Intimate Health Communication and African Maternal Health
    Conclusion
    References
    Part IV: Trauma, Structural Violence, and Intimate Health
    Chapter 15
  • Print
    Batey, Marjorie V.
    Summary: Consists of papers presented at a conference sponsored 1968-73 by the Western Council on Higher Education for Nursing; 1974- by the Western Society for Research in Nursing.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    W3 .C74
    5
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA423.2 .C66 2017
    1
  • Digital
    contributions by Mike Alvarez, Lisann Anders, Warren J. Bareiss, Marta Carvalhal, Kathryn Fox, Carolyn Helps, Jill M. Hooley, Tina In-Albon, Anita Kwashie, John Levitt, Shuang Liu, Janine Ludtke, Yanni Ma, Nicole S. Parrish, Marc Schmid, Taru Tschan, Brianna J. Turner, Shirley Wang ; edited by Warren J. Bareiss.
    Summary: "Non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI) is the deliberate harming of one's body without suicidal intent. An international group of clinicians and communication specialists describe, analyze, and explain how NSSI is communicated about, what NSSI is communicating, and how we can do a better job in communicating with others about NSSI."--Cover.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements
    Prologue
    Non-Suicidal Self-Injury: Communicating in Chaos / Marta Carvalhal, LISW-CP and Nicole S. Parrish, M.D.
    Self-Regulatory Communication in the Treatment of Self-Injury: Development and Maintenance of Therapeutic Rapport / John L. Levitt, PhD, FAED, FIAEDP, CEDS-S
    Novel Online Daily Diary Interventions for Non-Suicidal Self-Injury: A Randomized Controlled Trial / Jill M. Hooley, Kathryn R. Fox, Shirley B. Wang, and Anita N. D. Kwashie
    Sibling Relationships of Female Adolescents with Non-Suicidal Self-Injury Disorder in Comparison to a Clinical and a Nonclinical Control Group / Taru Tschan, Janine Lüdtke, Marc Schmid, and Tina In-Albon
    Using Micro-Longitudinal Methods to Examine Social-Communicative Functions of Self-injury in Everyday Life / Brianna J. Turner and Carolyn E. Helps
    Discursive Tensions and Contradictions: A Cultural Analysis of an Online Self-Harm Forum / Mike Alvarez
    "Can Airport Scanners See Scars?" An Interpretive Analysis of Self-Injury Narratives / Warren J. Bareiss
    Fighting the Self: Interpersonal and Intrapersonal Communicative Violence in Chuck Palahniuk's Fight Club / Lisann Anders
    A Systematic Review of Media Use and Non-Suicidal Self-Injury Behaviors / Shuang Liu, Ph.D. and Yanni Ma, Ph.D.
    The End (a.k.a The Beginning): Application of Buddhist Principles in Communicating With, About, and Through Self-Harm / Warren J. Bareiss
    About the Authors.
  • Digital
    Rebecca S. Imes, Leah M. Omilion-Hodges, Jennifer D.B. Hester.
    Summary: "This book is designed to help you understand teams in the unique setting of palliative care. This book utilizes: Stories from nurses, social workers, physicians, patients, families, executives, chaplains, and pharmacists; Pearls from the Field: Provider and team takeaways; Best practices of team leaders; Tips for individuals and palliative care teams to communicate with other providers, departments, and senior leadership; Discusses how to improve short-term and long-term functionality; Outlines the predictors of burnout for palliative care providers and teams; Self-care and team-care suggestions; and Combines recent research and theory in an accessible writing style"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why We Need to Talk about Teams and Communication in Palliative Care
    Who Are the Players? Exploring the Types of Palliative Care Providers
    Formation and Maintenance of High Performing Palliative Care Teams
    Leading Palliative Care Teams
    Interdisciplinary Palliative Care Team Meetings
    Occupational Culture : Understanding the Role and Stigma of Palliative Care
    Self-care and Team-care in Emotional Labor-Intensive Positions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Erma Manoncourt, Rafael Obregon, Ketan Chitnis, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with critical conceptual and applied elements that may contribute to implementation of effective communication and community engagement for disease outbreak preparedness and response. Until the WHO declared COVID-19 a pandemic on March 11, 2020, for several years public health authorities and influential voices in the international public health community have warned of a pandemic and therefore a need to strengthen governments and communities ability to prevent and respond to it effectively to minimize its impact on lives and economies. While investments have focused on clinical, diagnostic, and vaccine research, preventing and minimizing the impact of disease outbreaks requires a wider socio-ecological systems approach that places communities at the centre of the response. Such an approach is still rare in public health practice. One of the key lessons that the authors have learned, and on which they reflect in the chapters, is that technical inputs will be as effective as they are fully integrated within the broader architecture of disease outbreak preparedness and response. The ten chapters of this contributed volume are organized under three parts: a conceptual framework, case studies, and recommendations. Social and Behavior Change Communication in Disease Outbreaks is a timely and essential resource for public health managers, donors, implementers, organizations engaged in disease prevention and control and academics called on to support the response. These audiences should benefit from this approach as the book highlights dimensions that are often under-resourced.

    Contents:
    Part I: Conceptual Framework
    Chapter 1 - Communication and Engagement in Disease Outbreaks and Pandemic Responses: Key Concepts and Issues
    Chapter 2 - The Global Health Architecture of Pandemic Preparedness and Response: Comparing and Contrasting Experiences of Zika and COVID-19 in Brazil
    Chapter 3 - Community Engagement in Disease Outbreak Preparedness and Response Lessons from Recent Outbreaks, Key Concepts, and Quality Standards for Practice
    Part II: Case Studies: Learning from Practice
    Chapter 4 - Reflections on Social Behavior Change: Lessons Learned from Polio Outbreak Response
    Chapter 5 - Complexity and Context of Ebola Virus Disease Preparedness and Response in Eastern and Southern Africa
    Chapter 6 - Ebola in Sierra Leone: Leveraging Community Assets to Strengthen Preparedness and Response
    Chapter 7 -The Invisible Threat: Communicating Risk and Engaging Communities to Respond to Zika
    Chapter 8 An Experiential Account of the Risk Communication and Community Engagement Early Response to the COVID-19 Pandemic in Chile and Paraguay: Lessons and Recommendations
    Chapter 9 - Communication and Community Engagement to Contain Disease Outbreaks and Improve Wellbeing: Rohingya Refugee Response, Bangladesh
    Part III: Lessons Learned: Conclusions and Recommendations
    Chapter 10 - Reflections and Recommendations for Future Disease Outbreak and Pandemic Response.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Benjamin Patel, Abhay Rane, editors.
    Summary: Historically, communication was described as a secondary, or soft skill for surgeons. Now, astute communication, both with patients and with colleagues, forms a fundamental element of holistic surgical practice and comprises a core component of the Non-Technical Skills for Surgeons that are increasingly recognised in modern surgical practice. Good communication is required during each patient interaction: history taking, explanation, consent, breaking bad news, and managing difficult encounters such as the demanding or angry patient. Good communication with patients improves patient trust, compliance and overall satisfaction, reduces complaints and malpractice claims. High quality communication is also fundamental when interacting with colleagues: in theatre, on the ward, whilst making referrals and organising special tests. In the busy schedules of medical professionals, such communication must be succinct and relevant. Team structures must empower all members to speak up, so as to prevent harm being done. Suboptimal communication is a root cause for the majority of serious adverse events. Furthermore, good communication reduces job stress and enhances satisfaction for the surgeon. Good communication is not an inborn behaviour; it is a learned skill that is based on key principles. Studies have clearly demonstrated that education in communication improves patient outcomes and satisfaction. Several frameworks have been described, to facilitate good communication in certain scenarios: SPIKES for breaking bad news, SBAR for handover, surgical briefs and de-briefs, to name a few. This textbook will be aimed towards medical students, surgical trainees and surgical consultants internationally. It is relevant to every-day practice, examinations and OSCEs, such as medical finals, MRCS, FRCS and international equivalents, and interviews where role play is often featured.

    Contents:
    Part I: Key concepts in surgical communication
    The components of communication
    The patient-surgeon relationship
    Teamwork in surgery
    The trainer-trainee relationship
    Part II: Scenarios and frameworks: Patient-surgeon
    Information gathering and diagnostics
    Shared decision-making and consent
    Breaking bad news
    Escalation status and palliative care
    Navigating patient emotions
    Communication with young people
    Communication with patients with learning disabilities
    Part III: Scenarios and frameworks: Teamwork and teaching
    Referrals and requests
    Communicating in theatre
    Responding to significant events
    Surgical training and feedback
    Handover and presenting patients
    Reflective practice
    Part IV: Communication using technology
    Communication in telehealth
    Communicating with social media.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Adrienne Boissy, Tim Gilligan.
    Contents:
    "I already know this" and "Patients know I care": designing a culture that is ready for communication skills training
    Leveraging your burning platform
    Keys to launching a successful communication skills training program
    Birth of the R.E.D.E. Model
    Making communication skills resonate with experienced clinicians
    Conversations that haunt clinicians
    Individual peer coaching: what to do about Dr. Jones?
    Facilitating staff physicians is not the same as teaching residents or students ... or is it?
    Who facilitates whom? Advanced care provider training
    Empathic communication through the loop lens: a surgeon's perspective
    "Trust me, I'm a doctor!": building, supporting, and maintaining professionalism
    The awesome power of vulnerability.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2016
  • Digital
    Matthew K. McNabney, editor.
    Summary: Community-based integrated care (CBIC) is designed to keep older adults where they want to be at home and out of hospitals and nursing homes. The Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE) is an example of successful CBIC, established in 1985 as an innovative solution to pervasive issue: how to provide integrated care to a high-risk population of older adults that promotes community living (not a nursing home) in a cost-effective manner. This unique guide provides readers with a concise yet informative base of understanding of PACE as well as a "deep dive" into the components and job roles that will serve as a reference for existing PACE providers and will inform those who are considering the possibility of developing a new PACE program. Chapters are organized into five thematic sections. Part one presents both domestic and international perspectives on CBIC, with part two delving deeper into the US PACE model, including its history, policy evolution and effectiveness. Specifics regarding the organization and management of PACE and the essential roles and positions comprise parts three and four, respectively, from leadership and the involvement of the state to the roles of the social worker, nurse, nutritionist, rehabilitation specialist, and more. Care planning, coordination and end of life care round out part five. In addition to geriatricians and other clinical practitioners involved with the care of older patients, Community-Based Integrated Care for Older Adults is also a resource for scholars, policy makers and the general public who are interested in innovations in long-term care that provide older adults with alternatives to nursing homes

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Community-Based Integrated Care
    Chapter 1: The International Perspective on Community-Based Integrated Care
    Introduction
    Canada
    Germany
    Germany's Older Population
    The Seventh Government Report on the Situation of Older People: Care and Shared Responsibility in the Municipal Community
    Health Promotion and Provision and Care for Older People in the Context of Community-Based Integrated Care
    Prospects for Building Community-Based Integrated Care for Older People
    Japan
    South Korea
    Summary
    References Chapter 2: The United States Perspective on Community-Based Integrated Care
    What Is "Integrated, Community-Based Care?"
    What Makes Integrated Community-Based Care Teams Unique?
    What Makes Community-Based Integrated Care Successful?
    Who Pays for the Services?
    What Does the Future Hold?
    Future Policy Direction
    References
    Part II: The U.S. Prototype: Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE)
    Chapter 3: History and Policy Evolution of the PACE Model of Care
    The PACE Model of Care
    History of On Lok and PACE
    PACE Federal Policy Milestones Permanent Provider Status
    Benefit Improvement and Protection Act of 2000 PACE Waivers
    Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Benefit
    Rural PACE Pilot Act
    Strategic Efforts to Support the Expansion of PACE
    PACE Expansion Initiative (PEI)
    Expanding Provider Capacity
    Development and Dissemination of Written Products
    Development and Implementation of Training Sessions and Accompanying Materials
    Specialized Technical Assistance
    State Policy Activities
    Expanding Awareness of PACE Among Consumers, Providers, and Policy Makers
    Accelerating Access to PACE (ASAP) Rural PACE: Meeting the Challenge
    PACE 2.0: Adapting and Disseminating PACE to Serve High-Need, High-Cost Populations
    COVID-19 Pandemic Impact on PACE
    Summary
    Suggested Reading
    Chapter 4: Evaluating the Effectiveness of PACE
    Introduction
    Research Designs and Comparator Groups for Evaluating the Effectiveness of PACE
    Evaluation of the Effectiveness of PACE
    Effectiveness in Reducing Mortality
    Effectiveness in Reducing Hospitalization
    Effectiveness in Reducing Nursing Facility Admission/Utilization
    Effect on Medicaid and Medicare Spending Effectiveness in Improving Potential Metrics of Quality of Care
    Effectiveness as Measured by Satisfaction with Care and Quality of Life
    Summary
    References
    Part III: The Organization and Management of PACE
    Chapter 5: Leadership in PACE
    The Call to Serve-Creating a Sense of Mission
    Begin with a Leadership Team
    A Vision for Growth
    Promoting "Value Based Care" as a PACE Leader
    The Devil Is in the Details
    Integration of Palliative Care
    Garnering Resources
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 6: Starting and Growing a PACE Program
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Paul Rutter, FFRPS, MRPharmS, PhD, Professor of Pharmacy Practice, School of Pharmacy and Biomedical Sciences, University of Central Lancashire, Preston, UK.
    Summary: Community pharmacists are the most accessible, & often the most frequently consulted, medical professionals, called upon to provide advice to customers whose medical histories are not available. This text examines their vital role & how they approach problems of diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Making a diagnosis
    Respiratory system
    Ophthalmology
    Ear conditions
    Central nervous system
    Women's health
    Gastroenterology
    Dermatology
    Musculoskeletal conditions
    Paediatrics
    Specific product requests.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Sarah Todd, Julie L. Drolet, editors.
    Summary: This book brings together leaders in the field of community practice and social development in social work. The chapters discuss the implications of social development in social work practice, policy, and service structures.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Introduction and defining the field.
    Section 2: Community practices
    Section 3: Social development theory and practice
    Section 4: International comparative perspectives
    Section 5: Politics and policy in community practice and social development
    Section 6: Overview summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sonny S. Patel.
    Summary: This book addresses the operationalization of community resilience in the United Kingdom (UK) in connection with severe floods. Written for early academic professionals, students, and community practitioners, it investigates the educational and practical meaning and application of community resilience using a UK-centric local-level case study. Exploring the perceptions of both those who have been affected by a natural hazard and those who have not, the book reveals how trust, community resources, and neighborhood security can offer effective ways of bringing communities together after a natural hazard. The author introduces the topic of community resilience as it applies to disasters in Chapter 1 and its implications for securing and improving the wellbeing of disaster-affected communities in Chapters 2 and 3. In Chapter 4, the lessons learned contributing to the available information and research on community resilience are reviewed. Finally, the author offers recommendations and outlines future directions in coping with the uncertainty and insecurity caused by natural hazards in Chapter 5.

    Contents:
    1. What is community resilience? How does it apply to coping with uncertainty caused by disasters?
    2. What do disaster-affected communities say about community resilience? How do specific communities think and apply community resilience?
    3. What do high flood-risk areas of the UK understand about community resilience?
    4. How do the elements of community resilience relate to the Negative Outcomes of Flooding? Lessons for coping with uncertainty and future security
    5. Recommendations to improve community flood security through community resilience approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rebecca H. Hunter, Lynda A. Anderson, Basia L. Belza, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to community wayfinding
    2. Human wayfinding: integration of mind and body
    3. The space syntax of intelligible communities
    4. Legibility and continuity in the built environment
    5. Design for all users
    6. The challenge of wayfinding in health care environments
    7. Maps in the head and tools in the hand: wayfinding and navigation in a spatially enabled society
    8. Maps to Apps: evaluating wayfinding technology
    9. Wayfinding, mobility, and technology for an aging society
    10. Promoting walking via ease of wayfinding
    11. Bridging the gap: increasing transportation access through training and technology
    12. Transportation systems and wayfinding
    13. The role of advocacy
    14. Linking wayfinding and wayfaring
    15. The journey forward
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Imran S. Khawaja, Thomas D. Hurwitz, editors.
    Summary: This book examines 23 case examples of the most common comorbid presentations of sleep and psychiatric disturbances from a reader-friendly, digestible approach. Most chapters are written and edited by the rare experts certified in both sleep and psychiatry. Every case details the clinical history, examination, results, diagnosis, clinical pearls and suggested reading, making the book both highly clinical and direct. Most chapters include tables for easy reference and special considerations that are often neglected in other sleep psychiatry texts. The text is easy-to-use on an as-needed basis, or as a standalone guide to these issues. Written by multidisciplinary experts in the field, Comorbid Sleep Psychiatry is a valuable resource for busy psychiatrists, sleep physicians, primary care doctors, psychologists, and all clinicians working with patients who may suffer from sleep and/or psychiatric disturbances.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Maria Adele Giamberardino, Paolo Martelletti.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of the comorbidities that are associated with the headache disorders commonly seen in the primary care and hospital settings, including migraine, tension-type headache, and cluster headache. The coverage is wide ranging and encompasses all of the well-established comorbidities: cardio- and cerebrovascular disease, psychiatric conditions, epilepsy, sleep disorders, and various pain disorders, such as visceral pain, fibromyalgia, orofacial pain, and neuropathic pain. Individual chapters are also devoted to obesity and other metabolic comorbidities and to the comorbidities associated specifically with pediatric headaches. The information provided will assist readers in understanding the complex relationships between headache disorders and these various conditions and in delivering effective care that reflects the latest knowledge. The book is designed to meet the daily practice needs of general physicians, general neurologists, clinical psychologists, neurologists in training, and medical students. It is published as part of the series Headache, which is endorsed by the European Headache Federation - EHF.

    Contents:
    Cardio-cerebrovascular comorbidity / S. Sacco, C. Bushnell
    Psychiatric comorbidity in migraine and chronic headache / Gianluca Serafini, Shuu-Jiun Wang, Dorian Lamis, Martina Curto, Paolo Girardi, Mario Amore, Maurizio Pompili
    Epilepsy comorbidity / Cinzia Costa, Paola Sarchielli, Paolo Prontera, Stefano Caproni, Josemir W. Sander
    Visceral pain comorbidity in headache / Qasim Aziz, Maria Adele Giamberardino
    Fibromyalgia / Marina de Tommaso, Luiz Paulo Queiroz
    Sleep disorders comorbidity / Oliviero Bruni, Claudia Dosi, Teresa Paiva
    Obesity and headache / Cindy N. Chai, B. Lee Peterlin, Ann I. Scher, Simona Sacco
    Comorbidity in paediatric headaches / Çiçek Wöber-Bingöl, Noemi Tinetti
    Temporomandibular disorder comorbidity / Fernando Exposto, Peter Svensson, Lars Arendt-Nielsen
    Orofacial pain comorbidity / Andrea Truini, Joanna M. Zakrzewska
    Myofascial trigger points comorbidity in headache / Robert Gerwin, César Fernández-de-las-Peñas.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Yasser El Miedany, editor.
    Contents:
    Comorbidity in Rheumatic Diseases
    Impact of Comorbidity
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Psoriasis
    Ankylosing Spondylitis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Systemic Sclerosis
    Gout
    Osteoarthritis
    Sjögren's Syndrome
    Fibromyalgia
    Vasculitis
    Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Targeting Comorbidity in Routine Rheumatology Care
    Comorbidity and Physical Therapy
    Comorbidity Index
    Anti-Rheumatic Therapy and Comorbidity
    Comorbidity and Patient Reported Outcomes
    e-Comorbidity and Information Technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Norman Sartorius, Richard I.G. Holt, Mario Maj.
    Contents:
    Conceptual perspectives on the co-occurrence of mental and physical disease : diabetes and depression as a model / E.B. Fisher, J.C.N. Chan, S. Kowitt, H. Nan, N. Sartorius, B. Oldenburg
    Public health perspectives on the co-occurrence of non-communicable diseases and common mental disorders / B. Oldenburg, A. O'Neil, F. Cocker
    Counting all the costs : the economic impact of co-morbidity / D. McDaid, A.L. Park
    Difficulties facing the provision of care for multimorbidity in low-income countries / D. Beran
    Depression, diabetes and dementia / J.D. Rosenblat, R.B. Mansur, D.S. Cha, A. Baskaran, R.S. McIntyre
    Cardiovascular disease and severe mental illness / R.I.G. Holt
    Multiple comorbidities in people with eating disorders / P. Monteleone, F. Brambilla
    Anxiety and related disorders and physical illness / C. Kariuki-Nyuthe, D.J. Stein
    Cancer and mental illness / D. Lawrence, K.J. Hancock, S. Kisely
    Infectious diseases and mental health / N. Müller
    Physical diseases and addictive disorders : associations and implications / A.J. Gordon, J.W. Conley, J.M. Gordon
    The role of general practitioners and family physicians in the management of multimorbidity / P. Boeckxstaens, J. De Maeseneer, A. De Sutter
    Training physicians at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels about co-morbidity / A. Cushing, S. Evans
    The dialogue on diabetes and depression African nursing training programme : a collaborative training initiative to improve the recognition and management of diabetes and depression in Sub-Saharan Africa / H.L. Millar, L. Cimino, A.S. van der Merwe
    The challenge of developing person-centred services to manage co-morbid mental and physical illness / L. Gask
    Prevention of comorbid mental and physical disorders / C. Hosman.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Print
    Sandra Goldsworthy, PhD, MSc, RN, CNCC(C), CMSN(C).
    Contents:
    Cardiac anatomy and physiology: the basics
    Arrhythmias: sinus and atrial
    Arrhythmias: junctional and ventricular
    Arrhythmias: atrioventricular (AV) blocks
    Arrhythmias: asystole, pulseless electrical activity (PEA) and paced rhythms
    12 lead ECG overview
    12 lead ECG and myocardial infarction.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Joel D. Irish and G. Richard Scott.
    Contents:
    Part I. Context. 1. Introduction to dental anthropology / Joel D. Irish and G. Richard Scott ; 2. A brief history of dental anthropology / G. Richard Scott
    Part II. Dental Evolution. 3. Origins and functions of teeth : from "toothed" worms to mammals / Peter S. Ungar ; 4. The teeth of prosimians, monkeys, and apes / Frank P. Cuozzo ; 5. The hominins. 1, Australopithecines and their ancestors / Lucas K. Delezene ; 6. The hominins. 2, The genus Homo / Maria Martinón-Torres and José María Bermúdez de Castro
    Part III. The Human Dentition. 7. Terms and terminology used in dental anthropology / Joel D. Irish ; 8. Anatomy of individual teeth and tooth classes / Loren R. Lease ; 9. The masticatory system and its function / Peter W. Lucas
    Part IV. Dental Growth and Development. 10. An overview of dental genetics / Toby Hughes, Grant Townsend, and Michelle Bockmann ; 11. Odontogenesis / Edward F. Harris ; 12. Tooth eruption and timing / Helen M. Liversidge ; 13. Tooth classes, field concepts, and symmetry / Grant Townsend, Alan Brook, Robin Yong, and Toby Hughes
    Part V. Dental Histology from the Inside Out. 14. The pulp cavity and its contents / Scott S. Legge and Anna M. Hardin ; 15. Dentine and cementum structure and properties / Nancy Tang, Adeline Le Cabec, and Daniel Antoine ; 16. Enamel structure and properties / Daniel Antoine and Simon Hillson
    Part VI. Dental Morphometric Variation in Populations. 17. Identifying and recording key morphological (nonmetric) crown and root traits / G. Richard Scott, Christopher Maier, and Kelly Heim ; 18. Assessing dental nonmetric variation among populations / Joel D. Irish ; 19. Measurement of tooth size (odontometrics) / Brian E. Hemphill ; 20. Assessing odontometric variation among populations / Brian E. Hemphill
    Part VII. Dental Morphometric Variation in Individuals. 21. Forensic odontology / Heather J.H. Edgar and Anna L.M. Rautman ; 22. Estimating age, sex, and individual ID from teeth / Christopher W. Schmidt ; 23. Indicators of idiosyncratic behavior in the dentition / Christopher M. Stojanowski, Kent M. Johnson, Kathleen S. Paul, and Charisse L. Carver ; 24. Dentition, behavior, and diet determination / Kristin L. Krueger
    Part VIII. Dental Health and Disease. 25. Crown wear : identification and categorization / Scott E. Burnett ; 26. Caries : the ancient scourge / Daniel H. Temple ; 27. Dental stress indicators from micro- to macroscopic / Debbie Guatelli-Steinberg ; 28. A host of other dental diseases and disorders / Greg C. Nelson
    Part IX. The Future of Dental Anthropology. 29. New directions in dental development research / John P. Hunter and Debra Guatelli-Steinberg ; 30. Chemical and isotopic analyses of dental tissues / Louise T. Humphrey ; 31. Non-invasive imaging techniques / José Braga.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    editors-in-chief: R. Passmore [and] J. S. Robson.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Anatomy, biochemistry, physiology and related subjects.--v.2. Pharmacology, microbiology, general pathology and related subjects.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L46 .P28
    4
  • Print
    editors-in-chief, R. Passmore, J.S. Robson.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Anatomy, biochemistry, physiology and related subjects.--
    v. 2. Pharmacology, microbiology, general pathology and related subjects.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R129 .P27
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Piper M. Treuting, Suzanne M. Dintzis, Kathleen S. Montine.
    Summary: The second edition of Comparative Anatomy and Histology is aimed at the new rodent investigator as well as medical and veterinary pathologists who need to expand their knowledge base into comparative anatomy and histology. It guides the reader through normal mouse and rat anatomy and histology using direct comparison to the human. The side by side comparison of mouse, rat, and human tissues highlight the unique biology of the rodents, which has great impact on the validation of rodent models of human disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Marco Bonali, Livio Presutti, Daniele Marchioni, editors.
    Summary: This unique, richly illustrated atlas offers a "how-to" reference guide to the most common and innovative endoscopic surgical procedures for the middle and inner ear, based on an ex vivo ovine model. Moreover, it compares this model to the same approaches in humans, underlying the essential surgical tips and tricks. The transcanal endoscopic approach for the management of middle and inner ear pathologies is being increasingly used, but in some countries the lack of human specimens makes adequate training in this field difficult: in response, the book introduces a novel method performed on the animal model, which allows trainees to improve their skills, while reducing the cost of surgical training. It provides a full description of specimen preparation, and comparative anatomical and radiological analyses of the human and ovine models, guides readers through the main otologic operative techniques (e.g. canalplasty, miringoplasty and ossiculoplasty) step by step, and illustrates the best approach to the internal auditory canal. Written by prominent experts in the field, this atlas serves as a unique reference resource for residents and young surgeons wishing to acquire first-hand the skills needed for endoscopic procedures and to improve their learning curves.

    Contents:
    Hints And Pitfalls: How To Start Endoscopic Ear Surgery Training
    Surgical Instruments And Preparation Of The Specimen
    Comparative Anatomy And Radiology: Human vs Ovine Models
    Myringotomy And Transtympanic Ventilation Tube Positioning
    Endoscopic Approach To The Tympanic Cavity: Tympano-Meatal Flap And Canalplasty
    Myringoplasty
    Ossiculoplasty
    Stapes Surgery
    Round Window Dissection And Cochlear Implantation
    Approach To Internal Auditory Canal.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    edited by Marcel Florkin, Howard S. Mason.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Sources of free energy
    v. 2. Free energy and biological function
    v. 3-5. Constituents of life
    v. 6. Cells and organisms
    v. 7. Supplementary volume. [and Topical subject index, volumes I-VII]
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F514 .F635
    6
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH345 .F495 1960
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jing Ping Sun, Xing Sheng Yang, Bryan Yan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Karl Y. Bilimoria, Christina A. Minami, David M. Mahvi, editors.
    Summary: Despite tremendous recent advances in the treatment of most malignancies, there remain several critical questions for each cancer. This particularly true for the surgical management of solid-organ malignancies. Comparative effectiveness is a relatively new term which encompasses the age-old concepts of how best to treat cancer patients. Comparative effectiveness is defined as the direct comparison of healthcare interventions to determine which work best for which patients when considering the benefits and risks. The Institute of Medicine has defined comparative effectiveness research (CER) as the generation and synthesis of evidence that compares the benefits and harms of alternative methods to prevent, diagnose, treat, and monitor a clinical condition or to improve the delivery of care. CER is certainly best done with well-conducted randomized controlled trials. Unfortunately, clinical trials are not always feasible owing to the impracticality of conducting the trial, the considerable cost, and the time required to complete the trial. These challenges are even more pronounced with respect to surgical treatment. Thus alternative approaches may need to be considered in order to address pressing questions in the care of the oncology patient. These approaches may include well-conducted retrospective cohort studies from cancer registries and other data sources, decision and cost-effectiveness analyses, and other novel methodologies. This book lays out the current critical questions for each major malignancy and proposes approaches to gain answers to these pressing questions.

    Contents:
    Approaches to Answering Critical CER Questions
    Leveraging Comparative Effectiveness Research to Improve the Quality of Multidisciplinary Care for Breast Cancer Patients
    Comparative Effectiveness in Melanoma
    Comparative Effectiveness Research for Sarcoma
    Comparative Effectiveness in Thyroid Cancer
    Comparative Effectiveness in Head and Neck Malignancies
    Comparative Effectiveness Issues in Lung Cancer
    Comparative Effectiveness in Esophagogastric Cancer
    Comparative Effectiveness in Colon and Rectal Cancer
    Research Gaps in Pancreatic Cancer Research and Comparative Effectiveness Research Methodologies
    Comparative Effectiveness in Surgical Oncology: Hepatic Malignancies
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Urologic Cancers
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Gynecologic Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD651 .C667 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Adrian Levy, Boris Sobolev, editors.
    Contents:
    Applications of Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Comparative Effectiveness Research and Health Reform in the USA
    Comparative Effectiveness Research and Priority Setting
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Developing Countries: Example of Brazil
    Comparative Effectiveness Research in Health Technology Assessment
    Comparative Effectiveness Research: Overview
    Comparing Drug and Non-Drug Technologies in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Costs in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Coverage with Evidence Development in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Dissemination of Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Ethical Frameworks and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Evidence-Based Medicine and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Implementation Science and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Incorporating Patient and Public Input for Treatment in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Indirect Comparisons and Network Meta-Analysis in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Individualization of Treatment and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Innovation and Comparative Effectiveness Research
    National Approaches to Comparative Effectiveness Research
    New Statistical Methods of Combining Results in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Patient-Centred Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Sources of Data for Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis in Comparative Effectiveness Research
    Traditional and Innovative Study Designs in Comparative Effectiveness Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by James Johnson, PhD, MPA, MSC, Medical Social Scientist and Professor, School of Health Sciences, Central Michigan University, Mount Pleasant, Michigan, and Visiting Professor, St. George's University, Grenada, West Indies, Carleen Stoskopf, ScD, MS, Professor and Chair, Health Management and Policy, San Diego State University, San Diego, California, Leiyu Shi, DrPH, MBA, MPA, Professor, Bloomberg School of Public Health, Johns Hopkins University, and Director, Johns Hopkins Primary Care Care Policy Center, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: Global health policy, administration, and practice continue to evolve while countries throughout the world seek to balance their economic and health goals through health system reform, improvement, and modification. The Second Edition of Comparative Health Systems: A Global Perspective addresses emerging events, advances, reforms, and challenges in the delivery of health care around the world. Part I offers introduces foundational concepts of health care delivery systems including health and disease; and policy and economics. In Part II, the health systems of 19 unique countries are each examined in their own chapter including France, United Kingdom, Canada, Brazil, Peru, Nigeria, Australia, China, Japan, Russia, and Israel. These chapters carefully explore the country's geography and culture, the history of its health system, followed by a detailed evaluation of cost, quality, access and innovation. Ideal for courses in health administration, public health, nursing and other allied health professions, this innovative text challenges readers to reflect deeply about how health care is organized and delivered. Key Features: " Includes two new chapters that explore innovation and sustainability; and the role and contributions of non-governmental organizations " Examines challenges and opportunities such as disaster and conflict, the changing U.S. health system, and a new chapter on small country innovations " Offers new perspectives in evidence-based approaches to health system improvement; systems thinking at the policy level; integrated information management; macro and micro innovation, and systems sustainability.

    Contents:
    Part I Global Health and Health Systems
    Chapter 1 Introduction to Health Systems
    Chapter 2 Global Health and Disease
    Chapter 3 Global Health Systems Policy and Economics
    Chapter 4 Global and Non-governmental Health Organizations
    Part II Health Systems by Country
    Chapter 5 United States
    Chapter 6 Canada
    Chapter 7 Mexico
    Chapter 8 Peru
    Chapter 9 Brazil
    Chapter 10 United Kingdom
    Chapter 11 France
    Chapter 12 Germany
    Chapter 13 Ireland
    Chapter 14 Russia
    Chapter 15 Turkey
    Chapter 16 Jordan
    Chapter 17 Israel
    Chapter 18 Ghana
    Chapter 19 Nigeria
    Chapter 20 Botswana
    Chapter 21 Bangladesh
    Chapter 22 India
    Chapter 23 China
    Chapter 24 Japan
    Chapter 25 Korea
    Chapter 26 Australia
    Part III Challenges, Innovations, and Opportunities
    Chapter 27 Health System Innovators: Netherlands, Costa Rica, Cuba, and Singapore
    Chapter 28 Health Systems During Crisis and Disaster
    Chapter 29 Health Systems Challenges and Opportunities
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Abode-Iyamah, Kingsley; Akinduro, Oluwaseun O.; Chaichana, Kaisorn; Clifton, William E.; Quiñones-Hinojosa, Alfredo; Valero-Moreno, Fidel.
    Summary: "Unique in the field, Comparative Management of Spine Pathology presents commonly encountered spinal cases with side-by-side, case-by-case comparisons that clearly show how various experts would handle the same case. This second volume in the Neurosurgery: Case Management Comparison Series offers multiple opinions from international experts in both neurosurgery and orthopaedics, each of whom explains their preferred approach and management style for the same case. This format allows for quick and helpful comparisons of different ways to approach a lesion, advantages and disadvantages of each approach, and what each expert is looking for in how they would manage a particular case"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Erika Jensen-Jarolim, editor.
    Summary: This new volume provides a concise overview of the most basic and exciting chapters of comparative medicine with regards to physiology and function in healthy individuals. The book includes core concepts in anatomy and physiology in human and animal models, which are key to understanding comparative medicine and to making contributions to research in this area. While writing this book, the authors were in constant interdisciplinary dialogue. They aim to contribute to improvements in quality of life for human and animal patients.

    Contents:
    1. Definition of comparative medicine: History and new identity
    2. Smallest unit of life: Cell biology
    3. Supporting apparatus of vertebrates: Skeleton and bones
    4. Locomotor principles: Anatomy and physiology of skeletal muscles
    5. Lifeblood flow: The circulatory systems
    6. Steering and communication: Nervous system and sensory organs
    7. Surface, barrier, and interface zone: Comparative aspects of the skin
    8. Body messaging: The endocrine systems
    9. Alimentation and elimination: The principles of gastrointestinal digestion
    10. Volume and clearance: Kidneys and excretory systems
    11. Breathing: Comparative aspects of the respiratory system
    12. Propagation: Mammalian reproduction
    13. Common concepts of immune defense
    14. Laboratory animal law: An introduction to its history and principles
    15. Ethics inlaboratory animal science.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Karel Prach, Lawrence R. Walker.
    Summary: "Despite a century of study by ecologists, recovery following disturbances (succession) is not fully understood. This book provides the first global synthesis that compares plant succession in all major terrestrial biomes and after all major terrestrial disturbances. It asks critical questions such as: Does succession follow general patterns across biomes and disturbance types? Do factors that control succession differ from biome to biome? If common drivers exist, what are they? Are they abiotic or biotic, or both? The authors provide insights on broad, generalizable patterns that go beyond site-specific studies, and present discussions on factors such as varying temporal dynamics, latitudinal differences, human-caused vs. natural disturbances, and the role of invasive alien species. This book is a must-read for researchers and students in ecology, plant ecology, restoration ecology and conservation biology. It also provides a valuable framework to aid land managers attempting to manipulate successional recovery following increasingly intense and widespread human-made disturbances"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Humans and succession
    Terrestrial biomes
    Comparative approach
    Volcanoes
    Glaciers
    Cyclones
    Dunes
    Landslides
    Floods
    Fire
    Clearcuts
    Plowed fields
    Mines
    Other disturbances
    Synthesis
    Conclusions and future research challenges.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Federico Coccolini, Manu L.N.G. Malbrain, Andrew W Kirkpatrick, Emiliano Gamberini, editors.
    Summary: Comprehensively addressing the topic of the compartment syndrome, this book covers all aspects of this painful and complex condition, ranging from the history to the pathophysiology and treatment in the various body compartments affected by the syndrome, as well as the short- and long-term outcomes. With an up-to-date literature review and the innovative content written by international opinion leaders, it offers all involved in the management of such complicated patients a much-needed source of reference. Discussing compartment syndrome in everyday practice, this book is of interest to surgeons, practicing physicians, anesthesiologists and nurses.

    Contents:
    1 History of the Compartment Syndrome
    2 Definition and pathomechanism of the Intracranial Compartment Syndrome
    3 Diagnosis and treatment of the Intracranial Compartment Syndrome
    4 Definition, pathomechanism of the Thoracic Compartment Syndrome
    5 Diagnosis and treatment of the Thoracic Compartment Syndrome
    6 Definition, pathomechanism of the Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    7 Diagnosis and treatment of the Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    8 Definition, pathomechanism, diagnosis and therapy of the Extremities Compartment Syndrome
    9 Polycompartment syndrome definition, pathomechanism, diagnosis and treatment
    10 The relevance of the timing of surgical interventions in the different compartments
    11 Compartment Syndrome associated with infection
    12 Cardiac failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    13 Liver failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    14 Gastrointestinal failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    15 Kidney failure associated to the polycompartment syndrome
    16 Compartment syndrome in paediatric patients
    17 Compartment syndrome in low resource settings
    18 Short-term outcomes, what has changed during the last decades?
    19 Long-term and functional outcomes
    20 Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Cyril Mauffrey, David J. Hak, Murphy P. Martin III, editors.
    Summary: Compartment syndrome is a complex physiologic process with significant potential harm, and though an important clinical problem, the basic science and research surrounding this entity remains poorly understood. This unique open access book fills the gap in the knowledge of compartment syndrome, re-evaluating the current state of the art on this condition. The current clinical diagnostic criteria are presented, as well as the multiple dilemmas facing the surgeon. Pathophysiology, ischemic thresholds and pressure management techniques and limitations are discussed in detail. The main surgical management strategy, fasciotomy, is then described for both the upper and lower extremities, along with wound care. Compartment syndrome due to patient positioning, in children and polytrauma patients, and unusual presentations are likewise covered. Novel diagnosis and prevention strategies, as well as common misconceptions and legal ramifications stemming from compartment syndrome, round out the presentation. Unique and timely, Compartment Syndrome: A Guide to Diagnosis and Management will be indispensable for orthopedic and trauma surgeons confronted with this common yet challenging medical condition. .

    Contents:
    Diagnostic Dilemma for Orthopaedic Surgeon.- Legal Aspects of Compartment Syndrome.- Pathophysiology of compartment syndrome.- Determining Ischemic Thresholds Through Our Understanding of Cellular Metabolism.- PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
    A SURROGATE OF ISCHEMIA.- Limitations of Pressure Measurement.- Fasciotomy
    Upper Extremity.- Compartment Syndrome of the Lower Extremity.- Fasciotomy Wound Management.- Foot Compartment Syndrome Controversy.- Management of Missed Compartment Syndrome.- Compartment Syndrome Due to Patient Positioning.- Acute Compartment Syndrome in Children.- Compartment Syndrome in Polytrauma Patients.- Unusual Presentation of Compartment Syndrome.- Common Misperceptions Among Health Care Professionals.- Novel Modalities to Diagnose and Prevent Compartment Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Diane Musho Hamilton, Gabriel Menegale Wilson, Kimberly Myosai Loh.
    Summary: "This book explores how to develop better communication skills, particularly at a time when conversations can be highly polarized. Our conversations about diversity or inclusion, about equity and fairness, or about power relationships take place in a historical context of injustice, injury, and pain, which is difficult to navigate. These conversations are made more challenging by the fact that injustice is still very real. In spite of the potential pitfalls and risks, we hope to encourage our readers that engaging in challenging conversations can result in shared understanding, wisdom, and compassion"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Conversations evolve
    What we have in common
    An exploration of difference
    Intimacy with identity
    What is true: the importance of "I," "You," and "It"
    Having a clear intention
    Conversation essentials
    Hidden biases
    A history of injury
    Strong emotions in conversation
    Clarifying power
    Talking about social privilege
    Politically correct
    Growing through convict
    Shadow in conversation
    Miraculously resilient
    To atone and forgive
    Becoming wholehearted
    Freedom here and now
    In it together.
    Digital Access 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF637.C45 H36 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Andrej Michalsen, Nicholas Sadovnikoff, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the ethical problems that physicians have to face every day while caring for critically ill patients. Advances in medical technology, ageing societies worldwide, and their increased demands on health care systems have, on the one hand, led to better care and remarkable longevity in many parts of the world. On the other hand, however, improved treatments in many medical fields, amongst others in emergency and critical care, have resulted in more patients surviving with reduced quality of life. This entails tradeoffs for many patients, their families, and the teams caring for them. At the same time, health care expenditures have risen dramatically and have to be balanced against costs for other public goods. Finally, the humane aspects of care have often failed to keep pace with the remarkable technological strides made in recent years. In this book, experts in their respective fields describe compelling ethical challenges resulting from these discrepancies and discuss potential solutions. The book is primarily intended for clinicians who care for two of the most vulnerable patient subpopulations - those being treated in ambulances or emergency rooms, and those being treated at intensive care units - due in part to the fact that they may be temporarily or permanently incapacitated. Core medical skills, such as diagnosis and predicting outcomes, as well as implementing treatment, remain challenging. However, without adequate communication and collaboration both within the inter-professional treatment teams and between the teams and the patients/their families, delivering excellent care is difficult at best. Therefore, the so-called "soft skills" are given the attention they deserve in order to overcome the gap between technological progress and interpersonal standstill.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: How Ethics Can Support Clinicians Caring for Critically Ill Patients
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Background
    1.3 Vignettes
    1.4 Conclusion
    References
    2: Patients and Teams Caring for Them: Parallels Between Critical Care and Emergency Medicine
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Initial ED Care and Triage for ICU Admission
    2.3 Ethical Challenges in the ED and ICU Settings
    2.4 Vulnerable ED and ICU Patients
    2.5 Challenges Associated with Surrogate Decision-Makers 2.6 Family Presence During Patient Care and Resuscitation
    2.7 Advance Directives (AD), Advance Care Planning (ACP)
    2.8 Shared Decision-Making
    2.9 Equal Access to Best-Quality Care
    2.10 Dignity and End-of-Life Care
    2.11 Emergency/Critical Care Research Issues Besides Consent
    2.12 Conclusions and Future Directions
    References
    Part II: Goal of Therapy, Teams and Patients
    3: Indication and Prognostication
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Patient-Centered Indication and Prognostication
    3.3 The Gap Between Attainable and Desirable Outcome
    3.4 The Will of the Patient 3.5 Summary
    References
    4: Consent, Advance Directives, and Decision by Proxies
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Legal Bases
    4.3 Informed Consent
    4.3.1 Decisional Capacity or Competence
    4.3.1.1 Assessing Capacity
    4.3.1.2 How to Proceed When Patients Lack Capacity
    4.3.2 Voluntariness
    4.3.3 Information
    4.3.4 Documentation
    4.4 Advance Directives and Power of Attorney
    4.4.1 Advance Directives (ADs)
    4.4.1.1 Physician's Orders for Life-Sustaining Treatment (POLST)
    4.4.1.2 Advanced Care Planning (ACP) 4.4.2 Durable Medical Power of Attorney for Health Care
    4.4.3 Are ADs Valid, Applicable, and Legally Binding?
    4.5 Ethical Challenges and Solutions in the Context of Emergency Medicine and Intensive Care
    4.5.1 Emergencies
    4.5.2 Barriers to Informed Consent in the ED/ICU
    4.5.3 UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities
    4.5.4 Lack of ADs and Consequences for the Extent of Treatment
    4.5.5 Availability of ADs
    4.5.6 How to Make an Ethics-Based Decision
    4.6 Conclusion
    References
    5: Cultural Diversity
    5.1 Introduction 5.2 Caring for Critically Ill Patients
    5.3 When Cultural Diversity Leads to Conflict
    5.4 Conclusion
    References
    6: Interprofessional Shared Decision-Making
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Definitions and Evidence Base
    6.3 Recommendations
    6.4 Conclusions
    References
    7: Shared Decision-Making With Patients and Families
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 The Relevance of Shared Decision-Making
    7.3 Shared Decision-Making in Critically Ill Patients
    7.4 Families in the ED and the ICU: Shared Decision-Making in a Context of High Emotional Distress
    7.5 Impact of Shared Decision-Making on Families' Well-Being
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrey B. Rubin.
    Contents:
    Qualitative methods for studying dynamic models of biological processes
    Types of dynamic behavior of biological systems
    Kinetics of enzyme processes
    Self-organization processes in distributed biological systems
    Thermodynamics of irreversible processes in biological systems near equilibrium (linear thermodynamics)
    Thermodynamics of systems far from equilibrium (nonlinear thermodynamics)
    Three-dimensional configurations of polymer molecules
    Different types of interactions in macromolecules
    Conformational energy and three-dimensional structure of biopolymers
    Protein dynamics
    Physical models of dynamic mobility of proteins
    Molecular organization of biological membranes
    Conformational properties of membranes
    Nonelectrolyte transport
    Ion transport. ionic equilibria
    Electrodiffusion theory of ion transport across membranes
    Induced ion transport
    Ion transport in channels
    Ion transport in excitable membranes
    Active transport
    Electron transport and energy transformation in biomembranes
    Physics of muscle contraction, actin-myosin molecular motor
    Biophysics of processes of intracellular signaling
    Fundamentals of quantum description of molecules
    Mechanisms of charge transfer and energy migration in biomolecular structures
    Mechanisms of enzyme catalysis
    Energy transformation in primary processes of photosynthesis
    Electron-conformational interactions in primary processes of photosynthesis
    Photo-conversions of bacteriorhodopsin and rhodopsin
    Photoregulatory and photodestructive processes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Anders Rehfeld, Malin Nylander, Kirstine Karnov.
    Summary: This book has been designed to help medical students succeed with their histology classes, while using less time on studying the curriculum. The book can both be used on its own or as a supplement to the classical full-curriculum textbooks normally used by the students for their histology classes. Covering the same curriculum as the classical textbooks, from basic tissue histology to the histology of specific organs, this book is formatted and organized in a much simpler and intuitive way. Almost all text is formatted in bullets or put into structured tables. This makes it quick and easy to digest, helping the student get a good overview of the curriculum. It is easy to locate specific information in the text, such as the size of cellular structures etc. Additionally, each chapter includes simplified illustrations of various histological features. The aim of the book is to be used to quickly brush up on the curriculum, e.g. before a class or an exam. Additionally, the book includes guides to distinguish between the different histological tissues and organs that can be presented to students microscopically, e.g. during a histology spot test. This guide lists the specific characteristics of the different histological specimens and also describes how to distinguish a specimen from other similar specimens. For each histological specimen, a simplified drawing and a photomicrograph of the specimen, is presented to help the student recognize the important characteristics in the microscope. Lastly, the book contains multiple "memo boxes" in which parts of the curriculum are presented as easy-to-remember mnemonics.

    Contents:
    From cells to tissues
    Histological methods
    The cytoplasm
    The nucleus
    Epithelial tissue
    Glandular epithelium and glands
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage
    Bone tissue
    Bone marrow
    Adipose tissue
    Blood
    Muscle tissue
    Nerve tissue
    The Musculoskeletal system
    The Nervous system
    The Cardiovascular system
    The Respiratory system
    The Immune system & the lymphatic organs
    The integumentary system
    The digestive system I: The alimentary canal
    The digestive system II: The associated organs
    The urinary system
    The Endocrine system
    The female reproductive system
    The male reproductive system
    The breast (mamma)
    Eye
    Ear.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Georges Férard, René Dybkaer and Xavier Fuentes-Arderiu.
    Digital Access R Soc Chem 2017
    (Interface not intuitive)
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC267 .C737
    1
  • Digital
    José A. Stoute, editor.
    Summary: References; Role of Complement in Severe Malarial Anemia; The Problem of Severe Malarial Anemia; Evidence of Complement Activation During Malaria; Evidence of Opsonoization and Changes in the Expression of Complement Regulatory Proteins on Uninfected Erythrocytes of Patients with Malaria; Genetic Association Studies; Directions for Future Research; References; Role of Complement in Cerebral Malaria; The Impact of Malaria/Cerebral Malaria; Clinical Features of Cerebral Malaria; Molecular Features of CM; Complement Synthesis in the Periphery and Central Nervous System.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; Contributors; The Complement System; Introduction; Classical Pathway; Lectin Pathway; Alternative Pathway; Terminal Complement Activation; Extrinsic Complement Activation Pathways; Anaphylatoxins; Complement Regulators; Soluble Complement Regulators; Surface-Bound Complement Regulators; Complement Receptors; References; Mechanisms of Complement Activation in Malaria; Introduction; Malaria Biology; Measures of Complement Activation; Immune Complexes Activate the CP of Complement. Complement and Malaria/Cerebral MalariaComplement in Murine Models of Cerebral Malaria; Complement Gene-Targeted and Transgenic Mice in ECM; Classical Pathway; Lectin Pathway; Alternative Pathway; Anaphylatoxin Receptors and Anaphylatoxins; C3 and C5; Terminal Pathway; Complement Phagocytic Receptors and Regulatory Proteins; Integrating the Role of Complement in ECM; Complement-Mediated Therapeutic Approaches to Cerebral Malaria; References; Complement and Malaria in Pregnancy; Global Burden of Malaria Infection During Pregnancy; Pathophysiology of Malaria in Pregnancy. The Role of Complement Activation in Pregnancy ComplicationsComplement Activation in Pregnancy; Complement in Non-malarial Pregnancy Pathologies; The Role of Complement Activation in Malaria in Pregnancy; Emerging Evidence of Complement Activation in MiP and Fetal Neurodevelopment; Therapeutic Potential of Targeting Complement Activation in MiP; Conclusions; References; Complement Evasion Mechanisms of the Human Pathogen Plasmodium falciparum; Merozoite Invasion into Red Blood Cells; Merozoite Surface Proteins; 6-Cysteine Family of Merozoite Surface Proteins.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Scott Barnum, Theresa Schein.
    Summary: The Complement FactsBook, Second Edition, provides in-depth insights and an overview of the components of the complement system. This new edition highlights the use of newly recommended complement nomenclature, covering new pathways and proteins and adding information on mouse homologs. It is a completely revised and updated edition containing entries on all components of the complement system, and is an excellent source of one-stop shopping for complement information and references. It is the most convenient compilation of biochemical, biological and molecular biology for complementologists and those new in the field. This new edition is expanded to include relevant updates and topics that have evolved since the last edition was published, including C1q and Lectins, C3 Family, Serine Proteases, Serum Regulators of Complement Activation, Cell Surface Proteins, and Terminal Pathway Proteins. Domain Structure diagrams are incorporated to clearly illustrate the relationships between all the complement proteins, both within families and between families. Introduces complement function, simply described for each functionIncludes the cDNA sequences that are marked with intron/exon boundaries, facilitating genetic studiesPresents detailed structural information, including cDNA and gene structure for all proteinsIncorporates domain structures diagrams, which beautifully illustrate the relationship between all the complement proteins, both within, and between, families
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mihaela Gadjeva.
    Contents:
    Overview / Mihaela Gadjeva
    Evaluation of complement function by ELISA / Anja Roos and Jörgen Wieslander
    Classical complement pathway component C1q : purification of human C1q, isolation of C1q collagen-like and globular head fragments and production of recombinant C1q-derivatives. Functional characterization / Mihaela Kojouharova
    Classical complement pathway components C1r and C1s : purification from human serum and in recombinant form and functional characterization / Véronique Rossi ... [et al.]
    Expression and purification methods for the production of recombinant human complement component C2 / Angela W. Norton ... [et al.]
    Purification and characterization of human and mouse complement C3 / Marieta M. Ruseva and Meike Heurich
    Purification of human complement protein C5 / Lars Sottrup-Jensen and Gregers Rom Andersen
    Quantification of complement C5b-9 binding to cells by flow cytometry / Oren Moskovich and Zvi Fishelson
    Challenges and opportunities in fractionation of recombinant human mannan-binding lectin / Thomas Vorup-Jensen
    Genotyping of FCN and MBL2 polymorphisms using pyrosequencing / Lea Munthe-Fog, Hans Ole Madsen, and Peter Garred
    Assay for estimation of the functional activity of the mannan-binding lectin pathway of the complement system / Troels R. Kjaer and Steffen Thiel
    Purification, measurement of concentration, and functional complement assay of human ficolins / Misao Matsushita ... [et al.]
    Purification and functional analysis of human properdin / Joseph O'Flynn ... [et al.]
    Purification and functional characterization of C4b- binding protein (C4BP) / Frida C. Mohlin and Anna M. Blom
    Purification and functional characterization of factor I / Sara C. Nilsson and Anna M. Blom
    C1 inhibitor : quantification and purification / Lilian Varga and József Dobó
    Purification, quantification, and functional analysis of complement factor H / Bing-Bin Yu ... [et al.]
    Factor H-related proteins / Mihály Józsi and Seppo Meri
    Functional evaluation of factor H genetic and acquired abnormalities : application for atypical hemolytic uremic syndrome (aHUS) / Lubka T. Roumenina ... [et al.]
    Anti-factor H autoantibodies assay / Marie-Agnès Dragon-Durey ... [et al.]
    Purification of native surfactant protein SP-A from pooled amniotic fluid and bronchoalveolar lavage / Najmunisa Karbani ... [et al.]
    Purification of surfactant protein D (SP-D) from pooled amniotic fluid and bronchoalveolar lavage / Eswari Dodagatta-Marri ... [et al.]
    Functional analysis of C5a effector responses in vitro and in vivo / Christian M. Karsten, Yves Laumonnier, and Jörg Köhl
    Detection of complement receptors 1 and 2 on mouse splenic B cells using flow cytometry / Luke R. Donius and John H. Weis
    Quantification of complement receptor 2 calcium signaling enhancement using flow cytometry / Luke R. Donius and John H. Weis
    Purification of C1q receptors and functional analysis / Berhane Ghebrehiwet and Ellinor I.B. Peerschke
    Detection of cell membrane-bound CD46 using flow cytometry / Martin Kolev and Claudia Kemper
    Detection of CD59 using flow cytometry / Martin Kolev
    Functional analysis of CD59 using complement-dependent cytotoxicity assay / Martin Kolev
    Detection of soluble CR3 (CD11b/CD18) by time-resolved immunofluorometry / Gitte Krogh Nielsen and Thomas Vorup-Jensen - Analysis of the complement activation in mice / Nirmal K. Banda and Kazue Takahashi
    Opsonophagocytic assay / Markryan Dwyer and Mihaela Gadjeva.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mark A. Moyad.
    Summary: Complementary & Alternative Medicine for Prostate and Urologic Health is designed to capture and clinically review the comprehensive database of clinical research articles that support and do not support the utilization of a variety of dietary supplements and other complementary medicines that physicians are exposed to in their daily practice. This is a critical distinction between this book and any other Complementary & Alternative Medicine (CAM) books published to date. Each section of the book provides an easy to reference guide into the topic of interest for the individual that works in urology. The various sub-specialty groups in urology are adequately represented, which allows for a physician to rapidly and thoroughly investigate their topic of interest regardless of whether it is fertility, bladder cancer, or prostate disease. Rather than having to sort through the now thousands of articles published yearly on CAM in medicine, this volume focuses first on the specialty and secondarily how it compares to the overall CAM literature. Each chapter includes a summary page that will allow the physician a rapid review of the subject with a patient, colleague or student.

    Contents:
    The Ideal Eight-Step Urologic Diet and Lifestyle Program: Heart Health = Urologic Health
    BPH/LUTS: Heart Healthy = Prostate Health
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine Interventions for BPH/LUTS
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine Interventions for Male Infertility/Subfertility: First Do No Harm
    Lifestyle Changes, Erectile Dysfunction, and Female Sexual Dysfunction: Heart Health and Sexual Health
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine for Erectile Dysfunction, Testosterone Replacement Therapy, and Female Sexual Dysfunction
    Complementary and Alternative Medicine and Lifestyle Changes and Prostate Cancer
    Lifestyle Changes, CAM, and Kidney Stones: Heart Health=Kidney Health
    Review of Lifestyle and CAM for Miscellaneous Urologic Topics (Bladder Cancer, CP/CPPS, IC/PBS, Kidney Cancer): Part One
    Review of Lifestyle and CAM for Miscellaneous Urologic Topics (OAB and/or Incontinence, Pediatric Urology, Peyronie's Disease, Premature Ejaculation, UTIs, Miscellaneous): Part Two.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by David M. Benedek and Gary H. Wynn.
    Summary: The number of individuals diagnosed with posttraumatic stress disorder has increased in the past decade, not only in the military and veteran population but within the civilian population as well. Traditional treatments such as pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy have provided less-than-ideal results proving to be less effective when used alone to treat the disorder. In Complementary and Alternative Medicine for PTSD, COL David Benedek and LTC Gary Wynn offer insight into the future of complementary and alternative medicine, shining a light onto how these techniques fit into clinical practice to.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] K.B. Harikumar.
    Contents:
    Prostate cancer: an introduction / Manendra Babu L., Yadu Vijayan, and K.B. Harikumar
    Global epidemiology of prostate cancer / Girish Sharma, Apoorva Arora, and Sudhir Rawal
    Medicinal plants with anticancer activity against prostate cancer: compilation of data published between 2010-2015 / Roland Hardman
    Triterpenoids and sesquiterpenoids for prostate cancer therapy / Muthu K. Shanmugam, Frank Arfuso, Alan Prem Kumar, and Gautam Sethi
    Green tea polyphenols in the prevention and therapy of prostate cancer / Eswar Shankar, Jeniece Montellano, and Sanjay Gupta
    Plumbagin and prostate cancer therapy / Reshma R.S., Revathy Nadhan, and Priya Srinivas
    Neem and prostate cancer therapy / Krishna Vanaja Donkena and Charles Y.F. Young
    Kava in prostate cancer prevention and treatment / Arman Walia, Nikta Rezakahn Khajeh, Michael Wu, Cyrus Khoyilar, and Xiaolin Zi
    Bitter melon extract and prostate cancer therapy / Ratna B. Ray and Sourav Bhattacharya
    Prostate cancer and the therapeutic potential of pomegranate / Omran Karmach, Manuela Martins-Green
    Zyflamend and prostate cancer therapy / Jay Whelan, Yi Zhao, E-Chu Huang, and Dallas Donohoe
    Scientific evaluation of the polyphenol rich whole food supplement Pomi-T® / Robert Thomas
    Approach of Ayurveda to prostate cancer / Vaishali Kuchewar
    Siddha medicine for prostate cancer / S. Selvarajan, T. Anandan, A. Rajendra Kumar, S. Syed Hissar, V. Gayathri Devi, and M. Srinivasan
    Homeopathic medicine for prostate health / Christopher Funes and Hakima Amri
    Yoga, naturopathy, acupuncture and prostate cancer therapy / Athira Thampi.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Helen Lavretsky, Martha Sajatovic, Charles Reynolds III.
    Contents:
    1. Exploring the Effects of Complementary, Alternative, and Integrative Medicine Interventions on Late-life Mental Illness Through the Basic Mechanisms of Aging
    2. Methodological Challenges in Developing and Delivering Preventive Health Interventions for Mental Health and Aging
    3. Health Benefits of Herbs and Spices in Aging Adults
    4. Natural Remedies for Mental Health and Aging
    5. Human Intestinal Microbiota and Healthy Aging
    6. Hormone Therapy, Mood, and Cognition
    7. The Effects of Cannabis Use among Older Adults
    8. Massage and Movement Therapies
    9. Chiropractic Care
    10. Homeopathic Treatment of Older Adults
    11. Ayurveda for Healthy Aging and Health-Related Conditions
    12. Aging and Mental Health from an Integrative East-West Perspective
    13. Potential Use of Plant Adaptogens in Age-Related Disorders
    14. Mind-Body Techniques to Improve Coping and Stress Response
    15. Yoga as an Integrative Intervention in Healthy Aging and Aging-Related Disorders
    16. Breathing Practices for Mental Health and Aging
    17. Spiritual Issues and Interventions in Mental Health and Aging
    18. Trance in Life Transitions: Hypnosis for Brain and Body
    19. Creative Arts Therapies and Older Adults
    20. Using the Internet to Find CAIM Resources for Mental Health Professionals and Their Older Patients
    21. Resilience-Building Interventions for Successful and Positive Aging
    22. Memory Training and Aging
    23. Complementary and Alternative Medicine Agents in the Prevention of Late-Life Depression and Cognitive Decline
    24. Lifestyle Interventions, Including Nutrition and Exercise, for Cognitive and Biological Aging
    25. Complementary and Alternative Therapies for Mood and Anxiety Disorders in Late Life
    26. Complementary, Alternative, and Integrative Medicine Interventions for Sleep Disorders in Older Adults
    27. Acupuncture Treatment for Pain and Related Problems in the Elderly
    28. Complementary and Integrative Interventions for Arthritis and Back Pain
    29. Complementary, Alternative and Integrative Medicine in the Treatment and Management of Dementia
    30. Mind-Body Therapies for Cancer Survivors: Effects of Yoga and Mindfulness Meditation on Cancer-related Physical and Behavioral Symptoms
    31. Hospice and Palliative Settings
    32. Complementary and Alternative Medicine and Integrative Therapies in Long-term and Dementia Care Settings: Alternative Therapies in Residential Dementia Care Settings
    33. Therapeutic Gardens and Expressive Therapies.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Robert E. Black, Maria Makrides, Ken K. Ong.
    Contents:
    Complementary foods : guidelines and practices / Netting, M.; Makrides, M.
    Complementary feeding, micronutrients and developmental outcomes of children / Gould, J.F.
    Advancement in texture in early complementary feeding and the relevance to developmental outcomes / Green, J.R.; Simione, M.; Le Révérend, B.; Wilson, E.R.; Richburg, B.; Alder, M.; Del Valle, M.; Loret, C.
    Update on timing and source of "allergenic" foods / Palmer, D.J.
    Flavor and taste development in the first years of life / Ross, E.S.
    Summary on update on introduction of complementary feeding / Makrides, M.
    Patterns of growth in early childhood and infectious disease and nutritional determinants / Black, R.E.
    Measuring infant and young child complementary feeding practices : indicators, current practice and research gaps / Ruel, M.T.
    Evidence for the effects of complementary feeding interventions on the growth of infants and young children in low- and middle-income countries / Heidkamp, R.
    Results with complementary food using local food ingredients / Ahmed, T.; Islam, M.; Choudhury, N.; Hossain, I.; Huq, S.; Mahfuz, M.; Sarker, S.A.
    Fortification of complementary foods : a review of products and program delivery / Neufeld, L.M.; Osendarp, S.; Gonzalez, W.
    Ying yang bao : improving complementary feeding for Chinese infants in poor regions / Huo, J.
    Summary on complementary feeding interventions in lmic / Black, R.E
    Healthy growth and development / Ong, K.K
    Responsive feeding : strategies to promote healthy mealtime interactions / Black, M.M.; Hurley, K.M
    Complementary feeding in an obesogenic environment : behavioral and dietary quality outcomes and interventions / Daniels, L.A.
    Modifiable risk factors and interventions for childhood obesity prevention within the first 1,000 days / Dattilo, A.M.
    Summary on factors influencing healthy growth / Ong, K.K.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Neil Baum, Roger G. Bonds, Thomas Crawford, Karl J. Kreder, Koushik Shaw, Thomas Stringer, Raju Thomas
    Summary: It is imperative that doctors know how to speak the language of business when communicating with insurance companies, hospital administrators, bankers, accountants and other advisors. Like any business, doctors will need to have marketing and branding strategies that will create advantages and differentiation as the practice of medicine becomes increasingly competitive. This book offers suggestions for developing a practice that is both unique and attractive to new and existing patients, and also to other providers. Additionally it helps to identify your practice's strengths and strategize how to best showcase your areas of expertise by providing examples and analyzing the skills of other practicing physcians. The Complete Business Guide for a Successful Medical Practice provides a roadmap for physicians to be not only good clinical doctors but also good businessmen and businesswomen. It will help doctors make a difference in the lives of their patients as well as sound financial decisions for their practice.

    Contents:
    The Basics of the Business of Medicine
    Transitioning from Training to Practice
    Job Search
    Compensations Models, Patient Volume & the Pro Forma
    Insurances and Essential Fringe Benefits
    The Coding Aspect of the Business of Medicine
    Understanding Financial Statements
    Numbers You Need to Know
    The Revenue Cycle
    Stark Law Impact on Medical Practice
    Restrictive Covenants
    Medical Equipment: Leasing vs. Buying
    Ancillary Income
    Selecting Advisors
    Debt Reduction
    Becoming Financially Savvy
    Practice Buy-In Options: The Road to Partnership
    Marketing: Understanding the Modern Patient and Customer
    Building Your Career, Your Reputation, and Your Personal Brand
    The Business Side of Developing a Social Media Presence into Your Medical Practice
    Burnout Prevention for Practicing Physicians
    Future of Medicine
    Conclusion: Our Very Last Bottom Line.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven L. Goudy, Travis T. Tollefson.
    Contents:
    Genetics, prenatal diagnosis and counseling, and feeding / Steven L. Goudy and Lisa M. Buckmiller
    Presurgical treatment / Judah S. Garfinkle and Hitesh Kapadia
    Mandibular distraction / Timothy A. Lander and Andrew R. Scott
    Cleft lip repair : unilateral / Travis T. Tollefson and Jonathan M. Sykes
    Cleft lip repair : bilateral / Travis T. Tollefson and Craig W. Senders
    Primary cleft rhinoplasty and gingivoperiosteoplasty / Lisa M. Morris and Sherard A. Tatum
    Cleft palate repair / Tendy Chiang and Gregory C. Allen
    Adjunctive methods in cleft palate repair and complications / Travis D. Reeves, Krishna G. Patel, and Christopher M. Discolo
    Alveolar bone grafting / Sean M. Young and Samuel J. McKenna
    Cleft rhinoplasty / Scott J. Stephan and Tom D. Wang
    Speech/resonance evaluation / Jennifer C. Muckala and Ann W. Kummer
    Pharyngeal flap surgery / J. Paul Willging and Aliza P. Cohen
    Sphincter pharyngoplasty / Emily F. Boss and Kathleen C.Y. Sie
    Complications of velopharyngeal insufficiency surgery and special populations / Caroline A. Banks and David R. White
    Humanitarian missions / Sofia Lyford-Pike and Patrick J. Byrne.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    editor: Yasemin K. Özkan.
    Summary: This excellently illustrated book equips dental students and practitioners with all the information and guidance required in order to ensure successful implementation of complete denture treatment in edentulous patients following appropriate treatment planning. Readers will find detailed guidance on tooth selection and arrangement, the try-in stage, and remounting and occlusal adjustment. Potential short- and long-term postinsertion problems are identified, with clear explanation of how to resolve them. Information is also provided on the use of stress-reducing materials for complete dentures. The final part of the book is devoted to techniques that can be employed in problematic cases. The text is supported by a wealth of high-quality photographs drawn from the authors’ own extensive clinical experience. A companion volume covering every aspect of the planning stage is available separately.

    Contents:
    Tooth Arrangement and Try-In: Anterior Tooth Selection and Arrangement
    Posterior Tooth Selection and Arrangement
    Evaluation of Try-In Stage. Adjustment of Dentures: The Remounting Process: Adjustment of Dentures on Articulator and in Mouth. Post Insertion Problems: Post Insertion Problems in Complete Dentures
    Long Term Problems in Complete Dentures. Stress-Reducing Materials for Complete Dentures: Tissue Conditioner Materials
    Clinical Applications of Soft Lining Materials. Different Techniques for Problematic Cases: Single Dentures
    Duplicated Dentures
    Managing the Edentulous Dry Mouth: Reservoir Complete Denture. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jonathan Sussman, Jordan Setayesh, Amitej Venapally.
    Summary: This book is a student reference guide book for the MD/PhD application process. It begins with an overview of the structure of a typical MD/PhD program as well as student outcomes and career choices of MD/PhD graduates. Next is an outline of the academic and extracurricular prerequisites as well as the basic components of the application itself. The authors then address the factors that MD/PhD students should consider when selecting schools to which to apply. Continuing to the main application, examples are provided of all the different essay types that MD/PhD applicants will encounter along with comments on how to address the deliberately vague and abstract prompts while tailoring the responses to the combined-degree program. Most uniquely, included is a very detailed explanation of the many types of interviews that applicants will encounter and how to prepare for them by integrating extensive personal experience and first-hand discussions with MD/PhD program leaders. Lastly, there will be a discussion on how to cope with the year-long timeline that constitutes this application process and provide guidance regarding properly responding to acceptances and waitlist offers. Written by a team of authors each experienced with the MD/PhD application, this book aids the prospective applicant with navigating this challenging process.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: What is an MD/PhD?
    Chapter 2: What do MD/PhDs Do and Who Should Become One?
    Chapter 3: Prerequisite Requirements
    Chapter 4: The MD/PhD Application Basics and Timeline
    Chapter 5: Researching Schools: Where to Apply
    Chapter 6: The Personal Comments Essay
    Chapter 7: The MD/PhD Essay
    Chapter 8: The Significant Research Experience Essay. Chapter 9: The Work and Activities Section
    Chapter 10: Secondary Applications and the CASPer Test
    Chapter 11: Interview Invitations
    What to Expect
    Chapter 12: Interview Types
    Preparation and Strategy
    Chapter 13: The Waiting Game
    Its Not Over Yet
    Chapter 14: Acceptances, Second Looks, and Matriculation
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joanna Ríos, Ph.D. and José Fernández Torres with Tamara Anahi Ríos, Ph.D.
    Summary: "McGraw-Hill Education: Complete Medical Spanish helps you communicate effectively with Spanish-speaking patients and improve the quality of the medical care they receive. Each chapter of this program features vocabulary, key phrases, dialogs based on common medical situations, and exercises that reinforce understanding and build confidence. No prior knowledge of Spanish is necessary. Start now and in no time you'll fluently interview patients, conduct exams, and provide follow-up instructions."--Provided from Amazon.com
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Vladimiro L. Vida.
    Contents:
    Introduction and definition / Vladimiro L. Vida
    Historical notes / Gaetano Thiene
    Embryology / Monique R.M. Jongbloed, Robert E. Poelman and Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot
    Anatomy and histology / Annalisa Angelini, Carla Frescura, Marny Fedrigo and Gaetano Thiene
    Epidemiology and physiopathology of scimitar syndrome / Sylvie Di Filippo
    Diagnosis and imaging / Giovanni Di Salvo and Shi-Joon Yoo
    Natural history and medical treatment / Biagio Castaldi and Ornelia Milanesi
    Cardiac angiography and interventional therapy / Gianfranco Butera
    Surgical treatment and outcomes / Vladimiro L. Vida, Fabio Zuchetta and Giovanni Stellin
    Other pulmonary vascular anomalies / Patrizia Dall'lgna, Rita Alaggio and Piergiorgio Gamba.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Robert Z. Tashjian, editor.
    Summary: This practical text presents the most up-to-date information on the evaluation and management of all aspects of complex and revision shoulder arthroplasty, divided into three thematic section. Chapters in part I focus on the diagnosis and management of complex primary shoulder arthroplasty, including evaluation of humeral and glenoid bone deformity, computer-assisted surgical planning, stemless arthroplasty, anatomic and reverse TSA for severe glenoid erosion, post-traumatic sequalae and deltoid deficiency. The next section describes the diagnosis and management of failed replacements, including hemiarthroplasty, anatomic and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty. These chapters will focus on the initial evaluation and management, including imaging, laboratory work-up and the role of biopsies, covering the diagnosis and revision of a failed hemiarthroplasty; diagnosis and revision of a failed total shoulder arthroplasty; diagnosis and management of the failed reverse shoulder arthroplasty; management of the unstable TSA or RSA; diagnosis and management of the infected arthroplasty; treatment of periprosthetic fractures; salvage options (resection and arthrodesis) for failed arthroplasty. Part III presents specific surgical techniques utilized during revision shoulder arthroplasty, including surgical exposure, removal techniques for failed humeral components, revision of glenoid and humeral defects with bone grafts and augments, and the role of arthroscopic procedures. Utilizing the best clinical evidence, Complex and Revision Shoulder Arthroplasty is an excellent resource for orthopedic and shoulder surgeons, residents and fellows, as well as sports medicine specialists and related professionals. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Riccardo Dalle Grave, Massimiliano Sartirana, Simona Calugi.
    Summary: In this book the authors share the strategies and procedures they use in their clinical daily practice to assess and treat complex cases of eating disorders. The strategic and pragmatic approach to the management of medical and psychiatric comorbidity coexisting with eating disorders, while relying on enhanced cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT-E) - an evidence-based treatment recommended for all eating disorder categories both in adults and adolescents-, can also be used by clinicians who adhere to different theoretical models. The book is divided into two main parts. Part I describes the eating disorder psychopathology and its consequences: an essential knowledge essential to understanding whether the patients have true comorbidity or spurious comorbidity. Then it gives an overview of CBT-E and how to implement it at different levels of care and in a multidisciplinary team. Part II illustrates the general strategies to address comorbidity in patients with eating disorders, and the specific strategies and procedures for managing the most common mental and general medical conditions coexisting with eating disorders. This volume is a valuable and useful tool for all clinicians - endocrinologists, nutritionists, dietitians, psychologists, psychiatrists - who deal with obesity and eating disorders.

    Contents:
    Eating disorders: An overview
    Eating disorder psychopathology and its consequences
    Enhanced cognitive behavior therapy for eating disorders
    General strategies for the management of comorbidity in eating disorders
    Coexisting psychological problems
    Coexisting mental disorders
    Physical complications
    Coexisting general medical diseases
    Severe and enduring anorexia nervosa
    Appendixes: The Eating Problem Check List ; The Starvation Symptom Inventory.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ofir Koren, Raj Makkar, Vivek Patel, Danon Kaewkes, Hasan Jilaihawi, Jubin Joseph, editors.
    Summary: Structural heart disease encompasses a wide range of abnormalities involving noncoronary structures like the heart's valves, walls, and chambers. The last decade emphasized the burden of the disease and revolutionized the treatment strategies. The number of percutaneous structural heart interventions constantly increases worldwide. While some parts of the world acquire experience with various intervention treatments, techniques, and devices, others are paving their first steps. Complex Cases in Structural Heart Interventions provide a descriptive and highly illustrative insight into unique clinical situations managed by one of the world's most experienced and innovative teams. Each case study contains a clinical presentation, imaging analysis, procedural dilemmas, and resulting outcome. A detailed explanation of the technique used, key points and tips were highlighted, and a literature review covered broad knowledge on each topic. The authors shared their knowledge and distinctive solutions from over a decade of experience to ensure an educational adventure for the medical community and a roadmap for interventional heart teams.

    Contents:
    Intro
    About the Editors
    Our Team
    The Interventional Cardiologists Team
    Our Nurse Practitioners
    Our Research Coordinators
    Our Cath Lab Staff
    Our Past Fellows
    Introduction
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    Editors
    Contributors
    Reviewers
    Part I: Aortic Valve
    TAVR Procedure in a Patient with a Significant Large Aortic Valve Annulus
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Preprocedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Technique
    5 Outcome and Follow-Up
    6 Discussion
    References TAVR in Patients with Bicuspid Aortic Valve
    1 Clinical Presentation
    1.1 Images and Supported Data
    1.2 Pre-Procedural Consideration
    2 Outcome and Follow-Up
    3 Discussion
    References
    Acute Aortic Dissection Due to Access Site Tortuosity
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    TAVR in Highly Horizontal Aorta of a Bicuspid AS Patient
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Retrograde Approach for AV Wire Crossing 1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Pre-Procedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Procedure and Outcome
    5 Discussion
    References
    Balloon Burst During a Sapien-3 THV Inflation
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Sapien-3 THV Dislodgment During Balloon Inflation
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Valve Emboli Due to Non-Captured Pacing
    1 Clinical Presentation 2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References
    Bailout Solution in a Case of an Embolized Balloon Expanding THV
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Pre-Procedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Procedure and Outcome
    5 Discussion
    6 Incidence and Causes
    References
    Displacement of a THV Toward Ascending Aorta Due to Premature Ventricular Contraction
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Procedure and Outcome
    4 Discussion
    References Coronary Access Protection Technique (The Chimney Procedure) During TAVR
    1 Clinical Presentation
    2 Images and Supported Data
    3 Pre-Procedural Consideration: Pitfalls, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Technique
    5 Outcomes and Follow-Up
    6 Discussion
    References
    Left Main Coronary Artery Obstruction Following Valve-in-Valve TAVR Procedure Involving Mitroflow Valve
    1 Clinical Background
    2 Imaging
    3 Pre-Procedural Considerations, Dilemmas, and Challenges
    4 Procedure, Outcome, and Follow-Up
    5 Discussion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Kuppuswami Shivakumar, Shabbir Amanullah, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the readers with a series of complex cases that are organized by psychiatric disorder. Written by experts in the field, the cases offer insight on how to navigate care in delicate situations while considering preexisting medical conditions. Topics cover pharmacological concerns in women who are pregnant or nursing, working with dementia patients suffering from HIV, assessing and treating ADHD in special populations, monitoring medication use in patience recovering from Substance Use Disorder, and working with patients suffering from personality disorders. Each chapter offers guidance through the maze of classifications, clinical features, diagnosis and various complex interventions. The book also covers new information on the advances in research and management aspects. Complex Clinical Conundrums in Psychiatry is a valuable resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, family physicians, geriatricians, counselors, social workers, nurses, and all medical professionals working with complex psychiatric patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shahrokh C. Bagheri, Husain Ali Khan, Mark R. Stevens, editors.
    Summary: This book offers up-to-date guidance in the diagnosis and management of the various complex complications that may be encountered during or after the placement of dental implants. The aim is to raise the awareness of clinicians regarding such complications and to equip them with the knowledge needed in order to deal with complications promptly and effectively. This in turn will assist in the avoidance of "complications of the initial complication", which is of critical importance in preventing more serious clinical and psychological problems for patients as well as medicolegal issues for clinicians. The range of complications covered in the book is very wide, encompassing medical, intraoperative, aesthetic, and infectious complications as well as medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaw, complications in the atrophic mandible, trigeminal nerve injuries, and more. Complex Dental Implant Complications is written by a team of leading experts and surgeons in the field. It will be a valuable aid for all clinicians who place dental implants.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Complex Dental Implant Complications
    Complications of Treatment planning and pre operative evaluation
    Medical Complications in Dental Implantology
    Intra operative Dental Implant Complications
    Aesthetic Dental Implant Complications
    Infectious Dental Implant Complications
    Medication Related Osteonecrosis of the Jaw
    Complications in the atrophic Mandible
    Trigeminal Nerve Injuries
    Complications of Sinus Grafting and the atrophic maxilla
    Miscellaneous Dental Implant Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] David Driver, Shari S. Thomas.
    Summary: Get a quick, expert overview of complex childhood psychiatric disorders from Drs. David I. Driver and Shari Thomas of Healthy Foundations Group. This practical resource presents a summary of today's current knowledge and best approaches to topics from gender dysphoria to childhood onset schizophrenia and other complex psychiatric disorders.

    Contents:
    1. Gender dysphoria in childhood and adolescence
    2. School refusal
    3. Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and anxiety
    4. Tourette syndrome
    5. Management of ADHD in youth with comorbid epilepsy
    6. Evolution from feeding disorders to avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder
    7. Eating disorders
    8. Childhood stress and trauma
    9. Factitious disorder imposed on another
    10. Pediatric sleep disorder
    11. Concussion in children and adolescents
    12. Pediatric delirium
    13. Pediatric catatonia
    14. Pediatric inflammatory brain disease
    15. Disruptive mood dysregulation disorder
    16. Pediatric bipolar disorder
    17. Childhood-onset schizophrenia
    Clinical pearls appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Charles G. Curtin, Timothy F.H. Allen.
    Summary: From climate change to species extinction, humanity is confronted with an increasing array of societal and environmental challenges that defy simple quantifiable solutions. Complexity-based ecology provides a new paradigm for ecologists and conservationists keen to embrace the uncertainty that is pressed upon us. This book presents key research papers chosen by some sixty scholars from various continents, across a diverse span of sub-disciplines. The papers are set alongside first person commentary from many of the seminal voices involved, offering unprecedented access to experts' viewpoints. The works assembled also shed light on the process of science in general, showing how the shifting of wider perspectives allows for new ideas to take hold. Ideal for undergraduate and advanced students of ecology and conservation, their educators and those working across allied fields, this is the first book of its kind to focus on complexity-based approaches and provides a benchmark for future collected volumes.

    Contents:
    Aggregation in complex systems
    Diversity in ecology and conservation
    The role of flows of energy and resources in structuring social and ecological systems
    Non-linearity in natural, social, and physical systems
    Applied implications and subversive science.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Juan Carlos Rubio-Suárez, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of the most important complex fractures of the limbs, including fractures of the proximal and distal humerus, fractures and dislocations of the elbow, fractures of the distal radius, pelvis, acetabulum, distal femur, proximal tibia, tibial pilon, calcaneus and osteoporotic knee fractures. The most complex articular fractures are analyzed, soft tissue coverage is reviewed, and the management of open fractures and nonunions is described and illustrated. Other chapters consider damage control management and immediate bone fixation in the polytrauma patient, skeletal reconstruction and rehabilitation of complex fractures of the limbs. The book offers guidance to orthopaedic surgeons on which treatment options afford the best preservation of fully functional joints around the fractured bone. With this goal in mind, the authors have developed strategies that can restore full articular function of the limbs in both the short and the long term. Complex Fractures of the Limbs will be an invaluable aid to orthopaedic surgeons in treating patients with this very common and important clinical problem.

    Contents:
    1 Complex fractures of the proximal humerus
    2 Complex fractures of the distal humerus
    3 Fracture-dislocations of the elbow
    4 Complex fractures of the distal radius
    5 Complex fractures of the pelvis
    6 Complex fractures of the acetabulum
    7 Complex fractures of the distal femur
    8 Complex fractures of the proximal tibia
    9 Complex fractures of the tibial pilon
    10 Complex fractures of the calcaneus
    11 Complex open fractures
    12 Soft tissue coverage in complex fractures of the limbs
    13 Nonunion of complex fractures of the limbs
    14 Management of post-traumatic bone defects
    15 Polytrauma patient: damage control management and immediate bone fixation.-16 Surgical treatment of osteoporotic knee fractures
    17 Rehabilitation of complex bone fractures of the limbs.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Daniel E. Abbott, Jason B. Fleming.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Breast cancer
    High-risk breast lesions / Vance Sohn
    Surgical management of ductal carcinoma in situ / Rosalinda Alvarado
    Regional lymph node metastases in breast cancer / Sarah DeSnyder
    Neoadjuvant/adjuvant therapy for breast cancer / Sarah DeSnyder
    Nonductal malignancies / Sarah DeSnyder
    Management of high-risk breast cancer syndromes / Rosalinda Alvarado
    Reconstruction following breast surgery / Steve Lee & Daniel E. Abbott
    Endocrine malignancies
    Well-differentiated thyroid cancer / Steve Lee & Daniel E. Abbott
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia / Paxton Dickson
    Adrenal pathology and approaches to resection / Daniel E. Abbott
    Melanoma
    Margins in melanoma / Genevieve Boland
    Sentinel lymph node biopsy in melanoma / Genevieve Boland
    In-transit disease and regional therapy / Vance Sohn
    Soft-tissue sarcoma
    Retroperitoneal sarcoma / Alex Haynes
    Adjuvant/neoadjuvant therapy for sarcoma / Christina L. Roland
    Esophageal cancer
    EMR, RFA and argon plasma coagulation for treatment of Barrett's esophagus and early adenocarcinoma / Amanda Cooper
    Distal esophageal tumors / Maria C. Russell
    Squamous cell versus adenocarcinoma of the esophagus / Christina L. Roland
    Index. Volume 2. Gastric cancer
    Gastric adenocarcinoma / Maria Citarella Russell
    Small bowel cancer
    Small bowel neoplasms / Paxton Dickson
    Colorectal cancer
    Management of rectal cancer / Genevieve Boland
    Hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes / Christina Bailey
    Reconstruction after low rectal resections and pelvic exenteration / Amanda Cooper
    Hepatobiliary cancer
    Cholangiocarcinoma / Daniel E. Abbott
    Hepatic metastases / Genevieve Boland
    Resection and ablation techniques for hepatic lesions / Steve Lee & Daniel E. Abbott
    Resection versus transplantation for hepatocellular carcinoma / Christina L. Roland
    Pancreatic cancer
    Pancreatic cystic neoplasms / Robert E. Roses
    Pancreatic adenocarcinoma / Daniel E. Abbott
    Neuroendocrine tumors of the pancreas / Alex Haynes
    Conditions affecting the pancreaticobiliary system / Vance Sohn
    Peritoneal malignancy
    Peritoneal mesothelioma / Vance Sohn
    Index.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Future Med
    Future Med
  • Digital
    Fabrizio Margheritini, João Espregueira-Mendes, Alberto Gobbi, editors.
    Summary: This book, featuring a practical hands-on format, describes an up-to-date and comprehensive approach to the management of complex knee injuries. The aim is both to equip practitioners with reliable expert guidance and to foster consensus in a field characterized by continuing debate. Initial response and diagnostic evaluation are explained, surgical techniques appropriate for different injuries are fully documented, and advice is provided on the response to injuries in specific scenarios and patient groups. Emphasis is placed on the vital role of precise diagnosis in establishing the optimal treatment approach, and full account is taken of the implications of the most recent anatomical and biomechanical data. Readers will also find recommendations on controversial topics, including the role of early surgical management, the use of autograft or allograft tissue, and the benefits of reconstruction (as opposed to repair alone) of the fibular collateral ligament and posterolateral corner structures. The authors are leading authorities from around the world with extensive clinical and research expertise in the field of knee dislocations. .

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Biomechanics
    Classification and Algorithm treatment
    Management in the emergency room
    Instrumental Evaluation
    Neurovascular associated injuries
    Surgical Timing. Surgical Techniques: ACL+Anterolateral capsular injuries
    PCL/MCL injuries
    PCL/PLC injuries
    Bicruciate injuries
    ACL/MCL injuries
    ACL/PLC injuries
    Acute Knee Dislocations
    Chronic Knee Dislocations. Specific Scenario: Associated bone fracture
    Osteotomy in chronic complex ligaments injury
    Complex knee injuries in the young adult
    Knee dislocation in obese patients
    Knee dislocation in athletes
    Complications in complex knee ligament injuries
    Rehabilitation/bracing
    Future trends in ligaments surgery: the role of biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Bryan D. Springer, Brian M. Curtin, editors.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases covering complex primary and revision total knee arthroplasty, this concise, practical casebook will provide orthopedic surgeons with the best real-world strategies to properly manage the more complicated forms of knee replacement they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included illustrate different management strategies for primary knee arthroplasty, including the varus and valgus knee, flexion contracture and extra-articular deformity, as well as periprosthetic infection and revision total knee arthroplasty, including deficient extensor mechanism, periprosthetic femur fracture and ligamentous instability. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Complex Primary and Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons confronted with a challenging knee joint replacement.

    Contents:
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Varus Knee
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Valgus Knee
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Flexion Contracture
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Previous Hardware (Posttraumatic OA)
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Extra-Articular Deformity
    Complex Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Complex Skin Incisions
    Periprosthetic Infection: Management of Early Postoperative Infection
    Periprosthetic Infection: Management of Late Acute Hematogenous Infection
    Periprosthetic Infection: Management of Chronically Infected Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Deficient Extensor Mechanism
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Periprosthetic Femur Fracture Around Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Bone Loss
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty: Management of Ligamentous Instability.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Erin F. Lawson, Joel P. Castellanos, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to date, extensive, and focused review of complex regional pain syndrome (CRPS). It reflects the current scientific understanding of the disorder, describes appropriate treatment recommendations, and explores future directions of diagnosis and treatment. Divided into three sections, the first section covers the etiology and pathology of CRPS. The following section offers treatments and emerging advances in evaluation and/or treatment. The book then closes with an exploration of varying patient populations. Each chapter is authored by specialists experienced with CRPS research and treatment. Additionally, the review and recommendations provided reflect careful consideration of evidence-based medicine and medical consensus guidelines. Complex Regional Pain Syndrome targets a range of healthcare specialties including pain management, rheumatology, neurology, internal medicine, and family practice.

    Contents:
    Overview of CRPS: Complex Regional Pain Syndrome (Pathophys, prognosis, natural history)
    Pathophysiology of CRPS
    Differential Diagnosis of CRPS
    Diagnostic Tests and Physical Exam for CRPS
    Pharmacologic Treatments for CRPS
    Behavioral Health Interventions for CRPS
    Modality Treatments and Rehabilitation for CRPS
    Complementary and Alternative Treatment for CRPS
    Interventional Treatments for CRPS
    Interventional treatments for CRPS in Pediatrics
    Emerging therapies for the treatment of Complex Regional Pain Syndrome
    CRPS Treatment Algorithm
    Children and Adolescents with CRPS
    CRPS in Pregnancy
    Chronic Regional Pain Syndrome in the Geriatric Patient
    Challenges and Controversies in CRPS Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christine Won, editor.
    Summary: This book is a clinically relevant and educational resource for sleep specialists, practitioners, and sleep or pulmonary trainees in the management of complicated sleep disordered breathing. It tackles complicated sleep breathing disorders by discussing their epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical significance, physical findings, and their diagnosis and management. Organized into 21 chapters, opening chapters cover a variety of sleep apnea manifestations including hypercapnic obstructive sleep apnea, complex breathing disorders and strokes. Subsequent chapters discuss detailed approaches to PAP titrations based on best evidence, current guidelines, or expert opinion. Treatment options, complications, comorbidities, and sleep apnea in specific demographics such as pregnant women are also addressed. Complex Sleep Breathing Disorders: A Clinical Casebook of Challenging Patients is a necessary resource for all sleep trainees and pulmonary fellows, as well as a resource for sleep specialists including sleep technicians.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Hypercapnic Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 2. Central Sleep Apnea and Opioid Use
    Chapter 3. Sleep Apnea and Stroke
    Chapter 4. Obstructive and Central Sleep Apnea and Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 5. Cheyne Stokes Breathing and Heart Failure
    Chapter 6. Sleep Disordered Breathing and Pulmonary Hypertension
    Chapter 7. Primary Central Sleep Apnea.-Chapter 8. Treatment-Emergent Central Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 9. Upper Airway Resistance Syndrome
    Chapter 10. Sleep Breathing Disorders during Pregnancy
    Chapter 11. Obesity Hypoventilation Syndrome
    Chapter 12. Sleep Breathing Disorders in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Chapter 13. Alveolar Hypoventilation and COPD
    Chapter 14. Nocturnal Hypoventilation and Restrictive Thoracic Disease.-Chapter 15. Respiratory failure in the Post-operative Patient.-Chapter 16. Sleep Disordered Breathing at High Altitude
    Chapter 17: Congenital Central Hypoventilation Syndrome (CCHS).-Chapter 18. Sleep Breathing Disorders in Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Chapter 19. Rapid-Onset Obesity with Hypothalamic Dysfunction, Hypoventilation and Autonomic Dysregulation (ROHHAD)
    Chapter 20. Sleep Disordered Breathing in Arnold Chiari Malformation
    Chapter 21. Sleep Breathing Disorders in Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yoram Vodovotz, Gary An, editors.
    Summary: This second edition expands upon and updates the vital research covered in its predecessor, by presenting state-of-the-art multidisciplinary and systems-oriented approaches to complex diseases arising from and driven by the acute inflammatory response. The chapters in this volume provide an introduction to different types of computational modeling, and how these methods can be applied to specific inflammatory diseases, with a focus on providing readers a roadmap for integrating advanced mathematical and computational techniques with traditional experimental methods. In this second edition, we cover both well-established and emerging modeling methods, especially state-of-the-art machine learning approaches and the integration of data-driven and mechanistic modeling. This volume introduces the concept of Model-based Precision Medicine as an alternative approach to the current view of Precision Medicine, based on leveraging mechanistic computational modeling to decrease cost while increasing the information value of the data being obtained. By presenting the role of computational modeling as an integrated component of the research process, Complex Systems and Computational Biology Approaches to Acute Inflammation: A Framework for Model-based Precision Medicine offers a window into the recent past, the present, and the future of computationally-augmented biomedical research.

    Contents:
    1. An Overview of the Translational Dilemma and the Need for Model-based Precision Medicine
    2 Translational Equation-based Modeling
    3. Agent-based Modeling in Translational Systems Biology
    4. Integrating Data-driven and Mechanistic Modeling in Sepsis and Trauma
    5. Therapeutics as Control: Model-based approaches for control discovery
    6. Disorder of Systemic Inflammation in Sepsis and Trauma: A Systems Perspective
    7. Multi-scale equation-based models: Insights for Inflammation and Physiological Variability
    8. In silico Trials and Personalized Therapy for Sepsis and Trauma
    9. Computational Modeling of the Coagulation Response
    10. Disorder of Localized Inflammation in Wound Healing
    11. Equation-based Models of Wound Healing and Collective Cell Migration
    12. Agent-based Models of Wound Healing
    13. Tissue realistic translational modeling of gut inflammation
    14. Data-Driven Modeling of Liver Injury, Inflammation, and Fibrosis
    15. Computational Modeling of Tuberculosis
    16. The Rationale and Implementation of Model-based Precision Medicine for Inflammatory Diseases
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David C. Aron.
    Summary: This unique title explores complex systems in clinical medicine and the subsequent implementation of that knowledge into practice. Written conversationally and as a reflection on the journey of learning about complex systems, the book explores how knowledge of these systems can be applied to four key roles in academic medicine: clinical practice, education, research, and administration. Further, this title emphasizes how gaining an understanding of complex systems can greatly help a physician deal with the many challenges found in academic medicine. Unlike other books on complexity in medicine, which tend to focus on only one aspect of the management of patients, Complex Systems in Medicine deals with the multifaceted roles of a physician. The approach in this book is uniquely qualitative rather than mathematical, and is written to make it not only of interest to physicians, trainees, and allied health providers, but also to make it more accessible to a non-medical audience. The inclusion of personal anecdotes by the author provides concrete examples of the application of knowledge of complex systems in academic medicine. A first-of-its-kind contribution to the literature, Complex Systems in Medicine: A Hedgehog's Tale of Complexity in Clinical Practice, Research, Education, and Management is not only a novel reference for medical professionals, it is an accessible tool for the non-medical audience hoping to learn more about complex systems and their direct relevance to medicine, a field that deals with the infinite variety of humans and their ills. It illustrates the consequences of the interactive elements of patient care that make medicine both a science and an art.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Scott R. Steele, Justin A. Maykel, Bradley J. Champagne, Guy R. Orangio, editors.
    Summary: Complexities in Colorectal Surgery: Decision-Making and Management provides a unique, modern, practical guide that covers the strategic evaluation, specific approaches, and detailed management techniques utilized by expert Colorectal Surgeons caring for patients with complex problems whether they result from underlying colorectal disease or from complications arising from previous surgical therapy. The text is formatted as both a "how-to" manual as well as an algorithm-based guide allowing the reader to understand the thought process behind the proposed treatment strategies. By making use of evidence-based recommendations, each chapter will include not only diagnostic and therapeutic guidelines, but also a narrative by the author on his/her operative technical details and perioperative "tips and tricks" that they utilize in the management of these complex surgical challenges. This test includes chapters on the assessment of risk and nutritional intervention methods utilized to minimize perioperative complications. In addition, sections on medical and surgical therapies for abdominal, pelvic and anorectal disease are incorporated. Moreover, the technical challenges of managing complications resulting from the original or subsequent operations is addressed. The underlying focus throughout the text is to provide pragmatic and understandable solutions that can be readily implemented by surgeons of varying experience to successfully treat complex colorectal problems. The text also goes beyond the technical aspects of Colorectal Surgery and includes special sections highlighting the essence of a surgeon. These include chapters describing the importance of the first encounter, building patient rapport, and demonstrating confidence and competence while showing humility and avoiding arrogance. Additionally, aspects involving the medical-legal, ethical, and economic challenges confronting surgeons are covered.

    Contents:
    Preoperative
    The Abdomen
    The Pelvis
    Anorectal Disease
    Special Situations
    Beyond the Operating Room.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David G. Green, Nicholas I. Klomp, Glyn Rimmington, Suzanne Sadedin.
    Summary: This book examines key concepts and analytical approaches in complexity theory as it applies to landscape ecology, including complex networks, connectivity, criticality, feedback, and self-organisation. It then reviews the ways that these ideas have led to new insights into the nature of ecosystems and the role of processes in landscapes. The updated edition explores innovations in ecotechnology, including automated monitoring, big data, simulation and machine learning, and shows how they are revolutionizing ecology by making it possible to deal more effectively with complexity. Addressing the topic in a progression of ideas from small to large, and from simple to sophisticated, the book examines the implications of complexity for major environmental issues of our time, particularly the urgencies of climate change and loss of biodiversity. Understanding ecological complexity is crucial in todays globalized and interconnected world. Successful management of the worlds ecosystems must combine models of ecosystem complexity with biodiversity, environmental, geographic, and socioeconomic data. The book examines the impact of humans on landscapes and ecosystems, as well as efforts to embed sustainability, commerce and industrial development in the larger context of ecosystem services and ecological economics. Well-established as researchers in the field, the authors provide a new perspective on current and future understanding of complexity in landscape ecology. The new edition offers a non-technical account of the topic, so it is both accessible and informative for general readers. For students of ecology, it provides a fresh approach to classical ideas.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface to the Second Edition
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Complexity and Ecology
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 What Is Complexity?
    1.2.1 Variety and Form
    1.2.2 The Chicken and the Egg
    1.3 What Makes Ecosystems Complex?
    1.3.1 Measuring Diversity
    1.3.2 The Origins of Complexity
    1.4 Why Study Ecological Complexity?
    1.5 The Complexity Paradigm
    1.5.1 Scientific Paradigms
    1.5.2 A New Ecology for a New Age?
    References
    Chapter 2: Seeing the Wood for the Trees: Emergent Order in Growth and Behaviour
    2.1 Plant Growth and Form
    2.1.1 Factors Influencing Growth 2.1.2 Branches and Leaves
    2.1.3 Overall Plant Form
    2.1.4 Self-Organisation Versus Constrained Growth
    2.2 Animal Behaviour
    2.2.1 Searching for Food
    2.2.2 Territory
    2.2.3 Social Networks
    2.2.4 Animal Intelligence
    2.3 Multiagent Systems
    2.3.1 Turtle Geometry
    2.3.2 From Turtles to Agents
    2.3.3 The Boids and the Bees
    References
    Chapter 3: Complexity in Landscapes
    3.1 The Eye of the Beholder
    3.1.1 Geographic Information Systems
    3.1.2 The Game of Life
    3.1.3 Cellular Automata Models of Landscapes
    3.2 Sampling and Scale 3.3 Complexity in Spatial Processes
    3.4 Complexity in Spatial Patterns
    3.4.1 Fractal Dimensions
    3.4.2 Fractals in Nature
    3.4.3 Measuring Landscape Complexity
    3.5 Are Landscapes Connected?
    3.5.1 Connectivity in a Grid
    3.5.2 Why Is a Starfish Like an Atomic Bomb?
    References
    Chapter 4: Oh, What a Tangled Web ... Complex Networks in Ecology
    4.1 The Roots of Complexity Theory
    4.2 The Network Model
    4.2.1 Interactions and Connectivity
    4.2.2 Networks
    4.2.3 Networks Are Everywhere
    4.2.4 The Connectivity Avalanche
    4.2.5 Phase Changes and Criticality 4.2.6 The Order of Things
    4.3 Self-Organisation
    4.3.1 Emergent Properties
    4.3.2 Modules and Motifs
    4.3.3 The Shape of Complexity
    4.4 Networks of Networks
    References
    Chapter 5: The Imbalance of Nature ... Feedback and Stability in Ecosystems
    5.1 Feedback
    5.1.1 Negative Feedback Promotes Stability
    5.1.2 Positive Feedback Promotes Self-Organization
    5.2 The Big Get Bigger
    5.3 Who Eats Whom?
    5.3.1 Equilibrium and Stability
    5.3.2 Transients and Attractors
    5.3.3 Sensitivity to Initial Conditions
    5.3.4 The Onset of Chaos
    5.3.5 Fractals 5.4 Is There a Balance of Nature?
    5.4.1 Succession
    5.4.2 Ecosystems in Balance?
    5.4.3 Does a Balance Really Exist?
    References
    Chapter 6: Populations in Landscapes
    6.1 One Population or Many?
    6.2 Spatial Distributions
    6.3 Patches, Edges and Zones
    6.3.1 Salt of the Earth
    6.4 To See the World in a Grain of Pollen
    6.5 Galloping Trees?
    6.6 Phylogeography
    References
    Chapter 7: Living with the Neighbours: Competition and Stability in Communities
    7.1 Invasions and Persistence
    7.2 Disturbance and Competition
    7.3 Ecological Communities
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paul M.W. Hackett.
    Summary: This book presents the facet theoretical framework as a tool for facilitating the conception of complex animal behaviour research and the design of research procedures through employing mapping sentences. Using the facet theoretical framework, this book takes a holistic view of bird behaviour. Components of bird behavior are identified and then reassembled to facilitate an understanding of the behaviour in the context of its natural occurrence. This provides new insight on both the parts of the behaviour and how these interact as a whole. The multi-faceted approach to designing, evaluating and understanding bird behavior presented offers a template that is adaptable for investigating a wide variety of avian species and different forms of behaviour. Behavioural biologists, animal and comparative psychologists, other natural and behavioural scientists, as well as students of these disciplines will find this book to be an interesting and enlightening read.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Studying Birds
    Chapter 2. Mapping Sentences and Facet Theory
    Chapter 3. How to Develop a Mapping Sentence: The Example of Avian Sleep
    Chapter 4. Complex Avian Behaviour and Cognition: A Mapping Sentence Approach
    Chapter 5
    Studying Avian Cognition in the Wild: Avian Psychometrics
    Chapter 6. Interpreting Avian Play, Murmuration of Starlings and Oology (Classifying Birds' Eggs)
    Chapter 7. Conclusion
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Salman Zarka, Alexander Lerner, editors.
    Summary: This book presents carefully selected case reports that document some of the most important lessons learned at Ziv Medical Center, the northernmost Israeli hospital responsible for the medical care and support of wounded and patients from the Syrian civil war. The aim is to provide practitioners with new knowledge on effective ways of dealing with the emergencies encountered in the context of such conflicts. The case reports cover in particular the specialties of Trauma and Critical Care, Orthopedics, and Surgery, but also relate to Internal Medicine, Ophthalmology, Obstetrics and Gynecology, and Psychiatric Care. Some of the cases of trauma are of a nature not previously encountered by Western medicine, and include instances in which multidisciplinary care played a vital role. Featuring many informative illustrations, the book will be of value for all who work in emergency and military medicine and related disciplines, from novices to the more experienced.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Matthew P. Abdel, Craig J. Della Valle, editors.
    Summary: Covering both acute post-operative and chronic complications following total hip arthroplasty (THA), this comprehensive clinical guide provides diagnostic and management strategies and techniques for orthopedic surgeons at every level. Utilizing a case-based approach, each condition is discussed in terms of its epidemiology, risk factors, and preventative measures, with a brief literature review providing evidence for the diagnosis and treatment each author selects. The first section covers acute post-operative complications, discussing peripheral nerve and vascular injuries, periprosthetic fractures and infections as well as thromboembolic events. The second section covers chronic complications including the more common complications such as recurrent dislocation and infection as well as rarer complications such as pelvic discontinuity. Aimed at the most efficient management of these often complicated conditions, Complications after Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty is a practical resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents and fellows working with patients having undergone hip replacement surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Matthias Hübler, Thea Koch, Karen B. Domino, editors.
    Summary: Ability to learn from errors is an essential aspect of the quest to improve treatment quality and patient safety. This book consists of 33 cases in anesthesiology that are based on real life situations and illuminate avoidable complications and mishaps. The cases are presented in a novel manner in that they are embedded within narratives. The reader comes to each case cold, without any clue as to the content, and each case comprises a narrative and a factual component that are interwoven. The narrative parts provide the reader with information and tips regarding the clinical problems and tasks that the protagonist must face and try to solve. The idea is to engage the reader emotionally while reading and to entertain him or her while learning. All cases conclude with short debriefing sections which include possible strategies to prevent similar errors or mishaps.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau, Gabor Scharioth.
    Summary: How can one best master a rupture of the posterior capsule during cataract surgery? How should one operate on a dropped nucleus? What is the ideal management for a subluxated intraocular lens? If you are seeking answers to these and similar questions, then this is the book for you. Every surgeon is afraid of complications, but while complications cannot be entirely avoided, it is possible to learn to master them. This practical handbook clearly explains how to manage the various complications that may arise during cataract surgery. It provides the surgeon with clear instructions on how best to proceed in the manner of a cookbook, by first describing the ingredients (equipment) and preparation (planning) and then providing step by step descriptions of technique with the aid of numerous helpful color illustrations and several accompanying surgical videos. Surgical pearls and pitfalls are highlighted. Using this book, the reader will become a better and more complete cataract surgeon, well equipped to cope with the full range of potential complications.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Equipment
    Planning for Surgical Complications
    General Surgical Techniques
    General Surgical Techniques
    Special Surgical Techniques with the Phaco Machine
    Special Surgical Techniques with the Vitrectomy Machine
    Surgical Pearls
    Materials and Companies
    Compilation of all Tips and Tricks.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ulrich Spandau. Gabor B. Scharioth.
    Summary: Every cataract surgeon is afraid of complications, but while complications cannot be entirely avoided, it is possible to learn to master them. This practical book clearly explains how to manage the various complications that may arise during cataract surgery, from a subluxated intraocular lens to a dropped nucleus. It provides the surgeon with clear instructions on how best to proceed in the manner of a cookbook, by first describing the ingredients (equipment), preparation (planning) and then providing step-by-step descriptions of technique with the aid of numerous helpful color illustrations. Complications During and After Cataract Surgery: From Phacoemulsification over Secondary IOL Implantation to Dropped Nucleus, 2nd Edition includes fully revised chapters outlining technical developments and new chapters on trocar surgery from pars plana and surgical management of a dropped nucleus with a cataract machine. Readers wishing to learn techniques for managing a full range of potential complications will find this book to be an essential resource.

    Contents:
    Basics
    Equipment
    Planning for Surgical Complications
    General Surgical Techniques for Anterior Segment Surgery
    Special IOL Fixation Technique
    Possible Surgeries After Insertion of a Trocar at Pars Plana
    Complication Management for Anterior Segment Cases
    General Surgical Techniques for Posterior Segment Surgery
    Complication Management for Posterior Segment Cases
    Surgical Pearls.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jose J. Diaz, David T. Efron, editors.
    Contents:
    Challenging IV Access in the Patient with Septic Shock
    Fluids in Septic Shock: Crystalloid, Colloids, or Blood?
    Resuscitation of the Patient in Severe Septic Shock
    Intra-peritoneal Resuscitation in Trauma and Sepsis: Management Options for the Open Abdomen
    How to Feed the Open Abdomen
    Intra-Abdominal Hypertension and Abdominal Compartment Syndrome in Acute Care Surgery
    Empyema in the Acute Care Surgical Patient
    Gastric
    The Complicated Cholecystectomy and Management of Perforation Post-ERCP
    Acute Necrotizing Pancreatitis
    Small Bowel: The Problematic Duodenal Perforation
    Small Bowel: Aortoenteric Fistula
    Small Bowel: Pneumatosis Intestinalis
    Colon: Long Hartmann and Rectal Stump Blowout
    Rectum: Management of the Urgen APR & Dissecting the "Frozen" Pelvis
    Complex Liver Abscess
    The Complex Splenectomy
    Soft Tissue Necrotizing Infection Due to Perforated Colon
    The Planning for the "Planned Ventral Hernia"
    Post-Bariatric Complications-Leaks
    The Problem Stoma
    The Immunosuppressed Patient
    Management of Anastomotic Leaks-Early <7 Days and Late>7 Days
    The Re-Laparotomy in the Delayed (2-3 week) Post-Operative Period
    The Management of the Entero-Atmospheric Fistula (EAF)
    Unresectable Malignancy and Bowel Obstruction in the Acute Care Surgery Patient
    Jehovah's Witness and the Bleeding Surgical Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lee A. Fleisher, Stanley H. Rosenbaum.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Laurent Lafosse, Jens Agneskirchner, Thibault Lafosse, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide offers a complete overview of the complications that can arise during and after arthroscopic surgery of the shoulder. Divided into four key sections, the book first focuses upon general problems and complications, followed by difficulties in general glenohumeral and subacromial space procedures, shoulder instability and rotator cuff lesions. Complications in Arthroscopic Shoulder Surgery is written by a team of leading arthroscopic specialists and is a valuable resource for orthopaedic surgeons, and sports traumatologists who encounter these patients in their day-to-day clinical practice.

    Contents:
    General problems and complications
    Complications in general glenohumeral and subacromial space procedures
    Complications in procedures for shoulder instability
    Complications in procedures for rotator cuff lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Diego Camacho, Natan Zundel.
    Summary: This text focuses on the complications following bariatric surgery. The focus is on the immediate and long term complications that would be important to both the general surgeon and those surgeons with specialty experience in bariatric surgery. Sections address the nutritional deficiencies following bariatric surgery with specific attention to Roux en Y gastric bypass and pancreatico-biliary diversion as well as the correction of these deficiencies with medical intervention as well as the indications for surgical revision or reversal. The text reviews the work-up of a bariatric patient with abdominal pain including the appropriate imaging and threshold for operative intervention and the techniques to achieve optimal visualization during this difficult situation. This section focuses on the operative management of anastomotic and staple line leaks and how to definitively manage these surgical emergencies as well as achieve source control and stabilization. Later chapters focus on specific complications following bariatric surgery with specific focus on RYGB, vertical sleeve gastrectomy (VSG), biliary pancreatic diversion, and gastric band. Complications include gastric fistula, gastric staple line disruption following VSG, gastro-jejunal leak following RYGB, relux following bariatric surgery, and failure of weight loss following bariatric surgery. These sections are written by experts in the field of bariatrics and include evidence based medicine as well as expert opinion on the management of bariatric complications. The sections provide a review of the literature and references at the close of each section. Complications in Bariatric Surgery will serve as a resource for both the general surgeon who handles bariatric emergencies as well as the bariatric specialist.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Metabolic Complications, Nutritional Deficiencies, and Medication Management following Metabolic Surgery
    Emergencies in Bariatric Surgery
    Management of Marginal Ulceration
    Staple Line Leak Following Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Anastomotic Leak Following Gastric Bypass
    Gastro-Gastric Fistula Following Gastric Bypass
    Hiatal Hernia and Reflux Following Bariatric Surgery
    Gastric Band Erosion
    Chronic Abdominal Pain after Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Stricture Following Gastric Bypass and Vertical Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Weight Regain Following Bariatric Surgery and Revisional Surgery
    Internal Hernia and Small Bowel Obstruction After Roux- En-Y Gastric Bypass
    Endoscopic Interventions for Complications in Bariatric Surgery
    Pregnancy in the Bariatric Patient
    Acute and Chronic Complications Following Biliopancreatic Diversion with Duodenal Switch.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gassner, Robert.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book equips readers with a detailed, up-to-date understanding of the surgical and nonsurgical complications that may arise during cranio-maxillofacial and oral surgery for a range of conditions, including malformations, infections, trauma, and tumors. It will aid both in the prevention of complications and in their effective management, across all age groups. Among the diverse surgical settings considered are cleft lip and palate, odontogenic and non-odontogenic infections, temporomandibular joint disorders, cranio-maxillofacial trauma, oral cancer, and skull base tumors. Potential complications during and after reconstructive procedures, including donor site morbidity, are considered. The book is designed to heighten awareness and to fill gaps in knowledge by providing novel insights. It will be of value for all clinicians, residents, and medical and dental students who are interested in oral, maxillofacial, craniofacial, plastic, reconstructive, and head and neck surgery.

    Contents:
    Malformations: Complications in Cleft Lip Palate Surgery
    Complications in Craniofacial Surgery
    Complications in Distraction Surgery
    Complications in Orthognathic Surgery. Infection: Complications in Odontogenic Infections
    Complications in Oral Implant Placement
    Complications in Non-odontogenic Infections
    Complications in TMJ Surgery. Trauma: Complications in CranioMaxilloFacial Trauma
    Complications and Orofacial Pain. Tumor: Complications in Skull Base Surgery
    Complications in Oral Cancer Resection
    Complications in Free Flap Reconstruction
    Complications at the Donor Site
    Complications at the Resection Site
    Complications from Radiotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Igor Tsesis, editor.
    Summary: "This book presents up-to-date recommendations for the prevention, diagnosis, and management of complications in endodontic surgical procedures, based on the best available scientific evidence. Common risks such as wound healing impairment, infection, and bleeding are discussed, and specific complications related to endodontic surgery, such as maxillary sinus involvement and damage to adjacent neurovascular structures, are reviewed. For each step of endodontic surgical procedures, surgical goals and possible outcomes are reviewed. Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative risk factors for complications are identified, and treatment options presented. Helpful decision-making algorithms, tables, and flow charts complement the reader-friendly text."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Maciej Dryjski, Linda M Harris.
    Contents:
    Access complications
    Other access
    Vascular closure devices for small arteriotomies: how to avoid and deal with complications
    General complications of EVAR
    Gore excluder
    Complications of the MEDTRONIC endurant stent graft
    Endologix ovation
    Endologix AFX
    Graft-specific issues for EVAR: the AORFIX endograft
    Nellix
    Vascutek (Bolton) TREO endograft
    Grafts outside the United States
    Ruptured EVAR complications
    Complications of fenestrated endovascular aneurysm repair
    Complications with branched endovascular devices
    Complications of EVAR with snorkels, chimneys, and sandwich techniques
    Endoleaks
    Complications in endovascular thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysm repair
    TAA endoleaks
    Complications of tag and conformable tag (CTAG) thoracic endoprosthesis
    Device-specific issues with EVAR: cook
    Terumo aortic relay TEVAR
    Complication with medtronic thoracic stent endograft
    Complications and lessons learned from global use of the streamliner multilayer flow modulator (SMFM) device
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Complications in the endovascular management of aortic dissection
    Complications of endovascular septal fenestration in the management of patients with aortic dissection
    Renal and mesenteric aneurysms
    Mesenteric embolization: solid organ, pelvic trauma, and GI bleeding
    Complications in angioplasty and stenting of mesenteric and renal artery disease
    Thrombolysis in acute limb ischemia
    Aortoiliac interventions for occlusive disease
    Complications of femoropopliteal interventions for occlusive disease
    Complications of endovascular repair of popliteal artery aneurysms
    Tibial interventions for peripheral arterial disease
    Complications of iliofemoral thrombolysis and stenting for venous disease
    Complications of IVC filters
    Complications of endovenous treatments, including: thermal, nonthermal, sclerotherapy, and foam ablations
    Arteriovenous access: fistula and graft intervention
    Central venous stenosis associated with arteriovenous access
    Catheter issues
    Complications of ECMO and IABP
    Angiography
    Complications associated with carotid artery stenting
    Embolic protection issues
    Complications specific to closed and open cell nitinol stents in carotid artery stenting
    Carotid stent: device-specific complications with the Wallstent
    Transcarotid artery revascularization with the ENROUTE transcarotid neuroprotection system
    Subclavian steal
    Complications in the endovascular treatment of intracranial arteriovenous malformations
    Complication of endovascular treatment of intracranial stenosis
    Complications in the endovascular treatment of intracranial aneurysms
    Acute ischemic stroke.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Michael S. Lee, Jordan P. Grossman, editors.
    Summary: Comprehensive, current and insightful, this well-illustrated text is devoted to the detailed management of common but often challenging complications that all foot and ankle surgeons encounter in their practice. Opening with a discussion of the "anatomy" of a complication, the book is divided into five thematic sections - perioperative, forefoot, first ray, midfoot/hindfoot and ankle - with each chapter detailing the development and evolution of both major and minor complications, the evaluation and decision-making involved, and the best surgical management techniques for each. Perioperative topics covered include surgical infection, venous thromboembolism, and incisional complications, with the subsequent sections detailing complications following specific conditions, such as hallux valgus, calcaneal fractures, and the Charcot foot, among many others. Boasting a diverse and experienced authorship and Editors who are past Presidents of the American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons, Complications in Foot and Ankle Surgery is a unique and timely resource for foot and ankle surgeons worldwide who treat these challenging conditions.

    Contents:
    "Anatomy" of a Complication
    Part I: Perioperative Complications
    Venous Thromboembolism Associated with Foot and Ankle Surgery
    Complication Management: Nonunions
    Incisional Complications
    Surgical Infections
    Complications Associated with Co-Morbid Conditions
    Part II: Forefoot
    Digital Surgery
    Lesser Metatarsal Complications
    Neuromas
    Metatarsal Fractures
    Part III: The First Ray
    Hallux Valgus
    Recurrent Hallux Valgus
    First Metatarsophalangeal Joint Arthrodesis
    Failed First Metatarsophalangeal Joint Arthroplasties
    The Lapidus
    Part IV: Midfoot/Hindfoot
    LisFranc Fractures and Arthrodesis
    Calcaneal Fractures
    Talus Fractures: Injury, Management and Aftermath
    Posterior Heel Surgery
    Tarsal Tunnel Releases
    The Charcot foot
    Part V: Ankle
    Complications Associated with Ankle Arthroscopy
    Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
    Lateral Ankle Stabilization
    Ankle Fractures
    Arthrodesis of the Ankle
    Problems, Obstacles and Complications of External Fixation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Fahad Aziz, Sandesh Parajuli, editors.
    Summary: This textbook of clinical cases moves beyond the science of transplant medicine and covers important transplant nephrology concepts. This book covers the diagnosis and treatment of many typical and atypical immunological and infectious post-transplant complications, such as acute antibody-medicated rejection in early and late post-transplant period, post-transplant cytomegalovirus infections, congestive heart failure after kidney transplant, and many other typical and atypical post-transplant infections. In each chapter, a case scenario is given for important post-transplant complications. The scenario is followed by a question and answer on the best investigation, the diagnosis, and a discussion of the best treatment option and outcomes. This stepwise learning process makes this book uniquely helpful to trainees learning how to treat their complicated transplant recipients systematically. This book is an accurate and straightforward guide to assist future and current transplant physicians, as well as the primary care physicians who deal with these complicated patients every day.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Obesity in Kidney Transplant Recipients
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 2: Kidney Transplantation in Polycystic Kidney Disease: When to Perform Native Nephrectomies
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 3: Surgical Challenges in Kidney Re-transplantation
    Introduction
    Case 1
    Clinical Course
    Case 2
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 4: Dual Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 5: Assessing Risk Before Kidney Transplantation: Does Frailty Matter?
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 6: A Patient with CFH Mutation
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Patient Course
    Subsequent Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 7: Deceased Donor with Multiple Arteries
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 8: Donor with a History of Nephrolithiasis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 9: Case of Marginal Living Kidney Donor
    Introduction
    Case: An Obese Donor with Elevated Blood Pressure
    Laboratory Data
    Imaging
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 10: Living Kidney Donor with Family History of Kidney Disease
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Patient Course
    Subsequent Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 11: Kidney Grafts with Evidence of Microthrombi in Glomerular Capillaries
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    Classifying Severity
    Outcomes
    Follow-Up Biopsies
    Therapeutic Strategies
    Conclusion
    References. Chapter 12: Arterial Dissections: Challenges in Recognition, Repair, and Reconstruction
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Further Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 13: Page Kidney After Kidney Biopsy
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 14: Prolonged Kidney Delayed Graft Function: Switching to Belatacept
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 15: A Case of De Novo Membranous Nephropathy in the Transplanted Kidney
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 16: Postoperative Complications Urine Leak
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 17: Post-Kidney Transplant Lymphocele
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    General Information
    Incidence/Frequency/Timing
    Common Clinical Presentation
    Evaluation
    Management (Evidence-Based)
    Clinical Meaning
    References
    Chapter 18: Transplant Renal Artery Stenosis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 19: Hydronephrosis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Additional Clinical Course
    Clinical Course Continued
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 20: Management of Post-Kidney Transplantation Ureteral Stricture
    Introduction
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 21: Mycotic Pseudoaneurysms
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Continued Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References. Chapter 22: COVID-19 and Kidney Transplantation: An Approach to Acute Rejection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient with SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    Case Report
    Treatment Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 23: Disseminated Histoplasmosis After Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Clinical History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 24: Post-Transplant Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy Secondary to JC Polyomavirus
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 25: Central Nervous System Aspergillosis in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 26: A Case of West Nile Virus Infection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Further Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 27: Early Post-Transplant Intracerebral Bacillary Angiomatosis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Case Discussion
    References
    Chapter 28: BK Virus Nephropathy and Rejection
    Introduction
    Case Presentation
    Treatment Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 29: Concomitant BK Polyoma Virus and Cytomegalovirus Infection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    BK Polyoma Virus Infection
    Cytomegalovirus Infection
    Post Biopsy Course
    Discussion
    BKPyV and CMV Co-Infection
    References
    Chapter 30: Successful Management of Complex Primary Cytomegaloviral Disease Utilizing a Standardized Multimodal Approach
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Hospital Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References. Chapter 31: Beyond Transplantation: Urinary Infectious Complications and Malignancy Risk in Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Disease
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 32: Disseminated Cryptococcal Infection in Kidney Transplant Recipients
    Introduction
    Case Presentation
    Hospital Course
    Further Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 33: Pulmonary Nocardiosis Post-Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    Incidence
    Risk Factors
    Clinical Manifestation
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Outcomes/Prognosis
    Primary and Secondary Prevention
    References
    Chapter 34: Post-Transplant Adenovirus Infection
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 35: Post-Transplant Parvovirus B19 Infection
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 36: Checkpoint Inhibitors in Kidney Transplant Recipients and the Potential Risk of Rejection
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Further Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 37: Angiotensin Type 1 Receptor Antibody-Mediated Rejection in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Clinical History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 38: Donor-Derived Cell-Free DNA
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 39: Isolated Vascular Lesions in Renal Allograft Biopsy: How Do I Treat it?
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Back to our Patient
    Patient Hospital Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 40: Post-Transplant Idiopathic Immune Complex Glomerulonephritis
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Further Course. Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 41: Recurrent Thrombotic Microangiopathy in a Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Clinical History
    Additional Clinical History
    Additional Clinical History
    Discussion
    Epidemiology
    Diagnostic Workup
    Major Causes and Treatment of Post-Transplant TMA (PT-TMA)
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 42: IgA Nephropathy Post-Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Follow-Up of the Case Presented
    Discussion
    Pathogenesis
    Risk of Recurrence
    Diagnosis
    Treatments
    Outcomes
    References
    Chapter 43: C1q Nephropathy in Kidney Transplant Recipients
    Introduction
    History
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 44: Vitamin-C Induced Oxalate Nephropathy in Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Introduction
    Patient History
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 45: Recurrent Heavy Proteinuria and Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis Post-Kidney Transplant
    Introduction
    Case Presentation
    Hospital Course
    Hospital Course and Follow-Up
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 46: Early Complications Following Kidney Allograft Biopsy
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Further Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 47: Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder: Overview
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 48: Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders: Management
    Introduction
    Clinical Course
    Additional Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References
    Chapter 49: Central Nervous System Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder after Kidney Transplantation
    Introduction
    Case
    Clinical Course
    Discussion
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Cavit Avci, José M. Schiappa, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Creating the pneumoperitoneum
    2. Laparoscopic cholecystectomy
    3. Laparoscopic management of gastroesophageal reflux disease
    4. Colorectal laparoscopic surgery
    5. Minimally invasive spleen surgery
    6. Laparoscopic hernia repair: transabdominal preperitoneal technique (TAPP)
    7. Laparoscopic hernia repair: totally extraperitoneal technique (TEP). .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Paul J. Carniol, Mathew M. Avram, Jeremy A. Brauer.
    Summary: "The demand for minimally invasive facial procedures has increased exponentially over the past 20 years. In fact, an AAFPRS survey estimated that 80% of cosmetic facial procedures performed by their surgeons in 2019 were minimally invasive. Given the vast number of patients and underqualified practitioners administering facial surgery treatments, complications and poor outcomes are a significant issue. Complications in Minimally Invasive Facial Rejuvenation: Prevention and Management by internationally prominent facial plastic surgeon Paul J. Carniol, renowned dermatologists Matthew M. Avram and Jeremy A. Brauer, and esteemed colleagues fills a gap in the literature. Organized in five sections and 19 chapters, the book starts with discussions of appropriate patient selection, anesthesia considerations, relevant anatomy, and potentially toxic smoke plumes generated by laser treatments and electrocautery. Section two details fillers and fat transfers for volume restoration, neuromodulators to reduce the appearance of wrinkles, and deoxycholic acid to treat submental fat. Section three covers high-energy devices and procedures such as laser resurfacing, chemical peels, vascular and pigment laser and light sources, radiofrequency, and microneedling. The final two sections feature discussion of liposuction and cryolipolysis, followed by the minimally invasive procedures threadlifting, face and neck lifts, hair transplantation, and blepharoplasty. Key Highlights Important insights on avoidance and management of adverse complications such as diplopia, ptosis, deformities, and asymmetry, as well as potentially life-threatening cerebrovascular accidents, visual loss, skin loss, and infection Extensive detailed illustrations and surgical photographs improve visual understanding of anatomical topography High-quality videos enhance knowledge of surgical nuances, potential pitfalls, and preventive measures to avoid problems This is an essential reference for dermatology, plastic surgery, and otolaryngology residents and fellows. Practitioners who specialize in cosmetic dermatology and facial plastic surgery will also find this an invaluable surgical companion"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    General approach : the consultation-patient evaluation / Eric T. Carniol
    Anethesia for minimally invasive facial anesthetic surgery / Seden Akdagli, Denis P. Dimaculangan, George Ferzli, and Sydney C. Butts
    Anatomy / Koete A. Archer
    Plumes, laser/cautery / Daniel A. Yanes and Mathew M. Avram
    Fillers / Helen M. Moses, Louis M. DeJoseph, and Nikunj Rana
    Fat transfers / Stephen E. Metzinger and Rebecca C. Metzinger
    Neuromodulators for muscle induced wrinkles / Timothy M. Greco, Lisa Coppa-Breslauer, and Jason E. Cohn
    Deoxycholic acid / Aubriana M. McEvoy, Basia Michalski, and Rachel L. Kyllo
    Laser resurfacing / E. Victor Ross
    Chemical peels / Sidney J. Starkman and Devinder S. Mangat
    Vascular and pigment laser and light sources / Elizabeth F. Rostan
    Radiofrequency and microneedle radiofrequency / Steven F. Weiner
    Complications of platelet-rich plasma and microneedling / Amit Arunkumar, Anthony P. Sclafani, and Paul J. Carniol
    Liposuction / Brandon Worley and Murad Alam
    Cryolipolysis / Aria Vazirnia and Mathew M. Avram
    Thread lift / Kian Karimi
    Facelifts/minilifts/necklifts / Phillip R. Langsdon and Ronald J. Schroeder II
    Hair transplantation / Alfonso Barrera and Christian Arroyo
    Blepharoplasty / Fred G. Fedok and Sunny S. Park.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Thomas Schlieve, Waleed Zaid, editors.
    Summary: This book is intended as a comprehensive reference on the anatomy, pathophysiology, and management of complications in neck dissection. The informative text is complemented by detailed clinical photos, high-quality illustrations, and clinical material from experienced and respected leaders in the field of neck surgery. An understanding of potential complications and early recognition of their signs and symptoms will prepare the surgeon to mitigate risk, minimize morbidity, and improve outcomes for each of their patients. Early recognition of the signs and symptoms of post-operative complications can prevent exacerbating the problem. Complications in Neck Dissection aims to shed light on these complications in greater detail and elaborate on their management. Written by experts in the field, the book reflects upon common and rare complications that are encountered and elaborates on how neck surgeons can prevent them. .

    Contents:
    Neck Dissections: History, Classification, and Indications
    Complications Related to Skin Incisions
    Infectious Complications
    Complications related to Lymphatics and Chyle Leak
    Vascular Complications
    Neural Complications
    Specific complications related to the Neck dissection
    Other Complications related to Neck dissection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Anil Nanda.
    Summary: "Learn from key leaders in the field of neurosurgery with the practical guidance presented in this first-of-its-kind resource. Complications in Neurosurgery uses a case-based format to explore complications across the full range of commonly performed neurosurgical procedures. As you review dozens of up-to-date, real-life cases, you'll become better equipped to identify pitfalls ahead of time and have the knowledge to handle difficult situations that arise during surgery"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section one: General neurosurgery. Historical perspective
    Informed consent and medico legal aspects of neurosurgery
    Wrong side craniotomy and wrong level spine surgery: 'res ipsa loquitur'
    Medical complications in neurosurgery
    Surgical complications in cranial and spine surgery (Position-related, pneumocephalus, pseudomeningocoele and CSF leak, wound complications)
    Venous injury and cerebral edema in cranial surgery
    Post-operative hematoma after neurosurgery
    Section two: Cranial complications. Vascular surgery complications
    Overview
    Intra-operative rupture and parent artery injury during aneurysm surgery
    Cerebral Vasospasm: complications and avoidance
    Complications of AVM microsurgery; steal phenomenon and management of residual AVM
    Complications of cerebral bypass surgery
    Complications of surgery for cavernomas
    Complication of Carotid endarterectomy
    Skull base surgery complications
    Overview
    Complications in anterior cranial fossa surgery
    Complications in middle cranial fossa surgery
    Complications in posterior cranial fossa surgery
    Complications of Chiari malformation surgery
    Primary brain lesion resection complications
    Primary brain lesion resection complications: an overview
    Complications following glioma surgery
    Complications of surgery for pituitary tumors
    Thalamic and insular tumors: minimizing deficits
    Complications of surgery for pineal region tumors
    Complications associated with surgery for intracranial infectious lesions : (tuberculosis, hydatid, neurocysticercosis)
    Malignant brain swelling after resection of superior sagittal sinus meningioma
    Facial nerve and Auditory nerve deficit in GKRS for vestibular Schwannomas
    Pediatric neurosurgery complications
    Complications of posterior fossa tumors: ependymoma/ medulloblastoma/ pilocytic astrocytoma
    Craniopharyngioma: complications after microsurgery
    Complications associated with cerebrospinal fluid diversion
    Complications after myelomeningocele repair: CSF leak and retethering
    Functional and radiosurgery, surgery for trigeminal neuralgia; complications
    Complications of various treatment options for trigeminal neuralgia
    Complications of DBS
    Complications following epilepsy surgery
    Complications after Stereotactic Radiosurgery
    Endoscopic surgery
    Complications of endonasal endoscopy
    Vascular injuries in transsphenoidal approach
    Complications of ventricular endoscopy
    Endovascular surgery
    Access-related complications: (groin hematoma, dissection and pseudoaneurysm, contrast-nephropathy, air embolism)
    Procedure-related complications: aneurysms: intraprocedural rupture, thromboembolic events, coil migration or prolapse into parent artery, and recurrent aneurysm management
    Procedure related complications: AVM embolization
    Procedure related complications: stroke
    Procedure related complications: CCF and AVF
    Trauma
    Complications after decompressive craniectomy and cranioplasty
    Complications following surgery for chronic subdural hematoma
    Section three: Spinal and peripheral nerve surgery complications. General and Degenerative spinal disease surgery complications
    Overview of general and degenerative spine surgery complications
    Adjacent level disc degeneration and pseudoarthrosis
    Graft related complications (autograft, BMP, synthetic)
    Procedure related complications (inadvertent dural tear, CSF leak)
    Complications of surgery at craniocervical junction
    Neurologic deterioration after spinal surgery (including cauda equine)
    Vascular injury during approach to lumbar spine
    Vascular complications in cervical spine surgery (anterior approach and posterior approach)
    Instrumentation related complications
    Post-op spinal deformities: kyphosis, non-union and loss of motion segment
    Complications of MIS
    Spinal neoplastic and vascular lesion surgery complications
    Complications in spinal cord tumor surgery
    Complications of surgery for vertebral body tumors
    Complications of surgery for spinal vascular malformations
    Complications of surgery and radiosurgery in spinal metastasis
    Spinal Trauma and peripheral nerve surgery complications
    Complication of spinal fractures
    Post-traumatic syringomyelia
    Complications of surgery for peripheral nerve injuries and tumors.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Stefan Mueller-Huelsbeck, Thomas Jahnke ; with contributions from Adam Hatzidakis [and others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephen R. Thompson, Matthew R. Schmitz.
    Summary: "One of the hallmarks of a master surgeon is the ability to navigate a wide variety of inevitable difficult situations in surgery whether errors in judgment technical mistakes or unavoidable outcomes. Complications in Orthopaedic Surgery is a new series designed to provide real-world guidance on recognizing and avoiding errors as well as how to "course-correct" during surgery. In this inaugural volume dedicated to sports medicine surgery series editor Dr. Stephen R. Thompson and Dr. Matthew Schmitz describe and demonstrate practical solutions that are integral to improving patient outcomes"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Partial meniscectomy
    Meniscus repair
    Meniscus transplantation
    Preoperative issues
    Preoperative: graft selection (autograft vs. Allograft, graft choice)
    Intraoperative: graft harvest (bone patellar tendon bone, hamstring tendon, quadriceps tendon)
    Intraoperative: surgical technique
    Complications with fixation devices in anterior cruciate ligament surgery
    Postoperative: medical complications (deep venous thromboembolism, infection)
    Postoperative: surgical complications (stiffness, graft rupture)
    Complications in anterior cruciate ligament revision reconstruction
    General considerations and complications for pediatric anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction
    Complications in pediatric anterior cruciate ligament surgery: the iliotibial band technique
    Complications in pediatric anterior cruciate ligament surgery: all-epiphyseal technique
    Complications in pediatric anterior cruciate ligament surgery: transphyseal in skeletally immature patients
    Preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative complications with posterior cruciate ligament
    Medial collateral ligament
    Lateral collateral ligament
    Multiple ligament injury
    Cartilage surgery in the adult
    Cartilage surgery in the juvenile
    Patellar instability
    Knee osteotomies
    Anterior instability: preoperative issues
    Anterior instability: intraoperative and postoperative issues with arthroscopic repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with the Latarjet procedure
    Posterior instability
    Multidirectional instability
    Preoperative issues with rotator cuff surgery
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with arthroscopic rotator cuff repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with open rotator cuff repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with subscapularis repair
    Intraoperative and postoperative issues with acromioplasty and distal clavicle excision
    Superior labrum anterior to posterior tears and proximal biceps pathology
    Acromioclavicular surgery
    Distal biceps repair
    Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction
    Posterolateral instability reconstruction
    Complications with elbow arthroscopy
    Complications after elbow arthroscopy for elbow osteochondritis dissecans
    Preoperative complications with hip arthroscopy
    Intraoperative and postoperative complications with arthroscopic management of femoroacetabular impingement
    Arthroscopic management of other hip disorders.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    René Sotelo, Juan Arriaga, Monish Aron, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Francesco Pichi, Piergiorgio Neri, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on secondary conditions aggravating uveitis. In addition to diagnosing, treating, and managing uveitis as an entity, particular attention is given to the pathogenesis of complications arising from ocular inflammation, prevention and treatment thereof. The chapters trace the course of a particular complication, its cause and importantly how to avoid it. Leading expert specialist explain a variety of occurring secondary conditions and their management. Inflammatory diseases causing these complications are briefly touched; the main focus will be the pathogenesis of the actual complication, prevention and treatment.This multi-disciplinary approach to complications of uveitis offers the reader, the tools to prevent or how to correctly manage these. Being of special interest to the uveitis specialist, this book also will be of value for all those with an interest in secondary conditions of ocular inflammations.

    Contents:
    CORNEA COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    Band keratopathy
    Limbal stem cells deficiency
    Herpetic corneal opacities
    IRIS COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    Synechiae
    Topical medical management of iris synechiae
    Intrasurgical management of iris synechiae
    LENS COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    Pathogenesis of cataract in uveitis patients
    Uveitis etiologies associated with cataract development
    Inflammation control before planning cataract surgery
    Preoperative management
    Surgical treatment
    IOL vs non IOL
    Secondary IOLs
    Postoperative management
    Management of postoperative complications
    Fibrin reaction
    CILIARY PROCESSES COMPLICATIONS FROM UVEITIS
    UBM for ciliary processes evaluation Ciliary body cysts
    Ciliary processes atrophy
    Hypotony in uveitis
    GLAUCOMA
    Hypertensive uveitis
    Causes of glaucoma in uveitis
    Open angle glaucoma
    Angle closure glaucoma
    Medical management of uveitic glaucoma
    Surgical management of uveitis glaucoma
    INFLAMMATORY CHOROIDAL NEOVASCULAR MEMBRANES AND INFLAMMATORY DEPOSITS
    Pathogenesis of iCNV
    Multimodal imaging of iCNV
    Treatment of iCNV
    CYSTOID MACULAR EDEMA
    Pathophysiology of uveitic macular edema
    Differential diagnosis of uveitis macular edema
    Multimodal imaging of uveitic macular edema
    Treatment of uveitic macular edema
    Anti-VEGF
    EPIRETINAL MEMBRANES AND SUBRETINAL FIBROSIS
    RETINAL DETACHMENT SECONDARY TO UVEITIS
    Principal uveitis conditions at risk of retinal detachment
    Prevention of retinal detachment
    Surgical planning
    reoperative management
    Surgical techniques
    Postoperative management
    Endoscopy
    Retinal and chorioretinal biopsies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Stefan Mueller-Huelsbeck, Thomas Jahnke.
    Contents:
    Minor and major complications
    Patient-related complications
    Case-based procedure-related complications.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Herand Abcarian, Jose Cintron, Richard Nelson, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Andrew P. Keaveny, Andrés Cárdenas, editors.
    Contents:
    Pathogenesis and Evolution of Liver Fibrosis: Cirrhosis or Cirrhoses?
    Natural History of Cirrhosis
    Prediction of Complications of Cirrhosis: Molecular Biomarkers
    Predictors of Clinical Complications of Cirrhosis
    Non-Invasive Markers of Fibrosis in the Assessment of Cirrhosis
    Diagnosis of cirrhosis: Imaging
    Measurement of Portal Pressure and Transjugular Liver Biopsy
    Reversal of Cirrhosis
    Esophageal Varices: Primary and Secondary Prophylaxis
    Acute Variceal Bleeding
    Gastric and Ectopic Varices
    Portal Hypertensive Gastropathy and Gastric Antral Vascular Ectasia (GAVE)
    Ascites and Refractory Ascites Arun Sanyal
    Hyponatremia in Cirrhosis
    Hepatorenal syndrome
    Hepatic Encephalopathy
    Cirrhotic Cardiomyopathy: Pathogenic Mechanisms and Management Strategies
    Hepatopulmonary syndrome
    Portopulmonary Hypertension
    Portal Vein Thrombosis
    Coagulation Disorders in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Bacterial Infections in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Acute-on-Chronic Liver failure (ACLF)
    Liver support systems
    Liver Transplantation
    Assessment and management of the patient with cirrhosis undergoing surgery
    Promoting a Healthy Lifestyle, Managing Hyperlipidemia, Diabetes Mellitus, Hypertension and Immunizations in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Malnutrition in Patients with Cirrhosis
    Bone disease in Patients with Cirrhosis
    The Economic Cost of Cirrhosis
    Delivering Quality Care to Patients with Cirrhosis: A Practical Guide for Clinicians
    Quality of life issues for patients with cirrhosis
    Palliative Care in Cirrhosis
    Ethical Issues in End Stage Liver Disease: A Framework for Assessment and the Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Concezio Di Rocco, Mehmet Turgut, George Jallo, Juan F. Martínez-Lage, editors.
    Summary: Written and edited by leading international authorities in the field, this book provides an in-depth review of knowledge of complications of CSF shunting, with emphasis on prevention, identification, and management. It covers the full range of shunt-related complications and the various associated adverse consequences that remain common despite significant improvements in imaging techniques and therapeutic methods. The chapters are organized into three parts: introduction, complications of extrathecal CSF shunt devices, and complications of endoscopy. In addition to providing clinicians and investigators with the most pertinent current evidence, the book looks forward to future areas of hydrocephalus research and to innovative therapeutic philosophies. This comprehensive reference book will be an ideal source for neurosurgeons seeking both basic and more sophisticated information and procedures relating to the complications associated with CSF shunting. It will also contribute in overcoming the problem of lack of knowledge of basic fluid dynamics and workings of the shunts ? knowledge that is essential for optimal care of hydrocephalic patients.

    Contents:
    GENERAL INTRODUCTION: Clinical Manifestations of CSF Shunt Complications
    Neuroimaging in CSF Shunt Complications. COMPLICATIONS OF EXTRATHECAL CSF SHUNTS: Introduction
    Iatrogenic Complications
    Complications Related to the Choice of the CSF Shunt Device
    Functional Complications
    Mechanical Complications
    Infective Complications
    Complications Related to the Type of Hydrocephalus
    Complications Specific to the Type of CSF Shunt
    Late Complications. COMPLICATIONS OF INTRATHECAL SHUNTS- ENDOSCOPIC TREATMENT: Introduction
    Iatrogenic and Infective
    Complications Due to Insufficient Correction of the Altered CSF Dynamics
    Complications Related to the Type of Hydrocephalus
    Late Failures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Howard B. Goldman, editor.
    Contents:
    Taxonomy
    Patient Consent and Patient Perception of Complications
    Medico-legal implications
    General Complications
    Anterior Compartment Repair
    Posterior Compartment Repair
    Uterosacral ligament suspension
    Sacrospinous ligament suspension
    Abdominal Sacrocolpopexy Colpocleisis
    Mesh prolapse repair
    Retropubic Bladder Neck Suspension
    Pain related to synthetic slings/mesh
    Fascial
    Synthetic MUS (complications not unique to mesh)
    Synthetic MUS (mesh complication)
    Minislings
    Urethral Reconstruction
    Urethral Diverticulectomy
    Vesicovaginal and Urethrovaginal Fistula Repair
    Bladder Neck Closure
    Bladder Augmentation
    Anal Sphincteroplasty
    Labioplasty
    Martius Fat Pad Construction
    Bulking Agent Injection
    Sacral Neuromodulation
    Botulinum Toxin.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alistair Lindsay, Kamal Chitkara, Carlo Di Mario, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a reference manual for practicing cardiologists and a training guide for students, covering a variety of common and unusual, often life-threatening complications of percutaneous?coronary intervention (PCI) that occur in day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Femoral pseudoaneurysm
    Superficial Femoral Artery Dissection
    Vagal reaction
    Unable to find femoral pulse
    Find radial pulse but actually blocked and stick ulnar
    Unable to find radial pulse
    Femoral dissection
    Femoral bleeds Radial injury, perforation, need for glue, etc
    Radial spasm
    Radial: Unable to negotiate aorta.- Unable to negotiate subclavian/aorta junction
    Unable to intubate left coronary system
    Unable to intubate right coronary
    Unable to Intubate grafts
    Unable to intubate LIMA
    Conus branch injection
    VF
    Brachial injury
    no flow
    Stroke on table
    Aortic Dissection
    Subclavian dissection
    Left main stem pressure damping cf. ventriculisation
    Coronary air embolism
    Coronary rupture
    Distal wire perforation
    Lost stent/Stent embolization
    Wire breakage, trapping.- Acute dissection/vesssel closure
    Femoral haematoma
    Retro-peritoneal haemorrhage
    Stent fracture
    Acute pericardial effusion
    Left main stem dissection
    Unable to withdraw wire past newly inserted stent
    No-reflow phenomenon.- Unable to pass wire
    Unable to pass balloon.- Unable to pass stent
    Stented underprepared lesion
    Acute onset hypotension Chest pain
    Hypertension
    Pulmonary oedema on table
    Unable to cross aortic valve
    Pigtail or end hole punctures ventricle
    Sheared rotablator wire/retained tip
    Wire under stent.- Atheroembolism of leg
    Failed vascular closure device
    Intramural haematoma
    Failure of stent deployment
    Dissection after rotablation
    Wire fracture
    Perforated side branch needing coils.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Brendan T. Finucane, Ban C.H. Tsui, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: General considerations. The history of local and regional anesthesia
    Regional anesthesia safety
    Local anesthetic toxicity: prevention and management
    Outcome studies comparing regional and general anesthesia
    Part II: Special considerations. Nerve injury resulting from intraneural injection when performing peripheral nerve block
    Regional anesthesia in the presence of neurologic disease
    Evaluation of neurologic injury following regional anesthesia
    Regional anesthesia and anticoagulation
    Infection in association with local and regional anesthesia
    Continuous peripheral nerve blocks safe practice and management
    Part III: Specific regional blocks: safe practice and management of adverse events. Complications of regional anesthesia: upper and lower extremity blockade
    Complications of thoracic wall regional anesthesia and analgesia
    Abdominal wall blocks: safe practice and management of adverse events
    Epidural blockade: safe practice and management of adverse events
    Spinal anesthesia: safe practice and management of adverse events
    Part IV: Specific patient populations: safe practice and management of adverse events. Complications of regional anesthesia in chronic pain therapy
    Local and regional anesthesia in the elderly
    Local and regional analgesia for labor and delivery
    Local and regional anesthesia in the obese patients
    Local and regional anesthesia in pediatrics
    Part V: Special environments: safe practice and management of adverse events. Local and regional anesthesia in dental and oral surgery
    Local and regional anesthesia in the emergency room
    Recognizing and mitigating risk of ophthalmic regional anesthesia
    Local infiltration analgesia for orthopedic joint surgery
    Local and regional anesthesia in plastic surgery: safety considerations and management of adverse events
    Part VI: Morbidity studies: international perspective. Development and methodology of a registry of regional anaesthesia
    Australia: results of a multicenter registry of regional anesthesia
    Canada: medical legal aspects of regional anesthesia practice
    France: regional anesthesia morbidity study
    Nordic countries: principles of safe practice in local and regional anesthesia
    United Kingdom: recent advances in the safety and prevention of regional anesthesia complications
    United States: complications associated with regional anesthesia (an American Society of Anesthesiologists' Closed Claims Analysis)
    United States: chronic pain management (American society of Anesthesiologists' Closed Claims Project)
    Part VII: Medical legal aspects. Medical legal aspects of regional anesthesia: physician perspective
    Medical legal aspects of regional anesthesia: legal perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Salvatore Siracusano, Giuseppe Dodi, Michele Pennisi, Christian Gozzi, Antonio Luigi Pastore, Maria Angela Cerruto, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kurt Lindemann.
    Summary: "Writing is an aspect often overlooked in the quest to provide students with the necessary skills to embark on a career in the increasingly important field of communication. For many students, putting one's thoughts and understanding of a topic onto paper can be a daunting task. Composing Research, Communicating Results: Writing the Communication Research Paper provides communication students with the knowledge and necessary tools to compose a variety of course-required papers that are scholarly, accessible, and well-written. Chapter coverage includes common myths associated with writing a research paper, brainstorming and researching topics, making and supporting arguments, style and formatting issues, writing the literature review, application and personal reaction papers, empirical research papers, presenting and publishing your work, and more. Each stage of the process is broken down into easy-to-follow steps supported by writing exercises and numerous examples drawn from published and student-written papers in the field. Composing Research, Communicating Results: Writing the Communication Research Paper fulfils an important and underserved niche in the classroom curricula, and is an essential resource for all students in communications-related courses"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. So you have to write a research paper...
    2. Brainstorm and research: formulating and answering questions
    3. Making arguments, providing support
    4. Style and format: how to say what you want to say
    5. Writing the literature review: arguing for audiences
    6. Application and reaction papers
    7. Writing empirical research papers
    8. What next? Presenting and publishing papers.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Sylke Müller, Rachel Cerdan, and Ovidiu Radulescu.
    Summary: This most recent volume in the series on Drug Discovery in Infectious Diseases focusses on the use of metabolic analysis of protozoic parasites for rational drug discovery design. Covering all classes of parasites, this ready reference covers such methodologies as virtual compound, high throughput, and cellular screening, as well as computer-assisted and structure-based drug design, and pathway modelling. Furthermore, several chapters focus on the latest technologies increasingly being used to dissect metabolic pathways and cellular processes, while enzymatic drug targets for which structural, knock out and inhibitor data are available are also included as well as recent antiparasitic agents targeting particular pathways serving as lead compounds for further drug development. With its real-life success stories, this is a must-have for all professionals dealing with drug discovery in parasitology.

    Contents:
    Identification and Validation of New Drugs and Targets. Discovery of the Mechanism of Action of Novel Compounds That Target Unicellular Eukaryotic Parasites / Daniela Begolo, Christine Clayton
    Antiparasitics from Algae / Stefan Ringgeler, Barbara Kappes
    Contribution of Natural Products to Drug Discovery in Tropical Diseases / Frederick Annang, Olga Genilloud, Francisca Vicente
    Isoxazolines: A Novel Chemotype Highly Effective on Ectoparasites / Tina Weber, Paul M Selzer
    Trypanosomal Cysteine Peptidases: Target Validation and Drug Design Strategies / Elany Barbosa Silva, Glaecia Aparecida Nascimento Pereira, Rafaela Salgado Ferreira
    Potential of Pyrimidine Metabolism for Antitrypanosomal Drug Discovery / Maria Valente, Antonio E Vidal, Dolores Gonzalez Pacanowska
    Phosphatidylcholine and Phosphatidylethanolamine Biosynthesis Pathways in Plasmodium / Ewelina Guca, Alicia Contet, Henri J Vial, Kai Wengelnik, Rachel Cerdan
    Immunophilins as Possible Drug Targets in Apicomplexan Parasites / Alessandra Bianchin, Anthony J Chubb, Angus Bell
    Targeting the Atg8 Conjugation Pathway for Novel Anti-Apicomplexan Drug Discovery / Alexia S Miller, Jurgen Bosch
    Turnover of Glycosomes in Trypanosomes : Perspectives for Drug Discovery / Ana Brennand, Eva Rico, Melisa Gualdron-Lopez, Paul AM Michels
    Glideosome of Apicomplexans as a Drug Target / Lauren E Boucher, Jurgen Bosch
    N-Myristoyltransferase as a Target for Drug Discovery in Malaria / James A Brannigan, Anthony J Wilkinson
    Metabolomics in Drug and Target Discovery. Methods to Investigate Metabolic Systems in Trypanosoma / Maria Fatarova, Florian Bellvert, Edern Cahoreau, Frederic Bringaud, Jean-Charles Portais
    The Role of Metabolomics in Antiparasitic Drug Discovery / Carlo R Giannangelo, Katherine M Ellis, Anna E Sexton, Daniel Stoessel, Darren J Creek
    The Importance of Targeting Lipid Metabolism in Parasites for Drug Discovery / Simon A Young, Matthew D Roberts, Terry K Smith
    Carbon Metabolism of Plasmodium falciparum / Marco Biddau, Sylke Muller
    Gene Expression and Its Regulation : A Promising Research Area for Drug Discovery. Epigenetic Gene Regulation: Key to Development and Survival of Malaria Parasites / Sabine Anne-Kristin Fraschka, Richard Bartfai
    Mechanisms Regulating Transcription in Plasmodium falciparum as Targets for Novel Antimalarial Drugs / Evelien M Bunnik, Karine G Le Roch
    Aminoacyl t-RNA Synthetases as Antimalarial Drug Targets / Anmol Chandele, Amit Sharma
    Mathematical Approaches to Drug and Target Discovery. Mathematical Modeling and Omic Data Integration to Understand Dynamic Adaptation of Apicomplexan Parasites and Identify Pharmaceutical Targets / Partho Sen, Henri J Vial, Ovidiu Radulescu
    Understanding Protozoan Parasite Metabolism and Identifying Drug Targets through Constraint-Based Modeling / Francis Isidore Totanes, Sanu Shameer, David R Westhead, Fabien Jourdan, Glenn A McConkey
    Attacking Blood-Borne Parasites with Mathematics / David D Niekerk, Gerald Penkler, Francois Toit, Jacky L Snoep, Barbara M Bakker, Jurgen R Haanstra.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Pierre Rabischong.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic Notions on Mobility Function
    Introduction
    Components of Motor Apparatus
    Command and Control
    Spinal Functions
    Introduction
    Spinal Stabilization
    Cervical Spine and the Eye/Head Servomechanism
    Thoracic Spine and Respiratory Dynamics
    Thoracic Spine and Respiratory Dynamics
    Locomotion
    Introduction
    The Two Aspects of Locomotion
    Prehension
    Introduction
    Wrist/Hand Complex
    Humero-Radio-Ulnar Complex
    Cleido-Scapulo-Humeral Complex
    Conclusion
    Eye Mobility
    Introduction
    Three Specific Features Important to Understand
    Conclusion
    Facial Mimic
    Introduction
    Facial Superior Orbital Floor
    Facial Inferior Buccal Floor
    Masticatory Function
    Introduction
    Movements of TMJ
    Control of Mandibular Posture
    Speaking and Swallowing
    Introduction
    The Aero-Digestive Cross Way
    Swallowing
    Phonation
    Bladder and Rectum Incontinences
    Introduction
    Technical Problems and Solutions
    Command and Control
    Ejaculation and Orgasm
    Introduction
    Technical Problems af Copulation
    Motor Of Inference: The Orgasm
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Salah Mansour, Jacques Magnan, Hassan Haidar Ahmad, Karen Nicolas, Stéphane Louryan.
    Summary: This book explains the anatomy of the middle ear in easy-to-understand descriptions, with more than 100 color photos and many helpful color diagrams. Correlates clinical situations to the anatomical basis of disease, and includes carefully selected CT scans.

    Contents:
    Temporal Bone
    Middle Ear Cavity
    Middle Ear Content
    Middle Ear Compartment
    Mastoid
    Facial Nerve
    Eustachian Tube
    Middle Ear Biomechanics
    Middle Ear Interspecies Evolution
    Radiological Anatomy of the Middle Ear.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Anita Sadeghpour, Majid Kyavar, Azin Alizadehasl, editors.
    Summary: This book presents unique cases of congenital heart disease (CHD) lesions, both corrected and non-corrected, and provides a thorough overview of the diagnostic tools available. It stresses the importance of taking an appropriate history and performing a suitable physical examination, and goes on to describe electrocardiography, chest X-ray, echocardiography, computed tomography, cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging, and catheterization to ensure the reader has the best possible guidance in the diagnosis and management of adult CHD. Comprehensive Approach to Adult Congenital Heart Disease offers an extensive account of patients and their diagnostic and treatment modalities from first presentation to latest follow-up. Consequently, this invaluable resource provides a forum for all cardiologists, cardiology trainees and medical professionals seeking further opportunities to immerse themselves in the fascinating and ever-evolving field of adult CHD.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology, Definition and Classification of Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Practical Issues in Clinical Recognition and Evaluation of Congenital Heart Disease
    Cardiac Defects with Left to right Shunt
    Complex Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease
    Valvular and Vascular Disease
    Miscellaneous Lesions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Horacio Cabo, Aimilios Lallas, editors.
    Summary: This practical atlas describes the use of dermoscopy in the clinic, a technique that is increasingly used by the clinical dermatologist. It revolves around the use of clinical cases, simulating what happens in in the clinic when the dermatologist is presented with a patient who has pigmented lesions. Dermatologists perform diagnoses based on what they see on the skin and with these images recognize different diseases. This whole spectrum of forms and shapes is reflected in colour. Dermoscopy opens a new and very wide field of structures and colors that can not be seen with the naked eye and, with appropriate training and the use of this book, improves our clinical diagnosis. Comprehensive Atlas of Dermatoscopy Cases teaches the technique through specially selected clinical cases that cover the entire field of dermoscopy, providing the reader a thorough understanding of the techniques and methodologies associated with diagnosis using dermatoscopy. It is of great use to the trainee dermatologist and any practicing dermatologist seeking to expand their skills with this important diagnostic tool.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan Cohen.
    Contents:
    Narrowband imaging : historical background and basics for its development / Shigeaki Yoshida
    An introduction to high-resolution endoscopy and narrowband imaging / Kazuhiro Gono
    Getting started with high-resolution endoscopy and narrowband imaging / Neil Gupta, Ajay Bansal and Prateek Sharma
    Detection of superficial cancer in the oropharyngeal and hypopharyngeal mucosal sites and the value of NBI at qualitative diagnosis / Manabu Muto, Atsushi Ochiai and Shigeaki Yoshida
    Magnifying endoscopic diagnosis of tissue atypia and cancer invasion depth in the area of pharyngo-esophageal squamous epithelium by NBI enhanced magnification image : IPCL pattern classification / Robert Bechara and Haruhiro Inoue
    Applications of NBI HRE and preliminary data : Barrett's esophagus and adenocarcinoma / Anne-Fré Swager, Prateek Sharma, Jacques J. Bergman and Wouter L. Curvers
    Clinical application of magnification endoscopy with NBI in the stomach and the duodenum / Kenshi Yao, Takashi Nagahama, Fumihito Hirai, Suketo Sou, Toshiyuki Matsui, Hiroshi Tanabe, Akinori Iwashita, Philip Kaye and Krish Ragunath
    Magnifying endoscopy with NBI in the diagnosis of superficial gastric neoplasia and its application for ESD / Mitsuru Kaise
    Optical chromoendoscopy using NBI during screening colonoscopy : its usefulness and application / Yasushi Sano and Shigeaki Yoshida
    Keys to effective performance of resect and discard narrow band imaging / Douglas K. Rex
    The significance of NBI observation for inflammatory bowel diseases / Takayuki Matsumoto, Tetsuji Kudo, Mitsuo Iida and James East
    NBI and high resolution endoscopy in the bile duct and pancreas / Takao Itoi
    Applications in therapeutic endoscopy: impact on timing and completeness of mucosal ablation and resections / Michael J. Bartel, Lijia Jiang and Michael B. Wallace
    Pharynx and esophagus atlas
    Stomach atlas
    Small intestine atlas
    Colon atlas.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman, MD, JD.
    Summary: This is a guide on how to prepare and perform injections under ultrasound guidance. Coverage includes techniques for head, neck, shoulder, elbow and forearm, wrist and hand, chest wall, trunk and abdomen, low back, hip and pelvis, knee and lower extremity, and foot and ankle.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman, Vice Dean Professor of Anesthesiology Professor of Medical Humanities and Bioethics University of Missouri- Kansas City School of Medicine Kansas City, Missouri.
    Summary: "Comprehensive Atlas of Ultrasound-Guided Pain Management Injection Techniques depicts in crisp, step-by-step detail how to prepare and perform injections under ultrasound guidance. Over 180 ultrasound-guided injection techniques are depicted in short, easy to review chapters with hundreds of full color photographs and illustrations. Coverage includes techniques for head, neck, shoulder, elbow and forearm, wrist and hand, chest wall, trunk and abdomen, low back, hip and pelvis, knee and lower extremity, and foot and ankle"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Efstathios Karamanos, Bao-Quynh Julian, Douglas T. Cromack.
    Summary: This book is a first-of-its-kind unique atlas that synthesizes a full review of both upper and lower extremity reconstructive options in one text. While there are books that concentrate on local soft tissue coverage and other books that discuss all types of free flaps, this book features a full scope and provides the full spectrum of reconstructive options. It features high-quality pictures and made-just-for-this-text illustrations created by reconstructive surgeons with intimate knowledge of the procedures. This atlas includes a detailed description of each flap and presents high-quality pictures and graphics explaining relevant anatomy. Each chapter offers case presentations accompanied by explanations that describe why doctors select specific reconstructive options; this guides the readers on how to discern which flap to choose in which situation. Comprehensive Atlas of Upper and Lower Extremity: From Primary Closure to Free Tissue Transfer offers a comprehensive tool for plastic surgeons, orthopedic surgeons, and some general surgeons who perform simple soft tissue coverage.

    Contents:
    1. Evolution of Extremity Reconstruction
    2. Insetting of an Extremity Flap: Hints for a Successful Outcome
    3. Postoperative Monitoring and Recovery
    4. Primary Closure: Simple, Intermediate and Complex Closure of Wounds
    5. Skin Grafting
    6. Pedicle Characteristics
    7. Recipient Vessels Dissection for Vascular Access
    8. Local Soft Tissue Rearrangement: The Random V flap, Rhomboid Flap, Random Rotational Flap, and Z-plasty
    9. Reconstructing the Fingertip: The Moberg, Atasoy and Kutler Flaps
    10. The First Dorsal Metacarpal Artery Flap
    11. Heterodigital Flaps: The Littler Flap
    12. The Posterior Interosseous Artery Fasciocutaneous Flap
    13. The Radial Forearm Flap
    14. The Ulnar Forearm Fasciocutaneous Flap
    15. The Lateral Arm Flap
    16. The Pectoralis Major flap
    17. The Lattisimus Dorsi Flap
    18. The Scapular/Parascapular Flap: The Chimeric Flap Based on the Subscapular Arterial System
    19. The Superficial Circumflex Iliac Artery Perforator Flap
    20. The Rectus Abdominus Muscle Flap
    21. The Anterolateral Thigh Flap
    22. The Tensor Fascia Lata Muscle Flap
    23. The Anteromedial Thigh Flap
    24. The Rectus Femoris Muscle Flap
    25. The Sartorius Muscle Flap
    26. The Gracilis Muscle Flap
    27. The Gastrocnemius Flap
    28. The Soleus Flap
    29. The Medial Sural Artery Perforator Flap
    30. The Free Fibula Osseous/Osseocutaneous Flap
    31. The Reversed Superficial Sural Artery Flap
    32. The Dorsalis Pedis Fasciocutaneous Flap
    33. Toe-to-Thumb Transfer
    34. The Propeller Perforator Flap.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Murray Moo-Young.
    Summary: Comprehensive Biotechnology, Third Edition unifies, in a single source, a huge amount of information in this growing field. The book covers scientific fundamentals, along with engineering considerations and applications in industry, agriculture, medicine, the environment and socio-economics, including the related government regulatory overviews. This new edition builds on the solid basis provided by previous editions, incorporating all recent advances in the field since the second edition was published in 2011.

    Contents:
    Volume 1. Scientific fundamentals of biotechnology
    Volume 2. Engineering perspectives in biotechnology
    Volume 3. Industrial biotechnology and commodity products
    Volume 4. Agricultural and related biotechnologies
    Volume 5. Medical biotechnology and healthcare
    Volume 6. Environmental and related biotechnologies.
  • Digital
    Cecile A. Ferrando.
    Contents:
    Introduction to transgender medicine
    Mental health care for the adult transgender patient
    Mental health care for the child and adolescent transgender patient
    Disorders of sex development and intersex patients
    Hormone treatment for the adult transgender patient
    Hormone treatment for the adolescent transgender patient
    Overview of surgery for transgender patients
    Facial surgery for transgender patients
    Breast and chest surgery for transgender patients
    Genital confirmation surgery for patients assigned male at birth
    Genital confirmation surgery for patients assigned female at birth
    Primary and preventative care for transgender patients
    Gynecologic care for transgender patients
    Hysterectomy for the transgender man.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph E. Losee, MD, FACS, FAAP, Ross H. Musgrave Professor of Pediatric Plastic Surgery, Executive Vice-Chair and Program Director, Department of Plastic Surgery, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Division Chief, Pediatric Plastic Surgery, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh of the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Richard E. Kirschner, MD, FACS, FAAP, Robert F. and Edgar T. Wolfe Foundation Endowed Chair in Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, Chief, Section of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, Director, Cleft Lip and Palate Center, Nationwide Children's Hospital, Professor of Surgery and Pediatrics, Senior Vice Chair, Department of Plastic Surgery, the Ohio State University College of Medicine, Columbus, Ohio, Darren M. Smith, MD, Craniofacial Fellow, Department of Plastic Surgery, the Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto, Ontario, Canada ; with co-editors, Christin R. Lawrence, Amy Straub.
    Summary: "This new text provides a broad discourse on the basic and clinical sciences that are essential to the understanding, diagnosis, and management of cleft lip and palate. This second edition features chapters on advocacy and social work, a reflection of the unmistakable truth that every cleft-affected individual is not simply a patient but also an integral member of a family and of society. In order to further enhance the educational value of the work to its readers, we have complemented several of the chapters with material in video format. The inclusion of new chapters reflects the necessary and inevitable progression in thought and comprehension within the discipline. While cleft-care providers have long recognized the benefits of interdisciplinary team care, there has been a significant increase in our understanding of the need to practice our art based not upon preference, but upon evidence. The measurement and honest assessment of clinical outcomes is our solemn responsibility to our patients, and it is for this reason that the text has been expanded to include a more thorough discussion of outcomes measurement and comparative evaluation. Perhaps an even more important step in our development as cleft care providers is the realization that the outcomes that deserve our greatest attention are those that truly matter most to our patients themselves and that our care nearly always represents a balance between real or perceived benefits and the costs of their achievement. Hence, we have included chapters that discuss the burden of care and the assessment of what is ultimately the most important outcome for those that we serve: their quality of life"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph E. Losee, Richard E. Kirschner.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Dimitrios G. Goulis, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively discusses both gestational diabetes and diabetes that pre-exists pregnancy (type 1 or type 2), highlighting conditions and complications that are expected to occur during and after pregnancy. The book focuses on clinical problems encountered in everyday practice, but also covers topics that contribute to a better understanding of the clinical issues (genetics, epigenetics, pathophysiology). Written by leading experts in various disciplines, the chapters draw on the authors' experience to critically evaluate relevant data on diagnosing and treating the disease and provide guidance on the optimal approach in each specific situation as well as on how to decide between alternatives. A series of learning objectives, tables, figures, algorithms and illustrations increase the book's readability and help readers improve their understanding of the material. This book serves as a practical and useful tool for general obstetricians, fetal-maternal specialists, endocrinologists, diabetologists, neonatologists, midwives and for anyone involved in the management of pregnant women with this condition.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Introduction
    Part I) Setting the Diagnosis Chapter 2) Epidemiology
    Chapter 3) Diagnosis of Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Part II) Defining the Pathophysiology Chapter 4) Risk Factors for Developing Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 5) Pathophysiology
    Chapter 6) Fetal Origin of Adult Disease: The Case of GDM
    Part III) Monitoring Chapter 7) Medical Monitoring of Pre-Existing DM and GDM
    Chapter 8) Obstetrical Monitoring
    Part IV) Management Chapter 9) Targets and Rationale for Treatment
    Chapter 10) Pre-Pregnancy Management in Clinical Approach to Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 11) Medical Nutrition Therapy
    Chapter 12) Physical Activity and Exercise in Diabetes During Pregnancy
    Chapter 13) Oral Anti-hyperglycemic Agents
    Chapter 14) Insulin
    Chapter 15) Delivery, Intrapartum Management and Puerperium
    Part V) Complications and Their Management Chapter 16) Fetal Complications
    Chapter 17) Diabetes During Pregnancy: Neonatal and Childhood Complications
    Chapter 18) Pregnancy-Associated Maternal Complications
    Chapter 19) Long-Term Maternal Complications
    Part VI) Special Issues Chapter 20) Diabetes Mellitus and Infertility
    Chapter 21) Diabetes Mellitus and Contraception
    Chapter 22) Diabetes in Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
    Chapter 23) Biomedical Technology and Gestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 24) Issues to Be Solved: Future Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Richard J. Johnson
    Summary: Written for fellows, practicing nephrologists, and internists who treat patients with disorders affecting the renal system, Comprehensive Clinical Nephrology, 7th Edition, offers a practical approach to this complex field, supported by underlying scientific facts and pathophysiology. World leaders in nephrology provide current information on clinical procedures and conditions, covering everything from fluid and electrolyte disorders to hypertension, diabetes, dialysis, transplantation, and more—all in a single, convenient volume.

    Contents:
    Essential Renal Anatomy and Physiology
    Investigation of Renal Disease
    Fluid and Electrolyte Disorders
    Glomerular Disease
    Diabetic Kidney Disease
    Hypertension
    Renovascular Disease
    Pregnancy and Renal Disease
    Hereditary and Congenital Diseases of the Kidney
    Infectious Diseases and the Kidney
    Urologic Disorders
    Tubulointerstitial and Vascular Diseases
    Renal Disease and Cancer
    Acute Kidney Injury
    Drug Therapy in Kidney Disease
    Chronic Kidney Disease and Uremic Syndrome
    Geriatric and Palliative Nephrology
    Dialytic Therapies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Hans-Robert Metelmann, Thomas von Woedtke, Klaus-Dieter Weltmann, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Pamela R. Roberts, MD, FCCM, FCCP, editor, S. Rob Todd, MD, FACS, FCCM, editor.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC86.8 .C645 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Marluce Bibbo, David C. Wilbur.
    Summary: In the newly updated edition of Comprehensive Cytopathology, a team of international experts provides criteria and techniques in diagnosis, testing, and new insights in cytology. This accessible guide to diagnostic investigation and screening is ideal for daily laboratory use, taking a systematic approach to helping you understand major diagnostic criteria as well as the pitfalls and limitations of cytology. Quickly find the answers you need through a consistent chapter structure.Realize every possibility. Appropriate histopathological correlations and a consideration of the possible differential diagnosis accompany the cytological findings.

    Contents:
    The Cell : Basic Structure and Function, and Molecular Basis of Neoplasia
    Basic Cytogenetics and the Role of Genetics in Cancer Development
    Cytologic Screening Programs
    Diagnostic Quality Assurance in Cytopathology
    Evaluation of the Non-gynecologic Sample in Smears and Liquid-based Preparations
    The Bethesda System for Reporting Cervical Cytology
    Microbiology, Inflammation, and Viral Infections
    Benign Proliferative Reactions, Intraepithelial Neoplasia, and Invasive Cancer of the Uterine Cervix
    Glandular Neoplasms of the Uterine Cervix
    Endometrial Hyperplasia and Carcinoma, Extrauterine Cancer, and Unusual Tumors
    Vulva, Vagina, and Anus
    Peritoneal Washings and Ovary
    Respiratory Tract
    Alimentary Tract (Esophagus, Stomach, Small Intestine, Colon, Rectum, Anus, Biliary Tract)
    Urinary Tract
    Central Nervous System
    Eye
    Cytology of Soft Tissue, Bone, and Skin
    Pleural, Peritoneal, and Pericardial Effusions
    Fine-needle Aspiration Biopsy Techniques
    Fine-needle Aspiration Biopsy Techniques
    Salivary Glands and Rare Head and Neck Lesions
    The Bethesda System for Reporting Thyroid Cytopathology
    Thyroid
    Lymph Nodes : Cytomorphology and Flow Cytometry
    Breast
    Mediastinum
    Kidneys, Adrenals, and Retroperitoneum
    Liver
    Pancreas
    Pediatric Tumors
    Effects of Therapy on Cytologic Specimens
    Cytopreparatory Techniques
    Digital Pathology/Telepathology
    Automation in Cervical Cytology
    Immunocytochemistry
    Molecular Techniques
    HPV Detection Techniques.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephen E. Wolverton; associate editor Jashin J. Wu.
    Summary: "Designed with practical usability in mind, Comprehensive Dermatologic Drug Therapy, 4th Edition, helps you safely and effectively treat the skin disorders you're likely to see in your practice. Dr. Stephen E. Wolverton and new associate editor Dr. Jashin J. Wu lead a team of global experts to bring you concise, complete guidance on today's full spectrum of topical, intralesional, and systemic drugs. You'll prescribe with confidence thanks to expert coverage of which drugs to use, when to use them, and adverse effects to monitor"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    pt. I. Introduction
    pt. II. Important drug regulatory issues
    pt. III. Systemic drugs for infectious diseases
    pt. IV. Systemic immunomodulatory drugs
    pt. V. Drugs used in conjunction with UV or visible light
    pt. VI. Biological therapeutics
    pt. VII. Miscellaneous systemic drugs
    pt. VIII. Topical drugs for infectious diseases
    pt. IX. Topical immunomodulatory drugs
    pt. X. Miscellaneous topical drugs
    pt. XI. Injectable and mucosal routes of drug administration
    pt. XII. Major adverse effects from systemic drugs
    pt. XIII. Special pharmacology and therapeutic topics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Marc A. Bjurlin, Richard S. Matulewicz, editors.
    Summary: This succinct yet comprehensive book describes current and emerging concepts in risk stratification, detection, and staging of bladder cancer. Divided into two distinct sections, the first section focuses on contemporary and novel imaging modalities in bladder cancer staging. The second section illuminates advanced optical techniques and tumor markers for bladder cancer detection. The volume also addresses such topics as novel immuno-positron emission tomography radiotracers, imaging modalities for monitoring of tumor response, and non-invasive urine biomarkers such as current and emerging molecular markers for bladder cancer screening, early diagnosis, and surveillance. Comprehensive Diagnostic Approach to Bladder Cancer: Molecular Imaging and Biomarkers is written by experts in the field and provides a valuable resource for urologists, oncologists, urologic oncologists, radiation oncologists, allied health professionals, residents, and fellows who treat and manage bladder cancer.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of Bladder Cancer: Trends and Disparities
    2. Environmental and genetic factors contributing to bladder carcinogenesis
    3. Strategies for Bladder Cancer Screening
    4. Staging of Bladder Cancer
    5. Conventional and Investigational Imaging Modalities
    6. Evaluation of Hematuria
    7. Molecular Imaging Modalities: Applications of Current and Novel Radiotracers
    8. Optical Techniques for Bladder Cancer Detection: The Role of Cystoscopy and Enhanced Cystoscopy
    9. Urine Cytology in the Clinical Management of Bladder Cancer
    10. Urinary Biomarkers: Current Status and Future Opportunities
    11. Bladder Cancer Genomics: Indications for sequencing and diagnostic implications
    12. Novel and Investigational Diagnostics: Liquid Biopsy and Beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mark A. Ferrante, Professor, Department of Neurology, Co-Director, Neurophysiology Fellowship, Associate Director, Residency Training Program, Section Chief, Neurophysiology, Memphis VA Medical Center, Memphis, TN, USA.
    Summary: "Electromyography (EMG) is a technique for evaluating and recording the electrical activity produced by nerves and muscles. Interpreting EMG is a mandatory skill for neurologists and rehabilitation specialists. This textbook provides the reader with a detailed discussion of the concepts and principles underlying electrodiagnostic medicine. It is written for an audience without pre-existing knowledge in this discipline, including beginner technicians and physicians in training. It is an ideal review for seasoned practitioners and those preparing for board examinations. It begins with a review of the foundational sciences and works through the field in twenty chapters, including a large number of case studies demonstrating correct application and interpretation. Appendices of information frequently required in the EMG laboratory, such as Nerve Conduction Study techniques and their age-related normal values, anatomic regions assessed by each NCS and needle EMG studies, safety issues, and other important topics, are also included"-- Provided by publisher. "Historically, although measurements of the muscle response were initially made in the late nineteenth century, motor NCS were not truly born until the 1940s. At that time, technology was quite limited"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Alberto Pilotto, Finbarr C. Martin, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an up-to-date review on the principles and practice of multidimensional assessment and management of the older individual, which represents the cornerstone of modern clinical practice in the elderly. The early chapters cover the main elements and scope of the comprehensive geriatric approach and explain the pathways of care from screening and case finding through to in-depth assessment and treatment planning. Subsequent chapters review the evidence of how best to apply the multidimensional assessment and management approach in defined healthcare settings and within specific clinical areas, such as cancer and surgery. Finally, the education and training challenges are reviewed and the prospects for future clinical service and research in this important field are examined. The book is very timely given the recent advances in application of this approach, which reflect the growing international realization that older people are?core business? in many clinical areas where the role of specialist geriatric medicine has hitherto been limited. Accordingly, the book will be relevant to a wide range of clinicians. The authorship comprises many of the best known and widely published experts in their respective fields.

    Contents:
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment : an updated perspective / Luigi Ferrucci and Stefania Orini
    Different domains of the comprehensive geriatric assessment / Stefano Volpato and Jack M. Guralnik
    Patient, the multidisciplinary team and the assessment / Finbarr C. Martin
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in the hospital / Alberto Pilotto and Nicola Veronese
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in long-term care and nursing homes / Francesco Panza, Madia Lozupone, Vincenzo Solfrizzi, Francesca D'Urso, Roberta Stallone, Alessia Noia, Antonello Bellomo, Davide Seripa, Antonio Greco, and Giancarlo Logroscino
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in the community and in outpatient consultation / Alberto Cella
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment and personalized medicine / Arduino A. Mangoni
    CGA and clinical decision-making : the multidimensional prognostic index / Alberto Pilotto, Julia Daragjati, and Nicola Veronese
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in the emergency department / Simon Conroy, Els Devriendt, and Sarah Turpin
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in cancer patients / Philippe Caillet, Frederic Pamoukdjian, Anastaric Obraztsova, and Elena Paillaud
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in orthogeriatrics / Andrea Giusti and Christian Kammerlander
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in patients with organ failure / Nicola Veronese, Anna Maria Mello, Clarissa Musacchio, and Alberto Pilotto
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in perioperative medicine / Jugdeep Dhesi and Judith Partridge
    Comprehensive geriatric assessment in patients with cognitive decline / Maria Cristina Polidori
    Teaching CGA / Regina Elisabeth Roller, Maria Christina Polidari, and Katrin Singler.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sandra J. Shin, editor.
    Contents:
    Essential Components of a Successful Breast Core Needle Biopsy Program: Imaging Modalities, Sampling Techniques, Specimen Processing, Radiologic/Pathologic Correlation, and Appropriate Follow-Up
    Pattern Based Evaluation of Breast Core Needle Biopsies
    Multiples in Core Biopsy Samples
    Inflammatory, Reactive, and Infectious Conditions of the Breast
    Adenosis, Sclerosing Lesions, Microglandular Adenosis and Mucocele-Like Lesions
    Papillary and Adenomyoepithelial Tumors
    Fibroepithelial Lesions in Women, Adolescents/Children and Males
    The Spectrum of Columnar Cell Lesions
    Intra-Ductal Proliferations (DCIS, ADH and UDH)
    Invasive Ductal Carcinoma Including Microinvasive Carcinoma, Tubular Carcinoma and Cribriform Carcinoma
    Triple Negative/Basal-like Breast Carcinomas
    Less Common Triple Negative Breast Cancer
    Special Histologic Types of Breast Cancer: Mucinous, Secretory, Micropapillary, Neuroendocrine, Cystic Hypersecretory, Glycogen-Rich Clear Cell, and Carcinoma with Osteoclast-Like Giant Cells
    Atypical Lobular Hyperplasia and Lobular Carcinoma In Situ Helena Hwang and Sunati Sahoo
    Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
    Benign and Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
    Vascular Lesions of the Breast
    Breast Tumors in Adolescents/Children and Males
    Lesions of the Nipple
    Lymphoid and Hematopoietic Tumors of the Breast
    Special Clinical Settings: Tumors Arising in Pregnancy, Pregnancy-Like (Pseudolactational) Proliferations, Breast Carcinoma in the Pre-Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Setting, Recurrent Breast Carcinoma, Inflammatory Breast Carcinoma
    Current Standard Clinical Predictive Markers
    Future Role of Molecular Profiling in Small Breast Samples and Personalized Medicine
    Metastases to the Breast
    Dermatologic Mimickers of Breast Lesions Arising in the Breast Skin, Subcutis or Axilla. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sandra J. Shin, Yunn-Yi Chen, Paula S. Ginter, editors.
    Summary: Breast cancer remains the leading cause of cancer in women, which makes accurate diagnoses on core needle biopsy (CNB) specimens of vital importance in staging and guiding therapy decisions for patients. The first edition of this multi-authored text written by leaders in the field from major academic medical centers provided a comprehensive guide on diagnostic breast pathology in the core biopsy setting. In addition to in-depth coverage of benign and malignant entities encountered in breast core biopsies, the book provided additional resources to improve diagnostic accuracy such as pattern-based approaches to evaluation, mimickers of breast lesions arising in extra-mammary sites, and pitfalls specific to small tissue samples. In recent years, there have been several notable developments in the field of breast pathology including revisions in AJCC breast cancer staging, updated guidelines in the testing and reporting of ER, PR, and HER2, as well as implementation of immunotherapy and companion biomarker testing. In addition, several key updates were included in the most recent edition of the WHO Classification of Breast Tumours (2020). In addition to updates specific to individual breast entities, the second edition provides updates regarding biomarker testing in the primary and metastatic setting, and incorporates newly defined entities and updated definitions of rare tumors in alignment with the WHO Classification of Breast Tumours (2020). Furthermore, this edition addresses the role of CNB in companion biomarker testing for eligibility for immunotherapy in the context of advanced triple-negative breast carcinoma. Written by leaders in the field and edited by expert breast pathologists, The Second Edition of Comprehensive Guide to Core Needle Biopsies of the Breast is the definitive reference on breast core needle biopsies for practicing pathologists, pathology trainees, oncologists and clinicians of patients with breast disease. .

    Contents:
    Essential Components of a Successful Breast Core Needle Biopsy Program: Imaging Modalities, Sampling Techniques, Specimen Processing, Radiologic/Pathologic Correlation, and Appropriate Follow-Up
    Pattern-Based Evaluation of Breast Core Needle Biopsies
    Multiples in Core Biopsy Samples
    Inflammatory, Reactive, and Infectious Conditions of the Breast
    Adenosis, Sclerosing Lesions, Microglandular Adenosis, and Mucocele-Like Lesions
    Papillary Tumors and Epithelial and Myoepithelial tumors (Pleomorphic adenoma, Adenomyoepithelioma, Malignant Adenomyoepithelioma)
    Fibroepithelial Lesions
    Columnar Cell Lesions
    Intraductal Proliferations (UDH, ADH, DCIS)
    Invasive Ductal Carcinoma, NST (including microinvasive carcinoma), Tubular Carcinoma, and Cribriform Carcinoma
    Triple-Negative/Basal-Like Breast Carcinomas
    Less Common Triple-Negative Breast Cancers and Salivary Gland-Type Tumors (Carcinoma with Apocrine differentiation, Metaplastic carcinoma, Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma, Secretory Carcinoma, Acinic Cell Carcinoma, Mucoepidermoid carcinoma, Tall Cell Carcinoma with Reversed Polarity)
    Special Histologic Types and Special Morphologic Patterns of Invasive Ductal Carcinoma, NST (Mucinous, Micropapillary, Mucinous Cystadenocarcinoma, Cystic Hypersecretory, Glycogen-Rich Clear Cell, Carcinoma with Osteoclast-Like Giant Cells, Neuroendocrine Neoplasms)
    Atypical Lobular Hyperplasia and Lobular Carcinoma In Situ
    Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
    Benign and Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
    Vascular Lesions of the Breast
    Breast Tumors in Adolescents/Children and Males
    Lesions of the Nippe
    Lymphoid and Hematopoietic Tumors of the Breast
    Special Clinical Settings: Tumors Arising in Pregnancy, Pregnancy-Like (Pseudolactational) Proliferations, Breast Carcinoma in the Pre-neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Setting, Recurrent Breast Carcinoma, and Inflammatory Breast Carcinoma
    Current Standard Clinical Predictive Markers
    Future Role of Molecular Profiling in Small Breast Samples and Personalized Medicine
    Metastases to the Breast
    Dermatologic Mimickers of Breast Lesions Arising in the Breast Skin, Subcutis, or Axilla.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Elizabeth A.M. Frost, editor.
    Summary: Comprehensive Guide to Education in Anesthesia is the first single-source volume on the current practice of teaching and learning in this specialty which has long been at the forefront of innovation in medical education. It is edited by one of the great anesthesiology educators in the United States and brings together contributions from leading educators from across the US covering all aspects of anesthesiology education, from medical school and post-graduate training to board certification and continuing medical education. Topics include best educational practices, closed claim analysis, giving feedback to superiors, residency and fellowship training and requirements, maintenance of certification, the role of simulation, interacting with other specialties, community and global outreach, and more. The book conveys the unique nature of the specialty and is aimed at medical students contemplating a career in anesthesiology, residents and fellows, educators, and administrators.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction and Historical Accounting
    2. Teaching by Example: Best Practices for Education in the Operating Room and the Lecture Hall
    3. Learning From Incident Reporting And Closed Claims Analyses
    4. Residency Training
    5. Requirements for a Fellowship
    6. Teaching Clinical Science to Medical Students
    7. Mentorship in Anesthesia
    8. The Process of Board Certification
    9. Maintenance of Certification in Anesthesiology Program
    10. Evaluation of Anesthesiology Residents
    11. Giving Feedback to Superiors-Attending Evaluation
    12. The Place For Simulation Teaching
    13. The Role of Continuing Medical Education
    14. Multidisciplinary Teaching: the Interaction of the Specialties
    15. Research in Education
    16. The Place of Global Education in Anesthesia
    17. Community Outreach
    18. Substance Abuse Recognition and Prevention through Education.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vivian Y. Shi, Jennifer L. Hsiao, Michelle A. Lowes, Iltefat H. Hamzavi.
    Summary: Despite being a relatively straightforward clinical diagnosis, recognition of Hidradenitis suppurativa (HS) is highly variable, and clinical management is challenging and complex. Written by the world's leading experts in HS, A Comprehensive Guide to Hidradenitis Suppurativa brings together up-to-date scientific evidence on the diagnosis, patho-mechanisms, comorbidities, and multi-faceted medical and surgical interventions for this debilitating condition--in one convenient reference.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Vivian Y. Shi, Jennifer L. Hsiao, Michelle A. Lowes, Iltefat H. Hamzavi.
    Summary: "Despite being a relatively straightforward clinical diagnosis, recognition of hidradenitis suppurativa (HS) is highly variable, and clinical management is challenging and complex. Written by the world's leading experts in HS, A Comprehensive Guide to Hidradenitis Suppurativa brings together up-to-date scientific evidence on the diagnosis, patho-mechanisms, comorbidities, and multi-faceted medical and surgical interventions for this debilitating condition--in one convenient reference"--Publisher's description
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Abhishek Agrawal, Gavin Britz, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide answers commonly asked questions about neurosurgical conditions related to brain and spinal cord. Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions fills the gap which arises after a diagnosis is made on the loved one, explaining the basics of neurosurgical diseases and their management. Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions, looks at the Neurosurgical team, the Intensive Care Unit and the basic as well as the emergency neurosurgical procedures in a comprehensive and concise matter. Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions, which is part of a book set including Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions, delves into different kinds of brain surgeries, tumors and the management of stroke in chapters written by reputed neurosurgeons worldwide, to help the physicians, the patients and their families cope with all aspects of neurosurgery.

    Contents:
    1. Basic Neuroanatomy
    2. Basic Neurology
    3. The Neurosurgery Healthcare Team
    4. Neurological Intensive Care Unit
    5. Common Neuroradiological Procedures
    6. Pre-Operative and Peri-Operative Period
    7. Basic Neurosurgical Procedures
    8. Neurosurgical Emergencies
    9. Symptomes and Signs in Brain Disease
    10. Sports Related Concussion Injuries
    11. Radiotheraphy for Brain and Spine Disease
    12. Peripheral Nerve Problems
    13. Rehabilitation of Neurosurgical Conditions
    14. Brain Death
    15. Organ Donation
    16. Second Opinions
    17. Nursing Perspective: Dealing with Patients with Neurological Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Shane O'Hanlon, Marie Smith ; foreword writer Timothy L. Kauffman.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Digital
    Janet L. Abrahm, MD, with Molly E. Collins, MD, and Bethany-Rose Daubman, MD.
    Summary: "The contributors educate health care providers on the principles and practices of pain and symptom management in cancer patients. The content was expanded significantly for the fourth edition"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Bilal Chughtai.
    Summary: "A Comprehensive Guide to the Prostate: Eastern and Western Approaches for Management of BPH provides a multidisciplinary approach to BPH and male voiding dysfunction, presenting comprehensive guidance on management. With an equal focus on traditional, complementary and alternative medicine, and a look at novel technologies, a complete understanding of the BPH disease process is revealed. Abstracts and references in every chapter make the connection between research and practice. Perfect for researchers and urologists, this must-have reference provides what is needed to understand BPH and male voiding dysfunction.Presents a comprehensive and multidisciplinary approach on BPH and male voiding dysfunctionGives equal focus to traditional, complementary and alternative medicine Provides access to videos of procedures using the various treatment modalities covered in the book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to a comprehensive guide to your prostate
    2. Behavioral therapies and self-management for benign prostatic hyperplasia
    3. Medical therapy for benign prostatic hyperplasia
    4. Eastern herbal medicine
    5. Acupuncture
    6. Naturopathic and Western medicine --7. Monopolar transurethral resection of prostate
    8. Bipolar plasma kinetic vaporization
    9. .532nm laser photoselective vaporization of the prostate
    10. Holmium laser ablation of the prostate
    11.Holmium enucleation of the prostate
    12. Thulium laser prostatectomy
    13. Diode laser resection of prostate (980nm)
    14. Open Prostatectomy
    15. Robotic-assisted laprorscopic surgery
    16. Transurethral microwave thermotherapy for treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia
    17. Transurethral needle ablation of the prostate
    18. Prostatic urethral lift
    19. Prostatic stents
    20. Prostatic artery embolization
    21. Ethanol injection of prostate in benign prostatic hypertrophy
    22. Future surgical procedures, iTind, Ruzum, and Aquablation
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] David M. Gershenson, Gretchen M. Lentz, Fidel A. Valea, Rogerio A. Lobo.
    Summary: "With its trademark clear, concise writing style and evidence-based focus, Comprehensive Gynecology, 8th Edition, remains your #1 choice for practical, in-depth coverage of any women's health issue you're likely to encounter. It covers all key issues in gynecology, now fully updated to include new information on topics such as laparoscopy and innovations in robotic surgery, reversible contraception, and advancements in treating endometriosis. For residents, specialists, primary care doctors, and other healthcare providers, Comprehensive Gynecology is an easy-to-access source of trusted information for everyday practice. Includes helpful features such as key references and terms, key points at the end of each chapter, summary boxes for quick reference, and new bolded text to highlight the most important concepts. Features newly improved artwork; a more cohesive, easy-to-navigate design throughout; and more clinical algorithms. Contains hundreds of illustrations and tables, anatomical figures, radiographs, and photographs, as well as 20 videos that address topics such as Pap smear techniques, hysteroscopic metroplasty, and endometriosis of the bladder. Brings you up to date with the latest applications in diagnostic and interventional ultrasound, issues in infertility, the latest research in menopause, and other essential aspects of today's practice. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital/Print
    edited by James M. Ferguson, C. Barr Taylor.
    Contents:
    v.1, Systems intervention ; v.2, Syndromes & special areas ; v.3, Extended applications & issues ;
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R726.5 .C66
    3
  • Digital
    Michael A. Seropian , George R. Keeler, Viren N. Naik, editors.
    Summary: Think - Plan - Buy This is the first complete guide for creating a sustainable healthcare simulation program/center. It is created by experts in the field that are on the front lines of this emerging field. It is intended and written with all professions in mind, and should be a resource for all, be they healthcare educators, administrators, or executives. It covers specific elements of the entire process, from concept to execution, and identifies key decision points along the way. The book is organized around fundamental considerations in center and program development including governance, structural/facility and curricular design, business planning, to establishing policies and procedures. Chapters analyze the fundamental aspects of planning, such as budgeting, revenue streams, and philanthropy as well as the inclusion of educational resources within such programs. Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Program and Center Development is an invaluable addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation series, and features an authoritative authorship of experts in the field.

    Contents:
    Section I: Business, Implementation, and Sustainability
    Chapter 1. Governance and Organizational Structure
    Chapter 2. Importance of Executive Buy-in
    Chapter 3. Establishing your Vision, Mission, and Strategy
    Chapter 4. Basic Business Planning
    Chapter 5. Implementation, Phases, and Project Management
    Chapter 6. Funding Sources and Fee Structures
    Chapter 7. Effective Budgeting: Putting it Together
    Section II: Facility Design, Supporting Equipment, and Technology
    Chapter 8. Facility Design Part I
    Process Considerations
    Chapter 9. Facility Design Part II
    Structure Considerations
    Chapter 10. Equipment Selection, Acquisition, and Maintenance
    Chapter 11. Simulation Audio Visual and Learning Management System Considerations
    Section III. Curriculum and Faculty Development
    Chapter 12. Curriculum Integration and Development
    Chapter 13. Faculty and Staff Development
    Section IV. Administration and Operations
    Chapter 14. Simulation Operations: An Overview
    Chapter 15. Effective Staffing, Recruitment, and HR Management
    Chapter 16. Policies and Procedures: Key Considerations
    Chapter 17. Evaluation, Metrics, and Measuring ROI/VOI
    Section V. Marketing & Partnerships
    Chapter 18. Communication, Marketing Plan, and Strategy
    Chapter 19. Collaborative Partnerships: Local, Regional, National, and Global.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lindsay C. Johnston, Lillian Su, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the technical, cognitive, and behavioral skills needed to implement an extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) simulation program. It describes these programs on the individual, team, and hospital system level, and includes the history of ECMO simulation, its evolution to its current state, and future directions of technology and science related to ECMO simulation. Divided into six sections, chapters describe both the theoretical as well as the practical aspects of ECMO simulation, including a pictorial guide to setting up an ECMO simulation circuit and how to recreate ECMO emergencies. It is a pragmatic guide that emphasizes the necessary practical items and discussions necessary to plan, set-up, orchestrate, and debrief ECMO simulations for different types of learners in different Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: ECMO Simulation - A Theoretical and Practical Guide is part of the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, and this book is intended for educators, simulation technologists, and providers involved in ECMO programs who recognize the value of simulation to improve ECMO outcomes.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: History of ECMO & ECMO Simulation
    1: ECMO from Conception to Execution
    Introduction
    Birth of an Idea
    Development of Perfusion Technology
    Conclusions
    References
    2: Simulating ECMO: Rationale and Genesis
    Rationale for Simulating ECMO
    Genesis of ECMO Simulation
    Core Developmental Strategies
    Lessons Learned
    Human and System Performance Assessment During ECMO Simulation
    Program Assessment
    Looking to the Future (The Future Is Now)
    Summary
    References Part II: Educational Theory Behind ECMO Simulation
    3: The Critical Role of Simulation in ECMO Education
    Introduction
    Simulation in Medical Education
    Adult Learning Theory
    Andragogy
    Social Learning Theories
    Constructivism
    Cognitivism
    Transformative
    Experiential
    Procedural Skills Training
    Simulation in Medical Education
    Simulation as Part of an Overarching ECMO Educational Curriculum
    Creation of Goals and Objectives Based on Institutional Needs
    Use of Simulation for Low-Frequency, High-Risk Events and Review of Rare Cases Use of Simulation for Implementation of Programmatic Changes
    Creation of Goals and Objectives Based on Learner Population
    Matching Goals to Instructional Methods
    How to Incorporate Procedural/Technical Skills training into an ECMO Program
    Benefits of Simulation on Cognition
    Critical Thinking Under Stress
    Benefits of ECMO Simulation on IPE Teamwork
    Interprofessional
    Current ELSO guidelines for Simulation Training
    Potential Role for Simulation in Assessment of ECMO Providers
    Conclusion
    References 4: A Conceptual Framework for Development of a Simulation-Enhanced ECMO Training Program: Use of a Zone-Based Framework
    Introduction
    Zone-Based Framework for Simulation-Enhanced Training
    Overall Framework for Simulation-Enhanced ECMO Training
    Development of Psychomotor Skills
    Development of Cognitive Skills
    Development of Teamwork Skills
    Summary
    References
    5: Brain-Based Learning
    Introduction
    Brain-Based Learning
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Designing an ECMO Simulation Curriculum
    Introduction
    Curriculum Development Components of an ECMO Simulation Curriculum
    Extracorporeal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Physiologic Framework for ECMO Complications
    ECMO Preload
    ECMO Pump "Contractility"
    ECMO Afterload
    Considerations
    Conclusions
    References
    Part III: Technology for ECMO Simulation
    7: Innovations and Options for ECMO Simulation
    Introduction
    Definitions
    Foundational Knowledge and Skills Acquired Through Low Physical Resemblance, Low Functional Task Alignment Simulation
    Development of Psychomotor and Critical Thinking Skills
    Development of Surgical Cannulation Skills
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Bryan Mahoney, Rebecca D. Minehart, May C. M. Pian-Smith.
    Summary: This book functions as a practical guide for the use of simulation in anesthesiology. Divided into five parts, it begins with the history of simulation in anesthesiology, its relevant pedagogical principles, and the modes of its employment. Readers are then provided with a comprehensive review of simulation technologies as employed in anesthesiology and are guided on the use of simulation for a variety of learners: undergraduate and graduate medical trainees, practicing anesthesiologists, and allied health providers. Subsequent chapters provide a 'how-to" guide for the employment of simulation across wide range of anesthesiology subspecialties before concluding with a proposed roadmap for the future of translational simulation in healthcare. The Comprehensive Textbook of Healthcare Simulation: Anesthesiology is written and edited by leaders in the field and includes hundreds of high-quality color surgical illustrations and photographs.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction to Simulation for Anesthesiology
    Ch 1: Anesthesia and Simulation: A Historic Relationship
    Ch 2: Education and Learning Theory
    Ch 3: Essentials of Scenario Building
    Ch 4: Essentials of Debriefing in Simulation-based Education
    Ch 5: Crisis Resource Management and Interdisciplinary Team Training
    Ch 6: Competency Assessment
    Ch 7: Role of Simulation in Healthcare Quality Assurance
    Ch 8: Licensure and Certification
    Ch 9: Leadership and Endorsement
    Part II. Simulation Modalities and Technologies
    Ch 10: Standardized Patients
    Ch 11: Mannequin-based Simulators and Part-Task Trainers
    Ch 12: Computer and Web-based Simulators, Virtual Environments
    Part III. General Practice of Anesthesiology
    Ch 13: Undergraduate Medical Education
    Ch 14: Graduate Medical Education
    Ch 15: Faculty and Allied Health Providers
    Part IV. Subspecialties of Anesthesiology
    Ch 16: Simulation in Pediatrics
    Ch 17: Simulation in Cardiothoracic and Vascular Anesthesia
    Ch 18: Simulation in Obstetrics
    Ch 19: Simulation in Immersive Learning Techniques: Interdisciplinary Pain Medicine
    Ch 20: Simulation in Critical Care Medicine
    Ch 21: Simulation in Regional Anesthesia
    Ch 22: Simulation in Orthotopic Liver Transplantation
    Ch 23: Simulation in Trauma/Advanced Cardiac Life Support
    Ch 24: Simulation in Otolaryngology and Airway
    Ch 25: Simulation in Neuroanesthsia
    Ch 26: Simulation in Perioperative Medicine: From Preoperative Clinics to Postoperative Wards
    Ch 27: Simulation in Low Resource Settings: A Review of the Current State and Practical Implementation Strategies
    Part V. Conclusion
    Ch 28: A Translational Roadmap to Create the Future of Simulation in Healthcare.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christopher Strother, Yasaharu Okuda, Nelson Wong, Steven McLaughlin, editors.
    Summary: This is a practical guide to the use of simulation in emergency medicine training and evaluation. It covers scenario building, debriefing, and feedback, and it discusses the use of simulation for different purposes, including education, crisis resource management and interdisciplinary team training. Divided into five sections, the book begins with the historical foundations of emergency medicine, as well as education and learning theory. In order to effectively relay different simulation modalities and technologies, subsequent chapters feature an extensive number of practical scenarios to allow readers to build a curriculum. These simulations include pediatric emergency medicine, trauma, disaster medicine, and ultrasound. Chapters are also organized to meet the needs of readers who are in different stages of their education, ranging from undergraduate students to medical directors. The book then concludes with a discussion on the future and projected developments of simulation training. Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Emergency Medicine is an invaluable resource for a variety of learners, from medical students, residents, and practicing emergency physicians to emergency medical technicians, and health-related professionals.

    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION FOR EMERGENCY MEDICINE
    1.A Historical Perspective of Simulation in Emergency Medicine.-2. Education and Learning Theory
    3. Simulation Scenario Development and Design in Emergency Medicine
    4. Debriefing in Emergency Medicine
    5. Crisis Resource Management
    6. Interdisciplinary Teamwork Training
    7. Simulation-based Measurement and Program Evaluation: Demonstrating Effectiveness.-8. Patient Safety.-PART II. SIMULATION MODALITIES AND TECHNOLOGIES
    9. Standardized Participants
    10. Virtual Environment for Education in Healthcare
    11. Task Trainers in Emergency Care Simulation
    12. Mannequin Simulators
    13. Emergency Medicine Simulation Moulage.-PART III. THE PRACTICE OF EMERGENCY MEDICINE
    14. Simulation for ED Medical Directors and Administrators
    15. Simulation in Undergraduate Medical Education
    16. Simulation in Graduate Medical Education
    17. Emergency Nursing Continuing Professional Development Using Simulation
    18. Simulation in Emergency Medical Services
    PART IV. SUBSPECIALTIES OF EMERGENCY MEDICINE
    19. Pediatric Emergency Medicine
    20. Trauma
    21. EM Critical Care
    22. Ultrasound
    23. Disaster Medicine
    24. Simulation in Defense and Combat Medicine
    PART V. CONCLUSION
    25. The History, Present and Future of Healthcare Simulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Gayle Gliva-McConvey, Catherine F. Nicholas, Lou Clark, editors.
    Summary: This book brings to life best practices of Human Simulation; maximizing the Standardized Patient (SP) methodology that has played a major role in health professions learning and assessment since the 1960s. Each chapter reflects the Association of SP Educators Standards of Best Practices (SOBPs) and provides guidance for implementation. Multiple insights are offered through embedded interviews with international experts to provide examples illustrating successful strategies. The Human Simulation Continuum Model, a practical and theoretical framework, is introduced to guide educators in decision-making processes associated with the full range of human simulation. The Continuum Model spans improvisations, structured role-play, embedded participants, and simulated-standardized patients. This book also provides the full "how-to" for SP methodology covering topics including; case/scenario development, creating training material, training techniques for case portrayal, training communication and feedback skills, GTA/MUTA/PTA training, SP program administration and professional development for SP Educators. A pragmatic, user-friendly addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation series, Implementing Best Practices in Standardized Patient Methodology is the first book framed by the ASPE SOBPs, embracing best practices in human simulation and marshaling the vast expertise of a myriad of SP Educators. .

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Evolution of the Book
    2. An Accidental Career
    3. How A Revolution Took Hold - The Standardized Patient Methodology
    4. Ensuring a Safe and Supportive Work Environment
    5. The Human Simulation Continuum: Integration and Application
    6.Development of Scenario and Training Materials: Fundamentals, Interprofessional and Hybrid Scenarios, and Inclusion of Patients in Standardized Patient Methodology
    7. Training SPs for Authentic Role Portrayal
    8. How to Train SPs in 10 Steps
    9. Cultivating Compassionate Communication with Clinical Competence: Utilizing Human Simulation to Provide Constructive Feedback to Learners
    10. Standardized/Simulated Patient Program Management and Administration
    Spinning Plates
    11. Professional Development of the SP Educator
    12. Broader Applications of Communication: Using the Human Body for Teaching and Assessment
    13. Human Simulation Beyond Healthcare: Experience, Reputation, and Relationship Building
    14. The Standardized/Simulated Patient Methodology Around the World (Part I)
    15. The Standardized/Simulated Patient Methodology Around the World (Part II) Implementing the Standardized Patient Methodology at the University of Chile
    16. Misconceptions and the Evidence
    17. Reimagining SP Methodology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ellen S. Deutsch, Shawna J. Perry, Harshad G. Gurnaney, editors.
    Summary: This book presents simulation as an essential, powerful tool to develop the best possible healthcare system for patients. It provides vital insights into the necessary steps for supporting and enhancing medical care through the simulation methodology. Organized into four sections, the book begins with a discussion on the overarching principles of simulation and systems. Section two then delves into the practical applications of simulation, including developing new workflows, utilizing new technology, building teamwork, and promoting resilience. Following this, section three examines the transition of ideas and initiatives into everyday practices. Chapters in this section analyze complex interpersonal topics such as how healthcare clinical stakeholders, simulationists, and experts who are non-clinicians can collaborate. The closing section explores the potential future directions of healthcare simulation, as well as leadership engagement. A new addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, Improving Healthcare Systems stimulates the critical discussion of new and innovative concepts and reinforces well-established and germane principles.

    Contents:
    Part I. Simulation and Systems: The Big Picture and Overarching Principles
    Chapter 1. The Nature of Systems in Healthcare
    Chapter 2. Human Factors Applications of Simulation
    Chapter 3. Cognition and Decision Making in the Real World
    Chapter 4. Overview of Simulation in Healthcare
    Chapter 5. Foresight: How Simulation Can Promote Resilient Performance
    Chapter 6. Simulation in Healthcare: A Concept Map
    Part II. Practical Applications
    Chapter 7. Simulation to Improve the Capabilities of Individuals
    Chapter 8. Simulation to Improve the Capabilities of Teams
    Chapter 9. Simulation Approaches to Enhance Team and System Resilience
    Chapter 10. Improving Handoffs Using a Systems Framework and Simulation
    Chapter 11. Exploring Workarounds: The Role of Simulation to Build Resilience
    Chapter 12. Whiteboards that Work
    Chapter 13. Tele-simulation for Healthcare Team and System Improvement
    Chapter 14. Planning Patient Care Areas Using Simulation
    Chapter 15. Exploring New Hospital Patient Care Spaces Using Simulation
    Chapter 16. Airway Emergencies: Simulation for System-Wide Process Improvements
    Chapter 17. Simulation to Prepare for the Surge: Workload Management When There Are Too Many Patients
    Chapter 18. Using Simulation to Improve Neonatal Care
    Chapter 19. Improving Patient Outcomes after Resuscitation with Systematic Debriefing
    Chapter 20. Simulation in Unique Surgical Challenges
    Chapter 21. The Use of Simulation in Disaster Medicine Preparedness
    Chapter 22. Simulation to Improve Primary Care Systems
    Chapter 23. Using Simulation to Understand and Shape Organizational Culture
    Chapter 24. Simulation for Quality Improvement
    Chapter 25. How Many of Those Things Do We Really Need? Discrete Event Simulation
    Part III. Resources to Translate Ideas into Actions
    Chapter 26. Working with Simulation Experts
    Chapter 27. Working with Healthcare Subject Matter Experts and Clinical Stakeholders
    Chapter 28. Working with Experts from Non-Clinical Fields
    Chapter 29. Simulation and Safety Education for Healthcare
    Part IV. Future Directions.-Chapter 30. Leadership Engagement in Support of Simulation
    Chapter 31. The Future of Simulation in Healthcare Safety and System Improvement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by John T. Paige, Shirley C. Sonesh, Deborah D. Garbee, Laura S. Bonanno.
    Summary: This book focuses on InterProfessional (IP) Team Training and Simulation, from basic concepts to the practical application of IP in different healthcare settings. It thoroughly and comprehensively covers the role of simulation in healthcare, human factors in healthcare, challenges to conducting simulation-based IP, logistics, and applications of simulation-based IP in clinical practice. Supplemented by high-quality figures and tables, readers are introduced to the different simulation modalities and technologies employed in IP team training and are guided on the use of simulation within IP teams. Part of the authoritative Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, InterProfessional Team Training and Simulation can be used in training for a variety of learners, including medical students, residents, practicing physicians, nurses, and health-related professionals.

    Contents:
    SECTION 1 Theories and Concepts
    Chap. 1: Improving Patient Care: The Role of Effective Simulation
    Chap. 2: The Impact of Interprofessional Education on Healthcare Team Performance: A Theoretical Model and Recommendations
    Chap 3: Human Factors in Healthcare: Theoretical Underpinnings for Simulation in Interprofessional Education
    Chap 4: Teamwork: Education and Training in Healthcare
    Chap 5: Best Practices for Interprofessional Education Debriefing in Medical Simulation
    SECTION 2 Nuts and Bolts
    Chap 6: Challenges to Conducting Simulation-based Interprofessional Education for Non-technical Skills
    Chap 7: Establishing a Sustainable, Integrated Pre-professional Interprofessional Simulation Program
    Chap 8: Optimizing Interprofessional Education with In Situ Simulation
    Chap 9: Considerations and Strategies for Assessing Simulation-based Training in Interprofessional Education
    Chap 10. Logistics in Simulation-based Interprofessional Education
    Chap 11: Developing a State-of-the-Art Simulation-based Education Center
    SECTION 3 Perspectives of Interprofessional Education
    Chap 12: Interprofessional Simulation in Pre-licensure Learners
    Chap 13: Simulation-based Training for Post-Graduate Interprofessional Learners
    Chap 14: Simulation-based Training for Interprofessional Teams of Practicing Clinicians
    Chap 15: Simulation-based Training for Assessment of Competency, Certification, and Maintenance of Certification
    Chap 16: Teamwork in the Operating Room
    Chap 17: Applications of Simulation-based Interprofessional Education in Labor and Delivery
    Chap 18: Applications of Simulation-based Interprofessional Education in Critical Care Setting and Situations: Emergency Room, Trauma, Critical Care, Rapid Response, and Disasters
    Chap 19: Pre-hospital Care: Emergency Medical Services.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by William C. McGaghie, Jeffrey H. Barsuk, Diane B. Wayne.
    Summary: This book presents the parameters of Mastery Learning (ML), an especially stringent variety of competency-based education that guides students to acquire essential knowledge and skill, measured rigorously against a minimum passing standard (MPS). As both a scholarly resource and a teaching tool, this is a "how to" book that serves as a resource for a wide variety of health professions educators. A seminal source of information and practical advice about ML, this book divided into five parts: Clinical Education in the Health Professions, The Mastery Learning Model, Mastery Learning in Action, Transfer of Training from Mastery Learning and The Road Ahead. Complete with high-quality images and tables, chapters take an in-depth look into ML principles and practices across the health professions. Specific educational content instructs readers on how to build and present ML curricula, evaluate short and long-run results, conduct learner debriefing and give powerful feedback, set learner achievement standards, and prepare faculty for new educational roles. An invaluable addition to the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series, Mastery Learning in Health Professions Education is written and edited by leaders in the field for practicing clinicians in a variety of health professions.

    Contents:
    PART I. Clinical Education in the Health Professions.-Chapter 1. Clinical Education: Origins and Outcomes.-PART II. The Mastery Learning Model.-Chapter 2. Mastery Learning: Origins, Features, and Evidence from the Health Professions
    Chapter 3. Developing a Mastery Learning Curriculum
    Chapter 4. Instructional Design and Delivery for Mastery Learning
    Chapter 5. Assessment in Mastery Learning
    Chapter 6. Standard Setting for Mastery Learning
    Chapter 7. Implementing and Managing a Mastery Learning Program.-Chapter 8. Feedback and Debriefing in Mastery Learning.-Chapter 9. Faculty Development for Mastery Learning
    PART III. Mastery Learning in Action
    Chapter 10. Mastery Learning of Clinical Communication Skills
    Chapter 11. Mastery Learning of Team Skills
    Chapter 12. Mastery Learning of Surgical Skills
    Chapter 13. Mastery Learning of Bedside Procedural Skills
    Chapter 14. Mastery Learning for Clinical Emergencies
    Chapter 15. Readiness for Residency
    PART IV. Transfer of Training from Mastery Learning
    Chapter 16. Translational Science and Healthcare Quality and Safety Improvement from Mastery Learning
    PART V. The Road Ahead
    Chapter 17. Mastery Learning, Milestones, and Entrustable Professional Activities
    Chapter 18. Mastery Learning, Continuing Professional Education (CPE), and Maintenance of Certification (MOC)
    Chapter 19. Return on Investment from Simulation-Based Mastery Learning
    Chapter 20. Educational Policy Consequences from Mastery Learning
    Chapter 21. Mastery Learning: Opportunities and Challenges
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Patricia K. Carstens, Paul Paulman, Audrey Paulman, Marissa J. Stanton, Brian M. Monaghan, Douglas Dekker, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ali Alaraj, editor.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide for the use of simulation in neurosurgery, with chapters covering high fidelity simulation, animal models simulation, cadaveric simulation, and virtual reality simulation. Readers are introduced to the different simulation modalities and technologies and are guided on the use of simulation for a variety of learners, including medical students, residents, practicing pediatricians, and health-related professionals. Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Neurosurgery is written and edited by leaders in the field and includes dozens of high-quality color surgical illustrations and photographs as well as videos. This book is part of the Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation Series which provides focused volumes on the use of simulation in a single specialty or on a specific simulation topic, and emphasizing practical considerations and guidance.

    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION IN NEUROSURGERY
    1. History of Simulation
    PART II. PHYSCIAL MODELS SIMULATION
    2. Ventriculostomy Simulation in Neurosurgery
    3. Physical Simulators and Replicators in Endovascular Neurosurgery Training
    4. 3D Printed Models in Neurosurgical Training
    5. Synthetic Replica for Training in Microsurgical Anastomosis: An Important Frontier in Neurosurgical Education
    6. Endovascular Surgical Neuroradiology Simulation
    PART III. BIOLOGICAL MODELS SIMULATION
    7. Biological Models for Neurosurgical Training in Microanastomosis
    8. Pseudo Aneurysm Surgery Simulation Using the “Live Cadaver” Model for Neurosurgical Education
    9. Use of Cadaveric Models in Simulation Training in Spinal Procedures
    10. The Use of Simulation in the Training for Spinal Cord Stimulation for Treatment of Chronic Pain
    PART IV. VIRTUAL REALITY SIMULATION
    11. Introduction to Haptics
    12. Competency Assessment in Virtual Reality-Based Simulation in Neurosurgical Training
    13. Patient-specific Virtual Reality Simulation for Minimally-invasive Neurosurgery
    14. Role of Immersive Touch Simulation in the Neurosurgical Training
    15. Role of Surgical Simulation in Neurological Surgery and Aneurysm Clipping: The State of the Art
    16. NeuroVR Simulator in Neurosurgical Training
    17. Neurosurgical Anatomy and Approaches to Simulation in Neurosurgical Training
    18. Virtual Reality Simulation for the Spine
    19. The Use of Simulation in the Training for Laser Interstitial Thermal Therapy for Amydalo-hippocampectomy for Mesial Temporal Lobe Epilepsy
    20. Future of Visualization and Simulation in Neurosurgery
    PART V. SIMULATION TRAINING COURSES
    21. The Role of the NREF Endovascular and Cerebrovascular Courses in Neurosurgical Residency and Fellowship Training and Future Directions
    22. Simulation Training Experience in Neurosurgical Training in Europe
    PART VI. NON-PROCEDURAL TRAINING
    23. High Fidelity Simulation in Neuroanesthesia
    24. Neurocritical Care Simulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vincent J. Grant, Adam Cheng, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SIMULATION FOR PEDIATRICS
    1. Cognitive Load and Stress in Simulation
    2. Essentials of Scenario Building for Simulation-based Education
    3. Essentials of Debriefing and Feedback
    4. Simulation-based Team Training
    5. The Role of Simulation for Improving Patient Safety
    6. Systems Integration, Human Factors and Simulation
    7. Assessment in Pediatric Simulation
    PART II. PEDIATRIC SIMULATION MODALITIES, TECHNOLOGIES AND ENVIRONMENTS
    8. Standardized Patients
    9. Screen-based Simulation, Virtual Reality and Haptic Simulators
    10. Mannequin-based Simulators and Task Trainers
    11. Task and Procedural Skills Training
    12. In Situ Simulation
    PART III.PEDIATRIC SIMULATION FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
    13. Simulation along the Pediatric Healthcare Education Continuum
    14. Simulation Curriculum Development, Competency-based Education and Continuing Professional Development
    15. Interprofessional Education
    PART IV. PEDIATRIC SIMULATION SPECIALTIES
    16. Simulation for Pediatric Hospital Medicine
    17. Simulation for Pediatric Emergency Medicine and Trauma
    18. Simulation for Neonatal Care
    19. Simulation for Pediatric Critical Care Medicine and Transport
    20. Simulation for Pediatric Disaster and Multiple Casualty Incident Training
    21. Simulation for Pediatric Anesthesia
    22. Simulation for Pediatric Surgery and Surgical Specialties
    23. Simulation for Teaching Communication Skills
    24. Simulation for Rural Communities
    25. Simulation in Resource Limited Settings
    26. Simulation for Patient- and Family-Centered Care
    PART V. PEDIATRIC SIMULATION PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
    27. Simulation Operations and Administration
    28. Simulation Education Program Development
    29. Simulation Research Program Development
    PART VI . PEDIATRIC SIMULATION RESEARCH
    30. Simulation Research
    PART VII. THE FUTURE OF PEDIATRIC SIMULATION
    31. The Future of Pediatric Simulation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors: Dimitrios Stefanidis, James R. Korndorffer Jr. and Robert Sweet.
    Summary: This pragmatic book is a guide for the use of simulation in surgery and surgical subspecialties, including general surgery, urology, gynecology, cardiothoracic and vascular surgery, orthopedics, ophthalmology, and otolaryngology. It offers evidence-based recommendations for the application of simulation in surgery and addresses procedural skills training, clinical decision-making and team training, and discusses the future of surgical simulation. Readers are introduced to the different simulation modalities and technologies used in surgery with a variety of learners including students, residents, practicing surgeons, and other health-related professionals.

    Contents:
    PART I. INTRODUCTION TO SURGICAL SIMULATION 1. Historical Perspective 2. Overview of Simulation in Surgery 3. A Taxonomy Guide for Surgical Simulation 4. Principles of Validity 5. Equipping and Staffing a Surgical Simulation Center 6. Funding Models for a Surgical Simulation Center PART II: PROCEDURAL SIMULATION 7. Outcome-based Training and the Role of Simulation 8. Skill Maintenance, Remediation, and Reentry 9. Performance Assessment 10. Performance Optimization 11. Use of Simulation in High-Stakes Summative Assessments in Surgery PART III: SIMULATION FOR NON-TECHNICAL SKILLS 12. Making It Stick: Keys to Effective Feedback and Debriefing in Surgical Education 13. The Science and Training of Expert Operating Room Teams 14. Human Factors Psychology in Surgery PART IV. SUBSPECIALTIES OF SURGERY
    STATE OF THE ART 15. Simulation in General Surgery 16. Simulation in Laparoscopic Surgery 17. Simulation in Robotic Surgery 18. Simulation in Surgical Endoscopy 19. Simulation in Surgical Oncology and Hepato-Pancreatico-Biliary Surgery 20. Simulation in Bariatric Surgery 21. Simulation in Critical Care 22. Simulation in Cardiothoracic Surgery 23. Simulation in Otolarygology 24. Simulation in Urology 25. Simulation in Ophthalmology 26. Simulation in Vascular Surgery 27. Simulation in Transplant Surgery 28. Simulation in Plastic Surgery 29. Simulation in Orthopaedic Surgery 30. Simulation in Obstetrics and Gynecology Part V. CONCLUSION 31. The Future of Surgical Simulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors: Scott B. Crawford, Lance W. Baily and Stormy M. Monks.
    Summary: This practical guide provides a focus on the implementation of healthcare simulation operations, as well as the type of professional staff required for developing effective programs in this field. Though there is no single avenue in which a person pursues the career of a healthcare simulation technology specialist (HSTS), this book outlines the extensive knowledge and variety of skills one must cultivate to be effective in this role. This book begins with an introduction to healthcare simulation, including personnel, curriculum, and physical space. Subsequent chapters address eight knowledge/skill domains core to the essential aspects of an HSTS. To conclude, best practices and innovations are provided, and the benefits of developing a collaborative relationship with industry stakeholders are discussed. Expertly written text throughout the book is supplemented with dozens of high-quality color illustrations, photographs, and tables. Written and edited by leaders in the field, Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Operations, Technology, and Innovative Practice is optimized for a variety of learners, including healthcare educators, simulation directors, as well as those looking to pursue a career in simulation operations as healthcare simulation technology specialists.

    Contents:
    Section I: Intro to Healthcare Simulation
    1: History of Simulation
    2: Types of Healthcare Simulation: Locations and Training - Who, What & Where?
    3: Simulation Methodologies
    4: Simulation Center Personnel
    5: Finding the Right Simulation Personnel
    6: Professional Development for the Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist
    7: Simulation Curriculum Development, Integration and Operations
    8: The Research Process
    9: Infrastructure and Simulation Center Design
    Section II: Simulation Specialists and Healthcare Simulation
    10: Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialists
    11: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Audio/Video Technology
    12: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Educational Constructs in Simulation
    13: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Healthcare
    14: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Information Technology
    15: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Management
    16: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Research
    17: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Simulation
    18: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Standardized Patients
    Section III: Extra Information
    19: Technology and Innovation
    20: Common and Best Practices for Do-It-Yourself Enhancements
    21: Role and Goal of Industry in Education and Patient Safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Linda J. Smith, PBH, IBCLC, FACCE, FILCA, Owner and Director, Bright Future Lactation Resource Centre LTd., Director of Perinatal Policy, American Breastfeeding Institute, Adjunct Instructor, Boonshaft School of Medicine, Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio.
    Summary: "Comprehensive Lactation Consultant Exam Review, Fourth Edition is an ideal reference to help prepare for the International Board of Lactation Consultant Examiners (IBLCE) certification examination. Completely updated and revised, the Fourth Edition follows the latest IBLCE Detailed Content Outline, contains more than 950 practice exam questions and answer rationales, more than 300 photos, and 20 actual clinical case studies. Organized around the mother-baby dyad's development, it poses questions unique to each particular stage. This review guide is perfect for beginning lactation consultants and those re-certifying, as well as dietitians, childbirth educators, nurses, and breastfeeding counselors. Each new print copy includes Navigate 2 Preferred Access that unlocks a comprehensive and interactive eBook and Navigate 2 TestPrep." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Prenatal
    Labor/birth
    Prematurity
    1-2 days
    3-14 days
    15-28 days
    1-3 months
    4-6 months
    7-12 months
    Greater than 12 months
    General principles
    Case studies.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ehab Y. Hanna, Franco DeMonte
    Summary: "An increased understanding of the biology and molecular characterization of skull base tumors has led to innovative new approaches. Endoscopic tumor resection, surgical reconstruction, and advances in radiation delivery, chemotherapy, and targeted biologic therapy, have greatly expanded treatment options for patients with these challenging tumors. The updated second edition of Comprehensive Management of Skull Base Tumors by master surgeons Ehab Hanna, Franco DeMonte, and an impressive group of global experts reflects expanded knowledge of skull base tumors and evidence-based advances."-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    [edited by] Matthew L. Carlson [and 8 others] ; illustrated by Robert F. Morreale.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Print
    chairman of the editorial board, Corwin Hansch ; joint executive editors, Peter G. Sammes, John B. Taylor.
    Contents:
    v. 1. General principles / volume editor, Peter D. Kennewell
    v. 2. Enzymes & other molecular targets / volume editor, Peter G. Sammes
    v. 3. Membranes & receptors / volume editor, John C. Emmett
    v. 4. Quantitative drug design / volume editor, Christopher A. Ramsden
    v. 5. Biopharmaceutics / volume editor, John B. Taylor
    v. 6. Cumulative subject index & drug compendium / volume editor, Colin J. Drayton.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RS403 .C65 1990
    6
  • Digital
    Vinay Kumar Kohli, Chitra Kohli, Akanksha Singh.
    Summary: This book concisely provides important Pathology concepts to aid pathology trainees, including medical students and resident physicians, in passing any advanced pathology examination. It provides a much needed revision aid and study guide. Through dedicated questions and answers over 23 chapters covering every major organ system, the book will develop skills needed to deal with different aspects of pathology in a systematic yet summarized manner. The book helps solve problems faced by trainees by providing the highest yield content. Throughout the book, an intuitive and systematic approach is used to reinforce fundamental concepts.

    Contents:
    Cellular Pathology, Inflammation And Repair
    Genetic Disorders
    Immune System Disorders
    Neoplastic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases
    Blood Vessels
    The Heart
    Hematopathology Of Red Blood Cells And White Blood Cells
    Lungs
    Head And Neck
    Gastrointestinal Tract
    Liver And Biliary Tract
    Pancreas
    Kidney
    Male Genital Tract
    Female Genital Tract
    Breast
    Endocrine System
    Skin Disorders
    Bone, Joints And Soft Tissue Disorders
    Peripheral Nerves & Skeletal Muscles
    Central Nervous System
    The Eye.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carole Kenner, Leslie B. Altimier, Marina V. Boykova.
    Summary: "One of the most complex issues in health care is the care of sick or premature infants and those with multiple, severe congenital anomalies. Despite advanced technology and knowledge, preterm delivery continues to be a significant problem in the United States. Maternal risk factors have changed over the past decade. For example, more women with congenital heart anomalies and chronic illnesses, such as diabetes or sickle cell anemia are giving birth to infants with consequent health problems"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Paul V. Birinyi [and 7 others].
    Contents:
    Physiology
    Anatomy
    Adult neurosurgery
    Pediatric neurosurgery
    Neurology
    Radiology
    Pathology/histology
    Ophthalmology
    Critical care
    Competencies/health care/biostatistics
    Physiology
    Anatomy
    Adult neurosurgery
    Pediatric neurosurgery
    Neurology
    Radiology
    Pathology/histology
    Ophthalmology
    Critical care
    Competencies/health care/biostatistics
    Practive exam questions
    Practice exam answers.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jonathan S. Citow [and seven others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, Lisa B. Zaoutis, Vincent W. Chiang ; associate editors, Samir S. Shah, Brian Alverson, Sanjay Mahant.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2018
  • Digital
    Summary: "Comprehensive Physiology is the most authoritative and comprehensive collection of physiology information that has ever been assembled. Its starting point is more than 30,000 pages of content from the American Physiological Society's renowned Handbook of Physiology (HoP) series, which is presented here for the first time in an online format. With the launch of Comprehensive Physiology in January 2011, we will begin publishing regular issues that update and expand the classic content from HoP, as well as adding fresh review material. In this way, we aim to capture the full breadth and depth of the evolving science of physiology. New and updated materials will be published in a quarterly serial format ... The primary audience for Comprehensive Physiology is academic scientists in the life sciences. Secondary audiences include advanced students in the life sciences and medicine, instructors in these disciplines, and academic clinicians"--Edited summary from home page.
    Digital Access Wiley v.1-6, 2011-16.
  • Digital
    Mary Kwaan, Andrew Zbar, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to rectal cancer care that will provide general and colorectal surgeons details regarding the latest developments in the field. The book aims to cover the dynamic shifts in rectal cancer care that have taken place over recent years. Management approaches, such as watch-and-wait and transanal approaches, are evaluated and assessed by experienced physicians to give readers a full understanding of the available treatment options. Chapter summaries are included to give a clinical overview of each approach and to assist the understanding of each topic covered, and make the book applicable to both general surgeons and specialist practice nurses, as well as rectal cancer specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Claire Babcock O'Connell, Thea Cogan-Drew.
    Contents:
    Ophthalmology and otolaryngology
    Pulmonology
    Cardiology
    Hematology
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology and urology
    Gynecology
    Obstetrics
    Rheumatology and orthopaedics (musculoskeletal system)
    Endocrinology
    Neurology
    Psychiatry
    Dermatology
    Infectious disease
    Surgery
    Geriatrics
    Pediatrics.
  • Digital/Print
    volume editor, Claire Babcock O'Connell ; associate editor, Thea Cogan-Drew.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R697.P45 C66 2018
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Claire Babcock O'Connell, MPH, PA-C, associate professor, Rutgers Biomedical and Health Sciences, School of Health Related Professions, Physician Assistant Program, Piscataway, NJ.
    Summary: The new, fifth edition of A Comprehensive Review for the Certification and Recertification Examinations for Physician Assistants is the foremost trusted preparation resource for the PANCE and PANRE. The text features high-yield outline-format review and pretest and post-test questions based on the blueprint of the National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants (NCCPA). Developed and endorsed by the American Academy of Physician Assistants (AAPA) and the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA), this edition's content reflects up-to-date information and has been reviewed and validated by subject matter experts working in the field. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Ophthalmology and otolaryngology
    Pulmonology
    Cardiology
    Hematology
    Gastroenterology
    Nephrology and urology
    Gynecology
    Obstetrics
    Rheumatology and orthopaedics (musculoskeletal system)
    Endocrinology
    Neurology
    Psychiatry
    Dermatology
    Infectious disease
    Surgery
    Geriatrics
    Pediatrics.
  • Print
    Esteban Cheng-Ching, Lama Chahine, Eric P. Baron, Alexander Rae-Grant.
    Summary: "In neurology perhaps more than any other specialty, clinical vignettes increase learning efficiency by illustrating examples and placing sometimes challenging neuroscience concepts into clinical practice. With this in mind, the majority of questions in this book are case-based. A multitude of radiographic and pathologic images are carefully selected to supplement information in the cases while also contributing to knowledge of these respective areas. The anatomic diagrams and other graphics provide visual aids to consolidate information presented in the discussions. The book is organized so that the reader can review chapters in their entirety or select individual questions from each chapter for review. Despite the Q & A format, topical review is possible with this book as well: the chapters are organized by topics, the index is comprehensive, and most importantly, reference is made in the discussion to different questions related to a specific concept. This book is strengthened by the renowned specialists who painstakingly reviewed the chapters and contributed valuable suggestions and images"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cranial nerves and neuro-ophthalmology
    Vascular neurology
    Neurocritical care
    Headache
    Adult and pediatric epilepsy and sleep
    Movement disorders
    Neuroimmunology
    Neuro-oncology
    Neuromuscular i (neurophysiology, plexopathy, and neuropathy)
    Neuromuscular ii (adult and pediatric muscle, autonomic nervous system, and neuromuscular junction disorders)
    Neuromuscular iii (disorders of the spinal cord and motor neurons)
    Cognitive and behavioral neurology
    Psychiatry
    Child neurology
    Infectious diseases of the nervous system
    Neurologic complications of systemic diseases and pregnancy
    Nutritional and toxic disorders of the nervous system.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC356 .C44 2017
    1
  • Print
    edited by Andrej Spec, Gerome Escota, Courtney Chrisler, Bethany Davies.
    Summary: "Comprehensive Review of Infectious Diseases" is a balanced, high-yield resource covering the full range of infectious disease topics. Whether you're preparing for examinations or are looking for a concise resource to support your practice, this unique review contains precisely the information you need -- from common infectious diseases concepts and conditions to hundreds of up-to-date review questions and answers for self-assessment and exam preparation. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: High yield microbiology. Bacteriology / Morgan A. Pence ; Mycology / Krunal Raval, Morgan A. Pence, and Andrej Spec ; Virology / Phillip Heaton ; Parasitology / Alice Chi Eziefula and Martha Purcell.
    Section 2: Antimicrobial agents. Antibacterials / Yvonne Burnett and David Ritchie ; Antimycobacteral agents / Tonya Scardina ; Antifungal agents / Alexandria Wilson ; Antivirals / Andres Bran and Jessica K. Ortwine ; Antiparasitic agents / Todd P. McCarty.
    Section 3: Select syndromes and conditions by body system or pathogen. Fevers and sepsis / Kevin Hsueh ; Head and neck infections / Meredith Welch ; Central nervous system infections / Bethany Davies ; Respiratory infections / Justin F. Hayes and John W. Baddley ; Bacteremia and central line-associated bloodstream infections / Courtney Chrisler ; Cardiac and cardiac device infections / Merilda Blanco-Guzman ; Gastrointestinal infections / Nabeela Mughal ; Peritonitis, intraabdominal abscess, hepatobiliary infections, splenic infections / James R. Price ; Obstetric and gynecologic infections / Katie Ovens ; Genitourinary tract infection / Aoife Cotter ; Infections of pregnancy / Rachel C. Moores ; Sexually transmitted infections / Nicholas Van Wagoner and Wesley Willeford ; Hepatitis viruses / Rachel Prestie ; Viral exanthems and vaccine-preventable diseases / Racheol Sierra ; Disease due to spirochetes, excluding syphilis / Gill Jones and Alberta San Francisco Ramos ; Skin and soft tissue infections and toxin-mediated diseases / Stephen Y. Lian ; Bone and joint infections / Shadi Parsaei
    Infections caused by yeasts and yeast-like fungi / Ilan S. Schwartz ; The dimorphic mcycoses / Laurie Proia ; Monomorphic mold infections / Paschalis Vergidis ; Arthropod-borne diseases / Alfredo J. Mena Lora ; Infections associated with animal exposure / Gerome Escota ; Tuberculosis / Carlos R. Mejia-Chew and Thomas Charles Bailey ; Nontuberculous mycobacterial infections / Yasir Hamad ; Protozoa / Francesca Lee, Nicolas Barros, and Dominick Cavuoti ; Helminths / Jennifer M. Fitzpatrick. Section 4: Infections in the immunocompromised host. Natural history of HIV / Stefan George ; Noninfectious complications of HIV / Latesha E. Elopre ... [et al.] ; Antiretroviral therapy / Jane A. O'Halloran ; Opportunistic infections in HIV / James Cutrell and Anand Athavale ; Infections in patients with cancer and immunosuppressive therapy / Andrea J. Zimmer and Alison G. Freifeld ; Infections in solid organ transplant recipients / Carlos A. Q. Santos and Ige A. George ; Infections in bone marrow transplant recipients / Jade Le and Adrienne D. Workman ; Primary immunodeficiency disorders / Blachy J. Dávila Saldaña and Carlos R. Ferreira Lopez.
    Section 5: Specialty topics. Infection control and prevention / Justin F. Hayes and Rachael A. Lee ; Adult immunization / Hema Sharma ; General principles of travel medicine / German Henostroza and Martin Rodriguez ; Bioterrorism / Joanna Peters ; Syndromes that mimic infectious diseases / Chris Kosmidis and Gerome Escota ; High yield biostatistics / Margaret A. Olsen ; Commonly encountered skin manifestations in infectious disease / Ronnie M. Gravett and James Henry Willig ; ID memory aids / Carlos R. Mejia-Chew, Gerome Escota, and Jane A. O'Halloran.
    Section 6: Self-assessment
    Section 7: Self-assessment answers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC111 .C673 2020
    1
  • Print
    Sam P. Most ; illustrated by Christine Gralapp.
    Summary: "In the past several years we have seen an explosion of new thought in the field of rhinoplasty. For example, after nearly a century of use, the utility of osteotomes and rasps is being challenged by the use of powered, especially ultrasonic, instrumentation to manipulate the nasal bones. Along with this technology comes a whole host of new indications/applications for modifying the bony vault. The mainstream methods for reduction of the dorsal hump, the most common procedure in rhinoplasty, are also being challenged by the renewed interest in the concept of preservation of the dorsum to varying degrees while mobilizing it posteriorly into the maxilla. Increasingly, we are moving toward minimal cartilage resection in the tip, with some advocating for complete preservation of the ligamentous attachments as well. Still, structural approaches to rhinoplasty, whereby the strength of the osseocartilaginous vault is maintained or augmented to create consistent long-term results, remain a key pillar of my rhinoplasty practice. This book is my attempt to distill the most important concepts of structural and preservation rhinoplasty, and to demonstrate how I have been able to incorporate some of the newer techniques into my structural rhinoplasty practice. It is meant for the facial plastic surgeon, otolaryngologist, or plastic surgeon at any career level who wishes to understand more about these concepts in primary and revision rhinoplasty. In Part I, I describe my approach to evaluation of the rhinoplasty patient, as well as operative preparation and incisions/exposure. Emphasis is placed on the patient-physician interaction, because so much of the success of this operation is predicated on understanding our patients' desires and communicating accurately what is and is not possible. Structural and preservation approaches in primary rhinoplasty are described in Part II, including approaches to the septum, which must be controlled in all rhinoplasty operations; bony vault manipulation, which has changed much in the past decade with the adoption of powered instrumentation; approaches to dorsal reduction, including preservation and resective approaches and the decision-making behind each; and my approach to controlling nasal tip projection, rotation, volume, and geometry. In Part III, my philosophies in revision rhinoplasty are outlined. The concepts in Part III are extensions of those in Part II, with the caveat that much of what we try to achieve in revision cases is to reconstitute, rather than manipulate, the dorsum and tip. The concept of the tetrapod is introduced here. Special topics which warrant their own stand-alone chapters are placed in Part IV: the crooked nose, non-Caucasian rhinoplasty, and grafting methods. Finally, Part V ends with case studies that cover important topics from Parts I through III"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy for Structural and Preservation Rhinoplasty /
    Mohamed A. Abdelwahab, Sarah R. Akkina, Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Photography and Photodocumentation / Cherine H. Kim
    Comprehensive Evaluation of the Rhinoplasty Patient / Sami P. Moubayed, Sam P. Most
    Operative Preparation, Incisions, Approaches, and Postoperative Care / Tyler S. Okland, Sam P. Most
    Surgery of the Nasal Septum / Shannon F. Rudy, Sam P. Most
    Management of the Bony Nasal Vault / Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Dorsal Hump Reduction / Alexandra Shams Ortiz, Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Preservation of the Nasal Vault / Priyesh N. Patel, Mohamed Abdelwahab, Sam P. Most
    Controlling Tip Projection and Rotation / Emily A. Spataro, Sam P. Most
    Altering Nasal Tip Volume and Geometry: Preservation and Structure / Sam P. Most
    Reconstruction of the Midvault and Tripod: the Tetrapod Concept / Emily A. Spataro, Sam P. Most
    Reconstruction of the Nasal Dorsum / Kyle S. Kimura, Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Restoration of the Skin Envelope / Sam P. Most
    Treatment of the Asymmetric Nose / Sarah R. Akkina, Sam P. Most
    The Non-Caucasian Nose / Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Grafts in Rhinoplasty / Sarah R. Akkina, Priyesh N. Patel, Sam P. Most
    Primary Rhinoplasty : Component Hump Reduction / Cherian K. Kandathil, Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Primary Rhinoplasty : Dorsal Preservation / Cibele Madsen Buba, Cherian K. Kandathil, Sam P. Most
    Revision Rhinoplasty : Saddle Nose / Tyler S. Okland, Sam P. Most
    Revision Rhinoplasty : Nasal Lengthening / Cherian K. Kandathil, Cibele Madsen Buba, Sam P. Most
    Revision Rhinoplasty : Nasal Shortening / Sam P. Most.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD119.5 .N67 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Ann Cohen, Jack M. Gorman, Jeffrey M. Jacobson, Paul Volberding, and Scott Letendre.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    E. Carlos Rodríguez-Merchán, Primitivo Gómez-Cardero, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in and offers up-to-date guidance on the treatment of knee osteoarthritis (KOA), a rapidly evolving and expanding field. Written by experts from leading institutions, it offers a comprehensive overview of this condition, from initial treatment, to surgical approaches and rehabilitation. The book covers a variety of topics, including intra-articular injection options; treatment of uni- and tri-compartmental KOA; infected, unstable and stiff total knee arthroplasty; periprosthetic fractures; and prosthetic revision. A wealth of images and cutting edge information make this book an invaluable tool for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists, physiatrists, physiotherapists and all healthcare workers involved in the care of these patients.

    Contents:
    1. Initial treatment of KOA: Oral and topical drugs
    2. Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation in KOA
    3. Intra-articular injections of corticosteroids and hyaluronic acid in KOA
    4. Intra-articular injections of platelet rich plasma
    5. Intra-articular injections of ozone
    6. Patellofemoral osteoarthritis: Surgical treatment
    7. Unicompartmental KOA: Alignment osteotomies
    8. Unicompartmental KOA: Unicompartmental arthroplasty
    9. Tricompartmental KOA: Total knee arthroplasty (TKA)
    10. The infected TKA
    11. Vascular complications after TKA
    12. Peroneal nerve palsy after TKA
    13. Iliotibial band syndrome after TKA
    14. The stiff TKA
    15. The unstable TKA
    16. Periprosthetic fractures in TKA
    17. Revision TKA.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Raj Mani, Kittipan Rerkasem, Harikrishna K.R. Nair, Vijay Shukla, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Satoru Takeda, Shintaro Makino, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a highly informative guide to surgical remedies for massive hemorrhage and the management of consumptive coagulopathy during cesarean section. Featuring extensive illustrations and videos coupled with detailed anatomical figures to offer readers vivid insights, it discusses the history of uterine hemostatic methods and explains their evolution and the benefits of using compression sutures. Further, it addresses the treatment of consumptive coagulopathy with massive hemorrhage, which can be complicated during cesarean section. It is broadly known that ligation of the internal iliac artery is not always effective in hemostasis of uterine bleeding: the success rate of hemostasis is only 40-60%, because uterine blood flow during pregnancy differs considerably from the normal flow. Moreover, the number of complex collateral arteries formed during pregnancy make the situation more complicated, especially in the case of placenta previa. This book introduces new clinical practice guidelines for critical obstetrical hemorrhage, helping obstetricians successfully manage consumptive coagulopathy. It offers a new and indispensable reference guide for all obstetricians, not only for residents, but also for experienced practitioners.

    Contents:
    1 History of surgical remedies for obstetrical uterine haemorrhage
    2 Uterine compression sutures for atonic bleeding
    3 Double compression sutures
    4 Vertical compression sutures with contrivances
    5 Pain control after compression sutures
    6 Critical Obstetrical Hemorrhage.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dean G. Soteranos, Loukia K. Papatheodorou, editors.
    Summary: Presenting step-by-step procedures written by experts in the field, this comprehensive clinical guide discusses the diagnosis (electrodiagnostic and ultrasound) and management of compressive neuropathies of the upper extremity. Compressive (or compression) neuropathy, also known as entrapment neuropathy or trapped nerve, is a common condition of the upper extremity in which the nerves of the arm median, ulnar and radial being the most common are compressed, causing pain and discomfort as well as possible pathological and anatomical changes. Carpal and cubital tunnel syndrome are the most well-known and treated, with nerve release and decompression surgeries being the usual treatment, though the variety of neuropathies and management strategies goes beyond these conditions. Chapters included describe in detail the latest, cutting-edge management strategies for the various manifestations of compressive neuropathy of the hand and wrist carpal tunnel syndrome, cubital tunnel syndrome, ulnar nerve syndrome, radial tunnel syndrome, pronator teres syndrome, Wartenbergs syndrome, thoracic outlet syndrome and suprascapular neuropathy as well as revision carpal and cubital tunnel surgical treatment options. Plentiful intraoperative photos and detailed illustrations, along with clinical case material and pearls and pitfalls, make this the ideal resource for orthopedic, hand and plastic surgeons aiming for the most optimal outcomes.

    Contents:
    The Basics of Electrodiagnostic Testing Carpal Tunnel and Cubital Tunnel Syndrome
    Ultrasound Anatomy of the Median and Ulnar Nerves
    Diagnosis and Clinical Presentation of Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Standard Open Carpal Tunnel Release
    Carpal Tunnel Release with Two Small Cross-Aligned Incisions
    Endoscopic Carpal Tunnel Release
    Complications of Carpal Tunnel Release
    Revision Carpal Tunnel Surgical Options
    Hypothenar Fat Pad Flap-Surgical Technique. Tumors and Tumor-like Lesions Mimicking Peripheral Neuropathies
    Clinical Presentation and Diagnosis of Cubital Tunnel Syndrome
    In situ Decompression of Cubital Tunnel
    Endoscopic Ulnar Nerve Release
    Subcutaneous Transposition of the Ulnar Nerve
    Submuscular Transposition of the Ulnar Nerve
    Minimal Medial Epicondylectomy
    Revision Cubital Tunnel: Surgical Options
    Nerve Transfers for Neuropathies of the Median and Ulnar Nerve
    Ulnar Tunnel Syndrome (Guyon Canal)
    Radial Tunnel Syndrome Posterior Interosseous Nerve Compression Syndrome
    Pronator Teres Syndrome: Anterior Interosseous Nerve Compressive Neuropathy
    Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Nerve Entrapment
    Wartenbergs Syndrome
    Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    Vein Wrapping of Peripheral Nerves: Surgical Technique
    Cervical Radiculopathy Mimicking Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
    Christopher M. Treat and Christopher C. Schmidt.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrew E. Teschendorff, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces the reader to modern computational and statistical tools for translational epigenomics research. Over the last decade, epigenomics has emerged as a key area of molecular biology, epidemiology and genome medicine. Epigenomics not only offers us a deeper understanding of fundamental cellular biology, but also provides us with the basis for an improved understanding and management of complex diseases. From novel biomarkers for risk prediction, early detection, diagnosis and prognosis of common diseases, to novel therapeutic strategies, epigenomics is set to play a key role in the personalized medicine of the future. In this book we introduce the reader to some of the most important computational and statistical methods for analyzing epigenomic data, with a special focus on DNA methylation. Topics include normalization, correction for cellular heterogeneity, batch effects, clustering, supervised analysis and integrative methods for systems epigenomics. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in bioinformatics, biostatistics, biologists and clinicians alike. Dr. Andrew E. Teschendorff is Head of the Computational Systems Genomics Lab at the CAS-MPG Partner Institute for Computational Biology, Shanghai, China, as well as an Honorary Research Fellow at the UCL Cancer Institute, University College London, UK.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Gregory A. Voth.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Jorge Belinha, Maria-Cristina Manzanares-Céspedes, António M.G. Completo, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a timely snapshot of computational methods applied to the study of bone tissue. The bone, a living tissue undergoing constant changes, responds to chemical and mechanical stimuli in order to maximize its mechanical performance. Merging perspectives from the biomedical and the engineering science fields, the book offers some insights into the overall behavior of this complex biological tissue. It covers three main areas: biological characterization of bone tissue, bone remodeling algorithms, and numerical simulation of bone tissue and adjacent structures. Written by clinicians and researchers, and including both review chapters and original research, the book offers an overview of the state-of-the-art in computational mechanics of bone tissue, as well as a good balance of biological and engineering methods for bone tissue analysis. An up-to-date resource for mechanical and biomedical engineers seeking new ideas, it also promotes interdisciplinary collaborations to advance research in the field. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Contributors
    Biological Characterization of Bone Tissue
    Bone: Functions, Structure and Physiology
    1 Introduction
    2 The Complexity Behind Simplicity
    2.1 Bone Functions
    2.2 Bone Structure and Mechanical Behaviour
    2.3 Regulation of Bone Metabolism (Modelling/Remodelling)
    2.4 Bone Remodelling and Cell Interchange
    2.5 Bone Mechanotransduction
    2.6 Mechanotransduction Mechanisms
    References
    Bone Quality Assessment at the Atomic Scale
    1 Introduction
    2 Hydroxyapatite
    3 Rietveld Refinement Method 3.1 Crystallite Size and Microdeformations: Scherrer Equation and Williamson-Hall Graph
    4 Ultrasonometry of the Calcaneus
    5 Materials and Methods
    5.1 Ethical Aspects
    5.2 Materials
    5.3 Samples Pre-selection
    5.4 Sample Preparation and Characterization
    5.5 DRX and Rietveld Method Parameters
    6 Results and Discussion
    6.1 Ultrasonometry Analysis
    6.2 Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)
    6.3 Dispersive Energy Spectroscopy (DES)
    6.4 Microhardness (HK)
    6.5 X-Ray Diffractometry (XRD) and the Rietveld Method
    7 Conclusion
    References
    Bone Remodelling Algorithms 4 Conclusions and Future Work
    References
    Mathematical Modelling of Spatio-temporal Cell Dynamics Observed During Bone Remodelling
    1 Introduction
    2 Numerical Methods
    2.1 Finite Element Method
    2.2 Meshless Methods
    3 New Spatio-temporal Model
    3.1 Komarova's Model
    3.2 Ayati's Model
    3.3 Proposed Model
    4 2D Bone Patch Analysis
    4.1 Initial Conditions
    4.2 Results and Discussion
    5 Conclusion
    References
    A Mechanostatistical Approach to Multiscale Computational Bone Remodelling
    1 Introduction
    2 Part I: Macroscale FE Model
    2.1 Model Construction Dynamic Biochemical and Cellular Models of Bone Physiology: Integrating Remodeling Processes, Tumor Growth, and Therapy
    1 Bone Remodeling Physiology
    1.1 Healthy Bone Remodeling
    1.2 Tumor in the Bone Remodeling Cycle
    1.3 Bone Treatments
    2 Mathematical Bone Remodeling Local Models
    2.1 Healthy Remodeling Dynamics
    2.2 Models Including Tumor Burden
    2.3 Introducing Treatment
    2.4 Models Based on Fractional and Variable Order Derivatives
    3 Non-local Models
    3.1 Healthy Bone Remodeling
    3.2 Models Including the Tumor Burden
    3.3 Non-local Treatment Approach Meshless, Bone Remodelling and Bone Regeneration Modelling
    1 Introduction
    1.1 Bone Regeneration
    1.2 Bone Remodelling
    1.3 Meshless Methods
    2 Bone Remodelling and Regeneration Modelling
    2.1 Mechanoregulatory Models
    2.2 Bioregulatory Models
    2.3 Mechanobioregulatory Models
    3 Meshless Methods Applications
    3.1 Meshless Methods and Mechanics
    3.2 Meshless Methods and Biomechanics
    3.3 Meshless Methods and Bone Remodelling
    4 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alessandro Laganà, editor.
    Summary: Precision medicine holds great promise for the treatment of cancer and represents a unique opportunity for accelerated development and application of novel and repurposed therapeutic approaches. Current studies and clinical trials demonstrate the benefits of genomic profiling for patients whose cancer is driven by specific, targetable alterations. However, precision oncologists continue to be challenged by the widespread heterogeneity of cancer genomes and drug responses in designing personalized treatments. Chapters provide a comprehensive overview of the computational approaches, methods, and tools that enable precision oncology, as well as related biological concepts. Covered topics include genome sequencing, the architecture of a precision oncology workflow, and introduces cutting-edge research topics in the field of precision oncology. This book is intended for computational biologists, bioinformaticians, biostatisticians and computational pathologists working in precision oncology and related fields, including cancer genomics, systems biology, and immuno-oncology.

    Contents:
    Part One: Basic Concepts in Precision Oncology
    Chapter 1. Design and Implementation of a precision oncology workflow
    Chapter 2. An overview of cancer genome sequencing
    Chapter 3. Software infrastructures for precision medicine workflows
    Part Two: Current Computational Methods and Tools in Precision Oncology
    Chapter 4. Somatic and germline variant calling from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 5. Identification of copy number alterations from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 6. Genome-wide discovery of large-scale structural variants from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 7. Assessment of microsatellite instability from next-generation sequencing data
    Chapter 8. Computational approaches for the investigation of intra-tumor heterogeneity and clonal evolution from bulk sequencing data
    Chapter 9. Analysis of the transcriptome for precision oncology applications
    Chapter 10. Computational methods for drug repurposing
    Chapter 11. Pathway for analysis for precision oncology applications
    Chapter 12. Identification of fusion transcripts from RNA-seq
    Chapter 13. Computational resources for the interpretation of variations in cancer
    Chapter 14. Analysis of electronic health records for precision oncology
    Chapter 15. Network approaches for precision oncology
    Chapter 16. Experimental validation of genomic alterations
    Part Three: Advanced Concepts - The Future of Precision Oncology
    Chapter 17. Molecular profiling of liquid biopsies for precision oncology
    Chapter 18. Artificial intelligence for precision oncology
    Chapter 19. Single-cell technologies in precision oncology
    Chapter 20. Computational approaches for precision immuno-oncology
    Chapter 21. Multi-pmics profiling of the tumor microenvironment
    Chapter 22. Epigenetic and precision oncology
    Chapter 23. Next generation knowledge bases to support precision oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Shi-Jie Chen and Donald H. Burke-Aguero.
    Summary: This new volume of Methods in Enzymology continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field. This volume covers computational prediction RNA structure and dynamics, including such topics as computational modeling of RNA secondary and tertiary structures, riboswitch dynamics, and ion-RNA, ligand-RNA and DNA-RNA interactions.Continues the legacy of this premier serial with quality chapters authored by leaders in the field Covers computational methods and applications in RNA structure and dynamics.

    Contents:
    Section I. RNA structure prediction
    Section II. RNA dynamics and thermodynamics
    Section III. Ions, ligands and RNA interactions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mario Andrea Marchisio.
    Contents:
    Computational protein design methods for synthetic biology
    Computer-aided design of DNA origami structures
    Computational design of RNA parts, devices, and transcripts with kinetic folding algorithms implemented on multiprocessor clusters
    Regulatory RNA design through evolutionary computation and strand displacement
    Programming languages for circuit design
    Kappa rule-based modeling in synthetic biology
    Modular design of synthetic gene circuits with biological parts and pools
    Computationally guided design of robust gene circuits
    Chemical master equation closure for computer-aided synthetic biology
    Feedback loops in biological networks
    Efficient analysis methods in synthetic biology
    Using computational modeling and experimental synthetic perturbations to probe biological circuits
    In silico control of biomolecular processes
    Stochastic modular analysis for gene circuits: Interplay among retroactivity, nonlinearity, and stochasticity
    Distributed model construction with virtual parts
    The synthetic biology open language
    Computational methods for the construction, editing, and error correction of DNA molecules and their libraries.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Zhongmin Jin.
    Contents:
    1. Fundamentals of computational modelling of biomechanics in the musculoskeletal system
    2. Finite element modeling in the musculoskeletal system: generic overview
    3. Joint wear simulation
    4. Computational modeling of cell mechanics
    5. Computational modeling of soft tissues and ligaments
    6. Computatonal modeling of muscle biomechanics
    7. Computational modelling of articular cartilage
    8. Computational modeling of bone and bone remodeling
    9. Modelling fracture processes in bones
    10. Modelling fatigue of bone cement
    11. Modelling fracture processes in orthopaedic implants
    12. Modelling cementless cup fixation in total hip arthroplasty (THA)
    13. Computational modeling of hip implants
    14. Computational modelling of knee implants
    15. Computational modelling of spinal implants
    16. Finite element modelling of bone tissue scaffolds
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Michele Giugliano, Mario Negrello, Daniele Linaro, editors.
    Summary: This volume offers an up-to-date overview of essential concepts and modern approaches to computational modelling, including the use of experimental techniques related to or directly inspired by them. The book introduces, at increasing levels of complexity and with the non-specialist in mind, state-of-the-art topics ranging from single-cell and molecular descriptions to circuits and networks. Four major themes are covered, including subcellular modelling of ion channels and signalling pathways at the molecular level, single-cell modelling at different levels of spatial complexity, network modelling from local microcircuits to large-scale simulations of entire brain areas and practical examples. Each chapter presents a systematic overview of a specific topic and provides the reader with the fundamental tools needed to understand the computational modelling of neural dynamics. This book is aimed at experimenters and graduate students with little or no prior knowledge of modelling who are interested in learning about computational models from the single molecule to the inter-areal communication of brain structures. The book will appeal to computational neuroscientists, engineers, physicists and mathematicians interested in contributing to the field of neuroscience. Chapters 6, 10 and 11 are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    PART I. Cellular Scale
    Chapter 1. Modelling Neurons in 3D at the Nanoscale
    Chapter 2. Modelling Dendrites and Spatially-Distributed Neuronal Membrane Properties
    Chapter 3. A User's Guide to Generalized Integrate-and-Fire Models
    Chapter 4. Neuron-glia Interactions and Brain Circuits
    Chapter 5. Short-term Synaptic Plasticity: Microscopic Modelling and (some) Computational Implications
    PART II. Molecular Scale
    Chapter 6. The Mean Field Approach for Populations of Spiking Neurons
    Chapter 7. Multidimensional Dynamical Systems with Noise
    Chapter 8. Computing Extracellular Electric Potentials from Neuronal Simulations
    Chapter 9. Bringing Anatomical Information into Neuronal Network Models
    PART III. Network Scale
    Chapter 10. Computational Concepts for Reconstructing and Simulating Brain Tissue
    Chapter 11. Reconstruction of the Hippocampus
    Chapter 12. Challenges for Place and Grid Cell Models
    Chapter 13. Whole-Brain Modelling: Past, Present, and Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Ahmed A. Moustafa.
    Summary: A comprehensive Introduction to the world of brain and behavior computational models This book provides a broad collection of articles covering different aspects of computational modeling efforts in psychology and neuroscience. Specifically, it discusses models that span different brain regions (hippocampus, amygdala, basal ganglia, visual cortex), different species (humans, rats, fruit flies), and different modeling methods (neural network, Bayesian, reinforcement learning, data fitting, and Hodgkin-Huxley models, among others). Computational Models of Brain and Behavior is divided into four sections: (a) Models of brain disorders; (b) Neural models of behavioral processes; (c) Models of neural processes, brain regions and neurotransmitters, and (d) Neural modeling approaches. It provides in-depth coverage of models of psychiatric disorders, including depression, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), schizophrenia, and dyslexia; models of neurological disorders, including Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, and epilepsy; early sensory and perceptual processes; models of olfaction; higher/systems level models and low-level models; Pavlovian and instrumental conditioning; linking information theory to neurobiology; and more. -Covers computational approximations to intellectual disability in down syndrome -Discusses computational models of pharmacological and immunological treatment in Alzheimer's disease -Examines neural circuit models of serotonergic system (from microcircuits to cognition) -Educates on information theory, memory, prediction, and timing in associative learning Computational Models of Brain and Behavior is written for advanced undergraduate, Master's and PhD-level students-as well as researchers involved in computational neuroscience modeling research.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Matthias Dehmer, Yongtang Shi, and Frank Emmert-Streib.
    Contents:
    Using the DiffCorr Package to Analyze and Visualize Differential Correlations in Biological Networks / Atsushi Fukushima, Kozo Nishida
    Analytical Models and Methods for Anomaly Detection in Dynamic, Attributed Graphs / Benjamin A Miller, Nicholas Arcolano, Stephen Kelley, Nadya T Bliss
    Bayesian Computational Algorithms for Social Network Analysis / Alberto Caimo, Isabella Gollini
    Threshold Degradation in R Using iDEMO / Chien-Yu Peng, Ya-Shan Cheng
    Optimization of Stratified Sampling with the R Package SamplingStrata: Applications to Network Data / Marco Ballin, Giulio Barcaroli
    Exploring the Role of Small Molecules in Biological Systems Using Network Approaches / Rajarshi Guha, Sourav Das
    Performing Network Alignments with R / Qiang Huang, Ling-Yun Wu
    ℓ1-Penalized Methods in High-Dimensional Gaussian Markov Random Fields / Luigi Augugliaro, Angelo M Mineo, Ernst C Wit
    Cluster Analysis of Social Networks Using R / Malika Charrad
    Inference and Analysis of Gene Regulatory Networks in R / Ricardo de M Simoes, Matthias Dehmer, Constantine Mitsiades, Frank Emmert-Streib
    Visualization of Biological Networks Using NetBioV / Shailesh Tripathi, Salissou Moutari, Matthias Dehmer, Frank Emmert-Streib.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Duncan J. MacGregor and Gareth Leng.
    Contents:
    Bridging between experiments and equations : a tutorial on modeling excitability / David McCobb and Mary Lou Zeeman
    Ion channels and electrical activity in pituitary cells : a modeling perspective / Richard Bertram, Joel Tabak, and Stanko S. Stojilkovic
    Endoplasmic reticulum- and plasma membrane-driven calcium oscillations / Arthur Sherman
    Mathematical models of GnRH neurons / James Sneyd
    Modeling spiking in the magnocellular vasopressin neuron / Duncan J. MacGregor, and Gareth Leng
    Modeling endocrine cell network topology / David J. Hodson, Francois Molino, and Patrice Mollard
    Modelling the milk-ejection reflex / Gareth Leng and Jianfeng Feng
    Dynamics of the HPA axis : a systems modelling approach / John R. Terry, Jamie J. Walker, Francesca Spiga, and Stafford L. Lightman
    Modeling the dynamics of gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) secretion in the course of an ovarian cycle / Frederique Clement and Alexandre Vidal.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Sven Bestmann.
    Contents:
    Preface: computational neurostimulation in basic and translational research / Sven Bestmann
    Modeling sequence and quasi-uniform assumption in computational neurostimulation / Marom Bikson, Dennis Q. Truong, Antonios P. Mourdoukoutas, Mohamed Aboseria, Niranjan Khadka, Devin Adair, Asif Rahman
    Multilevel computational models for predicting the cellular effects of noninvasive brain stimulation / Asif Rahman, Belen Lafon, Marom Bikson
    Experiments and models of cortical oscillations as a target for noninvasive brain stimulation / Flavio Fröhlich
    Understanding the nonlinear physiological and behavioral effects of tDCS through computational neurostimulation / James J. Bonaiuto, Sven Bestmann
    Modeling TMS-induced I-waves in human motor cortex / Jochen Triesch, Christoph Zrenner, Ulf Ziemann
    Deep brain stimulation for neurodegenerative disease: A computational blueprint using dynamic causal modeling / Rosalyn Moran
    Model-based analysis and design of waveforms for efficient neural stimulation / Warren M. Grill
    Computational neurostimulation for Parkinson's disease / Simon Little, Sven Bestmann
    Computational modeling of neurostimulation in brain diseases / Yujiang Wang, Frances Hutchings, Marcus Kaiser
    Understanding the biophysical effects of transcranial magnetic stimulation on brain tissue: The bridge between brain stimulation and cognition / Sebastiaan F.W. Neggers, Petar I. Petrov, Stefano Mandija, Iris E.C. Sommer, Nico A.T. van den Berg
    Modeling the effects of noninvasive transcranial brain stimulation at the biophysical, network, and cognitive Level / Gesa Hartwigsen, Til Ole Bergmann, Damian Marc Herz, Steffen Angstmann, Anke Karabanov, Estelle Raffin, Axel Thielscher, Hartwig Roman Siebner.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Peng Zhou, Jian Huang,.
    Contents:
    De novo peptide structure prediction : an overview / Pierre Thévenet [and three others]
    Molecular modeling of peptides / Krzysztof Kuczera
    Improved methods for classification, prediction, and design of antimicrobial peptides / Guangshun Wang
    Building MHC class II epitope predictor using machine learning approaches / Loan Ping Eng, Tin Wee Tan, and Joo Chuan Tong
    Brownian dynamics simulation of peptides with the University of Houston Brownian Dynamics (UHBD) program / Tongye Shen and Chung F. Wong
    Computational prediction of short linear motifs from protein sequences / Richard J. Edwards and Nicolas Palopoli
    Peptide toxicity prediction / Sudheer Gupta [and five others]
    Synthetic and structural routes for the rational conversion of peptides into small molecules / Pasqualina Liana Scognamiglio, Giancarlo Morelli, and Daniela Marasco
    In silico design of antimicrobial peptides / Giuseppe Maccari, Mariagrazia Di Luca, and Riccardo Nifosì
    Information-driven modeling of protein-peptide complexes / Mikael Trellet, Adrien S.J. Melquiond, and Alexandre M.J.J. Bonvin
    Computational approaches to developing short cyclic peptide modulators of protein-protein interactions / Fergal J. Duffy, Marc Devocelle, and Denis C. Shields
    A use of homology modeling and molecular docking methods : to explore binding mechanisms of nonylphenol and bisphenol A with antioxidant enzymes / Mannu Jayakanthan [and three others]
    Computational peptide vaccinology / Johannes Söllner
    Computational modeling of peptide-aptamer binding / Kristen L. Rhinehardt, Ram V. Mohan, and Goundla Srinivas.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Defang Ouyang and Sean C. Smith.
    Contents:
    Introduction of computational pharmaceutics / Ouyang
    Crystal energy landscapes for aiding crystal form selection / Sarah Price
    Solubilization of poor-soluble drugs in cyclodextron formulation / Ouyang
    Molecular modeling for polymeric and micellar drug delivery / Sharon M.Loverde
    Solid dispersion : a pragmatic method to improve the bioavailability of poorly soluble drugs / Ouyang
    Computer simulations of lipid membranes and liposomes for drug delivery / Becky Notman
    Molecular modeling for protein aggregation and formulation / Jim Warwicker
    Computational simulation of drug delivery by nano-materials at molecular level / Youyong Li
    Molecular and analytical modeling of nanodiamond for drug delivery applications / Amanda Barnard
    Molecular modeling of LDH drug delivery systems / Vinuthaa Murthy
    Molecular dynamics simulation as a tool to study the efficacy of PEGylation / Alex Bunker
    Synchrotron radiation micro computed tomography : a new approach for quantitative 3D structural architecture of drug delivery systems / Jiwen Zhang
    Pharmacokinetic modelling and simulation in drug delivery / Raj.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Alan Anticevic, John D. Murray.
    Contents:
    Section I. Applying circuit modeling to understand psychiatric symptoms
    Section II. Modeling neural system disruptions in psychiatric illness
    Section III. Characterizing complex psychiatric symptoms via mathematical models .
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Roland Eils, Andres Kriete.
    Contents:
    Introducing computational systems biology / Roland Eils, Andres Kriete
    Structural systems biology : modeling interactions and networks for systems studies / Robert B. Russell, Gordana Apic, Olga Kalinina, Leonardo Trabuco, Matthew J. Betts, Qianhao Lu
    Understanding principles of the dynamic biochemical networks of life through systems biology / Hans V. Westerhoff, Fei He, Ettore Murabito, Frederic Cremazy, Matteo Barberis
    Biological foundations of signal transduction, systems biology and aberrations in disease / Ursula Klingmuller, Marcel Schilling, Sofia Depner, Lorenza A. D'Alessandro
    Complexities in quantitative systems analysis of signaling networks / Christina Kiel, Luis Serrano
    Gene networks : estimation, modeling, and simulation / Seiya Imoto, Hiroshi Matsuno, Satoru Miyano
    Reconstruction of metabolic network from genome information and its structural and functional analysis / Hong-Wu Ma, An-Ping Zeng
    Standards, platforms, and applications / Stanley Gu, Herbert Sauro
    Databases, standards, and modeling platforms for systems biology / Juergen Eils, Elena Herzog, Baerbel Felder, Christian Lawerenz, Roland Eils
    Computational models for circadian rhythms : deterministic versus stochastic approaches / Jean-christophe Leloup, Didier Gonze, Albert Goldbeter
    Top-down dynamical modeling of molecular regulatory networks / Reinhard Laubenbacher, Pedro Mendes
    Discrete gene network models for understanding multicellularity and cell reprogramming : from network structure to attractor landscapes landscape / Joseph Xu Zhou, Xiaojie Qiu, Aymeric Fouquier D'Herouel, Sui Huang
    Stochastic simulations of cellular processes : from single cells to colonies / John Cole, Mike J. Hallock, Piyush Labhsetwar, Joseph R. Peterson, John E. Stone, Zaida Luthey-Schulten
    Advances in machine learning for processing and comparison of metagenomic data / Jean-Luc Bouchot, William L. Trimble, Gregory Ditzler, Yemin Lan, Steve Essinger, Gail Rosen
    Systems biology of infectious diseases and vaccines / Helder I. Nakaya
    From cell behavior to tissue deformation : computational modeling and simulation of early animal embryogenesis with the mecagen platform / Julien Delile, Ren Doursat, Nadine Peyriras
    Developing a systems biology of aging / Andres Kriete, Mathieu Cloutier
    Morphometric analysis of tissue heterogeneity in glioblastoma multiforme
    Applications in cancer research : mathematical models of apoptosis / Stefan M. Kallenberger, Stefan Legewie, Roland Eils.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Sean Ekins.
    Contents:
    Part I. Computational Methods
    1. Accessible machine learning approaches for toxicology
    2. Quantum mechanics approaches in computational toxicology
    Part II. Applying Computers to Toxicology Assessment: Pharmaceutical, Industrial and Clinical
    3. Computational approaches for predicting hERG activity
    4. Computational toxicology for traditional Chinese Medicine
    5. Pharmacophore models for toxicology prediction
    6. Transporters in hepatotoxicity
    7. Cheminformatics in a clinical setting
    Part III. Applying Computers to Toxicology Assessment: Environmental and Regulatory Perspectives
    8. Computational tools for ADMET profiling
    9. Computational toxicology and reach
    10. Computational approaches to predicting dermal absorption of complex tropical mixtures
    Part IV. New Technologies for Toxicology, Future Perspectives
    11. Big data in computational toxicology: challenges and opportunities
    12. HLA-mediated adverse drug reactions: challenges and opportunities for predictive molecular modeling
    13. Open science data repository for toxicology
    14. Developing next generation tools for computational toxicology
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Edward Y. Lee, Andetta Hunsaker, Bettina Siewert.
    Summary: Authoritative, clinically oriented, and unique in the field, Computed Body Tomography with MRI Correlation, 5th Edition is your one-stop reference for current information on CT and MRI in all aspects of adult and pediatric congenital and acquired disorders. This comprehensive text uses an easy-to-navigate format to deliver complete, well-illustrated coverage of the most current CT and MRI techniques for thorax, abdomen, pelvis and musculoskeletal systems in both adult and pediatric populations. The fully revised 5th Edition is a complete reference for residents, fellows, and attending radiologists, as well as clinicians in other specialties who are interested in CT and MRI evaluation of both common and less common disorders encountered in daily practice -- Provided by the publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Print
    Ehsan Samei, Norbert J. Pelc, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive and topical depiction of advances in CT imaging. CT has become a leading medical imaging modality, thanks to its superb spatial and temporal resolution to depict anatomical details. New advances have further extended the technology to provide physiological information, enabling a wide and expanding range of clinical applications. The text covers the latest advancements in CT technology and clinical applications for a variety of CT types and imaging methods. The content is presented in seven parts to offer a structure across a board coverage of CT: CT Systems, CT Performance, CT Practice, Spectral CT, Quantitative CT, Functional CT, and Special Purpose CT. Each contain chapters written by leading experts in the field, covering CT hardware and software innovations, CT operation, CT performance characterization, functional and quantitative applications, and CT systems devised for specific anatomical applications. This book is an ideal resource for practitioners of CT applications in medicine, including physicians, trainees, engineers, and scientists. .

    Contents:
    Part 1: CT Systems
    Fan-beam CT systems
    Cone-beam CT systems
    Novel CT acquisitions
    CT statistical and iterative reconstructions and post-processing
    Part 2: CT Performance
    Dose and risk characterization in CT
    CT image quality characterizations
    Clinical CT performance evaluation
    CT Performance Optimization
    Part 3: CT practice
    CT practice management
    CT practice optimization
    CT practice monitoring
    Part 4: Spectral CT
    Methods for spectral CT imaging
    Clinical applications of spectral CT
    Future prospects of spectral CT: photon counting
    Part 5: Quantitative CT
    CT-based quantification
    CT material identification
    CT texture Characterization
    Part 6: CT as a functional imaging technique
    CT perfusion techniques and applications in stroke and cancer
    CT myocardial perfusion imaging
    Part 7: Special Purpose CT
    CT in musculoskeletal applications
    Utility of CBCT in neurovascular diagnosis and interventions
    CT in cardiac applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Lucas E. Ritacco, Federico E. Milano, Edmund Chao.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Preoperative Planning
    1. Virtual Preoperative Planning
    2. Computerized Tools: Allograft Selection
    3. Computer Guided Navigation and Pre-Operative Planning for Arthroscopic Hip Surgery
    4. Virtual Cranio-Maxillofacial Surgery Planning with Stereo Graphics and Haptics
    5. Computational Image-guided Technologies in Cranio-maxillofacial Soft Tissue Planning and Simulation
    Part 2. Surgical Navigation
    6. Introduction to Surgical Navigation
    7. Bone Tumor Navigation in the Pelvis
    8. Bone Tumor Navigation in Limbs
    9. Direct navigation of surgical instrumentation
    10. Navigation in Spinal Surgery
    11. Local Tumor Ablation using Computer-Assisted Planning and Execution
    Part 3. Custom Implants
    12. Patient-specific Instruments in Orthopaedics
    13. Custom Implants
    14. Patient's Specific Template for Spine Surgery
    Part 4. Robotics
    15. The Use of ROBODOC in Total Hip and Knee Arthroplasty
    16. A comparative study for touchless telerobotic surgery
    Part 5. Validation in computer-assisted surgical workflows
    17. Accuracy and precision in computer-assisted methods in orthopaedic surgery.- 18. Spinal Loading System: A Novel Technique for Assessing Spinal Flexibility in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    Part 6. Emerging Trends
    19. Computer simulation surgery for deformity correction of the upper extremity
    20. 3D projection-based navigation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editor, C H Chen.
    Summary: The major progress in computer vision allows us to make extensive use of medical imaging data to provide us better diagnosis, treatment and predication of diseases. Computer vision can exploit texture, shape, contour and prior knowledge along with contextual information from image sequence and provide 3D and 4D information that helps with better human understanding. Many powerful tools have been available through image segmentation, machine learning, pattern classification, tracking, reconstruction to bring much needed quantitative information not easily available by trained human specialists. The aim of the book is for both medical imaging professionals to acquire and interpret the data, and computer vision professionals to provide enhanced medical information by using computer vision techniques. The final objective is to benefit the patients without adding to the already high medical costs.

    Contents:
    Ch. 1. An introduction to computer vision in medical imaging / Chi Hau Chen
    pt. 1. Theory and methodologies. ch. 2. Distribution matching approaches to medical image segmentation / Ismail Ben Ayed
    ch. 3. Digital pathology in medical imaging / Bikash Sabata ... [et al.]
    ch. 4. Adaptive shape prior modeling via online dictionary learning / Shaoting Zhang ... [et al.]
    ch. 5. Feature-centric lesion detection and retrieval in thoracic images / Yang Song ... [et al.]
    ch. 6. A novel paradigm for quantitation from MR phase / Joseph Dagher
    ch. 7. A multi-resolution active contour framework for ultrasound image segmentation / Weiming Wang ... [et al.]
    pt. 2. 2-D, 3-D reconstructions/imaging algorithms, systems & sensor fusion. ch. 8. Model-based image reconstruction in optoacoustic tomography / Amir Rosenthal, Daniel Razansky and Vasilis Ntziachristos
    ch. 9. The fusion of three-dimensional quantitative coronary angiography and intracoronary imaging for coronary interventions / Shengxian Tu ... [et al.]
    ch. 10. Three-dimensional reconstruction methods in near-field coded aperture for SPECT imaging system / Stephen Baoming Hong
    ch. 11. Ultrasound volume reconstruction based on direct frame interpolation / Sergei Koptenko ... [et al.]
    ch. 12. Deconvolution technique for enhancing and classifying the retinal images / Uvais A. Qidwai and Umair A. Qidwai
    ch. 13. Medical ultrasound digital signal processing in the GPU computing era / Marcin Lewandowski
    ch. 14. Developing medical image processing algorithms for GPU assisted parallel computation / Mathias Broxvall and Marios Daoutis
    pt. 3. Specific image processing and computer vision methods for different imaging modalities including IVUS, MRI, etc. ch. 15. Computer vision in interventional cardiology / Kendall R. Waters
    ch. 16. Pattern classification of brain diffusion MRI: application to schizophrenia diagnosis / Ali Tabesh ... [et al.]
    ch. 17. On compressed sensing reconstruction for magnetic resonance imaging / Benjamin Paul Berman, Sagar Mandava and Ali Bilgin
    ch. 18. On hierarchical statistical shape models with application to brain MRI / Juan J. Cerrolaza, Arantxa Villanueva and Rafael Cabeza
    ch. 19. Advanced PDE-based methods for automatic quantification of cardiac function and scar from magnetic resonance imaging / Durco Turco and Cristiana Corsi
    ch. 20. Automated IVUS segmentation using deformable template model with feature tracking / Prakash Manandhar and Chi Hau Chen.
    Digital Access Wortd Scientific 2014
  • Digital
    Hermann Cuntz, Michiel W. Remme, Benjamin Torben-Nielsen, editors.
    Summary: Neuronal dendritic trees are complex structures that endow the cell with powerful computing capabilities and allow for high neural interconnectivity. Studying the function of dendritic structures has a long tradition in theoretical neuroscience, starting with the pioneering work by Wilfrid Rall in the 1950s. Recent advances in experimental techniques allow us to study dendrites with a new perspective and in greater detail. The goal of this volume is to provide a rsum of the state-of-the-art in experimental, computational, and mathematical investigations into the functions of dendrites in a variety of neural systems. Thebook firstlooks at morphological properties of dendrites and summarizes the approaches to measure dendrite morphology quantitatively and to actually generate synthetic dendrite morphologies in computer models. This morphological characterization ranges from the study of fractal principles to describe dendrite topologies, to the consequences of optimization principles for dendrite shape. Individual approaches are collected to study the aspects of dendrite shape that relate directly to underlying circuit constraints and computation. The second main theme focuses on how dendrites contribute to the computations that neurons perform. What role do dendritic morphology andthe distributions of synapses and membrane properties over the dendritic tree have in determining the output of a neuron in response to its input? A wide range of studies is brought together, with topics ranging from general to system-specific phenomenasome having a strong experimental component, and others being fully theoretical. The studies come from many different neural systems and animal species ranging from invertebrates to mammals. With this broad focus, an overview is given of the diversity of mechanisms that dendrites can employ to shape neural computations.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Dendritic morphology
    The cell biology of dendrite differentiation
    Archetypes and outliers in the neuromorphological space
    Neuronal arborizations, spatial innervation and emergent network connectivity
    Shaping of neurons by environmental interaction
    Modelling dendrite shape from wiring principles
    A statistical theory of dendritic morphology
    Reverse engineering the 3D structure and sensory-evoked signal flow of rat vibrissal cortex
    Optimized dendritic morphologies for noisy inputs
    Part 2: Dendritic computation
    Noisy dendrites: models of dendritic integration in vivo
    Distributed parallel processing in retinal amacrine cells
    Dendritic computation of direction in retinal neurons
    Rapid integration across tonotopy by individual auditory brainstem octopus cells
    Computing temporal sequence with dendrites
    Modelling the cellular mechanisms of fly optic flow processing
    Biophysical mechanisms of computation in a looming sensitive neuron
    Biophysics of synaptic inhibition in dendrites
    Role of nonuniform dendrite properties on input processing by GABAergic interneurons
    Subthreshold resonance and membrane potential oscillations in a neuron with non-uniform active dendritic properties
    A trade-off between dendritic democracy and independence in neurons with intrinsic subthreshold membrane potential oscillations
    Dendrites enhance both single neuron and network computation
    Dendritic size and topology influence burst firing in pyramidal cells
    Stochastic ion channel gating and probabilistic computation in dendritic neurons
    Cellular and dendritic memory allocation
    Synaptic plasticity and pattern recognition in cerebellar Purkinje cells
    Response of gap junction coupled dendrites: a sum-over-trips approach
    Automated parameter constraining of single neuron models
    Morphological reduction of dendritic neurons
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Pamela McHugh Schuster.
    Summary: "The purpose of this book is to teach nursing students how to use concept mapping theory to develop a concept care map, which is to be used in the direct care of patients and to communicate with members of the health-care team. Concept mapping is a diagrammatic teaching and learning strategy that allows students and faculty to visualize interrelationships between medical diagnoses, nursing diagnoses, assessment data, and treatments. Concept care maps result in a clear mental model of the patient health state and situation. Students must learn to share relevant information with the specific aim of creating a shared mental model with members of the health-care team to prevent errors that result in patient injuries and death"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Twas the night before clinical
    Gathering clinical data : the framework for concept care mapping
    Concept care maps : grouping clinical data in a meaningful manner
    Nursing strategies to attain outcomes : so many problems, so little time
    Nursing implementation : using concept care maps as nursing care plans at the health-care agency
    Mapping psychosocial and cultural problems
    Concept care maps as the basis of documentation and phone conversations with physicians
    After the clinical day is over : patient evaluations, self-evaluations, and grading the final concept care maps.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital
    by PK Gupta.
    Summary: This book: "Concepts and Applications in Veterinary Toxicology: An Interactive Guide": covers a broad spectrum of topics related to students specializing in veterinary toxicology and for veterinary medical practitioners. Since the major emphasis of the book is to teach veterinary students, therefore more attention has been given to common toxicants to which several species are exposed including pet animals. The subject of veterinary toxicology is complicated greatly by the wide variations in responses of domestic, companion, aquatic, wild, and zoo species to toxicants. Therefore, emphasis has also been given to species variation and diagnostic toxicology including clinical management that is more relevant to veterinary profession. Key Features - Highlights specialized topics essential for veterinary specialists. - Covers a variety of common toxicants to which several species including pet animals are exposed. - Includes sample questions and answers that are extremely valuable for students, clinical pharmacists, teachers, and academicians in preparing for their board and other examinations.

    Contents:
    General Concepts and Principles of Toxicology
    Mechanisms of Toxicity
    Disposition and Toxicokinetics
    Toxic Effects of Pesticides (Agrochemicals)
    Toxic Effects of Metals and Micronutrients
    Toxicities from Human Drugs
    Poisonous and Venomous Organisms
    Bacterial and Cyanobacterial (Blue-green Algae) Toxins
    Mycotoxicosis
    Poisonous Plants
    Feed Contaminant Toxicity
    Food Hazards
    Veterinary Clinical Toxicology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gabriela Rodrigues, Bernard A. J. Roelen, editors.
    Summary: This textbook will support graduate students with learning materials rich in the basic concepts of stem cell biology, in its most widespread and updated perspective. The chapters are conceived in a way for students to understand the meaning of pluripotency, the definition of embryonic stem cells and the formation of multicellular structures such as organoids together with the underlying principles of their epigenetic. This textbook also discusses adult stem cells and the potential use of these cells, in particular neural, mesenchymal, and several types of muscular cells, in biomedical research and clinical applications. This textbook represents a vital complement to the text on Essential Current Concepts of Stem Cell Biology, also published in the Learning Materials in Biosciences textbook series.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction: a decade teaching stem cell biology
    Chapter 2: Preimplantation development: from germ cells to blastocyst
    Chapter 3: Origins of pluripotency: from stem cells to germ cells
    Chapter 4: Human induced pluripotent stem (hiPS) cells: generation and applications
    Chapter 5: Cellular reprogramming and aging
    Chapter 6: Cloning
    Chapter 7: Stem cells in plant development
    Chapter 8: Axial stem cells and the formation of the vertebrate body
    Chapter 9: Skeletal muscle development
    from stem cells to body movement
    Chapter 10: Cardiac regeneration and repair: from mechanisms to therapeutic strategies
    Chapter 11: Reproducing human brain development in vitro: generating cerebellar neurons for modelling cerebellar ataxias
    Chapter 12: Neurotoxicology and disease modelling
    Chapter 13: Mesenchymal stem cells for cutaneous wound healing.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    James E. Barrett, Clive P. Page, Martin C. Michel, editors.
    Summary: Celebrating 100 years of HEP, this volume will discuss key pharmacological discoveries and concepts of the past 100 years. These discoveries have dramatically changed the medical treatment paradigms of many diseases and these concepts have and will continue to shape discovery of new medicinies. Newly evolving technologies will similarly be discussed as they will shape the future of the pharmacology and, accordingly, medical therapy.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: A Century of Advances in Pharmacology
    Perspectives of Pharmacology over the Past 100 Years
    1 Introduction
    2 The Emergence of Pharmacology in Germany: Rudolf Buchheim
    2.1 Schmiedebergś Contribution to the Development of Pharmacology
    3 The Spread of Pharmacology
    3.1 Otto Krayer and the Origins of Behavioral Pharmacology
    4 Pharmacology Through 100 Years and a Future Perspective
    5 Conclusions
    References
    Emergent Concepts of Receptor Pharmacology
    1 Introduction
    2 Shots in the Dark: Null Methods in Pharmacology 1.2 Signalling in Health and Malignant Disease
    1.3 Tumour Microenvironment and Host Immunity
    2 Introduction
    2.1 History
    2.2 Roles for Systemic Therapies
    2.3 Cytotoxic Drugs
    Box 1 Summary of Broad Classes of Cytotoxic Drugs
    2.4 Targeted Therapies
    2.5 Immunotherapy
    3 Clinical Trials in Oncology
    3.1 Phase 1 Trials
    3.2 Phase 2 Trials
    3.3 Phase 3 Trials
    4 Rationally Designed Therapies
    Box 2 Targets for Anticancer Therapies: Examples of Approved and Investigational Drugs
    4.1 Ligands as a Target
    4.1.1 Oestrogen
    4.1.2 Androgen
    4.2 Targeting Receptors 3 Recombinant Systems Redefine Receptor Pharmacology
    4 Binding Gives Way to Functional Experiments
    5 Understanding Agonism: The Black/Leff Operational Model
    6 The Shift from Orthosteric to Allosteric Drug Action
    7 The Move from Parsimonious Models to Dynamic Models of Receptor Conformation
    8 Allosteric Probe Dependence: Biased Receptor Signaling
    9 Structure: Receptors Show Themselves
    10 Genetics and Computer Science Impact Pharmacology
    11 Conclusion
    References
    The Evolving Landscape of Cancer Therapeutics
    1 Biology of Cancer
    1.1 Cancer as a Genetic Disease 4.2.1 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) and Its Receptors
    4.2.2 Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
    4.2.3 HER2
    4.2.4 CD20
    4.3 Other Targets
    4.4 Targeting the T-Cell
    4.4.1 Checkpoint Inhibition
    4.4.2 Adoptive T-Cell Therapy
    5 Nuclear Medicine Therapies
    5.1 Radio-Iodine in Thyroid Cancer
    5.2 Somatostatin Analogues
    5.3 Radium-223
    5.4 PSMA Ligand: Lutetium
    6 Pharmacogenetics, Pharmacogenomics and Patient Selection for Treatment
    6.1 Lung Cancer and EGFR Mutations
    6.2 BRCA1, BRCA2 Mutation and PARP Inhibition
    6.3 Prediction of Toxicity 7 Resistance Mechanisms
    7.1 CML BCR-ABL Mutations and Resistance to Imatinib
    7.2 Molecular Markers of Resistance to EGFR Inhibition
    7.2.1 Multiple Targets
    7.2.2 Irreversible Binding
    7.3 ALK Resistance
    8 Cancer Drug Discovery and Preclinical Development
    9 Current Issues in the Development of Drugs in Oncology
    9.1 Improving the Odds of Success of Phase 3 Trials
    9.2 Regulation of Cancer Drug Development
    10 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
    References
    Monoclonal Antibodies: Past, Present and Future
    1 Introduction
    2 Background.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Raj Bhopal.
    Summary: Epidemiology is a population science that underpins health improvement and health care, by exploring and establishing the pattern, frequency, trends, and causes of a disease. Concepts of Epidemiology comprehensively describes the application of core epidemiological concepts and principles to readers interested in population health research, policy making, health service planning, health promotion, and clinical care.

    Contents:
    What is epidemiology? The nature, scope, variables, principal measures, and designs of a biological, clinical, social, and ecological science
    The epidemiological concept of population
    Variation in disease by time, place, and person: background and a framework for analysis of genetic and environmental effects
    Error, bias, and confounding in epidemiology
    Cause and effect: the epidemiological approach
    Interrelated concepts in the epidemiology of disease: natural history and incubation period, time trends in populations, spectrum, iceberg, and screening
    The concept of risk and fundamental measures of disease frequency: incidence and prevalence
    Summarizing, presenting, and interpreting epidemiological data: building on incidence and prevalence
    Epidemiological study designs and principles of data analysis: a conceptually integrated suite of methods and techniques
    Epidemiology in the past, present, and the future: theory, ethics, context, and critical appraisal.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Lorenzo Galluzzi and Guido Kroemer.
    Contents:
    Metabolic alterations of cancer cells / Marco Sciacovelli, Edoardo Gaude, Mika Hilvo, and Christian Frezza
    Autophagy and cancer metabolism / Juliet Goldsmith, Beth Levine, and Jayanta Debnath
    Regulation of cancer metabolism by oncogenes and tumor suppressors / Raffaella Iurlaro, Clara Lucía León-Annicchiarico, and Cristina Muñoz-Pinedo
    Cross talk between cell death regulation and metabolism / Simone Fulda
    Techniques to monitor glycolysis / Tara TeSlaa and Michael A. Teitell
    Measurement of enolase activity in cell lysates / Keigo Fukano and Kazuhiro Kimura / Extracellular flux analysis to monitor glycolytic rates and mitochondrial oxygen consumption / Martin Pelletier, Leah K. Billingham, Madhu Ramaswamy, and Richard M. Siegel
    Conventional techniques to monitor mitochondrial oxygen consumption / Hélène Simonnet, Arnaud Vigneron, and Jacques Pouysségur
    Use of safranin for the assessment of mitochondrial membrane potential by high-resolution respirometry and fluorometry / Gerhard Krumschnabel, Andrea Eigentler, Mario Fasching, and Erich Gnaiger
    Kinetic analysis of local oxygenation and respiratory responses of mammalian cells using intracellular oxygen-sensitive probes and time-resolved fluorometry / Alexander V. Zhdanov, Ruslan I. Dmietriev, James Hynes, and Dmitri B. Papkovsky
    Cell-based measurements of mitochondrial function in human subjects / Ju-Gyeong Kang, Ping-yuan Wang, and Paul M. Hwang
    Use of chemical probes to detect mitochondrial ROS by flow cytometry and spectrofluorometry / Jing Chen and Clayton E. Mathews
    Methods to monitor ROS production by fluorescence microscopy and fluorometry / Aleksandra Wojtala, Massimo Bonora, Dominika Malinska, Paolo Pinton, Jerzy Duszynski, and Mariusz R. Wieckowski
    Genetically encoded redox sensor / Wai Kan Chiu, Atif Towheed, and Michael J. Palladino
    Use of genetically encoded sensors to monitor cytosolic ATP/ADP ratio in living cells / Andrei I. Tarasov and Guy A. Rutter
    Methods to monitor and compare mitochondrial and glycolytic ATP production / Simone Patergnani, Federica Baldassari, Elena De Marchi, Agnieszka Karkucinska-Wieckowska, Mariusz R. Wieckowski, and Paolo Pinton
    Measurement of ADP-ATP exchange in relation to mitochondrial transmembrane potential and oxygen consumption / Christos Chinopoulos, Gergely Kiss, Hibiki Kawamata, and Anatoly A. Starkov
    Real-time assessment of the metabolic profile of living cells with genetically encoded NADH sensors / Yuzheng Zhao, Yi Yang, and Joseph Loscalzo
    13C isotope-assisted methods for quantifying glutamine metabolism in cancer cells / Jie Zhang, Woo Suk Ahn, Paulo A. Gameiro, Mark A. Keibler, Zhe Zhang, and Gregory Stephanopoulos
    Measurement of fatty acid oxidation rates in animal tissues and cell lines / Frank K. Huynh, Michelle F. Green, Timothy R. Koves, and Matthew D. Hirschey
    Methods to assess lipid accumulation in cancer cells / Jørgen Sikkeland, Yang Jin, and Fahri Saatcioglu
    Analysis of hypoxia-induced metabolic preprogramming / Chendong Yang, Lei Jiang, Huafeng Zhang, Larissa A. Shimoda, Ralph J. Bernardinis, and Gregg L. Semenza.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Animesh Hazari, Arun G. Maiya, Taral V. Nagda.
    Summary: This book presents essential information on the various concepts of biomechanics and kinesiology applied to human body, also describing in depth the understanding of the various physical and mathematical principles applied towards understanding of this science of movement. It tries to simplify this biological movement science by facilitating easy understanding of the various applications of the forces acting on the human body. This book provides a deep insight to the clinical gait analysis and its interpretations with graphical outputs, it also covers important topics such as biomechanics of important human joints such as neck, shoulder, spine, hip, knee and ankle with their recent advances. It also includes chapters on biomechanical instrumentation and their interpretation. Another highlight of the book is chapters on biomechanical motion analysis systems used for athletes. This book offers a valuable resource for medical and paramedical students, researchers and clinicians practicing musculoskeletal and manual therapy, aiding researchers gaining insight to human biomechanics.

    Contents:
    CHAPTER 1_Concepts of Biomechanics
    CHAPTER 2: Cellular biomechanics of Soft Tissues
    CHAPTER 3: Application of Physical Laws on Human Body
    CHAPTER 4: Applied Biomechanics on Joint, Muscle, Tendon and Ligament
    CHAPTER 5: Principles of Kinetics and Kinematics on Human Body
    CHAPTER 6: Lever Systems at human joints and muscles
    CHAPTER 7: Kinetics and Kinematics of Temporomandibular Joint
    CHAPTER 8 A: Kinematics and Kinetics of Shoulder Complex
    Chapter 9: Kinetics and Kinematics of Rib Cage
    Chapter 10: Kinetics and Kinematics of Pelvis
    Chapter 11: Kinetics and Kinematics of Hip
    Chapter 12: Kinetics and Kinematics of Knee
    Chapter 13: Kinetics and Kinematics of Ankle
    Chapter 14: Gait Analysis.-Chapter 15: Postural Analysis.-Chapter 16: Concepts of Kinesiology
    Chapter 17: Advanced Instrumentations and their Interpretation.-Chapter 18: Applied Kinesiology in Sports
    Chapter 19: Biomechanics and Kinesiology in Strength and Conditioning
    Chapter 20: Calculating Muscular and Joint Forces.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Friberg, Elizabeth E.; Creasia, Joan L.
    Contents:
    Part I: Context of Professional Nursing Practice. 1. A Brief History of Professional Nursing in the United States 2. NEW CHAPTER
    Academic Progression 3. Beyond Professional Socialization 4. Professional Nursing Roles 5. Theories and Frameworks for Professional Nursing Practice 6. Health Policy and Practice and the Nursing Practice Environment. Part II: Dimensions of Professional Nursing Practice. 7. Economic Issues in Nursing and Health Care 8. Effective Communication 9. Think Like a Nurse: Essential Thinking Skills for Professional Nurses 10. Teaching and Learning in the 21st Century 11. Legal Aspects of Nursing Practice 12. Ethical Dimensions of Nursing and Health Care 13. Information Management 14. Diversity in Health and Illness</p> <p><b>Part III: Themes in Professional Nursing Practice</b> 15. Health and Health Promotion 16. Genetics and Genomics in Professional Nursing 17. Global Rural Nursing Practice 18. Violence Against Women: An Epidemic and a Health Issue 19. Telehealth 20. Patient Safety 21. Palliative Care & End-of-Life 22. Resilience & Compassionate Care</p>
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    Robert L. Carlton.
    Summary: This new and significantly updated authored dictionary is a unique glossary of paleontological terms, taxa, localities, and concepts. It focuses primarily on identifying the most significant groups of fossil animals and plants in relation to their evolution and phylogeny. It also focuses on mass extinctions, on taxa that are problematic in some significant way, on the principal fossil-Lagerstätten of the world, and on historical turning points marked by index fossils. Although there are many current resources on the subject, none contains an accurate representation of the paleontological lexicon. Although well aware that the fast-changing field of paleontology will always defy any attempt at complete description, the author has attempted to provide an accurate and comprehensive set of about 4,000 entries that will be useful to professionals as well as to general readers of scientific literature without a background in paleontology.

    Contents:
    Chapter1. A
    Chapter2. B
    Chapter3. C
    Chapter4. D
    Chapter5. E
    Chapter6. F
    Chapter7. G. Chapter8. H
    Chapter9. I
    Chapter10. J
    Chapter11. K
    Chapter12. L
    Chapter 13. M
    Chapter 14. N
    Chapter15. O
    Chapter16. P
    Chapter17. Q
    Chapter18. R
    Chapter19. S
    Chapter20. T
    Chapter21. U
    Chapter22. V
    Chapter23. W
    Chapter24. X
    Chapter25. Y. Chapter26. Z.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Mina K. Dulcan, Rachel R. Ballard, Poonam Jha, Julie Sadhu.
    Summary: Updated to reflect significant changes to psychiatric nomenclature and criteria in DSM-5, this fifth edition of the Concise Guide to Child and Adolescent Psychiatry prunes older content while distilling and incorporating clinically relevant findings. Reorganized chapters feature tables of selected diagnostic criteria from the DSM-5 for quick reference. Sections on specific disorders and clinical situations include brief descriptions of relevant treatment methods. An informative chapter is devoted specifically to pharmacological therapies-from stimulant medications and antidepressants to antipsychotics and anticonvulsants-and their use in a range of disorders. Though complex theoretical notions, new research, and areas of controversy have been simplified in the interest of brevity and ease of reference, each chapter provides suggested additional readings for those interested in studying a particular topic in further detail, making the Concise Guide to Child and Adolescent Psychiatry an indispensable primer on the field for medical and mental health students and clinical trainees, as well as an ideal, quick-reference update for practicing physicians, nurses, and advanced practice nurses.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Evaluation and treatment planning
    Neurodevelopmental disorders
    Schizophrenia
    Bipolar disorder
    Depressive disorders
    Anxiety disorders
    Obsessive-compulsive and related disorders
    Trauma-and stressor-related disorders
    Feeding and eating disorders
    Elimination disorders
    Sleep-wake disorders
    Gender dysphoria
    Disruptive, impulse-control, and conduct disorders
    Substance-related and addictive disorders
    Special clinical circumstances
    Psychopharacology
    Psychosocial treatments
    Appendix : resources for parents.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
  • Digital
    Peter Murray.
    Summary: This clinical guide is a concise up-to-date resource that covers a wide range of endodontic procedures, including non-surgical root canal therapy, surgical root canal therapy, trauma care and the management of fractured teeth, apexification, apexogenesis, revascularization, regeneration, Cvek partial pulpotomy, root canal retreatment, and periapical surgery. The provision of numerous flowcharts, checklists, and advice on error avoidance for each procedure will assist in decision-making in daily practice. Scientific and clinical evidence regarding the use and efficacy of the different forms of treatment is summarized, and helpful information is also presented on instrumentation. The inclusion of exam questions will assist those preparing for endodontic examinations. A Primer on Endodontic Treatment will be of value for dental students, residents in training to become endodontists, endodontists, pediatric dentists, and established dentists.

    Contents:
    Tooth anatomy and root canal morphology
    Cells and repair of the pulp dentin complex
    Microbiology in endodontic disease
    Pulpitis and immunoregulation
    Oral pathology, anatomy and facial space infections
    Diagnosis of endodontic disease
    Treatment planning
    Differential diagnosis and the medically compromised patient
    Causes and treatment of pain
    Diagnosis and treatment of traumatic injuries
    Pulp capping
    Root canal instrumentation procedures
    Irrigants and intracanal medicaments
    Sealing and root canal obturation procedures
    Regenerative endodontic procedures
    Diagnosing and Managing Root Resorption
    Periradicular Surgery and Repair
    Restoration and prosthodontic considerations
    Imaging
    Retreatments
    Antibiotics and pharmacology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by John J. Barry, Sepideh N. Bajestan, Jeffrey L. Cummings, Michael R. Trimble.
    Summary: "This third edition of this popular pocket guide is updated throughout, featuring new medications and new diagnostic procedures and criteria. Like the previous editions, it presents brief synopses of the major neuropsychiatric and neurobehavioral syndromes, discusses their clinical assessment, and provides guidelines for management. The authors summarize diagnostic and treatment information in easy-to-read tables, including clinical features, underlying pathophysiology, and treatment options for the major neuropsychiatric disorders. They cover everything from assessment (e.g., testing, brain imaging) and relevant neurophysiology and neuropsychiatry symptoms and syndromes (e.g., frontal lobe, aphasia and related syndromes) to individual diseases (e.g., right-brain disorders, memory disorders, epilepsy/limbic system disorders, dementia and delirium, movement disorders, stroke and brain tumors, white matter diseases and inborn errors of metabolism, and head injury) and the latest treatments (e.g., neuropsychopharmacology, electroconvulsive therapy, vagus nerve stimulation, and neurosurgical procedures). An immediately useful clinical companion for psychiatrists and geriatric psychiatrists, neurologists, and neuropsychologists both within the U.S. and abroad, this volume is also exceptionally practical for students and residents because of its broad scope and easily accessible information"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Abdelhamid H. Elgazzar, Saud Alenezi.
    Summary: This practical book reviews the principles of nuclear medicine, the instrumentation used, the gamut of common procedures, the basis for choosing specific diagnostic or therapeutic procedures and interpreting results. Coverage includes nuclear medicine therapy.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Nuclear Medicine
    Nuclear Medicine in the Genitourinary System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Digestive System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Endocrine System
    Nuclear Medicine in Soft Tissue Infection and Inflammation
    Nuclear Medicine in the Respiratory System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Musculoskeletal System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Cardiovascular System
    Nuclear Medicine in the Nervous System
    Nuclear Medicine in Oncology
    Therapeutic Applications of Nuclear Medicine
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Allan Hackshaw.
    Contents:
    Fundamental concepts
    Outcome measures, risk factors, and causality
    Effect sizes and regression methods
    Studies based on patient medical records
    Cross-sectional studies
    Case-control studies
    Cohort studies
    Quality of care studies
    Prognostic markers for predicting outcomes
    Systematic reviews and meta-analyses
    Conducting and reporting observational studies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA566.27 .C66
    77
  • Digital
    Eisei Noiri, Norio Hanafusa, editors.
    Summary: This pocket-sized manual serves as a concise and ideal reference work for therapeutic approaches using apheresis. Covering both basic theory and clinical details to facilitate improved treatment and patient outcomes, the text considers a variety of diseases, including myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy, nephrotic syndrome, TTP/TMA, dilated cardiomyopathy, and many other conditions. The book also reviews the growing trend toward adopting this unique therapy for a wide range of health management issues such as morbid obesity and/or type 2 diabetes, and for lowering LDL-cholesterol (cholesterol apheresis) in patients unresponsive to medication or lifestyle modification.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Alberto J. Espay, José Biller.
    Summary: "With easy-to-read, high-yield coverage of essential information in neurology, Concise Neurology: A Focused Review is a practical, everyday reference for busy practitioners, fellows, residents, and students who need a rapid overview of a complex subject. The second edition has been almost entirely rewritten to stay current with recent developments in the field but retains its quick-reference format: an intuitively designed one- or two-page presentation of each topic to facilitate rapid review. Virtually every topic of interest is covered, including the core concepts in diagnosis and treatment for each syndrome or disease. Material is presented in order of clinical relevance, maintaining a thematic unity across related pages for the most effective, efficient review. An engaging writing style offers many pearls and personal explanations from the authors that clarify difficult concepts. Every page offers a quick yet thoughtful summary of key points, making it particularly useful for busy residents, fellows, and practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics of Metabolism and Pediatric Neurology
    Stroke, Epilepsy, Sleep disorders, Coma, and Migraine
    Infectious Diseases
    Neurotoxicology
    Movement Disorders.
    Behavioral Neurology
    Neuro-Ophthalmology and Neuro-Otology
    Demyelinating Diseases, Neuro-Oncology, and Disorders of Neural Tube Closure and Other Congenital Malformations
    Neuromuscular Disorders
    Psychiatry.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    by Ron & Barbara Marshall.
    Contents:
    Role of architect Edward Durell Stone & architectural precedents
    Seizing on success
    Screen block at the beginning of the 'Ed Stone age'
    Overcoming product prejudice and selling screen block
    Building with screen block
    Screen block for the 'do-it-yourselfer'
    Screen block moves indoors
    Peaking popularity is followed by waning enthusiasm
    Screen block informs the high culture and enters the popular culture
    Preservationist's view : a legacy worth preserving?
    Endnotes
    Bibliography
    Screen block pattern guide
    Date(s) of industry source material.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    NA4125 .M37 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Sudie E. Back [and seven others].
    Summary: "Concurrent Treatment of PTSD and Substance Use Disorders Using Prolonged Exposure (COPE) is a cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy program designed for patients who have posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and a co-occurring alcohol or drug use disorder. COPE represents an integration of two evidence-based treatments: Prolonged Exposure (PE) therapy for PTSD and Relapse Prevention for substance use disorders. COPE is an integrated treatment, meaning that both the PTSD and substance use disorder are addressed concurrently in therapy by the same clinician, and patients can experience substantial reductions in both PTSD symptoms and substance use severity. Patients use the COPE Patient Workbook while their clinician uses the Therapist Guide to deliver treatment. The program is comprised of 12 individual, 60 to 90 minute therapy sessions. The program includes several components: information about how PTSD symptoms and substance use interact with one another; information about the most common reactions to trauma; techniques to help the patient manage cravings and thoughts about using alcohol or drugs; coping skills to help the patient prevent relapse to substances; a breathing retraining relaxation exercise; and in vivo (real life) and imaginal exposures to target the patient's PTSD symptoms"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    Sudie E. Back, Edna B. Foa, Therese K. Killeen, Katherine L. Mills, Maree Teesson, Bonnie Dansky Cotton, Kathleen M. Carroll, Kathleen T. Brady.
    Summary: "Concurrent Treatment of PTSD and Substance Use Disorders Using Prolonged Exposure (COPE) is a cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy program designed for patients who have posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and a co-occurring alcohol or drug use disorder. COPE represents an integration of two evidence-based treatments: Prolonged Exposure (PE) therapy for PTSD and Relapse Prevention for substance use disorders. COPE is an integrated treatment, meaning that both the PTSD and substance use disorder are addressed concurrently in therapy by the same clinician, and patients can experience substantial reductions in both PTSD symptoms and substance use severity. Patients use the COPE Patient Workbook while their clinician uses the Therapist Guide to deliver treatment. The program is comprised of 12 individual, 60 to 90 minute therapy sessions. The program includes several components: information about how PTSD symptoms and substance use interact with one another; information about the most common reactions to trauma; techniques to help the patient manage cravings and thoughts about using alcohol or drugs; coping skills to help the patient prevent relapse to substances; a breathing retraining relaxation exercise; and in vivo (real life) and imaginal exposures to target the patient's PTSD symptoms"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introductory information for therapists
    Outline of this treatment program
    Session 1: Introduction to COPE
    Session 2: Common reactions to trauma and craving awareness
    Session 3: Developing the In vivo hierarchy and craving management
    Session 4: Initial imaginal exposure
    Session 5: Imaginal exposure continued and planning for emergencies
    Session 6: Imaginal exposure continued and awareness of high-risk thoughts
    Session 7: Imaginal exposure continued and managing high-risk thoughts
    Session 8: Imaginal exposure continued and refusal skills
    Session 9: Imaginal exposure continued and seemingly irrelevant decisions (SIDs)
    Session 10: Imaginal exposure continued and anger awareness
    Session 11: Final imaginal exposure and anger management
    Session 12: Review and termination
    Appendices : A. Information gathering form
    B. Safety agreement
    C. Therapist imaginal exposure recording form
    D. Certificate of completion.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ajay Niranjan, L. Dade Lunsford.
    Contents:
    Cerebral concussion : a historical perspective / Maroon, J.C
    Biomechanics of concussion / B.D. Stemper, F.A. Pintar
    The neurophysiology of concussion / D.A. Hovda
    Chronic traumatic encephalopathy / B. Omalu
    Cumulative effects of repetitive mild traumatic brain injury / J.E. Bailes, M.L. Dashnaw, A.L. Petraglia, R.C. Turner
    Understanding concussive injuries using investigational imaging methods / L.C. Henry
    Neurometabolic, electrophysiological, and imaging abnormalities / E. Chamard, M. Lassonde, H. Théoret
    Detection of white matter injury in concussion using high-definition fiber tractography / S.S. Shin, S. Pathak, N. Presson, W. Bird, L. Wagener, W. Schneider, D.O. Okonkwo, J.C. Fernandez-Miranda
    Magnetoencephalography in the diagnosis of concussion / R.R. Lee, M. Huang
    Evidence-based management of sport-related concussion / M. McCrea, K. Guskiewicz
    In-office management of sport-related concussion / E. Reynolds, M.W. Collins
    Treating prolonged symptoms of mild traumatic brain injury : neuropharmacology / K. Lercher, C. Camiolo Reddy
    Rehabilitation from postconcussion syndrome : nonpharmacological treatment / A.L. Nelson Sheese, T.A. Hammeke
    Concussion in ice hockey / C.M. Bonfield, D.A. Wecht, L.D. Lunsford
    Management of concussion in the professional football player / E.M. Pieroth, C. Hanks
    Developing an interdisciplinary community-based sports concussion management program / A. LoGalbo, C.M. Salinas, M. Dougherty, M. Field
    The multidisciplinary concussion management program / D.M. Panczykowski, J.E. Pardini
    Vulnerability in speed of visuomotor ability / A.B. Shuttleworth-Edwards, S.E. Radloff, V.J. Whitefield-Alexander
    Detecting eye movement abnormalities from concussion / J. Maruta, J. Ghajar
    Neurodegenerative changes after mild traumatic brain injury / S. Fakhran, L. Alhilali
    Future directions in brain injury research / T.A. Gennarelli.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Blessen C. Eapen, David X. Cifu.
    Contents:
    Acute management of concussion and diagnostic criteria
    Neuropsychological assessment
    Neuroimaging in traumatic brain injury rehabilitation
    Postconcussive syndrome (PCS)
    Assessment and management of psychiatric symptoms among adults with mild traumatic brain injury
    Postconcussive headache
    Assessment and treatment of sleep in mild traumatic brain injury
    Management and rehabilitation of cognitive dysfunction
    Neurosensory deficits associated with concussion (auditory, vestibular, and visual dysfunction)
    Rehabilitation and management of fatigue
    Management of adult sports concussion
    Assessment, management, and rehabilitation of pediatric concussions
    Assessment and treatment of concussion in service members and veterans
    Gender and sex considerations in traumatic brain injury
    A look ahead: cutting edge research in the diagnosis, assessment, rehabilitation management, and prevention of concussion and its sequelae.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jeff Victoroff, Erin D. Bigler.
    Summary: Concussion and Traumatic Encephalopathy is a ground breaking text that offers neurologists, neuropsychologists, psychologists, and physiatrists the first comprehensive reconceptualization of concussive brain injury in 100 years. During the twentieth century, progress in understanding concussion was hamstrung by resistance to the observation that many survivors suffer long-term sequelae, and by the lack of advanced neuroimaging technologies. As a result, the potentially immense impact of concussion on global health was largely overlooked. The last decade has witnessed a dramatic renaissance in concussion science. We are just beginning to fathom the implications for society. Informed by twenty-first century advances, this new text updates the definition, epidemiology, pathophysiology, late effects, and promising therapies for concussion. Multiple experts have collaborated to summarize the latest scientific evidence in an engaging way and provide the reader with the first paradigm shifting textbook of this new era.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Deepak S. Patel, editor.
    Summary: Concussions are increasing in incidence each year, and each state has a law on management of concussions in children. These factors strengthen the need for primary care providers to be well-versed in the evaluation and management of them. This text provides primary care physicians and clinicians with an evidence-based yet practical approach to diagnosing and treating concussions in children and adults. The book begins with a general overview of concussions. It then goes on to identify risks, signs and symptoms of concussions. Next, physicians and providers learn when and how to perform appropriate physical exams for suspected concussions. The following chapters focus on finding the correct type of testing to perform in suspected concussions. The testing options addressed include diagnostic, neurocognitive and imaging. Return-to-learn and return-to-play recommendations are then discussed to ensure that providers are able to properly educate patients on them. The book concludes by explaining post-concussion syndrome and identifying methods to prevent concussions and complications in the future. Each chapter presents a specific case along with 3-5 followup questions as well as a summary of key concepts. Written from the unique perspective of a primary care physician who also specializes in sports medicine and concussions, Concussion Management for Primary Care is a first-of-its-kind book that serves as a valuable resource for primary care physicians, sports medicine physicians and any other clinician treating patients suffering from a possible concussion.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Concussion
    Clinical Case
    What is the definition of concussion and how does it happen?
    Which providers are best to evaluate and manage concussions?
    What is the role of Athletic Trainers and Nurses in evaluation and treatment of concussions?
    Are there laws related to concussions?
    Are there any good guidelines available for concussion care?
    Where can patients find reliable information about concussions?
    References
    Chapter 2: Incidence and Risk Factors for Concussions Clinical Case
    Question: Are concussions becoming more common?
    Children and Adolescent Age Groups
    Question: Are concussions more common in older or younger children?
    Question: Are concussions in children more common from sports or accidents?
    High School
    Question: High school football is regularly identified to be associated with concussions, but are there other sports that also have a high incidence?
    Question: What are risk factors associated with higher concussion rates in athletes? Question: Although males and females may play similar sports, do their concussion rates vary?
    Collegiate Sports
    Question: Are rates of SRC less common in college sports?
    Professional Sports
    Question: We hear about professional players with concussions in the public media, but what is their incidence?
    Military
    Question: Do military personnel have higher rates of concussions compared to civilians?
    Comorbid Neuropsychological Conditions
    Question: What medical conditions predispose or complicate the management of concussions? Miscellaneous or Elderly (Non-sports, Nonmilitary)
    Question: What are other common causes of concussions excluding sports or military involvement?
    Risk Factors (Table 2.1)
    References
    Chapter 3: Signs and Symptoms of Concussion
    Clinical Case
    Question: What are the six domains of signs and symptoms of concussions?
    Question: Is loss of consciousness required for a concussion?
    Question: What types of headache are common in patients that sustained a concussion?
    Question: What are cognitive symptoms of concussion? Question: What are the emotional or mood symptoms of concussion?
    Question: What are the ocular symptoms of concussion?
    Question: What other domain of concussion is closely related to fatigue?
    Question: What are the vestibular symptoms of concussion?
    References
    Chapter 4: Physical Examination
    Clinical Case
    Question: Why are vital signs relevant in concussed patients?
    Question: How does a patient's mood and cognitive function impact those with concussion?
    Question: What cranial nerve changes can be seen in concussed patients?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kenneth Lee, Michael William Harper, Michael Joseph Uihlein, Michael McCrea, editors.
    Summary: This book arises from the challenges and difficulties involved in the evaluation and management of concussions in wheelchair athletes. Concussions are most readily identified in the ambulatory population via identifying gross motor instability or when athletes lose their balance and stumble after a blow to the head or neck region. Because wheelchair athletes participate in sport while sitting down and using a wheelchair, clinicians must be extra attentive to identify a potential concussion. Once a potential concussion is identified, there are many challenges in evaluation of the wheelchair athlete population due to their comorbidities. At baseline, they may have signs and symptoms that mimic a concussion, and their impairments can also alter their cognitive and balance assessments. Therefore, it is critical to make a distinction between these athletes' baseline comorbid impairments and potential new exam findings in a concussion. Filling in a critical gap in the literature, this is a concise pocket guide for any clinician, trainer, or rehabilitation specialist who is involved in wheelchair sports. It focuses on the unique challenges in evaluating a concussion in the wheelchair athlete, including baseline testing, the process of evaluating the signs and symptoms of a concussion, cognitive and vestibular examination, new clinical techniques specific to wheelchair athletes, and the return to play process. A Concussion Management Program (CMP) for use on the sideline as well as in the office is included. Practical and timely, Concussion Management for Wheelchair Athletes is a valuable resource to increase awareness, provide guidance on the unique challenges within this population, and generate interest in future research and investigation.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Concussion Baseline Testing
    Evaluation of Signs and Symptoms
    The Cognitive Exam
    Balance Testing in Wheelchair Athletes
    Clinical Reaction Time
    Vestibular Examination
    Return to Play
    Future Areas of Interest.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Semyon M. Slobounov, Wayne J. Sebastianelli, editors.
    Contents:
    Consequences of Ignorance and Arrogance for Mismanagement of Sports-Related Concussions: Short- and Long-Term Complications
    Neuropsychological Testing in Sports Concussion Management: An Evidence-Based Model when Baseline Is Unavailable
    Feasibility of Virtual Reality for Assessment of Neurocognitive, Executive, and Motor Functions in Concussion
    Feasibility of Electroencephalography for Direct Assessment of Concussion
    The Relevance of Assessing Cerebral Metabolic Recovery for a Safe Return to Play Following Concussion
    The Biomechanics of Concussion: 60 Years of Experimental Research
    Acute and Lingering Impairments in Post-concussion Postural Control
    Biomechanical Studies of Impact and Helmet Protection
    Neuropathology of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury: Relationship to Structural Neuroimaging Findings
    Metabolic Dysfunction Following Traumatic Brain Injury
    Advanced Neuroimaging of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Biomarkers for Concussion
    Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Predicting Postconcussive Symptoms After Mild Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and Adolescents
    Long-Term Effects of Pediatric Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Neuropsychological Assessment of Sports-Related Concussion: Pediatric Challenges
    Management of Collegiate Sport-Related Concussions
    Sports-Related Subconcussive Head Trauma
    The Role of the Quantitative EEG in the Diagnosis and Rehabilitation of the Traumatic Brain Injured Patients
    Current Understanding of Concussion: Treatment Perspectives
    Post-concussion Syndrome, Persistent Symptomatic Concussion, Related Sequelae, and Treatment of Mild Closed Head Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Semyon M. Slobounov, Wayne J. Sebastianelli, editors ; Alexa E. Walter, assistant editor.
    Contents:
    Part I
    Evaluation of Concussions: Current Development
    Consequences of Ignorance and Arrogance for Mismanagement of Sports-Related Concussions: Short- and Long-Term Complications
    Neuropsychological Testing in Sports Concussion Management: An Evidence-Based Model When Baseline Is Unavailable
    Feasibility of Virtual Reality for Assessment of Neurocognitive, Executive, and Motor Functions in Concussion
    Feasibility of Electroencephalography for Direct Assessment of Concussion
    The Relevance of Assessing Cerebral Metabolic Recovery for a Safe Return to Play Following Concussion
    Part II. Biomechanical Mechanisms of Concussion and Helmets
    The Biomechanics of Concussion: 60 Years of Experimental Research
    Acute and Lingering Impairments in Post-concussion Postural Control
    Biomechanical Studies of Impact and Helmet Protection
    Part III. Neural Substrates, Biomarkers, Genetics, and Brain Imaging of Concussion Research
    Neuropathology of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury: Relationship to Structural Neuroimaging Findings
    Metabolic Dysfunction Following Traumatic Brain Injury
    Sports-Related Subconcussive Head Trauma: Advanced Neuroimaging
    Genetic Predisposition Link to Concussive injury
    Advanced Neuroimaging of Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Biomarkers for Concussion: New Findings and Perspectives
    Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Part IV. Pediatric Sport-Related Concussion
    Predicting Postconcussive Symptoms after Mild Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and Adolescents
    Long-Term Effects of Pediatric Mild Traumatic Brain Injury
    Neuropsychological Assessment of Sports-Related Concussion: Pediatric Challenges
    Advanced Neuroimaging of Subconcussive Impacts in Pediatric Population
    Part V. Clinical Management and Rehabilitation of Concussions
    Management of Collegiate Sport-Related Concussions
    The Role of the Quantitative EEG in the Diagnosis and Rehabilitation of Concussion
    Current Understanding of Concussion: Treatment Perspectives
    Narrowing Knowledge Gap between Basic Neuroscience Research and Clinical Management of Concussive Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pietro Caruso, Enzo Silvestri, Luca Maria Sconfienza, editors ; foreword by Giacomo Garlaschi.
    Summary: Cone beam computed tomography (CBCT) has become the standard of reference in dental imaging. The distribution of CBCT devices is increasingly wide, and the number of required examinations is constantly growing. In this setting, it is now essential that medical and technical staff receive specific training in the use of CBCT and that technical guidelines for CBCT examinations are established. This clearly structured book on CBCT will be an ideal aid in daily clinical practice. It clearly explains basic CBCT anatomy, examination technique, and the use of 3D reformatting software. A wide range of cases are presented, covering the most frequent and relevant conditions and pathologies, including dental anomalies, inflammatory and degenerative disease, tumors, and implants.

    Contents:
    CBCTSystems and Imaging Technology, Cone Beam CT, Other Radiological Techniques, Notes for the Use of CBCT (Radiation Dose)
    Clinical Indications, Implant Dentistry, Dental Anomalies, Inflammatory and Degenerative Diseases, Tumors, Temporomandibular Joint Imaging, Paranasal Sinuses Disorders
    Basic CBCT Anatomy, The Skull, Nasal Cavity, Paranasal Sinuses, Teeth, Dental Anatomy, Dental Tissues, Odontostomatological Trigeminal Nerves, Temporomandibular Joint
    Exam Technique
    Post-processing, 2D/3D Reformat and Dedicated Software for Implantology, Planar Images and 3D Rendering, Dental Arch and Panoramic Images, Cross Sections and Mandibular Nerve Evaluation
    Cases Presentation and Discussion, Paranasal Sinuses, Inflammatory Diseases, Benign Neoplastic Lesions, Dysodontiasis, Dental Implantology, Miscellaneous Dental Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by James M. Ryan, Adriaan P.C.C. Hopperus Buma, Charles W. Beadling, Aroop Mozumder, David M. Nott, Norman M. Rich, Walter Henny, David MacGarty.
    Summary: Conflict and Catastrophe Medicine: A Practical Guide 3e follows its successful predecessors in providing a framework for use by health professionals visiting a resource-constrained environment. Aimed at health professionals, Conflict and Catastrophe Medicine: A Practical Guide 3e encompasses problems brought about by local conflict or natural disasters. Itcovers preparation, organisation, logistics, treatment of major trauma and medical emergencies, and the special problems of delivering medicine in a hostile environment. This book will provide the reader with a mix of theory, opinion and practical advice to guide him through areas of conflicts, catastrophes and remote locations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen W. Paddock.
    Contents:
    Reflecting on confocal microscopy : a personal perspective / John White
    Laser scanning confocal microscopy : history, applications, and related optical sectioning techniques / Stephen W. Paddock and Kevin W. Eliceiri
    Confocal microscopy on the Internet / Kristin L. Hazelwood [and eight others]
    Using Photoshop with images created by a confocal system / Jerry Sedgewick
    Clearing up the signal : spectral imaging and linear unmixing in fluorescence microscopy / Timo Zimmermann [and three others]
    Low magnification confocal microscopy of tumor angiogenesis / George McNamara [and seven others]
    Confocal imaging of butterfly tissue / Craig R. Brunetti
    Confocal microscopy of cardiac myocytes / Robert L. Price [and five others]
    Confocal imaging of fluorescently labeled proteins in the Drosophila larval neuromuscular junction / Ian P. Coyle
    Confocal imaging and three-dimensional visualization of thick autofluorescent specimens / Angela V. Klaus, Valerie Schawaroch, and Kevin J. Frischmann
    Vital imaging of multicellular spheroids / Paulo J. Oliveira, Edward L. Perkins, and Jon Holy
    Live confocal analysis of mutant- and drug-treated Drosophila embryos / Barbara Fasulo and William Sullivan
    Confocal imaging of the microtubule cytoskeleton in C. elegans embryos and germ cells / Kevin F. O'Connell and Andy Golden
    Measurement in the confocal microscope / Guy Cox
    A method for quantifying blood flow distribution among the alveoli of the lung / Robert L. Conhaim, Dennis M. Heisey, and Glen E. Leverson
    Imaging tools for analysis of the ureteric tree in the developing mouse kidney / Luise A. Cullen-McEwen [and six others]
    Evaluating confocal microscopy system performance / Robert M. Zucker.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Peter C. Hindmarsh, Kathy Geertsma.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section one. Congenital adrenal hyperplasia, introduction
    Section two. When things go wrong in congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Section three. Treatment for congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Appendix 1. Converting system international (SI) blood measures into North American values or conventional units
    Appendix 2. List of abbreviations
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by M.D. Aljurf, E. Gluckman, C. Dufour.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of acquired bone marrow failure / F. Grmaldi, S. Gandhi, A.M. Risitano
    Pathophysiology of acquired bone marrow failure / K. Hosokawa, P. Scheinberg, N.S. Young
    Diagnosis of acquired aplastic anemia / A. Rovó, C. Dufour, A. Tichelli
    Acquired overlap bone marrow failure disorders / J.R. Passweg
    Supportive care in aplastic anemia / B. Höchsmann, H. Schrezenbeier
    Immunosupportive therapy for aplastic anemia / J.C.W. Marsh, S. Gandhi, G.J. Mufti
    Identical sibling donor transplantation / G. Aldawsari, H. Alzahrani, M.D. Aljurf
    Unrelated donor transplants for acquired aplastic anemia / A. Bacigalupo, S. Sica, M.T. Van Lint, C. Dufour
    Umbilical cord blood transplantation for patients with acquired and inherited bone marrow failure syndromes on behalf of eurocord / E. Gluckman, A. Ruggeri, R. Peffault De Latour
    Haploidentical transplantation / F. Ciceri, M.T.L. Stanghellini
    Management of acquired aplastic anemia in children / C Dufour, S. Samarasinghe, M. Miano
    Treatment of elderly patients with aplastic anemia / A. Tichelli, A. Rovó, J.C.W. Marsh
    Emerging new therapies for acquired bone marrow failure disorders / A.M. Risitano, R. Peffault De Latour
    Bone marrow failure in paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria / R. Peffault De Latour, A.M. Risitano
    Telomere biology and disease / J.N. Cooper, N.S. Young
    Fanconi anemia / R. Peffault De Latour, A.M. Risitano, E. Gluckman
    Ribosomopathies and the quality control of ribosome assembly / A.J. Warren
    Dyskeratosis congenita / M. Ayas, S.O. Ahmed
    Amegakaryocytic thrombocytopenia / D. Meyran, T. Leblanc, S. Giraudier, J.H. Dalle
    Severe congenital neutropenias and other rare inherited disorders with marrow failure / F. Fioredda, P. Farruggia, M. Miano, C. Dufour
    Bone marrow failure syndroms in children / S. Elmahdi, S. Kojima.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Sebastian Farr, editor.
    Summary: This book uniquely provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of congenital and acquired deformities of the pediatric shoulder girdle, a field barely covered in existing books. It not only addresses bone deformities, but also examines the most important soft tissue alterations, e.g. muscular torticollis, thoracic outlet syndrome, shoulder dyskinesia, as well as brachial plexus birth injury and syndrome-related shoulder disorders. Following a consistent and treatment-oriented structure for each topic, leading international experts present epidemiology, key points in clinical, radiological diagnosis and treatment options, technical tips and tricks, and pertinent literature outcomes. Filling an existing gap, this book offers a timely and up-to-date resource for pediatric orthopedic fellows and attending surgeons, as well as for general orthopedists, primary care doctors and physiotherapists with an interest in the pediatric upper limb.

    Contents:
    I Fundamentals - 1 Development of the Shoulder Girdle
    2 Anatomy and Variations
    3 Diagnostics of the Pediatric Shoulder Girdle
    II. Congenital Deformities
    4 Sprengel Deformity
    5 Congenital Pseudarthrosis of the Clavicle
    6 Congenital Shoulder Dislocation
    7 Congenital Glenoid and Humeral Head Dysplasia
    8 The Shoulder Girdle in Syndromes and Skeletal Dysplasia
    III. Acquired Deformities
    9 Glenoid Dysplasia in Brachial Plexus Birth Palsy
    10
    Humerus Varus and Valgus
    11 Malunion of the Clavicle
    12 Acromioclavicular Dislocation
    13 Sternoclavicular Dislocation
    IV. Soft Tissue Alterations
    14 Glenohumeral Instability
    15 Scapulothoracic Dyskinesis
    16 Congenital Muscular Torticollis
    17 Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    18 The Shoulder Girdle in Cerebral Palsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Amin J. Barakat, H. Gil Rushton, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract: An Overview
    Chapter 2. Anatomy, Applied Embryology and Pathogenesis of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 3. Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney: Number, Position, Rotation, Vasculature
    Chapter 4. Renal Dysplasia and Congenital Cystic Diseases of the Kidney
    Chapter 5. Congenital Hydronephrosis
    Chapter 6. Vesicoureteral Reflux
    Chapter 7. Congenital Anomalies of the Urethra
    Chapter 8. Duplication Anomalies of the Kidney and Ureters
    Chapter 9. Congenital Anomalies of the Urinary Bladder
    Chapter 10. Prune Belly Syndrome
    Chapter 11. Congenital Neuropathic Bladder
    Chapter 12. Imaging of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 13. Prenatal Diagnosis of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 14. Clinical Consequences of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 15. Genetics of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidneys and Urinary Tract
    Chapter 16. Association of Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract with those of Other Organ Systems
    Appendix. Conditions and Syndromes Associated with Congenital Anomalies of the Kidney and Urinary Tract.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Donald R. Laub Jr., editor.
    Summary: Written by leading experts in the fields of pediatrics, orthopedic surgery, and plastic and reconstructive hand surgery, Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity encompasses the current knowledge of genetic and molecular causes of, and surgical and non-surgical treatment for, deformities of the hand. The book covers the many variations of congenital anomaly encountered in the clinical setting. Embryology, classification, incidence, and anesthesia considerations are discussed first, followed by physical medicine, rehabilitation and therapy management, including psychological considerations, for children living with these conditions. Failures of formation and differentiation of the fingers and hand plate, duplication, and overgrowth, as well as other generalized anomalies, are then presented in detail, including symbrachydactyly, syndactyly, Apert syndrome, polydactyly, amniotic band syndrome, and Madelung deformity, among others. Complete with plentiful photographs and illustrations to guide the clinician in preparing for and performing the necessary treatments, this is an essential book for hand surgeons, orthopedists and plastic surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Considerations
    Embryology and Classification of Congenital Upper Limb Anomalies
    Incidence and Syndromes Associated with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Limb
    Anesthesia Concerns in Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Therapy Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Visible Distinctions and Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremities: Psychological Considerations
    Part II. Failure of Formation/Differentiation
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Radius
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Surgical Reconstruction of Congenital Thumb Hypoplasia
    Congenital Radioulnar Synostosis
    Ulnar Longitudinal Deficiency
    Symbrachydactyly
    Dorsal-Ventral Deficiency
    Part III. Failure of Hand Plate Formation/Differentiation
    Syndactyly: A Review of the Current Knowledge on the Genetic Understanding and Management Techniques
    Apert Syndrome
    Central Deficiency (Cleft Hand)
    Camptodactyly and Clinodactyly
    Synostosis and Coalitions of the Hand and Wrist
    Congenital Clasped Thumb
    Part IV. Duplication
    Radial Polydactyly
    Ulnar Polydactyly and Ulnar Dimelia
    Part V. Overgrowth, Amniotic Band, and Generalized Anomalies
    Macrodactyly
    Amniotic Band Syndrome
    Arthrogryposis
    Madelung Deformity
    Epidermolysis Bullosa
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Donald R. Laub Jr., editor.
    Summary: Now in a revised and updated second edition, this book encompasses the current knowledge of genetic and molecular causes of, and surgical and non-surgical treatment for, congenital deformities of the hand. Divided into five sections, this comprehensive text presents the many variations of congenital anomaly encountered in the clinical setting. Part I discusses general considerations for congenital deformity, including embryology and classification, incidence and prevalence, genetics, anesthesia, prosthetics and rehabilitation principles, hand therapy and even psychological considerations for children living with these conditions. The second and third sections present deformities based on failures of formation and/or differentiation of the axis and hand plate respectively: radial and ulnar longitudinal deficiencies, symbrachydactyly, syndactyly (including Apert Syndrome), clinodactyly and captodactyly, and synostosis and coalitions are described in detail, among others. Duplication deformities, such as radial and ulnar polydactyly, are covered in part IV. The final section discussed overgrowth (macrodactyly), amniotic band syndrome, arthrogryposis, Madelung deformity, epidermolysis bullosa and additional generalized skeletal anomalies. All chapters are generously referenced and illustrated with radiography and full-color photographs. Bringing together the latest clinical evidence and surgical interventions, this second edition of Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity will continue to be an excellent resource for orthopedic, hand and plastic surgeons treating young patients with these challenging deformities of the hand.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Considerations
    Embryology and Classification of Congenital Upper Limb Anomalies
    Incidence and Prevalence of Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Limb
    Genetics of Associated Syndromes
    Anesthesia Concerns in Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Therapy Management of Children with Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremity
    Visible Distinctions and Congenital Anomalies of the Upper Extremities: Psychological Considerations
    Part II. Failure of Axis Formation/Differentiation
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Radius Hypoplasia
    Radial Longitudinal Deficiency: Surgical Reconstruction of Congenital Thumb Hypoplasia
    Congenital Radioulnar Synostosis
    Ulnar Longitudinal Deficiency
    Symbrachydactyly
    Dorsal-Ventral Deficiency
    Part III. Failure of Hand Plate Formation/Differentiation
    Syndactyly
    Apert Syndrome
    Central Deficiency (Cleft Hand)
    Camptodactyly and Clinodactyly
    Synostosis and Coalitions of the Hand and Wrist
    Congenital Clasped Thumb
    Part IV. Duplication
    Radial Polydactyly
    Ulnar Polydactyly and Ulnar Dimelia
    Part V. Overgrowth, Amniotic Band, and Generalized Anomalies
    Macrodactyly
    Amniotic Band Syndrome
    Arthrogryposis
    Madelungs Deformity
    Epidermolysis Bullosa
    General Skeletal Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Akbar Dorgalaleh, editor.
    Summary: This book describes in detail the clinical presentation, diagnosis, and management of a wide range of congenital bleeding disorders. It will assist readers in overcoming the significant challenges involved in clinical and laboratory diagnosis and in providing effective clinical care that makes optimal use of new products, including recombinant factor concentrate. The coverage ranges from hemophilia A and B and von Willebrand disease to rare bleeding disorders such as congenital factor V, factor X, factor XI, and factor XIII deficiency and inherited platelet function disorders. The exceptional attention to rarer conditions is of particular importance given the considerable risk of overlooking them during diagnosis, with potential consequences for disease-related morbidity and mortality. The authors are acknowledged specialists in the field from across the world who have particular expertise in the disorder that they discuss. The book will be of value to hematologists, oncologists, pediatricians, laboratory specialists and technicians, general physicians, and trainees. .

    Contents:
    Part I: Common bleeding disorders
    1. Von Willebrand disease
    2. Hemophilia A (congenital factor VIII deficiency)
    3. Hemophilia B (congenital factor IX deficiency) Part II: Rare bleeding disorders
    4. Congenital factor I (fibrinogen) disorders
    5. Congenital factor II deficiency
    6. Congenital factor V deficiency
    7. Combined coagulation factor deficiencies
    8. Congenital factor VII deficiency
    9. Congenital factor X deficiency
    10. Congenital factor XI deficiency
    11. Congenital factor XIII deficiency Part III: Inherited platelet function disorders
    12. Glanzmann thrombasthenia
    13. Bernard–Soulier syndrome
    14. Gray platelet syndrome
    15. Quebec platelet disorder. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ian Christopher Lloyd, Scott R. Lambert, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview: History of Congenital Cataract Surgery
    Epidemiology of Congenital Cataract. Preoperative Assessment: The Role of Molecular Genetics in the Assessment of Children with Congenital Cataract
    Morphology of Congenital Cataracts
    Baseline Predictors of Visual Outcome. Surgical Techniques: Anterior Capsulotomy
    Lensectomy
    Selecting an IOL Power
    IOL Implantation in the Capsular Bag and Posterior Capsulotomy Techniques
    Secondary IOLs/ Iris Fixated IOLs in Children
    Management of Congenital Cataract in Developing Nations. Perioperative Care: Intraoperative and Postoperative Medication
    Amblyopia Therapy and Occlusion Regimens
    Contact Lens Correction of Aphakia
    Postoperative Complications After Pediatric Cataract Surgery
    Management of Aphakic/ Pseudophakic Glaucoma. Outcomes: Visual Outcomes
    Strabismus
    Nystagmus/Fixation Instability
    Stereopsis outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Haruhiko Sago, Hiroomi Okuyama, Yutaka Kanamori, editors.
    Summary: This book offers readers a comprehensive understanding of congenital cystic lung disease based on a novel classification system recently proposed by leading researchers in the field. Presented in detail here, it includes various aspects, from fetal diagnosis and treatment to postnatal diagnosis and treatment, while also taking into account endoscopic surgical treatment and pathological diagnosis. Given the depth and breadth of its coverage, Congenital Cystic Lung Disease will be of interest not only to pediatric surgeons but also to pediatric respiratory physicians, neonatologists, and obstetricians engaged in fetal diagnosis and therapy, as well as pediatric radiologists and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Novel Classification of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Novel Classification Based on the Embryology
    1.3 Pathology Secondary to Lung Maldevelopment
    1.4 Precise Definition of Each Entity of CCLD and Exclusion of the Unfit Lesions
    1.5 Future Aspect of the Novel Classification
    References
    2: Epidemiology of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease: From Japan Nationwide Survey
    2.1 Perinatal Clinical Features
    2.2 Later Onset of Clinical Symptoms in Asymptomatic Neonates 2.3 Surgery, Complications, and Clinical Outcome
    2.4 Respiratory Function Measured During Late Postoperative Period
    2.5 Lung Lesions and Pathological Diagnosis
    2.6 Discussion
    References
    3: Fetal Diagnosis and Therapy for Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Prenatal Diagnosis of CLCD
    3.2.1 Origin of the Blood Supply
    3.2.2 Appearance of the Lung Cyst
    3.2.3 Lung Cystic Lesion Size
    3.2.4 Presence of Hydrops and Changes in the Appearance
    3.3 Fetal Therapy
    3.3.1 TAS
    3.3.2 Fetal Surgical Resection
    3.3.3 Maternal Steroid Therapy 3.3.4 Other Fetal Therapies
    References
    4: Fetal Diagnostic Imaging of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Safety, Magnetic Fields, and Gestational Age in Fetal MRI
    4.3 Fetal MR Image Acquisition Technique and Normal Lung Anatomy
    4.4 Image Findings
    4.4.1 Congenital Pulmonary Airway Malformation (CPAM)
    4.5 Bronchopulmonary Sequestration (BPS)
    4.6 Bronchial Atresia (BA)
    4.7 Congenital Lobar Emphysema (CLE)
    4.8 Congenital Bronchogenic Cyst
    4.9 Summary
    References
    5: Perinatal Care for Severe Congenital Pulmonary Airway Malformation 5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Prenatal Management and Clinical Course
    5.2.1 Classification Based on Pathological Findings and Fetal Sonographic Appearance
    5.2.2 Evaluation of Cystic Lesion Size Using Fetal Ultrasonography
    5.2.3 Treatment of Fetuses with CPAM
    5.2.4 Response to Fetal Treatment and Condition Just Before Birth
    5.3 Management of Neonates with CPAM at Birth and Infancy
    5.3.1 Emergency Surgery Strategy
    5.3.2 Points and Pitfalls of Each Department's Role in Emergency Surgery Strategy for Neonates with Severe CPAM 5.3.2.1 Department of Obstetrics for Fetal Medicine
    5.3.2.2 Department of Neonatology
    5.3.2.3 Department of Anesthesia
    5.3.2.4 Department of Surgery
    5.4 Management of Patients with CPAM in Infancy and Childhood
    5.5 Discussion and Future Perspective
    References
    6: Postnatal Imaging Diagnosis of Congenital Cystic Lung Disease
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Diagnostic Modalities
    6.2.1 Chest Radiography
    6.2.2 Computed Tomography: CT
    6.2.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging: MRI
    6.2.4 Ultrasound: US
    6.3 Bronchial Obstruction
    6.3.1 Congenital Bronchial Atresia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gabriele Halwachs-Baumann, editor.
    Summary: Congenital cytomegalovirus infection is the most common intrauterine transmitted viral infection. This book details the history of this disease, its pathophysiological background, epidemiology and symptoms as well as diagnostic and therapeutic strategies.

    Contents:
    Long known, long ignored- a brief history of cytomegalovirus research
    Virus-host interaction for defence and transmission
    Epidemiology: the influence of socioeconomic differences
    Prospects and obstacles of diagnosis
    Clinical outcome: acute symptoms and sleeping hazards
    Prevention and therapy: more than trial and error
    How to save money: congenital CMV infection and the economy.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Wei Wang, Jianmin Yao, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to all clinical aspects of congenital anomalies of the hand and upper limb, and offers extensive information on their surgical management, including plastic surgery, pediatric surgery, hand surgery, orthopedic surgery, and general surgery. Drawing on extensive research of related cases, articles and relevant books, and over a thousand pictures of hand deformities, the book addresses the morphology, structure, and defects of hand deformities, while also providing methods for hand examination and hand function assessment. The authors are professors and experts in plastic surgery, hand surgery, and orthopedics from China and the USA, who spent over two years composing and compiling this book.

    Contents:
    The Embryonic Development, Etiology and Pathologyands of Congenital Anomalies of the Hand and Upper Limb
    Functional anatomy, examination and functional assessment of hand
    Classification of Congenital Anomalies of the Hand and Upper Limb and time of surgery
    Disorders of formation of upper limbs
    Congenital pollical maldevelopment
    Limb differentiation disorder
    Twin deformity
    Low Development
    Overgrowth
    Congenital constriction ring syndrome
    Congenital Anomalies of the Hand and Upper Limb and associated syndromes
    Hand hemangiomas and vascular malformations
    Hand and upper limb congenital tumor
    Applications of microsurgical reconstructive surgery technique in repair of hand congenital anomalies
    sGenetics research of hand congenital anomalies and the advance in plastic and reconstructive treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ashraf Ibrahim, Talal Al-Malki.
    Summary: This book is about the early diagnosis and management of cases of CES in children It starts by introducing the basic physiology of the esophagus and then goes on to discuss the different types of CES: tracheobronchial remnant, fibromuscular disease and membranous disease. The authors also introduce their pioneering diagnostic method using surgical specimens from the tips of the esophageal pouches during primary repair. The book also discusses the anatomical and structural changes in EA. The reader will become better informed about management and different diagnostic and treatment approaches for CES and will learn how to improve the rates of morbidity and mortality. Pediatric surgeons and upper GI tract clinicians will greatly benefit from this publication.

    Contents:
    Introduction and back ground
    Histology of the atretic esophagus
    Etilogy of motility disorders in EA and CES
    The spectrum of CES
    Diagnosis of CES
    Treatment of CES
    Anastomotic stricture after EA repair and role of CES
    What to do if dilatations with adjuncts fail?
    Experience with Balloon dilatation
    Congenital membranous disease of the esophagus (MD)
    Congenital esophageal stenosis in adults
    Future directions for CES.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ghazi M. Rayan, Joseph Upton III.
    Summary: Physicians often have only partial knowledge of common congenital hand and upper extremity anomalies and their associated syndromes. Surgeons typically find these syndromes to be abstruse, and congenital hand conditions can represent an enigma even to pediatric geneticists. This book is designed to serve as a practical, up-to-date reference that will enable practitioners and students in a variety of disciplines to easily recognize the most common congenital upper extremity anomalies and syndromes. In total, 37 congenital upper extremity anomalies and 127 syndromes are discussed. Salient and common presenting features are described in detail and illustrated with the aid of high-quality digital color photographs whenever possible. In addition, relevant background information is included on such aspects as prevalence, etiology, pathogenesis, and findings elsewhere in the body.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Limb Development
    Classification of Congenital Hand Differences
    Epidemiology of Congenital Hand Differences. Tumors/Disseminated: Multiple enchondromas
    Multiple osteochondromas
    Multiple neurofibromas
    Vascular malformations
    Congenital joint contracture
    Congenital joint laxity/instability. Elbow: Radial head dislocation
    Elbow synostosis. Forearm/Wrist: Radial deficiency
    Ulnar deficiency
    Phocomelia (segmental deficiency)
    Amelia / hemimelia (transverse deficiency, congenital amputation)
    Mesomelis / Rhizomelia
    Madelung's deformity
    Ulnar dimelia (mirror hand)
    Carpal synostosis. Hand: Cleft hand
    Congenital ulnar drift (Windblown hand)
    Brachymetacarpia. Thumb: Thumb hypoplasia
    Triphalangeal thumb
    Preaxial (radial) polydactyly
    Congenital clasped thumb. Digits: Clinodactyly
    Syndactyly
    Brachydactyly
    Macrodactyly
    Postaxial (ulnar) polydactyly
    Five-fingered hand
    Congenital middle finger in palm
    Symbrachydactyly
    Camptodactyly
    Arachnodactyly
    Congenital nail dysplasia. Miscellaneous: Amniotic constriction band.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Richard Van Praagh.
    Summary: Authored by the originator of the standard nomenclature for this spectrum of disorders, Congenital Heart Disease: A Clinical, Pathological, Embryological, and Segmental Analysis discusses the history, anatomic features, and physiologic consequences of CHD-in one authoritative resource. The Van Praagh approach to the segmental classification of CHD, developed and implemented by Dr. Richard Van Praagh in the 1960s at Boston Children's Hospital, remains widely used today, facilitating communication among radiologists, cardiologists, surgeons, and pediatricians who are involved in the diagnosis, characterization, and management of this disease. This unique atlas offers complete coverage of the ubiquitous Van Praagh "language of CHD, including the signs, symptoms, and clinical manifestations of malpositioned, malformed, or absent cardiovascular chambers, vessels, and valves using traditional as well as state-of-the-art technology. Based upon the systematic, widely accepted Van Praagh system of three-part notation used to succinctly describe the visceroatrial situs, the orientation of the ventricular loop, and the position and relation of the great vessels. Demonstrates how the Van Praagh approach facilitates interpreting and reporting findings through cardiac imaging with CT, MR, and ultrasonography, including fetal cardiac imaging. Presents the pathologic anatomy that pediatric and adult cardiologists, radiologists, and echocardiographers need to understand in order to make accurate diagnoses in complex congenital heart disease; as well as the pathologic anatomy that interventionists, pediatric cardiac surgeons, and adult congenital heart surgeons need to know in order to manage their patients successfully. Features more than 550 high-quality images to help you visualize and recognize malformations. Shares the knowledge and expertise of a world-renowned authority on congenital heart disease-a master teacher and the originator of the Van Praagh segmental classification system. Explores the synergy between the various disciplines who manage patient care, including surgeons, radiologists, cardiologists, pathologists, and pediatricians. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    editors, Maximilian Muenke, Paul S. Kruszka, Craig A. Sable, John W. Belmont.
    Summary: This cutting-edge book encompasses the latest advances in the embryology, epidemiology, genetics, diagnosis, imaging, and therapy of congenital heart disease. The international cast of authors are leaders in their fields and have combined their talents to produce a unique and expert perspective on congenital heart disease. The work is of interest to pediatricians, internal medicine, medical geneticists, both pediatric and adult cardiologists, embryologists, imaging physicians, and cardiac surgeons. This book arrives at a very exciting time in congenital heart disease as new genetic, imaging, and therapeutic developments are changing the field. It takes the reader on a journey that begins with a historical overview of congenital cardiovascular anamalies and ends with developments in stem cell and tissue engineering. In between these chapters, are destinations that include cardiac embryogenesis, epidemiology, genetic syndromes acssociated with cardiovascular anomalies, single gene disorders, cardiac imaging, surgical and interventational therapies, and ethical considerations. Congenital Heart Disease is an invaluable reference. In short, it provides important pearls of wisdom to create a comprehensive reference for all physicians involved with congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Hideaki Senzaki, Satoshi Yasukochi, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest information about ventricular?vascular morphology and function in congenital heart disease (CHD) assessed by various innovative methodologies. Anatomical (morphological) abnormalities in CHD are generally accompanied with abnormal loading conditions, which, in turn, cause ventricular and vascular functional impairments. The functional impairments may also exist independently of the anatomical abnormalities. These two (morphological and functional abnormalities) importantly interact to determine underlying pathophysiology and generate clinical symptoms in CHD. Therefore, detailed and precise assessment of morphology and function is essential to better understand and treat this disease. Recent advances in technology have provided useful tools for this purpose, and novel findings are accumulating. The information contained here will provide researchers and clinicians with invaluable knowledge in this field.

    Contents:
    Part I. Morphological Assessment of Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 1 Real-Time 3-Dimensional (3D) Echocardiography for Diagnosis and Treatment of Congenital Heart Diseases in Practical Medicine: Transepicardial and Transesophageal Approach
    Chapter 2 Assessment of Atrioventricular Valve Anatomy and Function in Congenital Heart Diseases Using Three-Dimensional Echocardiography
    Chapter 3 Assessment of Intra-Cardiac Anatomy by Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Chapter 4 Assessment of Extra-Cardiac and Intra-Cardiac Anatomy by MD-CT
    Part II. Functional Assessment of Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 5 Assessment of Ventricular Function Using the Pressure-Volume Relationship
    Chapter 6 Assessment of Vascular Function by Using Cardiac Catheterization
    Chapter 7 Assessment of Ventricular-Vascular Function by Echocardiography
    Chapter 8 Assessment of Hemodynamics by Magnetic Resonance Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Markus Schwerzmann, Corina Thomet, Philip Moons, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ali Dabbagh, Antonio Hernandez Conte, Lorraine Lubin, editors.
    Contents:
    History of Pediatric Anesthesia & Pediatric Cardiac-Congenital Surgery
    Cardiovascular system embryology and development
    Pediatric Cardiovascular Physiology
    Cardiovascular Pharmacology in Pediatric Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    Perioperative Care of the Congenital Cardiac Patient in the Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    Perioperative Imaging for the Congenital Cardiac Patient
    Pediatric Cardiovascular Monitoring
    Electrocardiography: Basic knowledge with focus on fetal and pediatric ECG
    Neurologic monitoring
    Coagulation monitoring
    Respiratory monitoring
    Preoperative evaluation
    Anesthetic Management of Adults with Congenital Heart Disease
    Medical Facility Infrastructure Considerations
    Limiting the Lifetime Surgical Impact of Congenital Heart Disease and Guiding Care for the Congenital Heart Patient
    Cardiopulmonary bypass in children and infants
    Atrioventricular Septal Defect (AVSD)
    Atrial Septal Defect, Ventricular Septal Defect
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Transposition of great vessels
    Right sided obstructive lesions
    Congenital Mitral Valve Anomalies
    Congenital anomalies of the aortic valve
    Anomalies of the aortic arch, aortic coarctation, interrupted aortic arch and vascular rings
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome: Treatment Options
    Double Outlet Right Ventricle
    Double Outlet Left Ventricle (DOLV)
    Pulmonary hypertension
    RV failure, Pulmonary HTN
    Coronary artery anomalies
    Heart Transplantation and Mechanical Circulatory Support in the Congenital Heart Patients
    Postoperative Cardiovascular & Hemodynamic Management in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
    Postoperative arrhythmias and their management
    Postoperative Respiratory Management in Pediatric Cardiac Surgical Patients
    Postoperative bleeding and coagulation management
    Postoperative Central Nervous System Management in Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    Postoperative endocrine management
    Perioperative Pain Management in Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    Postoperative renal management, Fluid/Electrolyte management and Acid-base disorders
    Congenital Cardiac Intensive care and Management of Cardiac arrest
    Pediatric Cardiac Surgery in Emerging Countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Sebastian Ley and Julia Ley-Zaporozhan.
    Summary: This book presents a systematic overview of the most common cardiovascular defects as they are observed in adults, with a particular focus on the long-term effects and issues that may arise following surgical or interventional repair. In-depth information is provided on the standard of repair or palliation and on the role of different imaging techniques, especially CT and MRI, in the evaluation of these patients. Each chapter includes a detailed imaging protocol and describes the management appropriate to particular conditions and circumstances. Congenital heart disease (CHD) is one of the most common inborn defects. The success in treating CHD in children, even when they have complex cardiovascular defects, is resulting in a steady increase in the number of adults with CHD who need to be followed up clinically and by imaging owing to the potential for late sequelae. In providing expert, up-to-date guidance on selection of imaging modality, image interpretation, and management, this book will be a valuable resource for all radiologists, cardiologists, and pediatricians who are responsible for the care of adult and adolescent patients with CHD. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Technical considerations for ACHD imaging / Andrew M. Crean
    Venoatrial abnormalities / Chantale Lapierre
    Septal defects / Stephan Waelti, Julie Déry and Chantale Lapierre
    Tricuspid valve abnormalities / Daniel Tobler, Laura Jimenez-Juan, Andrew M. Crean, and Rachel M. Wald
    Tetralogy of fallot / R. W. Sprengers, A. A. W. Roest, and L. J. M. Kroft
    Single ventricle and Fontan procedures / Lucia Flors, Patrick T. Norton, and Klaus D. Hagspiel
    Transposition of the great arteries / Matthias Grothoff and Matthias Gutberlet
    Anomalies of the systemic and pulmonary arteries / Arno A. W. Roest, Lucia J. M. Kroft, and Lars Grosse-Wortmann
    Anomalies of the systemic and pulmonary veins / Lars Grosse-Wortmann and Arno Roest
    Coronary artery anomalies / Andrew M. Crean.
    Digital Access Springer 2019

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.